kêcKƉ*KƉ*Ðby nameby namerootd kêXž&íAZŽ‰*JƉ*JƉ*˜k‡./ kêør˜$$"JƉ*JƉ*JƉ*¤–"./lpp_nameX11man X Manual Pages kêV‰%¤Lpï—‰*ï—‰*ï—‰*“ULp 8g./usr/lpp/X11man/liblpp.a! copyright/ 713597525 2 2 100444 780 ` IBM AIX PS/2 X Windows Manual Pages Version 1.3.0 5713-AEX (C) Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1987, 1989, 1990, 1992 (C) Copyright Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1985, 1988 (C) Copyright Digital Equipment Corporation 1985, 1988 (C) Copyright Donald E. Knuth 1985 All Rights Reserved Licensed Material - Property of International Business Machines Corporation US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or disclosure is restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with International Business Machines Corporation. IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. AIX is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. PS/2 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. lpp.hist/ 713597526 2 2 100644 160 ` c X11man 01.30.0000.0000 Version 1.3.0 * t IBM AIX PS/2 X Windows Manual Pages * instal/ 713597526 2 2 100544 618 ` # SCCSID(@(#)instal 1.5 AIX) /* Modified 7/28/90 14:45:04 */ # # COPYRIGHT: 55X-8994 (C) COPYRIGHT IBM CORPORATION 1987 # ALL RIGHTS RESERVED # LICENSED MATERIAL -- PROGRAM PROPERTY OF IBM # REFER TO COPYRIGHT INSTRUCTIONS G120-2083 # # Instal procedure for the X Window System - 'X11' LPP # # This instal file is for LPP installation procedures that are not # covered in the EXT instal script - renaming of files, linking of # libraries, addition of special users/groups, addition of devices, # that sort of thing. /etc/inurest -q -d"$1" /usr/lpp/X11man/al X11man RC=$? exit $RC al/ 713660399 0 0 100644 26941 ` ./usr/lpp/X11man ./usr/man/man3 ./usr/man/man3/AllPlanes.3 ./usr/man/man3/BitmapBitOrder.3 ./usr/man/man3/BitmapPad.3 ./usr/man/man3/BitmapUnit.3 ./usr/man/man3/BlackPixel.3 ./usr/man/man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/CellsOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/ClientWhitePointOfCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/ConnectionNumber.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultColormapOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultDepth.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultDepthOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultGCOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultRootWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultScreenOfDisplay.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultVisual.3 ./usr/man/man3/DefaultVisualOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayCells.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayHeight.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayHeightMM.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayOfCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayPlanes.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayString.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayWidth.3 ./usr/man/man3/DisplayWidthMM.3 ./usr/man/man3/DoesBackingStore.3 ./usr/man/man3/DoesSaveUnders.3 ./usr/man/man3/EventMaskOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/HeightMMOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/HeightOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/ImageByteOrder.3 ./usr/man/man3/IsCursorKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/IsFunctionKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/IsKeypadKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/IsMiscFunctionKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/IsModiferKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/IsPFKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/LastKnownRequestProcessed.3 ./usr/man/man3/MaxCmapsOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/MenuPopdown.3 ./usr/man/man3/MenuPopup.3 ./usr/man/man3/MinCmapsOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/NextRequest.3 ./usr/man/man3/PlanesOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/ProtocolRevision.3 ./usr/man/man3/ProtocolVersion.3 ./usr/man/man3/QLength.3 ./usr/man/man3/RootWindowOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/ScreenCount.3 ./usr/man/man3/ScreenNumberOfCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/ScreenWhitePointOfCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/ServerVendor.3 ./usr/man/man3/VendorRelease.3 ./usr/man/man3/VisualOfCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/WhitePixel.3 ./usr/man/man3/WhitePixelOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/WidthMMOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/WidthOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/XActivateScreenSaver.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAddHost.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAddHosts.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAddPixel.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAddToSaveSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocClassHint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocColorCells.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocColorPlanes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocIconSize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocNamedColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocSizeHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocStandardColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllocWMHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllowDeviceEvents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAllowEvents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAnyEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XArc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAutoRepeatOff.3 ./usr/man/man3/XAutoRepeatOn.3 ./usr/man/man3/XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XBell.3 ./usr/man/man3/XButtonEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeActivePointerGrab.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeDeviceKeyMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeFeedbackControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeKeyboardControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeKeyboardDevice.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangePointerControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangePointerDevice.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeSaveSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XChar2b.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCharStruct.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCheckIfEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCheckMaskEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCheckTypedEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCheckTypedWindowEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCheckWindowEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateRequestEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateSubwindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateSubwindowsDown.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateSubwindowsUp.3 ./usr/man/man3/XClassHint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XClearArea.3 ./usr/man/man3/XClearWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XClientMessageEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XClipBox.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCloseDevice.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCloseDisplay.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCloseIM.3 ./usr/man/man3/XColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XColormapEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XConfigureEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XConfigureRequestEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XConfigureWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XContextDependentDrawing.3 ./usr/man/man3/XConvertSelection.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCopyArea.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCopyColormapAndFree.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCopyGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCopyPlane.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateBitmapFromData.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateFontCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateFontSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateGlyphCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateIC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateImage.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreatePixmap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreatePixmapCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateSimpleWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCreateWindowEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XCrossingEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDefaultString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDefineCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDeleteContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDeleteModifiermapEntry.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDeleteProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyIC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyImage.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDestroySubwindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyWindowEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDeviceBell.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDeviceTimeCoord.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDisableAccessControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayKeycodes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayMotionBufferSize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayOfIM.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawArc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawArcs.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawImageString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawImageString16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawLine.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawLines.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawPoint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawPoints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawRectangle.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawRectangles.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawSegments.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawString16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawText.3 ./usr/man/man3/XDrawText16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XEmptyRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XEnableAccessControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XEqualRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XErrorEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XEventsQueued.3 ./usr/man/man3/XExposeEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XExtentsOfFontSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFetchBuffer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFetchBytes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFetchName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFillArc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFillArcs.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFillPolygon.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFillRectangle.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFillRectangles.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFilterEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFindContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFlush.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFocusChangeEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFontProp.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFontSetExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFontStruct.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFontsOfFontSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XForceScreenSaver.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFree.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeColors.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeDeviceList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFont.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontInfo.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontNames.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontPath.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeModifierMap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreePixmap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XFreeStringList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGCValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGContextFromGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetAtomName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetClassHint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetCommand.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceButtonMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceDontPropagateList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceKeyMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceModifierMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceMotionEvents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetErrorDatabaseText.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetErrorText.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetFeedbackControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetFontPath.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetFontProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetGCValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetGeometry.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetICValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetIMValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetIconName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetIconSizes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetImage.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetInputFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetKeyboardControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetKeyboardMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetModifierMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetMotionEvents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetPixel.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetPointerControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetPointerMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetRGBColormaps.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetScreenSaver.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetSelectedExtensionEvents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetSelectionOwner.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetSubImage.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetTextProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetTransientForHint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetVisualInfo.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMClientMachine.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMColormapWindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMIconName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMNormalHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMProtocols.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMSizeHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWindowAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGetWindowProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabButton.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabDevice.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabDeviceButton.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabDeviceKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabKeyboard.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabPointer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGrabServer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGraphicsExposeEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XGravityEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XHostAddress.3 ./usr/man/man3/XIMOfIC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XIconSize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XIconifyWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XIfEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XInsertModifiermapEntry.3 ./usr/man/man3/XInstallColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XInternAtom.3 ./usr/man/man3/XIntersectRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKeyEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKeyboardControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKeycodeToKeysym.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKeymapEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKeysymToKeycode.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKeysymToString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XKillClient.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListDepths.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListFonts.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListFontsWithInfo.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListHosts.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListInputDevices.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListInstalledColormaps.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListPixmapFormats.3 ./usr/man/man3/XListProperties.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLoadFont.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLoadQueryFont.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLocaleOfFontSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLocaleOfIM.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLookupColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLookupKeysym.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLookupString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XLowerWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMapEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMapRaised.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMapRequestEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMapSubwindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMapWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMappingEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMaskEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMatchVisualInfo.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMaxRequestSize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XModifierKeymap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMotionEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMoveResizeWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XMoveWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XNewModifiermap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XNextEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XNoExposeEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XNoOp.3 ./usr/man/man3/XOffsetRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XOpenDevice.3 ./usr/man/man3/XOpenDisplay.3 ./usr/man/man3/XOpenIM.3 ./usr/man/man3/XParseColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XParseGeometry.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPeekEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPeekIfEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPending.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPixmapFormatValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPoint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPointInRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPolygonRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPropertyEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPutBackEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPutImage.3 ./usr/man/man3/XPutPixel.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestSize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestStipple.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestTile.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryColors.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryDeviceState.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryFont.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryKeymap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryPointer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryTextExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryTextExtents16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XQueryTree.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRaiseWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XReadBitmapFile.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRebindKeySym.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRecolorCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XReconfigureWMWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRectInRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRectangle.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRefreshKeyboardMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRemoveFromSaveSet.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRemoveHost.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRemoveHosts.3 ./usr/man/man3/XReparentEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XReparentWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XResetScreenSaver.3 ./usr/man/man3/XResizeRequestEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XResizeWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XResourceManagerString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRestackWindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRotateBuffers.3 ./usr/man/man3/XRotateWindowProperties.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSaveContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XScreenNumberOfScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/XScreenResourceString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSegment.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSelectExtensionEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSelectInput.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSelectionClearEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSelectionEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSelectionRequestEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSendEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSendExtensionEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetAccessControl.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetAfterFunction.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetArcMode.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetBackground.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetClassHint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetClipMask.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetClipOrigin.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetClipRectangles.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetCloseDownMode.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetCommand.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetDashes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceButtonMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceMode.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceModifierMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceValuators.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetErrorHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetFillRule.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetFillStyle.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetFont.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetFontPath.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetForeground.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetFunction.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetGraphicsExposure.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetICFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetICValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetIOErrorHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetIconName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetIconSizes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetInputFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetLineAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetLocaleModifiers.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetModifierMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetPlanemask.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetPointerMapping.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetRGBColormaps.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetScreenSaver.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetSelectionOwner.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetState.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetStipple.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetSubwindowMode.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetTSOrigin.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetTextProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetTile.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetTransientForHint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMClientMachine.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMColormapWindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMIconName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMNormalHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMProperties.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMProtocols.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMSizeHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBackground.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBorder.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBorderPixmap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBorderWidth.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineMask.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineRectangles.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineShape.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeGetRectangles.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeInputSelected.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeOffsetShape.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeQueryExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeQueryVersion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShapeSelectInput.3 ./usr/man/man3/XShrinkRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSizeHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStandardColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStoreBuffer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStoreBytes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStoreColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStoreColors.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStoreName.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStoreNamedColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStringListToTextProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XStringToKeysym.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSubImage.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSubtractRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSupportsLocale.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSync.3 ./usr/man/man3/XSynchronize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextExtents16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextItem.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextItem16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextPropertyToStringList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextWidth.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTextWidth16.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTimeCoord.3 ./usr/man/man3/XTranslateCoordinates.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUndefineCursor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabButton.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabDevice.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabDeviceButton.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabDeviceKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabKey.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabKeyboard.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabPointer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabServer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUninstallColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnionRectWithRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnionRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUniqueContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnloadFont.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnmapEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnmapSubwindows.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnmapWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XUnsetICFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XVaCreateNestedList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XVisibilityNotifyEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XVisualIDFromVisual.3 ./usr/man/man3/XVisualInfo.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWMGeometry.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWMHints.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWarpPointer.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWindowAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWindowChanges.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWindowEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWithdrawWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XWriteBitmapFile.3 ./usr/man/man3/XXorRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/Xauth.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsAllocColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsAllocNamedColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCCCofColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELab.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQuery.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMinL.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuv.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIEXYZ.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIEuvY.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIExyY.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsConvertColors.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCreateCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsDefaultCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsFreeCCC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsLookupColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsPad.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryBlack.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryBlue.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryColors.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryGreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryRed.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryWhite.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsRGB.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsRGBi.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsSetCCCOfColormap.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsSetWhitePoint.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsStoreColor.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsStoreColors.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples.3 ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbDrawImageString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbDrawString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbDrawText.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbLookupString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbResetIC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbSetWMProperties.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextEscapement.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextPerCharExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextPropertyToTextList.3 ./usr/man/man3/Xmbuf.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufChangeBufferAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufChangeWindowAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufCreateBuffers.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufCreateStereoWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufDestroyBuffers.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufDisplayBuffers.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetBufferAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetScreenInfo.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetVersion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetWindowAttributes.3 ./usr/man/man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmCombineDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmCombineFileDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmDestroyDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmEnumerateDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmGetDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmGetResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmGetStringDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmInitialize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmLocaleOfDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmMergeDatabases.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmOptionDescRec.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmOptionKind.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmParseCommand.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmPermStringToQuark.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutFileDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutLineResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutStringResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmQGetResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmQGetSearchList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmQGetSearchResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmQPutResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmQPutStringResource.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmQuarkToString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmSetDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmStringToBindingQuarkList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmStringToQuark.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmStringToQuarkList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3 ./usr/man/man3/XrmValue.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAddCallback.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAddCallbacks.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAddEventHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAddExposureToRegion.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAddGrab.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAddRawEventHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddActions.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddConverter.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddInput.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddTimeOut.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddWorkProc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppCreateShell.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppError.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppErrorMsg.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppMainLoop.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppNextEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppPeekEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppPending.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppProcessEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetErrorHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetWarningHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppWarning.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAppWarningMsg.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtAugmentTranslations.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtBuildEventMask.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallAcceptFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallCallbacks.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackExclusive.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackNone.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackNonexclusive.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackPopdown.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCalloc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCheckSubclass.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtClass.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCloseDisplay.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtConfigureWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtConvert.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtConvertCase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateApplicationContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateManagedWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCreatePopupShell.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDatabase.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDestroyApplicationContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDestroyWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDirectConvert.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDisownSelection.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDispatchEvent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDisplay.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtDisplayInitialize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtFree.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetApplicationResources.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetResourceList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetSelectionValue.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetSelectionValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetSubresources.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetSubvalues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtHasCallbacks.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtInstallAccelerators.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtInstallAllAccelerators.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtIsComposite.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtIsManaged.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtIsRealized.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtIsSensitive.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtIsSubclass.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtMakeGeometryRequest.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtMakeResizeRequest.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtMalloc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtManageChild.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtManageChildren.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtMapWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtMergeArgLists.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtMoveWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtNameToWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtNew.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtNewString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtNumber.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtOffset.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtOpenDisplay.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtOverrideTranslations.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtOwnSelection.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtParent.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtParseAcceleratorTable.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtParseTranslationTable.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtPopdown.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtPopup.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtQueryGeometry.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRealizeWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRealloc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRegisterCaseConverter.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtReleaseGC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveCallback.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveCallbacks.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveEventHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveGrab.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveInput.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveTimeOut.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtRemoveWorkProc.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtResizeWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtScreen.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetArg.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetKeyTranslator.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetKeyboardFocus.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetSensitive.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetSubvalues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSetValues.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtStringConversionWarning.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtSuperClass.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtToolkitInitialize.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtTranslateCoordinates.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtTranslateKeycode.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtUninstallTranslations.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtUnmanageChild.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtUnmanageChildren.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtUnmapWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtUnrealizeWidget.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtWidgetToWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XtWindow.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcDrawImageString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcDrawString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcDrawText.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcFreeStringList.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcLookupString.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcResetIC.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextEscapement.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextListToTextProperty.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextPerCharExtents.3 ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextPropertyToTextList.3 ./usr/man/mann ./usr/man/mann/XConsortium.n ./usr/man/mann/XStandards.n ./usr/man/mann/Xau.n ./usr/man/mann/Xinit.n ./usr/man/mann/Xsecurity.n ./usr/man/mann/Xserver.n ./usr/man/mann/appres.n ./usr/man/mann/atobm.n ./usr/man/mann/bdftopcf.n ./usr/man/mann/bitmap.n ./usr/man/mann/bmtoa.n ./usr/man/mann/editres.n ./usr/man/mann/fs.n ./usr/man/mann/fsinfo.n ./usr/man/mann/fslsfonts.n ./usr/man/mann/fstobdf.n ./usr/man/mann/ico.n ./usr/man/mann/imake.n ./usr/man/mann/listres.n ./usr/man/mann/lndir.n ./usr/man/mann/makedepend.n ./usr/man/mann/maze.n ./usr/man/mann/mkdirhier.n ./usr/man/mann/mkfontdir.n ./usr/man/mann/muncher.n ./usr/man/mann/oclock.n ./usr/man/mann/plaid.n ./usr/man/mann/puzzle.n ./usr/man/mann/resize.n ./usr/man/mann/showfont.n ./usr/man/mann/showrgb.n ./usr/man/mann/startx.n ./usr/man/mann/twm.n ./usr/man/mann/viewres.n ./usr/man/mann/x11perf.n ./usr/man/mann/x11perfcomp.n ./usr/man/mann/xauth.n ./usr/man/mann/xbiff.n ./usr/man/mann/xcalc.n ./usr/man/mann/xclipboard.n ./usr/man/mann/xclock.n ./usr/man/mann/xcmsdb.n ./usr/man/mann/xcmstest.n ./usr/man/mann/xconsole.n ./usr/man/mann/xcutsel.n ./usr/man/mann/xditview.n ./usr/man/mann/xdm.n ./usr/man/mann/xdpr.n ./usr/man/mann/xdpyinfo.n ./usr/man/mann/xedit.n ./usr/man/mann/xev.n ./usr/man/mann/xeyes.n ./usr/man/mann/xfd.n ./usr/man/mann/xfontsel.n ./usr/man/mann/xgas.n ./usr/man/mann/xgc.n ./usr/man/mann/xhost.n ./usr/man/mann/xkill.n ./usr/man/mann/xload.n ./usr/man/mann/xlogo.n ./usr/man/mann/xlsatoms.n ./usr/man/mann/xlsclients.n ./usr/man/mann/xlsfonts.n ./usr/man/mann/xmag.n ./usr/man/mann/xman.n ./usr/man/mann/xmh.n ./usr/man/mann/xmkmf.n ./usr/man/mann/xmodmap.n ./usr/man/mann/xon.n ./usr/man/mann/xpr.n ./usr/man/mann/xprop.n ./usr/man/mann/xrdb.n ./usr/man/mann/xrefresh.n ./usr/man/mann/xset.n ./usr/man/mann/xsetroot.n ./usr/man/mann/xstdcmap.n ./usr/man/mann/xterm.n ./usr/man/mann/xwd.n ./usr/man/mann/xwininfo.n ./usr/man/mann/xwud.n Mana kêÞº± íAb—‰*ï—‰*ï—‰*€ ./usr/lpp/X11manliblpp. kê`e%íAaŽ‰*Ø—‰*Ø—‰*Vd ö-v./usr/man/man3n kêrh¢ mge—‰*ºs‰*e—‰*hQg ñ‰./usr/man/man3/AllPlanes.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)AllPlanes.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:08 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH AllPlanes 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME AllPlanes, BlackPixel, WhitePixel, ConnectionNumber, DefaultColormap, DefaultDepth, XListDepths, DefaultGC, DefaultRootWindow, DefaultScreenOfDisplay, DefaultScreen, DefaultVisual, DisplayCells, DisplayPlanes, DisplayString, XMaxRequestSize, LastKnownRequestProcessed, NextRequest, ProtocolVersion, ProtocolRevision, QLength, RootWindow, ScreenCount, ScreenOfDisplay, ServerVendor, VendorRelease \- Display macros .SH SYNTAX AllPlanes .LP BlackPixel\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP WhitePixel\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP ConnectionNumber\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP DefaultColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DefaultDepth\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP int *XListDepths\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP, \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br int \fIscreen_number\fP; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP; .LP DefaultGC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DefaultRootWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP DefaultScreenOfDisplay\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP DefaultScreen\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP DefaultVisual\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DisplayCells\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DisplayPlanes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DisplayString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP long XMaxRequestSize(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP LastKnownRequestProcessed\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP NextRequest\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP ProtocolVersion\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP ProtocolRevision\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP QLength\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP RootWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP ScreenCount\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP ScreenOfDisplay\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP ServerVendor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP VendorRelease\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIscreen_number\fP 1i Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server. .ds Cn depths .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN AllPlanes macro returns a value with all bits set to 1 suitable for use in a plane argument to a procedure. .LP The .ZN BlackPixel macro returns the black pixel value for the specified screen. .LP The .ZN WhitePixel macro returns the white pixel value for the specified screen. .LP The .ZN ConnectionNumber macro returns a connection number for the specified display. .LP The .ZN DefaultColormap macro returns the default colormap ID for allocation on the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultDepth macro returns the depth (number of planes) of the default root window for the specified screen. .LP The .ZN XListDepths function returns the array of depths that are available on the specified screen. If the specified screen_number is valid and sufficient memory for the array can be allocated, .ZN XListDepths sets count_return to the number of available depths. Otherwise, it does not set count_return and returns NULL. To release the memory allocated for the array of depths, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN DefaultGC macro returns the default GC for the root window of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultRootWindow macro returns the root window for the default screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultScreenOfDisplay macro returns the default screen of the specified display. .LP The .ZN DefaultScreen macro returns the default screen number referenced in the .ZN XOpenDisplay routine. .LP The .ZN DefaultVisual macro returns the default visual type for the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DisplayCells macro returns the number of entries in the default colormap. .LP The .ZN DisplayPlanes macro returns the depth of the root window of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DisplayString macro returns the string that was passed to .ZN XOpenDisplay when the current display was opened. .LP .ZN XMaxRequestSize returns the maximum request size (in 4-byte units) supported by the server. Single protocol requests to the server can be no longer than this size. The protocol guarantees the size to be no smaller than 4096 units (16384 bytes). Xlib automatically breaks data up into multiple protocol requests as necessary for the following functions: .ZN XDrawPoints , .ZN XDrawRectangles , .ZN XDrawSegments , .ZN XFillArcs , .ZN XFillRectangles , and .ZN XPutImage . .LP The .ZN LastKnownRequestProcessed macro extracts the full serial number of the last request known by Xlib to have been processed by the X server. .LP The .ZN NextRequest macro extracts the full serial number that is to be used for the next request. .LP The .ZN ProtocolVersion macro returns the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with the connected display. .LP The .ZN ProtocolRevision macro returns the minor protocol revision number of the X server. .LP The .ZN QLength macro returns the length of the event queue for the connected display. .LP The .ZN RootWindow macro returns the root window. .LP The .ZN ScreenCount macro returns the number of available screens. .LP The .ZN ScreenOfDisplay macro returns a pointer to the screen of the specified display. .LP The .ZN ServerVendor macro returns a pointer to a null-terminated string that provides some identification of the owner of the X server implementation. .LP The .ZN VendorRelease macro returns a number related to a vendor's release of the X server. .SH "SEE ALSO" BlackPixelOfScreen(3X11), ImageByteOrder(3X11), IsCursorKey(3X11), XOpenDisplay(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP \ kê~ K"m˜—‰*Ôs‰*˜—‰* ./usr/man/man3/BitmapBitOrder.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 he dep kêJèJ"m™—‰*Ôs‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/BitmapPad.3er.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 he dep kêTI"m™—‰*Õs‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/BitmapUnit.3r.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 he dep kê˜ÙH"m™—‰*ºs‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/BlackPixel.3r.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 er. kê¶C¡ m—e—‰*Ås‰*e—‰*¾|— hŠ./usr/man/man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)BlkPScrn.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:12 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH BlackPixelOfScreen 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME BlackPixelOfScreen, WhitePixelOfScreen, CellsOfScreen, DefaultColormapOfScreen, DefaultDepthOfScreen, DefaultGCOfScreen, DefaultVisualOfScreen, DoesBackingStore, DoesSaveUnders, DisplayOfScreen, XScreenNumberOfScreen, EventMaskOfScreen, HeightOfScreen, HeightMMOfScreen, MaxCmapsOfScreen, MinCmapsOfScreen, PlanesOfScreen, RootWindowOfScreen, WidthOfScreen, WidthMMOfScreen \- screen information functions and macros .SH SYNTAX BlackPixelOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP WhitePixelOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP CellsOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DefaultColormapOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DefaultDepthOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DefaultGCOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DefaultVisualOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DoesBackingStore\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DoesSaveUnders\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP DisplayOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP int XScreenNumberOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .br Screen *\fIscreen\fP\^; .LP EventMaskOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP HeightOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP HeightMMOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP MaxCmapsOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP MinCmapsOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP PlanesOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP RootWindowOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP WidthOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .LP WidthMMOfScreen\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIscreen\fP 1i Specifies the appropriate .ZN Screen structure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN BlackPixelOfScreen macro returns the black pixel value of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN WhitePixelOfScreen macro returns the white pixel value of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN CellsOfScreen macro returns the number of colormap cells in the default colormap of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultColormapOfScreen macro returns the default colormap of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultDepthOfScreen macro returns the default depth of the root window of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultGCOfScreen macro returns the default GC of the specified screen, which has the same depth as the root window of the screen. .LP The .ZN DefaultVisualOfScreen macro returns the default visual of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN DoesBackingStore macro returns .ZN WhenMapped , .ZN NotUseful , or .ZN Always , which indicate whether the screen supports backing stores. .LP The .ZN DoesSaveUnders macro returns a Boolean value indicating whether the screen supports save unders. .LP The .ZN DisplayOfScreen macro returns the display of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN XScreenNumberOfScreen function returns the screen index number of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN EventMaskOfScreen macro returns the root event mask of the root window for the specified screen at connection setup. .LP The .ZN HeightOfScreen macro returns the height of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN HeightMMOfScreen macro returns the height of the specified screen in millimeters. .LP The .ZN MaxCmapsOfScreen macro returns the maximum number of installed colormaps supported by the specified screen. .LP The .ZN MinCmapsOfScreen macro returns the minimum number of installed colormaps supported by the specified screen. .LP The .ZN PlanesOfScreen macro returns the number of planes in the root window of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN RootWindowOfScreen macro returns the root window of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN WidthOfScreen macro returns the width of the specified screen. .LP The .ZN WidthMMOfScreen macro returns the width of the specified screen in millimeters. .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), ImageByteOrder(3X11), IsCursorKey(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP C kêüÝG"m™—‰*Çs‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/CellsOfScreen.3e.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 s kêzÑF"m™—‰*Òs‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ClientWhitePointOfCCC.3.so man3/DisplayOfCCC.3  kêFàE"m™—‰*»s‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ConnectionNumber.3CC.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 .3  kêð–D"m™—‰*¼s‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultColormap.3CC.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 .3  kê€C"m™—‰*Ès‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultColormapOfScreen.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 s kê,RB"m™—‰*¼s‰*™—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultDepth.3Of.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêôA"mš—‰*Ès‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultDepthOfScreen.3.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 s kêÈs@"mš—‰*½s‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultGC.3OfScr.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêªÖ?"mš—‰*Ès‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultGCOfScreen.3.3.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 s kêŒi>"mš—‰*½s‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultRootWindow.3.3.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr k꺘<"mš—‰*¾s‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultScreen.3w.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêÖ¯;"mš—‰*¾s‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultScreenOfDisplay.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêO:"mš—‰*¾s‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultVisual.3i.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kꪨ9"mš—‰*És‰*š—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DefaultVisualOfScreen.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 s kê¦A8"m›—‰*¿s‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayCells.3Sc.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kê:7"m›—‰*Õs‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayHeight.3c.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 n.3 s kêø6"m›—‰*Õs‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayHeightMM.3een.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 n.3 s kê\B  mQ e—‰*Ðs‰*e—‰*‘ŽQ ./usr/man/man3/DisplayOfCCC.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Dis3C.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:15 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH DisplayOfCCC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME DisplayOfCCC, VisualOfCCC, ScreenNumberOfCCC, ScreenWhitePointOfCCC, ClientWhitePointOfCCC \- Color Conversion Context macros .SH SYNTAX DisplayOfCCC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .LP VisualOfCCC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .LP ScreenNumberOfCCC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .LP ScreenWhitePointOfCCC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .LP ClientWhitePointOfCCC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN DisplayOfCCC macro returns the display associated with the specified CCC. .LP The .ZN VisualOfCCC macro returns the visual associated with the specified CCC. .LP The .ZN ScreenNumberOfCCC macro returns the number of the screen associated with the specified CCC. .LP The .ZN ScreenWhitePointOfCCC macro returns the screen white point of the screen associated with the specified CCC. .LP The .ZN ClientWhitePointOfCC macro returns the client white point of the screen associated with the specified CCC. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsCCCofColormap(3X11), XcmsConvertColors(3X11), XcmsCreateCCC(3X11), XcmsDefaultCCC(3X11), XcmsSetWhitePoint(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP wOfScre kêæ5"m›—‰*Ês‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayOfScreen.3een.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 AI kêPT4"m›—‰*¿s‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayPlanes.33.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêÐ3"m›—‰*Às‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayString.33.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kê*2"m›—‰*Ös‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayWidth.33.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 n.3 AI kêZ;1"m›—‰*Ös‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DisplayWidthMM.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 n.3 AI kê>á0"m›—‰*És‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DoesBackingStore.3en.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 AI kê‡/"m›—‰*Ês‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/DoesSaveUnders.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 AI kêúÔ."m›—‰*Ës‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/EventMaskOfScreen.3n.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 AI kêÒÊ-"m›—‰*Ìs‰*›—‰* ./usr/man/man3/HeightMMOfScreen.3n.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 AI kê¢,"mœ—‰*Ës‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/HeightOfScreen.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 AI kênÒŸ mRe—‰*Ós‰*e—‰*ŸR ‡Ÿ./usr/man/man3/ImageByteOrder.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)ImageOrd.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:17 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH ImageByteOrder 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME ImageByteOrder, BitmapBitOrder, BitmapPad, BitmapUnit, DisplayHeight, DisplayHeightMM, DisplayWidth, DisplayWidthMM, XListPixmapFormats, XPixmapFormatValues \- image format functions and macros .SH SYNTAX XPixmapFormatValues *XListPixmapFormats\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .LP ImageByteOrder\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP BitmapBitOrder\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP BitmapPad\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP BitmapUnit\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .LP DisplayHeight\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DisplayHeightMM\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DisplayWidth\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .LP DisplayWidthMM\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \^\fIscreen_number\fP\^) .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Cn pixmap formats that are supported by the display .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .IP \fIscreen_number\fP 1i Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XListPixmapFormats function returns an array of .ZN XPixmapFormatValues structures that describe the types of Z format images supported by the specified display. If insufficient memory is available, .ZN XListPixmapFormats returns NULL. To free the allocated storage for the .ZN XPixmapFormatValues structures, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN ImageByteOrder macro specifies the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in Z format. .LP The .ZN BitmapBitOrder macro returns .ZN LSBFirst or .ZN MSBFirst to indicate whether the leftmost bit in the bitmap as displayed on the screen is the least or most significant bit in the unit. .LP The .ZN BitmapPad macro returns the number of bits that each scanline must be padded. .LP The .ZN BitmapUnit macro returns the size of a bitmap's scanline unit in bits. .LP The .ZN DisplayHeight macro returns the height of the specified screen in pixels. .LP The .ZN DisplayHeightMM macro returns the height of the specified screen in millimeters. .LP The .ZN DisplayWidth macro returns the width of the screen in pixels. .LP The .ZN DisplayWidthMM macro returns the width of the specified screen in millimeters. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XPixmapFormatValues structure provides an interface to the pixmap format information that is returned at the time of a connection setup. It contains: .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int depth; int bits_per_pixel; int scanline_pad; } XPixmapFormatValues; .De .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), BlackPixelOfScreen(3X11), IsCursorKey(3X11), XFree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP t Intr kêJ„ž mÜ f—‰*Øs‰*f—‰*qXÜ ./usr/man/man3/IsCursorKey.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)IsCKey.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:24 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH IsCursorKey 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME IsCursorKey, IsFunctionKey, IsKeypadKey, IsMiscFunctionKey, IsModiferKey, IsPFKey \- keysym classification macros .SH SYNTAX IsCursorKey\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .LP IsFunctionKey\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .LP IsKeypadKey\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .LP IsMiscFunctionKey\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .LP IsModifierKey\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .LP IsPFKey\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Fn tested .IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i Specifies the KeySym that is to be \*(Fn. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN IsCursorKey macro returns .ZN True if the specified KeySym is a cursor key. .LP The .ZN IsFunctionKey macro returns .ZN True if the KeySym is a function key. .LP The .ZN IsKeypadKey macro returns .ZN True if the specified KeySym is a keypad key. .LP The .ZN IsMiscFunctionKey macro returns .ZN True if the specified KeySym is a miscellaneous function key. .LP The .ZN IsModiferKey macro returns .ZN True if the specified KeySym is a modifier key. .LP The .ZN IsPFKey macro returns .ZN True if the specified KeySym is a PF key. .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), BlackPixelOfScreen(3X11), ImageByteOrder(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP umbe kêy+"mœ—‰*Ús‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/IsFunctionKey.3.so man3/IsCursorKey.3 m kêˆ÷*"mœ—‰*Ús‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/IsKeypadKey.33.so man3/IsCursorKey.3 m kê·)"mœ—‰*Ûs‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/IsMiscFunctionKey.3n.3.so man3/IsCursorKey.3 m kê0_("mœ—‰*Ûs‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/IsModiferKey.3ey.so man3/IsCursorKey.3 m kêè.'"mœ—‰*Ûs‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/IsPFKey.3ey.3ey.so man3/IsCursorKey.3 m kêÄ&"mœ—‰*Às‰*œ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/LastKnownRequestProcessed.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 3 m kêÌ®%"mœ—‰*Ís‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/MaxCmapsOfScreen.3cessed.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kêP$"m—‰*Su‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/MenuPopdown.3en..so man3/XtPopdown.3 Scr kêè¢#"m—‰*Vu‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/MenuPopup.33en..so man3/XtPopup.3 3 Scr kêŒé""m—‰*Îs‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/MinCmapsOfScreen.3cessed.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kêŽZ!"m—‰*Ás‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/NextRequest.3en..so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kê’¶ "m—‰*Îs‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/PlanesOfScreen.3.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kêôC"m—‰*Âs‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ProtocolRevision.3cessed.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kê2"m—‰*Ás‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ProtocolVersion.3cessed.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kê ž"m—‰*Âs‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/QLength.3rsion.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêò4"mž—‰*Ïs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/RootWindowOfScreen.3ssed.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kêX¹"mž—‰*Ãs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ScreenCount.3ree.so man3/AllPlanes.3 Scr kêJÌ"mž—‰*Ñs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ScreenNumberOfCCC.3ssed.so man3/DisplayOfCCC.3  kê6"mž—‰*Òs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ScreenWhitePointOfCCC.3d.so man3/DisplayOfCCC.3 kêXå"mž—‰*Äs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/ServerVendor.3tO.so man3/AllPlanes.3 .3 kêÚÞ"mž—‰*Äs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/VendorRelease.3O.so man3/AllPlanes.3 .3 kê®’"mž—‰*Ñs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/VisualOfCCC.33O.so man3/DisplayOfCCC.3 kêTw"mž—‰*»s‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/WhitePixel.33O.so man3/AllPlanes.3 .3  kê´F"mž—‰*Çs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/WhitePixelOfScreen.3.3d.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kê O"mž—‰*Ïs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/WidthMMOfScreen.3.3.3d.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kêÂ"mž—‰*Ïs‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/WidthOfScreen.33.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 A kêâ¢"mž—‰*¸t‰*ž—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XActivateScreenSaver.3d.so man3/XSetScreenSaver.3 .3 A kê@  m‡f—‰*ès‰*f—‰* Q‡ ƒ¢./usr/man/man3/XAddHost.3reenSa.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAddHost.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:45 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XAddHost 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAddHost, XAddHosts, XListHosts, XRemoveHost, XRemoveHosts, XSetAccessControl, XEnableAccessControl, XDisableAccessControl, XHostAddress \- control host access and host control structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XAddHost.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:00 mento Exp $ XAddHost\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIhost\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XHostAddress *\fIhost\fP\^; .LP XAddHosts\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIhosts\fP, \fInum_hosts\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XHostAddress *\fIhosts\fP\^; .br int \fInum_hosts\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetHosts.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:39 mento Exp $ XHostAddress *XListHosts\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fInhosts_return\fP, \fIstate_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fInhosts_return\fP\^; .br Bool *\fIstate_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XRemoveHost.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:40 mento Exp $ XRemoveHost\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIhost\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XHostAddress *\fIhost\fP\^; .LP XRemoveHosts\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIhosts\fP, \fInum_hosts\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XHostAddress *\fIhosts\fP\^; .br int \fInum_hosts\fP\^; .LP XSetAccessControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XEnAccsCntrl.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:47 mento Exp $ XEnableAccessControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XDisAcsCntrl.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:41 mento Exp $ XDisableAccessControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Ho added or removed .\" $Header: host.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:14:39 mento Exp $ .IP \fIhost\fP 1i Specifies the host that is to be \*(Ho. .ds Ho added or removed .IP \fIhosts\fP 1i Specifies each host that is to be \*(Ho. .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the mode. You can pass .ZN EnableAccess or .ZN DisableAccess . .\" $Header: nhosts.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fInhosts_return\fP 1i Returns the number of hosts currently in the access control list. .IP \fInum_hosts\fP 1i Specifies the number of hosts. .IP \fIstate_return\fP 1i Returns the state of the access control. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XAddHost.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:48:33 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAddHost function adds the specified host to the access control list for that display. The server must be on the same host as the client issuing the command, or a .ZN BadAccess error results. .LP .ZN XAddHost can generate .ZN BadAccess and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XAddHosts.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:48:33 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAddHosts function adds each specified host to the access control list for that display. The server must be on the same host as the client issuing the command, or a .ZN BadAccess error results. .LP .ZN XAddHosts can generate .ZN BadAccess and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetHosts.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:06 mento Exp $ The .ZN XListHosts function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use of the list at connection setup was enabled or disabled. .ZN XListHosts allows a program to find out what machines can make connections. It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that were allocated by the function. When no longer needed, this memory should be freed by calling .ZN XFree . .LP .\" $Header: XRemoveHost.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:52:48 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRemoveHost function removes the specified host from the access control list for that display. The server must be on the same host as the client process, or a .ZN BadAccess error results. If you remove your machine from the access list, you can no longer connect to that server, and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server. .LP .ZN XRemoveHost can generate .ZN BadAccess and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XRemoveHosts.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:49 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRemoveHosts function removes each specified host from the access control list for that display. The X server must be on the same host as the client process, or a .ZN BadAccess error results. If you remove your machine from the access list, you can no longer connect to that server, and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server. .LP .ZN XRemoveHosts can generate .ZN BadAccess and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XChAccsCntrl.d,v 1.2 88/05/14 10:03:40 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetAccessControl function either enables or disables the use of the access control list at each connection setup. .LP .ZN XSetAccessControl can generate .ZN BadAccess and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XEnAccsCntrl.d,v 1.2 88/05/14 10:04:37 mento Exp $ The .ZN XEnableAccessControl function enables the use of the access control list at each connection setup. .LP .ZN XEnableAccessControl can generate a .ZN BadAccess error. .LP .\" $Header: XDisAcsCntrl.d,v 1.2 88/05/14 10:05:51 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDisableAccessControl function disables the use of the access control list at each connection setup. .LP .ZN XDisableAccessControl can generate a .ZN BadAccess error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XHostAddress structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int family; /* for example FamilyInternet */ int length; /* length of address, in bytes */ char *address; /* pointer to where to find the address */ } XHostAddress; .De .LP The family member specifies which protocol address family to use (for example, TCP/IP or DECnet) and can be .ZN FamilyInternet , .ZN FamilyDECnet , or .ZN FamilyChaos . The length member specifies the length of the address in bytes. The address member specifies a pointer to the address. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badaccess4.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:51 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to modify the access control list from other than the local (or otherwise authorized) host. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêÊ"mŸ—‰*ès‰*Ÿ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XAddHosts.3eenSa.so man3/XAddHost.3 osts kê¡"mŸ—‰*t‰*Ÿ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XAddPixel.3eenSa.so man3/XCreateImage.3 kêŽ "mŸ—‰*þs‰*Ÿ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XAddToSaveSet.3a.so man3/XChangeSaveSet.3 ,v 1.4 kê>œ mûf—‰*Üs‰*f—‰*^û ¦W./usr/man/man3/XAllocClassHint.3er.3d.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XACHints.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:30 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XAllocClassHint 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllocClassHint, XSetClassHint, XGetClassHint, XClassHint \- allocate class hints structure and set or read a window's WM_CLASS property .SH SYNTAX XClassHint *XAllocClassHint\^(\|) .LP XSetClassHint\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIclass_hints\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XClassHint *\fIclass_hints\fP\^; .LP Status XGetClassHint\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIclass_hints_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP; .br XClassHint *\fIclass_hints_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIclass_hints\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XClassHint structure that is to be used. .IP \fIclass_hints_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XClassHint structure. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XAllocClassHint function allocates and returns a pointer to a .ZN XClassHint structure. Note that the pointer fields in the .ZN XClassHint structure are initially set to NULL. If insufficient memory is available, .ZN XAllocClassHint returns NULL. To free the memory allocated to this structure, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN XSetClassHint function sets the class hint for the specified window. If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. .LP .ZN XSetClassHint can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetClassHint function returns the class hint of the specified window to the members of the supplied structure. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. It returns nonzero status on success; otherwise it returns a zero status. To free res_name and res_class when finished with the strings, use .ZN XFree on each individually. .LP .ZN XGetClassHint can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_CLASS\s+1 Set by application programs to allow window and session managers to obtain the application's resources from the resource database. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XClassHint structure contains: .LP .IN "XClassHint" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i typedef struct { char *res_name; char *res_class; } XClassHint; .De .LP The res_name member contains the application name, and the res_class member contains the application class. Note that the name set in this property may differ from the name set as WM_NAME. That is, WM_NAME specifies what should be displayed in the title bar and, therefore, can contain temporal information (for example, the name of a file currently in an editor's buffer). On the other hand, the name specified as part of WM_CLASS is the formal name of the application that should be used when retrieving the application's resources from the resource database. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP 1\^\f kêÄê› mç2f—‰*ìs‰*f—‰*&cç2 î‰./usr/man/man3/XAllocColor.3t.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAllColor.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:48 7/17/92 '\" e .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" e .TH XAllocColor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllocColor, XAllocNamedColor, XAllocColorCells, XAllocColorPlanes, XFreeColors \- allocate and free colors .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGetHardClr.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:09:13 mento Exp $ Status XAllocColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIscreen_in_out\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIscreen_in_out\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetColor.f,v 1.5 88/05/09 07:13:26 mento Exp $ Status XAllocNamedColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \ \fIcolor_name\fP\^, \fIscreen_def_return\fP\^, \fIexact_def_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br char *\fIcolor_name\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIscreen_def_return\fP\^, *\fIexact_def_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XAllocCells.f,v 1.3 88/07/10 10:24:51 mento Exp $ Status XAllocColorCells\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcontig\fP\^, \ \fIplane_masks_return\fP\^, \fInplanes\fP\^, .br \fIpixels_return\fP\^, \fInpixels\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br Bool \fIcontig\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplane_masks_return\fP[\^]\^; .br unsigned int \fInplanes\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIpixels_return\fP[\^]\^; .br unsigned int \fInpixels\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XAllocPlanes.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:36:19 mento Exp $ Status XAllocColorPlanes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcontig\fP\^, \fIpixels_return\fP\^, \fIncolors\fP\^, \fInreds\fP\^, \fIngreens\fP\^, .br \fInblues\fP\^, \fIrmask_return\fP\^, \fIgmask_return\fP\^, \fIbmask_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br Bool \fIcontig\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIpixels_return\fP[\^]\^; .br int \fIncolors\fP\^; .br int \fInreds\fP\^, \fIngreens\fP\^, \fInblues\fP\^; .br unsigned long *\fIrmask_return\fP\^, *\fIgmask_return\fP\^, *\fIbmask_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFreeColors.f,v 1.3 88/05/09 09:12:36 mento Exp $ XFreeColors\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIpixels\fP\^, \fInpixels\fP\^, \fIplanes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIpixels\fP\^[\^]; .br int \fInpixels\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplanes\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: colorname.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:14:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolor_name\fP 1i Specifies the color name string (for example, red) whose color definition structure you want returned. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .\" $Header: contig.a,v 1.4 88/05/09 07:26:02 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcontig\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the planes must be contiguous. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: exact_def.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIexact_def_return\fP 1i Returns the exact RGB values. .\" $Header: ncolors1.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIncolors\fP 1i Specifies the number of pixel values that are to be returned in the pixels_return array. .\" $Header: npixels.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:44 mento Exp $ .IP \fInpixels\fP 1i Specifies the number of pixels. .\" $Header: nplanes.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fInplanes\fP 1i Specifies the number of plane masks that are to be returned in the plane masks array. .\" $Header: nredgrbl.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 07:37:51 mento Exp $ .IP \fInreds\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIngreens\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fInblues\fP 1i .br .ns Specify the number of red, green, and blue planes. The value you pass must be nonnegative. .\" $Header: pixels2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpixels\fP 1i Specifies an array of pixel values. .\" $Header: pixels.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpixels_return\fP 1i Returns an array of pixel values. .\" $Header: plane_masks.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIplane_mask_return\fP 1i Returns an array of plane masks. .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** .\" $Header: planes.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIplanes\fP 1i Specifies the planes you want to free. .\" $Header: rgbmask.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:01 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrmask_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIgmask_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIbmask_return\fP 1i Return bit masks for the red, green, and blue planes. .\" $Header: hard_def.a,v 1.2 88/04/23 08:59:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIscreen_def_return\fP 1i Returns the closest RGB values provided by the hardware. .\" $Header: def_io.a,v 1.3 88/05/10 05:17:05 mento Exp $ .IP \fIscreen_in_out\fP 1i Specifies and returns the values actually used in the colormap. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGetHardClr.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:51:02 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAllocColor function allocates a read-only colormap entry corresponding to the closest RGB value supported by the hardware. .ZN XAllocColor returns the pixel value of the color closest to the specified RGB elements supported by the hardware and returns the RGB value actually used. The corresponding colormap cell is read-only. In addition, .ZN XAllocColor returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed. .IN "Color map" .IN "Color" "allocation" .IN "Allocation" "colormap" .IN "read-only colormap cells" Multiple clients that request the same effective RGB value can be assigned the same read-only entry, thus allowing entries to be shared. When the last client deallocates a shared cell, it is deallocated. .ZN XAllocColor does not use or affect the flags in the .ZN XColor structure. .LP .ZN XAllocColor can generate a .ZN BadColor error. .LP .\" $Header: XGetColor.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:50:59 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAllocNamedColor function looks up the named color with respect to the screen that is associated with the specified colormap. It returns both the exact database definition and the closest color supported by the screen. The allocated color cell is read-only. If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. .ZN XLookupColor returns nonzero if a cell is allocated, otherwise it returns zero. .LP .ZN XAllocNamedColor can generate a .ZN BadColor error. .LP .\" $Header: XAllocCells.d,v 1.4 88/08/18 07:35:58 mento Exp $ .EQ delim %% .EN The .ZN XAllocColorCells function allocates read/write color cells. The number of colors must be positive and the number of planes nonnegative, or a .ZN BadValue error results. If ncolors and nplanes are requested, then ncolors pixels and nplane plane masks are returned. No mask will have any bits set to 1 in common with any other mask or with any of the pixels. By ORing together each pixel with zero or more masks, ncolors * %2 sup nplanes% distinct pixels can be produced. All of these are allocated writable by the request. For .ZN GrayScale or .ZN PseudoColor , each mask has exactly one bit set to 1. For .ZN DirectColor , each has exactly three bits set to 1. If contig is .ZN True and if all masks are ORed together, a single contiguous set of bits set to 1 will be formed for .ZN GrayScale or .ZN PseudoColor and three contiguous sets of bits set to 1 (one within each pixel subfield) for .ZN DirectColor . The RGB values of the allocated entries are undefined. .ZN XAllocColorCells returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed. .LP .ZN XAllocColorCells can generate .ZN BadColor and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XAllocPlanes.d,v 1.3 88/08/18 07:38:01 mento Exp $ .EQ delim %% .EN The specified ncolors must be positive; and nreds, ngreens, and nblues must be nonnegative, or a .ZN BadValue error results. If ncolors colors, nreds reds, ngreens greens, and nblues blues are requested, ncolors pixels are returned; and the masks have nreds, ngreens, and nblues bits set to 1, respectively. If contig is .ZN True , each mask will have a contiguous set of bits set to 1. No mask will have any bits set to 1 in common with any other mask or with any of the pixels. For .ZN DirectColor , each mask will lie within the corresponding pixel subfield. By ORing together subsets of masks with each pixel value, ncolors * %2 sup (nreds+ngreens+nblues)% distinct pixel values can be produced. All of these are allocated by the request. However, in the colormap, there are only ncolors * %2 sup nreds% independent red entries, ncolors * %2 sup ngreens% independent green entries, and ncolors * %2 sup nblues% independent blue entries. This is true even for .ZN PseudoColor . When the colormap entry of a pixel value is changed (using .ZN XStoreColors , .ZN XStoreColor , or .ZN XStoreNamedColor ), the pixel is decomposed according to the masks, and the corresponding independent entries are updated. .ZN XAllocColorPlanes returns nonzero if it succeeded or zero if it failed. .LP .ZN XAllocColorPlanes can generate .ZN BadColor and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFreeColors.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:45 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeColors function frees the cells represented by pixels whose values are in the pixels array. The planes argument should not have any bits set to 1 in common with any of the pixels. The set of all pixels is produced by ORing together subsets of the planes argument with the pixels. The request frees all of these pixels that were allocated by the client (using .IN XAllocColor .IN XAllocNamedColor .IN XAllocColorCells .IN XAllocColorPlanes .ZN XAllocColor , .ZN XAllocNamedColor , .ZN XAllocColorCells , and .ZN XAllocColorPlanes ). Note that freeing an individual pixel obtained from .ZN XAllocColorPlanes may not actually allow it to be reused until all of its related pixels are also freed. Similarly, a read-only entry is not actually freed until it has been freed by all clients, and if a client allocates the same read-only entry multiple times, it must free the entry that many times before the entry is actually freed. .LP All specified pixels that are allocated by the client in the colormap are freed, even if one or more pixels produce an error. If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a .ZN BadValue error results. If a specified pixel is not allocated by the client (that is, is unallocated or is only allocated by another client), or if the colormap was created with all entries writable (by passing .ZN AllocAll to .ZN XCreateColormap ), a .ZN BadAccess error results. If more than one pixel is in error, the one that gets reported is arbitrary. .LP .ZN XFreeColors can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badaccess2.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:45 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to free a color map entry that it did not already allocate. .\" $Header: badaccess3.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:50 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to store into a read-only color map entry. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateColormap(3X11), XQueryColor(3X11), XStoreColors(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP l kê’j "mŸ—‰*ís‰*Ÿ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XAllocColorCells.3r.3d.so man3/XAllocColor.3 d kê„™ "mŸ—‰*îs‰*Ÿ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XAllocColorPlanes.3.3d.so man3/XAllocColor.3 d kê¦Êš mrf—‰*Þs‰*f—‰*Àr dR./usr/man/man3/XAllocIconSize.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAIcSize.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:33 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XAllocIconSize 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllocIconSize, XSetIconSizes, XGetIconSizes, XIconSize \- allocate icon size structure and set or read a window's WM_ICON_SIZES property .SH SYNTAX XIconSize *XAllocIconSize\^(\|) .LP XSetIconSizes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIsize_list\fP, \fIcount\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XIconSize *\fIsize_list\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .LP Status XGetIconSizes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIsize_list_return\fP, \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XIconSize **\fIsize_list_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the number of items in the size list. .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of items in the size list. .IP \fIsize_list\fP 1i Specifies the size list. .IP \fIsize_list_return\fP 1i Returns the size list. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XAllocIconSize function allocates and returns a pointer to a .ZN XIconSize structure. Note that all fields in the .ZN XIconSize structure are initially set to zero. If insufficient memory is available, .ZN XAllocIconSize returns NULL. To free the memory allocated to this structure, use .ZN XFree . .LP .\" $Header: XSetISizes.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:16 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetIconSizes function is used only by window managers to set the supported icon sizes. .LP .ZN XSetIconSizes can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetISizes.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:07 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetIconSizes function returns zero if a window manager has not set icon sizes; otherwise, it return nonzero. .ZN XGetIconSizes should be called by an application that wants to find out what icon sizes would be most appreciated by the window manager under which the application is running. The application should then use .ZN XSetWMHints to supply the window manager with an icon pixmap or window in one of the supported sizes. To free the data allocated in size_list_return, use .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetIconSizes can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_ICON_SIZES\s+1 The window manager may set this property on the root window to specify the icon sizes it supports. The C type of this property is .ZN XIconSize . .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XIconSize structure contains: .LP .IN "XIconSize" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { int min_width, min_height; int max_width, max_height; int width_inc, height_inc; } XIconSize; .De .LP The width_inc and height_inc members define an arithmetic progression of sizes (minimum to maximum) that represent the supported icon sizes. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP 0 .vs  kêt| "mŸ—‰*ís‰*Ÿ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XAllocNamedColor.3.3d.so man3/XAllocColor.3  k꧙ m )g—‰*ãs‰*g—‰*À ) ¨¡./usr/man/man3/XAllocSizeHints.3.3d.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XASHints.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:40 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XAllocSizeHints 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllocSizeHints, XSetWMNormalHints, XGetWMNormalHints, XSetWMSizeHints, XGetWMSizeHints, XSizeHints \- allocate size hints structure and set or read a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property .SH SYNTAX XSizeHints *XAllocSizeHints\^(\|) .LP void XSetWMNormalHints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIhints\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fIhints\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMNormalHints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIhints_return\fP, \ \fIsupplied_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fIhints_return\fP\^; .br long *\fIsupplied_return\fP\^; .LP void XSetWMSizeHints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIhints\fP, \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fIhints\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMSizeHints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIhints_return\fP, \ \fIsupplied_return\fP, \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fIhints_return\fP\^; .br long *\fIsupplied_return\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIhints\fP 1i Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state. .IP \fIhints\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XSizeHints structure to be used. .IP \fIhints_return\fP 1i Returns the size hints for the window in its normal state. .\" $Header: property.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 15:19:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIproperty\fP 1i Specifies the property name. .IP \fIsupplied_return\fP 1i Returns the hints that were supplied by the user. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XAllocSizeHints function allocates and returns a pointer to a .ZN XSizeHints structure. Note that all fields in the .ZN XSizeHints structure are initially set to zero. If insufficient memory is available, .ZN XAllocSizeHints returns NULL. To free the memory allocated to this structure, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN XSetWMNormalHints function replaces the size hints for the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property on the specified window. If the property does not already exist, .ZN XSetWMNormalHints sets the size hints for the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property on the specified window. The property is stored with a type of WM_SIZE_HINTS and a format of 32. .LP .ZN XSetWMNormalHints can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetWMNormalHints function returns the size hints stored in the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property on the specified window. If the property is of type WM_SIZE_HINTS, is of format 32, and is long enough to contain either an old (pre-ICCCM) or new size hints structure, .ZN XGetWMNormalHints sets the various fields of the .ZN XSizeHints structure, sets the supplied_return argument to the list of fields that were supplied by the user (whether or not they contained defined values), and returns a nonzero status. Otherwise, it returns a zero status. .LP If .ZN XGetWMNormalHints returns successfully and a pre-ICCCM size hints property is read, the supplied_return argument will contain the following bits: .LP .Ds (USPosition|USSize|PPosition|PSize|PMinSize| PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect) .De .LP If the property is large enough to contain the base size and window gravity fields as well, the supplied_return argument will also contain the following bits: .LP .Ds PBaseSize|PWinGravity .De .LP .ZN XGetWMNormalHints can generate a PN BadWindow error. .LP The .ZN XSetWMSizeHints function replaces the size hints for the specified property on the named window. If the specified property does not already exist, .ZN XSetWMSizeHints sets the size hints for the specified property on the named window. The property is stored with a type of WM_SIZE_HINTS and a format of 32. To set a window's normal size hints, you can use the .ZN XSetWMNormalHints function. .LP .ZN XSetWMSizeHints can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadAtom , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetWMSizeHints function returns the size hints stored in the specified property on the named window. If the property is of type WM_SIZE_HINTS, is of format 32, and is long enough to contain either an old (pre-ICCCM) or new size hints structure, .ZN XGetWMSizeHints sets the various fields of the .ZN XSizeHints structure, sets the supplied_return argument to the list of fields that were supplied by the user (whether or not they contained defined values), and returns a nonzero status. Otherwise, it returns a zero status. To get a window's normal size hints, you can use the .ZN XGetWMNormalHints function. .LP If .ZN XGetWMSizeHints returns successfully and a pre-ICCCM size hints property is read, the supplied_return argument will contain the following bits: .LP .Ds (USPosition|USSize|PPosition|PSize|PMinSize| PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect) .De .LP If the property is large enough to contain the base size and window gravity fields as well, the supplied_return argument will also contain the following bits: .LP .Ds PBaseSize|PWinGravity .De .LP .ZN XGetWMSizeHints can generate .ZN BadAtom and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_NORMAL_HINTS\s+1 Size hints for a window in its normal state. The C type of this property is .ZN XSizeHints . .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XSizeHints structure contains: .LP /* Size hints mask bits */ .TS lw(.7i) lw(1.1i) lw(.9i) lw(3.1i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN USPosition T} T{ (1L << 0) T} T{ /* user specified x, y */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN USSize T} T{ (1L << 1) T} T{ /* user specified width, height */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PPosition T} T{ (1L << 2) T} T{ /* program specified position */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PSize T} T{ (1L << 3) T} T{ /* program specified size */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PMinSize T} T{ (1L << 4) T} T{ /* program specified minimum size */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PMaxSize T} T{ (1L << 5) T} T{ /* program specified maximum size */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PResizeInc T} T{ (1L << 6) T} T{ /* program specified resize increments */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PAspect T} T{ (1L << 7) T} T{ /* program specified min and max aspect ratios */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PBaseSize T} T{ (1L << 8) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PWinGravity T} T{ (1L << 9) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN PAllHints T} T{ (PPosition|PSize|PMinSize| .br PMaxSize|PResizeInc|PAspect) T} T{ T} .TE .IN "XSizeHints" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i /* Values */ typedef struct { long flags; /* marks which fields in this structure are defined */ int x, y; /* Obsolete */ int width, height; /* Obsolete */ int min_width, min_height; int max_width, max_height; int width_inc, height_inc; struct { int x; /* numerator */ int y; /* denominator */ } min_aspect, max_aspect; int base_width, base_height; int win_gravity; } XSizeHints; .De .LP The x, y, width, and height members are now obsolete and are left solely for compatibility reasons. The min_width and min_height members specify the minimum window size that still allows the application to be useful. The max_width and max_height members specify the maximum window size. The width_inc and height_inc members define an arithmetic progression of sizes (minimum to maximum) into which the window prefers to be resized. The min_aspect and max_aspect members are expressed as ratios of x and y, and they allow an application to specify the range of aspect ratios it prefers. The base_width and base_height members define the desired size of the window. The window manager will interpret the position of the window and its border width to position the point of the outer rectangle of the overall window specified by the win_gravity member. The outer rectangle of the window includes any borders or decorations supplied by the window manager. In other words, if the window manager decides to place the window where the client asked, the position on the parent window's border named by the win_gravity will be placed where the client window would have been placed in the absence of a window manager. .LP Note that use of the .ZN PAllHints macro is highly discouraged. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Positio kêÈg˜ m0$g—‰*às‰*g—‰*\0$ m_./usr/man/man3/XAllocStandardColormap.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XASCmap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:37 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XAllocStandardColormap 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllocStandardColormap, XSetRGBColormaps, XGetRGBColormaps, XStandardColormap \- allocate, set, or read a standard colormap structure .SH SYNTAX XStandardColormap *XAllocStandardColormap\^(\|) .LP void XSetRGBColormaps\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIstd_colormap\fP, \ \fIcount\fP, \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XStandardColormap *\fIstd_colormap\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .LP Status XGetRGBColormaps\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIstd_colormap_return\fP, \ \fIcount_return\fP, \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XStandardColormap **\fIstd_colormap_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Cn colormaps .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the number of \*(Cn. .ds Cn colormaps .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .\" $Header: property.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 15:19:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIproperty\fP 1i Specifies the property name. .IP \fIstd_colormap\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XStandardColormap structure to be used. .IP \fIstd_colormap_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XStandardColormap structure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XAllocStandardColormap function allocates and returns a pointer to a .ZN XStandardColormap structure. Note that all fields in the .ZN XStandardColormap structure are initially set to zero. If insufficient memory is available, .ZN XAllocStandardColormap returns NULL. To free the memory allocated to this structure, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN XSetRGBColormaps function replaces the RGB colormap definition in the specified property on the named window. If the property does not already exist, .ZN XSetRGBColormaps sets the RGB colormap definition in the specified property on the named window. The property is stored with a type of RGB_COLOR_MAP and a format of 32. Note that it is the caller's responsibility to honor the ICCCM restriction that only RGB_DEFAULT_MAP contain more than one definition. .LP The .ZN XSetRGBColormaps function usually is only used by window or session managers. To create a standard colormap, follow this procedure: .IP 1. 5 Open a new connection to the same server. .IP 2. 5 Grab the server. .IP 3. 5 See if the property is on the property list of the root window for the screen. .IP 4. 5 If the desired property is not present: .RS .IP \(bu 5 Create a colormap (unless using the default colormap of the screen). .IP \(bu 5 Determine the color characteristics of the visual. .IP \(bu 5 Call .ZN XAllocColorPlanes or .ZN XAllocColorCells to allocate cells in the colormap. .IP \(bu 5 Call .ZN XStoreColors to store appropriate color values in the colormap. .IP \(bu 5 Fill in the descriptive members in the .ZN XStandardColormap structure. .IP \(bu 5 Attach the property to the root window. .IP \(bu 5 Use .ZN XSetCloseDownMode to make the resource permanent. .RE .IP 5. 5 Ungrab the server. .LP .ZN XSetRGBColormaps can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadAtom , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetRGBColormaps function returns the RGB colormap definitions stored in the specified property on the named window. If the property exists, is of type RGB_COLOR_MAP, is of format 32, and is long enough to contain a colormap definition, .ZN XGetRGBColormaps allocates and fills in space for the returned colormaps and returns a nonzero status. If the visualid is not present, .ZN XGetRGBColormaps assumes the default visual for the screen on which the window is located; if the killid is not present, .ZN None is assumed, which indicates that the resources cannot be released. Otherwise, none of the fields are set, and .ZN XGetRGBColormaps returns a zero status. Note that it is the caller's responsibility to honor the ICCCM restriction that only RGB_DEFAULT_MAP contain more than one definition. .LP .ZN XGetRGBColormaps can generate .ZN BadAtom and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XStandardColormap structure contains: .LP /* Hints */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2i) lw(1i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN ReleaseByFreeingColormap T} T{ ( (XID) 1L) T} .TE /* Values */ .IN "XStandardColormap" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { Colormap colormap; unsigned long red_max; unsigned long red_mult; unsigned long green_max; unsigned long green_mult; unsigned long blue_max; unsigned long blue_mult; unsigned long base_pixel; VisualID visualid; XID killid; } XStandardColormap; .De .LP The colormap member is the colormap created by the .ZN XCreateColormap function. The red_max, green_max, and blue_max members give the maximum red, green, and blue values, respectively. Each color coefficient ranges from zero to its max, inclusive. For example, a common colormap allocation is 3/3/2 (3 planes for red, 3 planes for green, and 2 planes for blue). This colormap would have red_max = 7, green_max = 7, and blue_max = 3. An alternate allocation that uses only 216 colors is red_max = 5, green_max = 5, and blue_max = 5. .LP The red_mult, green_mult, and blue_mult members give the scale factors used to compose a full pixel value. (See the discussion of the base_pixel members for further information.) For a 3/3/2 allocation, red_mult might be 32, green_mult might be 4, and blue_mult might be 1. For a 6-colors-each allocation, red_mult might be 36, green_mult might be 6, and blue_mult might be 1. .LP The base_pixel member gives the base pixel value used to compose a full pixel value. Usually, the base_pixel is obtained from a call to the .ZN XAllocColorPlanes function. Given integer red, green, and blue coefficients in their appropriate ranges, one then can compute a corresponding pixel value by using the following expression: .LP .Ds .TA .5i 1.5i .ta .5i 1.5i (r * red_mult + g * green_mult + b * blue_mult + base_pixel) & 0xFFFFFFFF .De .LP For .ZN GrayScale colormaps, only the colormap, red_max, red_mult, and base_pixel members are defined. The other members are ignored. To compute a .ZN GrayScale pixel value, use the following expression: .LP .Ds .TA .5i 1.5i .ta .5i 1.5i (gray * red_mult + base_pixel) & 0xFFFFFFFF .De .LP Negative multipliers can be represented by converting the 2's complement representation of the multiplier into an unsigned long and storing the result in the appropriate _mult field. The step of masking by 0xFFFFFFFF effectively converts the resulting positive multiplier into a negative one. The masking step will take place automatically on many machine architectures, depending on the size of the integer type used to do the computation, .LP The visualid member gives the ID number of the visual from which the colormap was created. The killid member gives a resource ID that indicates whether the cells held by this standard colormap are to be released by freeing the colormap ID or by calling the .ZN XKillClient function on the indicated resource. (Note that this method is necessary for allocating out of an existing colormap.) .LP The properties containing the .ZN XStandardColormap information have the type RGB_COLOR_MAP. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocColor(3X11), XCreateColormap(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCloseDownMode(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêüþ— mÛh—‰*æs‰*h—‰*%pÛ µÀ./usr/man/man3/XAllocWMHints.3l.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAWMHints.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:42 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XAllocWMHints 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllocWMHints, XSetWMHints, XGetWMHints, XWMHints \- allocate window manager hints structure and set or read a window's WM_HINTS property .SH SYNTAX XWMHints *XAllocWMHints\^(\|) .LP XSetWMHints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIwmhints\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XWMHints *\fIwmhints\fP\^; .LP XWMHints *XGetWMHints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .IP \fIwmhints\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XWMHints structure to be used. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XAllocWMHints function allocates and returns a pointer to a .ZN XWMHints structure. Note that all fields in the .ZN XWMHints structure are initially set to zero. If insufficient memory is available, .ZN XAllocWMHints returns NULL. To free the memory allocated to this structure, use .ZN XFree . .LP .\" $Header: XSetWMHnts.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:51:06 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWMHints function sets the window manager hints that include icon information and location, the initial state of the window, and whether the application relies on the window manager to get keyboard input. .LP .ZN XSetWMHints can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetWMHnts.d,v 1.5 88/06/11 07:51:30 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetWMHints function reads the window manager hints and returns NULL if no WM_HINTS property was set on the window or returns a pointer to a .ZN XWMHints structure if it succeeds. When finished with the data, free the space used for it by calling .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetWMHints can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_HINTS\s+1 Additional hints set by the client for use by the window manager. The C type of this property is .ZN XWMHints . .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XWMHints structure contains: .LP /* Window manager hints mask bits */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(2.5i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN InputHint T} T{ (1L << 0) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN StateHint T} T{ (1L << 1) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN IconPixmapHint T} T{ (1L << 2) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN IconWindowHint T} T{ (1L << 3) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN IconPositionHint T} T{ (1L << 4) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN IconMaskHint T} T{ (1L << 5) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN WindowGroupHint T} T{ (1L << 6) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN AllHints T} T{ (InputHint|StateHint|IconPixmapHint| .br IconWindowHint|IconPositionHint| .br IconMaskHint|WindowGroupHint) T} .TE .IN "XWMHints" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i /* Values */ typedef struct { long flags; /* marks which fields in this structure are defined */ Bool input; /* does this application rely on the window manager to get keyboard input? */ int initial_state; /* see below */ Pixmap icon_pixmap; /* pixmap to be used as icon */ Window icon_window; /* window to be used as icon */ int icon_x, icon_y; /* initial position of icon */ Pixmap icon_mask; /* pixmap to be used as mask for icon_pixmap */ XID window_group; /* id of related window group */ /* this structure may be extended in the future */ } XWMHints; .De .LP The input member is used to communicate to the window manager the input focus model used by the application. Applications that expect input but never explicitly set focus to any of their subwindows (that is, use the push model of focus management), such as X Version 10 style applications that use real-estate driven focus, should set this member to .ZN True . Similarly, applications that set input focus to their subwindows only when it is given to their top-level window by a window manager should also set this member to .ZN True . Applications that manage their own input focus by explicitly setting focus to one of their subwindows whenever they want keyboard input (that is, use the pull model of focus management) should set this member to .ZN False . Applications that never expect any keyboard input also should set this member to .ZN False . .LP Pull model window managers should make it possible for push model applications to get input by setting input focus to the top-level windows of applications whose input member is .ZN True . Push model window managers should make sure that pull model applications do not break them by resetting input focus to .ZN PointerRoot when it is appropriate (for example, whenever an application whose input member is .ZN False sets input focus to one of its subwindows). .LP The definitions for the initial_state flag are: .TS lw(.5i) lw(2i) lw(.2i) lw(2.8i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN WithdrawnState T} T{ 0 T} T{ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN NormalState T} T{ 1 T} T{ /* most applications start this way */ T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN IconicState T} T{ 3 T} T{ /* application wants to start as an icon */ T} .TE The icon_mask specifies which pixels of the icon_pixmap should be used as the icon. This allows for nonrectangular icons. Both icon_pixmap and icon_mask must be bitmaps. The icon_window lets an application provide a window for use as an icon for window managers that support such use. The window_group lets you specify that this window belongs to a group of other windows. For example, if a single application manipulates multiple top-level windows, this allows you to provide enough information that a window manager can iconify all of the windows rather than just the one window. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .5i)  kê ¥ "mŸ—‰*pu‰*Ÿ—‰*d ýc./usr/man/man3/XAllowDeviceEvents.3p.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAllDvEv.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:45 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XAllowDeviceEvents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllowDeviceEvents \- release queued events .SH SYNTAX XAllowDeviceEvents\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIevent_mode\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br int \fIevent_mode\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device from which events are to be allowed. .TP 12 .I event_mode Specifies the event mode. You can pass \fIAsyncThisDevice\fP, \fISyncThisDevice\fP, \fIReplayThisDevice\fP, \fIAsyncOtherDevices\fP, \fISyncAll\fP, or \fIAsyncAll\fP. .TP 12 .I time Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or \fICurrentTime\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXAllowDeviceEvents\fP function releases some queued events if the client has caused a device to freeze. It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab time of the most recent active grab for the client and device, or if the specified time is later than the current X server time. .P The following describes the processing that occurs depending on what constant you pass to the event_mode argument. .TP 12 \fIAsyncThisDevice\fP If the specified device is frozen by the client, event processing for that device continues as usual. If the device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf of multiple separate grabs, \fIAsyncThisDevice\fP thaws for all. \fIAsyncThisDevice\fP has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the client, but the device need not be grabbed by the client. .TP 12 \fISyncThisDevice\fP If the specified device is frozen and actively grabbed by the client, event processing for that device continues normally until the next key or button event is reported to the client. At this time, the specified device again appears to freeze. However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released, the specified device does not freeze. \fISyncThisDevice\fP has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the client or is not grabbed by the client. .TP 12 \fIReplayThisDevice\fP If the specified device is actively grabbed by the client and is frozen as the result of an event having been sent to the client (either from the activation of a GrabDeviceButton or from a previous AllowDeviceEvents with mode SyncThisDevice, but not from a GrabDevice), the grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed. This time, however, the request ignores any passive grabs at or above (toward the root) that the grab-window of the grab just released. The request has no effect if the specified device is not grabbed by the client or if it is not frozen as the result of an event. .TP 12 \fIAsyncOtherDevices\fP If the remaining devices are frozen by the client, event processing for them continues as usual. If the other devices are frozen multiple times by the client on behalf of multiple grabs, \fIAsyncOtherDevices\fP "thaws" for all. \fIAsyncOtherDevices\fP has no effect if the devices are not frozen by the client. .TP 12 \fISyncAll\fP If all devices are frozen by the client, event processing (for all devices) continues normally until the next button or key event is reported to the client for a grabbed device, at which time all devices again appear to freeze. However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released, then the devices do not freeze. If any device is still grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause all devices to freeze. \fISyncAll\fP has no effect unless all devices are frozen by the client. If any device is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs, \fISyncAll\fP thaws for both. A subsequent freeze for \fISyncAll\fP will only freeze each device once. .TP 12 \fIAsyncAll\fP If all devices are frozen by the client, event processing for all devices continues normally. If any device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf of multiple separate grabs, \fIAsyncAll\fP thaws for all. \fIAsyncAll\fP has no effect unless all devices are frozen by the client. .P \fIAsyncThisDevice\fP, \fISyncThisDevice\fP, and \fIReplayThisDevice\fP have no effect on the processing of events from the remaining devices. \fIAsyncOtherDevices\fP has no effect on the processing of events from the specified device. When the event_mode is \fISyncAll\fP or \fIAsyncAll\fP, the device parameter is ignored. .P It is possible for several grabs of different devices by the same or different clients to be active simultaneously. If a device is frozen on behalf of any grab, no event processing is performed for the device. It is possible for a single device to be frozen because of several grabs. In this case, the freeze must be released on behalf of each grab before events can again be processed. .P \fIXAllowDeviceEvents\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP or \fIBadValue\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP An invalid mode was specified on the request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XGrabDevice(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP eve kêÒª– mæ h—‰*ïs‰*h—‰*(pæ ./usr/man/man3/XAllowEvents.3nt.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAllEvnt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:51 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XAllowEvents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAllowEvents \- release queued events .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XAllowEvents.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:11 mento Exp $ XAllowEvents\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_mode\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIevent_mode\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: eventmode.a,v 1.2 88/04/04 11:13:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_mode\fP 1i Specifies the event mode. You can pass .ZN AsyncPointer , .ZN SyncPointer , .ZN AsyncKeyboard , .ZN SyncKeyboard , .ZN ReplayPointer , .ZN ReplayKeyboard , .ZN AsyncBoth , or .ZN SyncBoth . .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XAllowEvents.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:48:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAllowEvents function releases some queued events if the client has caused a device to freeze. It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab time of the most recent active grab for the client or if the specified time is later than the current X server time. .LP .ZN XAllowEvents can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP n kê–ý• mh—‰*ïs‰*h—‰*IR  O./usr/man/man3/XAnyEvent.3.3nt.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XAnyEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:54 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XAnyEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XAnyEvent, XEvent \- generic X event structures .SH STRUCTURES All the event structures declared in .Pn < X11/Xlib.h > have the following common members: .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; } XAnyEvent; .De .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The .ZN XEvent structure is a union of the individual structures declared for each event type: .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef union _XEvent { int type; /* must not be changed */ XAnyEvent xany; XKeyEvent xkey; XButtonEvent xbutton; XMotionEvent xmotion; XCrossingEvent xcrossing; XFocusChangeEvent xfocus; XExposeEvent xexpose; XGraphicsExposeEvent xgraphicsexpose; XNoExposeEvent xnoexpose; XVisibilityEvent xvisibility; XCreateWindowEvent xcreatewindow; XDestroyWindowEvent xdestroywindow; XUnmapEvent xunmap; XMapEvent xmap; XMapRequestEvent xmaprequest; XReparentEvent xreparent; XConfigureEvent xconfigure; XGravityEvent xgravity; XResizeRequestEvent xresizerequest; XConfigureRequestEvent xconfigurerequest; XCirculateEvent xcirculate; XCirculateRequestEvent xcirculaterequest; XPropertyEvent xproperty; XSelectionClearEvent xselectionclear; XSelectionRequestEvent xselectionrequest; XSelectionEvent xselection; XColormapEvent xcolormap; XClientMessageEvent xclient; XMappingEvent xmapping; XErrorEvent xerror; XKeymapEvent xkeymap; long pad[24]; } XEvent; .De .LP An .ZN XEvent structure's first entry always is the type member, which is set to the event type. The second member always is the serial number of the protocol request that generated the event. The third member always is send_event, which is a .ZN Bool that indicates if the event was sent by a different client. The fourth member always is a display, which is the display that the event was read from. Except for keymap events, the fifth member always is a window, which has been carefully selected to be useful to toolkit dispatchers. To avoid breaking toolkits, the order of these first five entries is not to change. Most events also contain a time member, which is the time at which an event occurred. In addition, a pointer to the generic event must be cast before it is used to access any other information in the structure. .SH "SEE ALSO" XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP . kê„Ô "m —‰*&t‰* —‰* ./usr/man/man3/XArc.3nt.so man3/XDrawArc.3 er a kêt‰* —‰* ./usr/man/man3/XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet.3.so man3/XFontsOfFontSet.3 trol. kê`ß"m" —‰*õs‰* —‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XBell.3t.so man3/XChangeKeyboardControl.3 windo kê ” m}i—‰*ñs‰*i—‰*•} {¡./usr/man/man3/XButtonEvent.3st.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XButEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:57 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XButtonEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XButtonEvent, XKeyEvent, XMotionEvent \- KeyPress, KeyRelease, ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, and MotionNotify event structures .SH STRUCTURES The structures for .ZN KeyPress , .ZN KeyRelease , .ZN ButtonPress , .ZN ButtonRelease , and .ZN MotionNotify events contain: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ButtonPress or ButtonRelease */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* ``event'' window it is reported relative to */ Window root; /* root window that the event occurred on */ Window subwindow; /* child window */ Time time; /* milliseconds */ int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */ int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */ unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */ unsigned int button; /* detail */ Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */ } XButtonEvent; typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent; typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent; .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* KeyPress or KeyRelease */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* ``event'' window it is reported relative to */ Window root; /* root window that the event occurred on */ Window subwindow; /* child window */ Time time; /* milliseconds */ int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */ int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */ unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */ unsigned int keycode; /* detail */ Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */ } XKeyEvent; typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent; typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent; .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* MotionNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* ``event'' window reported relative to */ Window root; /* root window that the event occurred on */ Window subwindow; /* child window */ Time time; /* milliseconds */ int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */ int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */ unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */ char is_hint; /* detail */ Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */ } XMotionEvent; typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent; .De .LP When you receive these events, their structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP These structures have the following common members: window, root, subwindow, time, x, y, x_root, y_root, state, and same_screen. The window member is set to the window on which the event was generated and is referred to as the event window. As long as the conditions previously discussed are met, this is the window used by the X server to report the event. The root member is set to the source window's root window. The x_root and y_root members are set to the pointer's coordinates relative to the root window's origin at the time of the event. .LP The same_screen member is set to indicate whether the event window is on the same screen as the root window and can be either .ZN True or .ZN False . If .ZN True , the event and root windows are on the same screen. If .ZN False , the event and root windows are not on the same screen. .LP If the source window is an inferior of the event window, the subwindow member of the structure is set to the child of the event window that is the source window or the child of the event window that is an ancestor of the source window. Otherwise, the X server sets the subwindow member to .ZN None . The time member is set to the time when the event was generated and is expressed in milliseconds. .LP If the event window is on the same screen as the root window, the x and y members are set to the coordinates relative to the event window's origin. Otherwise, these members are set to zero. .LP The state member is set to indicate the logical state of the pointer buttons and modifier keys just prior to the event, which is the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more of the button or modifier key masks: .ZN Button1Mask , .ZN Button2Mask , .ZN Button3Mask , .ZN Button4Mask , .ZN Button5Mask , .ZN ShiftMask , .ZN LockMask , .ZN ControlMask , .ZN Mod1Mask , .ZN Mod2Mask , .ZN Mod3Mask , .ZN Mod4Mask , and .ZN Mod5Mask . .LP Each of these structures also has a member that indicates the detail. For the .ZN XKeyPressedEvent and .ZN XKeyReleasedEvent structures, this member is called keycode. It is set to a number that represents a physical key on the keyboard. The keycode is an arbitrary representation for any key on the keyboard (see sections 12.7 and 16.1). .LP For the .ZN XButtonPressedEvent and .ZN XButtonReleasedEvent structures, this member is called button. It represents the pointer button that changed state and can be the .ZN Button1 , .ZN Button2 , .ZN Button3 , .ZN Button4 , or .ZN Button5 value. For the .ZN XPointerMovedEvent structure, this member is called is_hint. It can be set to .ZN NotifyNormal or .ZN NotifyHint . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP int kê¢ä"m —‰*Vt‰* —‰* ./usr/man/man3/XChangeActivePointerGrab.33.so man3/XGrabPointer.3  kêr¢"m†  —‰*uu‰* —‰*ˆ…† ./usr/man/man3/XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XChProp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:57 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList, XGetDeviceDontPropagateList \- query or change the dont-propagate-list for extension devices .SH SYNTAX XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^, \fIcount\fP\^, \fIevent_list\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window *\fIwindow\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount\fP\^; .br XEventClass *\fIevent_list\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .br XEventClass *XGetDeviceDontPropagateList\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwindow\fP\^, \fIcount\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window *\fIwindow\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I window Specifies the window whose dont-propagate-list is to be queried or modified. .TP 12 .I event_list Specifies a pointer to a list of event classes. .TP 12 .I mode Specifies the mode. You can pass \fIAddToList\fP , or \fIDeleteFromList\fP. .TP 12 .I count Specifies the number of event classes in the list. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList\fP request modifies the list of events that should not be propagated to ancestors of the event window. This request allows extension events to be added to or deleted from that list. By default, all events are propagated to ancestor windows. Once modified, the list remains modified for the life of the window. Events are not removed from the list because the client that added them has terminated. .P Suppression of event propagation is not allowed for all input extension events. If a specified event class is one that cannot be suppressed, a \fIBadClass\fP error will result. Events that can be suppressed include \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP, \fIDeviceKeyRelease\fP, \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP, \fIDeviceButtonRelease\fP, \fIDeviceMotionNotify\fP, \fIProximityIn\fP, and \fIProximityOut\fP. .P \fIXChangeDeviceDontPropagateList\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadClass\fP, or \fIBadValue\fP error. .P The \fIXGetDeviceDontPropagateList\fP request queries the list of events that should not be propagated to ancestors of the event window. .P \fIXGetDeviceDontPropagateList\fP can generate a \fIBadClass\fP or \fIBadWindow\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if some other client has caused the specified device to become the X keyboard or X pointer device via the \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP or \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP requests. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP An invalid window id was specified. .TP 12 \fIBadClass\fP An invalid event class was specified. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP on kêàÙ"m ¡—‰*su‰*¡—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XChangeDeviceKeyMapping.3List.3.so man3/XGetDeviceKeyMapping.3  kêz"m¡—‰*ru‰*¡—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XChangeFeedbackControl.3.so man3/XGetFeedbackControl.3 kêm"m¡—‰*t‰*¡—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XChangeGC.3ackCo.so man3/XCreateGC.3 Con kê¦)“ m")i—‰*ós‰*i—‰*") uM./usr/man/man3/XChangeKeyboardControl.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCKCntrl.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:59 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XChangeKeyboardControl 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangeKeyboardControl, XGetKeyboardControl, XAutoRepeatOn, XAutoRepeatOff, XBell, XQueryKeymap, XKeyboardControl \- manipulate keyboard settings and keyboard control structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XChKeyCon.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:32 mento Exp $ XChangeKeyboardControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIvalue_mask\fP\^, \fIvalues\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIvalue_mask\fP\^; .br XKeyboardControl *\fIvalues\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetKeybdCnt.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:50 mento Exp $ XGetKeyboardControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIvalues_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XKeyboardState *\fIvalues_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XAutoReptOn.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:16 mento Exp $ XAutoRepeatOn\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XAutoReptOff.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:13 mento Exp $ XAutoRepeatOff\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XBell.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:18 mento Exp $ XBell\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIpercent\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIpercent\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XQueryKeybd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:17 mento Exp $ XQueryKeymap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeys_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char \fIkeys_return\fP[32]\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: keys.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:26 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeys_return\fP 1i Returns an array of bytes that identifies which keys are pressed down. Each bit represents one key of the keyboard. .\" $Header: percent.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 17:20:22 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpercent\fP 1i Specifies the volume for the bell, which can range from \-100 to 100 inclusive. .\" $Header: value_mask1.a,v 1.3 88/04/28 06:04:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i Specifies which controls to change. This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid control mask bits. .\" $Header: values2.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 17:16:22 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalues\fP 1i Specifies one value for each bit set to 1 in the mask. .\" $Header: values3.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 17:19:04 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalues_return\fP 1i Returns the current keyboard controls in the specified .ZN XKeyboardState structure. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XChKeyCon.d,v 1.2 88/05/16 10:04:53 mento Exp $ The .ZN XChangeKeyboardControl function controls the keyboard characteristics defined by the .ZN XKeyboardControl structure. The value_mask argument specifies which values are to be changed. .LP .ZN XChangeKeyboardControl can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetKeybdCnt.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:48:27 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetKeyboardControl function returns the current control values for the keyboard to the .ZN XKeyboardState structure. .LP .\" $Header: XAutoReptOn.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:06 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAutoRepeatOn function turns on auto-repeat for the keyboard on the specified display. .LP .\" $Header: XAutoReptOff.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:05 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAutoRepeatOff function turns off auto-repeat for the keyboard on the specified display. .LP .\" $Header: XBell.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:48:47 mento Exp $ The .ZN XBell function rings the bell on the keyboard on the specified display, if possible. The specified volume is relative to the base volume for the keyboard. If the value for the percent argument is not in the range \-100 to 100 inclusive, a .ZN BadValue error results. The volume at which the bell rings when the percent argument is nonnegative is: .IP base \- [(base * percent) / 100] + percent .LP The volume at which the bell rings when the percent argument is negative is: .IP base + [(base * percent) / 100] .LP To change the base volume of the bell, use .ZN XChangeKeyboardControl . .LP .ZN XBell can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XQueryKeybd.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:42 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryKeymap function returns a bit vector for the logical state of the keyboard, where each bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding key is currently pressed down. The vector is represented as 32 bytes. Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7 with the least-significant bit in the byte representing key 8N. .LP Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications) may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XKeyboardControl structure contains: .LP .LP /* Mask bits for ChangeKeyboardControl */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.8i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBKeyClickPercent T} T{ (1L<<0) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBBellPercent T} T{ (1L<<1) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBBellPitch T} T{ (1L<<2) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBBellDuration T} T{ (1L<<3) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBLed T} T{ (1L<<4) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBLedMode T} T{ (1L<<5) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBKey T} T{ (1L<<6) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN KBAutoRepeatMode T} T{ (1L<<7) T} .TE .IN "XKeyboardControl" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i /* Values */ typedef struct { int key_click_percent; int bell_percent; int bell_pitch; int bell_duration; int led; int led_mode; /* LedModeOn, LedModeOff */ int key; int auto_repeat_mode; /* AutoRepeatModeOff, AutoRepeatModeOn, AutoRepeatModeDefault */ } XKeyboardControl; .De .LP The key_click_percent member sets the volume for key clicks between 0 (off) and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible. A setting of \-1 restores the default. Other negative values generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP The bell_percent sets the base volume for the bell between 0 (off) and 100 (loud) inclusive, if possible. A setting of \-1 restores the default. Other negative values generate a .ZN BadValue error. The bell_pitch member sets the pitch (specified in Hz) of the bell, if possible. A setting of \-1 restores the default. Other negative values generate a .ZN BadValue error. The bell_duration member sets the duration of the bell specified in milliseconds, if possible. A setting of \-1 restores the default. Other negative values generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP If both the led_mode and led members are specified, the state of that LED is changed, if possible. The led_mode member can be set to .ZN LedModeOn or .ZN LedModeOff . If only led_mode is specified, the state of all LEDs are changed, if possible. At most 32 LEDs numbered from one are supported. No standard interpretation of LEDs is defined. If led is specified without led_mode, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP If both the auto_repeat_mode and key members are specified, the auto_repeat_mode of that key is changed (according to .ZN AutoRepeatModeOn , .ZN AutoRepeatModeOff , or .ZN AutoRepeatModeDefault ), if possible. If only auto_repeat_mode is specified, the global auto_repeat_mode for the entire keyboard is changed, if possible, and does not affect the per key settings. If a key is specified without an auto_repeat_mode, a .ZN BadMatch error results. Each key has an individual mode of whether or not it should auto-repeat and a default setting for the mode. In addition, there is a global mode of whether auto-repeat should be enabled or not and a default setting for that mode. When global mode is .ZN AutoRepeatModeOn , keys should obey their individual auto-repeat modes. When global mode is .ZN AutoRepeatModeOff , no keys should auto-repeat. An auto-repeating key generates alternating .ZN KeyPress and .ZN KeyRelease events. When a key is used as a modifier, it is desirable for the key not to auto-repeat, regardless of its auto-repeat setting. .LP The .ZN XKeyboardState structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i typedef struct { int key_click_percent; int bell_percent; unsigned int bell_pitch, bell_duration; unsigned long led_mask; int global_auto_repeat; char auto_repeats[32]; } XKeyboardState; .De .LP For the LEDs, the least-significant bit of led_mask corresponds to LED one, and each bit set to 1 in led_mask indicates an LED that is lit. The global_auto_repeat member can be set to .ZN AutoRepeatModeOn or .ZN AutoRepeatModeOff . The auto_repeats member is a bit vector. Each bit set to 1 indicates that auto-repeat is enabled for the corresponding key. The vector is represented as 32 bytes. Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7 with the least-significant bit in the byte representing key 8N. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeKeyboardMapping(3X11), XSetPointerMapping(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP 7) T}  kêÞ¨ÿ!m®¡—‰*vu‰*¡—‰*fX® ./usr/man/man3/XChangeKeyboardDevice.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XChgKbd.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:01 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XChangeKeyboardDevice 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangeKeyboardDevice \- change which device is used as the X keyboard .SH SYNTAX Status XChangeKeyboardDevice\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device to be used as the X keyboard. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP request causes the server to use the specified device as the X keyboard. The device must have been previously opened by the requesting client via \fIXOpenDevice\fP or a \fIBadDevice\fP error will result. The device must support input class \fIKeys\fP, or a \fIBadMatch\fP error will result. If the server implementation does not support using the requested device as the X keyboard, a \fIBadDevice\fP error will result. .P If the specified device is grabbed by another client, \fIAlreadyGrabbed\fP is returned. If the specified device is frozen by a grab on another device, \fIGrabFrozen\fP is returned. If the request is successful, \fISuccess\fP is returned. .P If the request succeeds, a \fIChangeDeviceNotify\fP event is sent to all clients that have selected that event. A \fIMappingNotify\fP event with request = \fIMappingKeyboard\fP is sent to all clients. The specified device becomes the X keyboard and the old X keyboard becomes accessible through the input extension protocol requests. .P \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP or a \fIBadMatch\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist, has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP, or is already one of the core X device (pointer or keyboard). This error may also occur if the server implementation does not support using the specified device as the X keyboard. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP request was made specifying a device that has no keys. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangePointerDevice .br \fI\*(xL\fP iv kêJE’ ma+i—‰*÷s‰*i—‰*ƒ•a+  À./usr/man/man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCKMping.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:04 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XChangeKeyboardMapping 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangeKeyboardMapping, XGetKeyboardMapping, XDisplayKeycodes, XSetModifierMapping, XGetModifierMapping, XNewModifiermap, XInsertModifiermapEntry, XDeleteModifiermapEntry, XFreeModifierMap XModifierKeymap \- manipulate keyboard encoding and keyboard encoding structure .SH SYNTAX XChangeKeyboardMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfirst_keycode\fP, \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP, \fIkeysyms\fP, \fInum_codes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIfirst_keycode\fP\^; .br int \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP\^; .br KeySym *\fIkeysyms\fP\^; .br int \fInum_codes\fP\^; .LP KeySym *XGetKeyboardMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfirst_keycode\fP, \fIkeycode_count\fP, .br \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br KeyCode \fIfirst_keycode\fP\^; .br int \fIkeycode_count\fP\^; .br int *\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP\^; .LP XDisplayKeycodes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fImin_keycodes_return\fP\^, \ \fImax_keycodes_return\fP\^) .br Display *\^\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\^\fImin_keycodes_return\fP\^, *\^\fImax_keycodes_return\fP\^; .LP int XSetModifierMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fImodmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP\^; .LP XModifierKeymap *XGetModifierMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP XModifierKeymap *XNewModifiermap(\^\fImax_keys_per_mod\fP\^) .br int \fImax_keys_per_mod\fP\^; .LP XModifierKeymap *XInsertModifiermapEntry\^(\^\fImodmap\fP, \ \fIkeycode_entry\fP, \fImodifier\fP\^) .br XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP\^; .br KeyCode \fIkeycode_entry\fP\^; .br int \fImodifier\fP\^; .LP XModifierKeymap *XDeleteModifiermapEntry\^(\^\fImodmap\fP, \ \fIkeycode_entry\fP, \fImodifier\fP\^) .br XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP\^; .br KeyCode \fIkeycode_entry\fP\^; .br int \fImodifier\fP\^; .LP XFreeModifiermap(\^\fImodmap\fP\^) .br XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Kc changed or returned .IP \fIfirst_keycode\fP 1i Specifies the first KeyCode that is to be \*(Kc. .IP \fIkeycode_count\fP 1i Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be returned. .IP \fIkeycode_entry\fP 1i Specifies the KeyCode. .IP \fIkeysyms\fP 1i Specifies an array of KeySyms. .IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP 1i Specifies the number of KeySyms per KeyCode. .IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP 1i Returns the number of KeySyms per KeyCode. .IP \fImax_keys_per_mod\fP 1i Specifies the number of KeyCode entries preallocated to the modifiers in the map. .IP \fImax_keycodes_return\fP 1i Returns the maximum number of KeyCodes. .IP \fImin_keycodes_return\fP 1i Returns the minimum number of KeyCodes. .IP \fImodifier\fP 1i Specifies the modifier. .IP \fImodmap\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XModifierKeymap structure. .IP \fInum_codes\fP 1i Specifies the number of KeyCodes that are to be changed. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCKMap.d,v 1.6 88/08/19 20:53:42 mento Exp $ The .ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping function defines the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes starting with first_keycode. The symbols for KeyCodes outside this range remain unchanged. The number of elements in keysyms must be: .LP .Ds num_codes * keysyms_per_keycode .De .LP The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode returned by .ZN XDisplayKeycodes , or a .ZN BadValue error results. In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to max_keycode as returned by .ZN XDisplayKeycodes , or a .ZN BadValue error results: .LP .Ds first_keycode + num_codes \- 1 .De .LP KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index in keysyms, counting from zero: .LP .Ds (K \- first_keycode) * keysyms_per_keycode + N .De .LP The specified keysyms_per_keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client to be large enough to hold all desired symbols. A special KeySym value of .ZN NoSymbol should be used to fill in unused elements for individual KeyCodes. It is legal for .ZN NoSymbol to appear in nontrailing positions of the effective list for a KeyCode. .ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping generates a .ZN MappingNotify event. .LP There is no requirement that the X server interpret this mapping. It is merely stored for reading and writing by clients. .LP .ZN XChangeKeyboardMapping can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetKeyMap.d,v 1.5 88/07/10 11:18:06 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetKeyboardMapping function returns the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes starting with first_keycode. The value specified in first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode as returned by .ZN XDisplayKeycodes , or a .ZN BadValue error results. In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to max_keycode as returned by .ZN XDisplayKeycodes : .LP .Ds first_keycode + keycode_count \- 1 .De .LP If this is not the case, a .ZN BadValue error results. The number of elements in the KeySyms list is: .LP .Ds keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return .De .LP KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index in the list, counting from zero: .Ds (K \- first_code) * keysyms_per_code_return + N .De .LP The X server arbitrarily chooses the keysyms_per_keycode_return value to be large enough to report all requested symbols. A special KeySym value of .ZN NoSymbol is used to fill in unused elements for individual KeyCodes. To free the storage returned by .ZN XGetKeyboardMapping , use .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetKeyboardMapping can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP The .ZN XDisplayKeycodes function returns the min-keycodes and max-keycodes supported by the specified display. The minimum number of KeyCodes returned is never less than 8, and the maximum number of KeyCodes returned is never greater than 255. Not all KeyCodes in this range are required to have corresponding keys. .LP .\" $Header: XSetModMap.d,v 1.6 88/08/19 20:58:48 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetModifierMapping function specifies the KeyCodes of the keys (if any) that are to be used as modifiers. If it succeeds, the X server generates a .ZN MappingNotify event, and .ZN XSetModifierMapping returns .ZN MappingSuccess . X permits at most eight modifier keys. If more than eight are specified in the .ZN XModifierKeymap structure, a .ZN BadLength error results. .LP The modifiermap member of the .ZN XModifierKeymap structure contains eight sets of max_keypermod KeyCodes, one for each modifier in the order .ZN Shift , .ZN Lock , .ZN Control , .ZN Mod1 , .ZN Mod2 , .ZN Mod3 , .ZN Mod4 , and .ZN Mod5 . Only nonzero KeyCodes have meaning in each set, and zero KeyCodes are ignored. In addition, all of the nonzero KeyCodes must be in the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode in the .ZN Display structure, or a .ZN BadValue error results. .LP An X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, for example, if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware, if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys, or if multiple modifier keys are not supported. If some such restriction is violated, the status reply is .ZN MappingFailed , and none of the modifiers are changed. If the new KeyCodes specified for a modifier differ from those currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are in the logically down state, .ZN XSetModifierMapping returns .ZN MappingBusy , and none of the modifiers is changed. .LP .ZN XSetModifierMapping can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetModMap.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 21:00:28 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetModifierMapping function returns a pointer to a newly created .ZN XModifierKeymap structure that contains the keys being used as modifiers. The structure should be freed after use by calling .ZN XFreeModifiermap . If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier, that modifier is disabled. .LP .\" $Header: XNewModMap.d,v 1.5 88/08/19 20:54:43 mento Exp $ The .ZN XNewModifiermap function returns a pointer to .ZN XModifierKeymap structure for later use. .LP The .ZN XInsertModifiermapEntry function adds the specified KeyCode to the set that controls the specified modifier and returns the resulting .ZN XModifierKeymap structure (expanded as needed). .LP The .ZN XDeleteModifiermapEntry function deletes the specified KeyCode from the set that controls the specified modifier and returns a pointer to the resulting .ZN XModifierKeymap structure. .LP .\" $Header: XFreeModMap.d,v 1.3 88/04/23 10:21:33 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeModifiermap function frees the specified .ZN XModifierKeymap structure. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XModifierKeymap structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { int max_keypermod; /* This server's max number of keys per modifier */ KeyCode *modifiermap; /* An 8 by max_keypermod array of the modifiers */ } XModifierKeymap; .De .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11), XSetPointerMapping(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP unused  kêÔÆ‘ mJi—‰*ýs‰*i—‰*·J ­W./usr/man/man3/XChangePointerControl.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCPCntrl.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:10 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XChangePointerControl 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangePointerControl, XGetPointerControl \- control pointer .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XChPointCon.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:33 mento Exp $ XChangePointerControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdo_accel\fP\^, \fIdo_threshold\fP\^, \fIaccel_numerator\fP\^, .br \fIaccel_denominator\fP\^, \fIthreshold\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Bool \fIdo_accel\fP\^, \fIdo_threshold\fP\^; .br int \fIaccel_numerator\fP\^, \fIaccel_denominator\fP\^; .br int \fIthreshold\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetPntrCnt.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:55 mento Exp $ XGetPointerControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIaccel_numerator_return\fP\^, \fIaccel_denominator_return\fP\^, .br \fIthreshold_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fIaccel_numerator_return\fP\^, *\fIaccel_denominator_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIthreshold_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: acceldenom.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIaccel_denominator\fP 1i Specifies the denominator for the acceleration multiplier. .\" $Header: acceldenomrt.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIaccel_denominator_return\fP 1i Returns the denominator for the acceleration multiplier. .\" $Header: accelnum.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:44 mento Exp $ .IP \fIaccel_numerator\fP 1i Specifies the numerator for the acceleration multiplier. .\" $Header: accelnumret.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIaccel_numerator_return\fP 1i Returns the numerator for the acceleration multiplier. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: doaccel.a,v 1.4 88/05/14 09:22:57 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdo_accel\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that controls whether the values for the accel_numerator or accel_denominator are used. .\" $Header: dothreshold.a,v 1.5 88/05/14 09:24:07 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdo_threshold\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that controls whether the value for the threshold is used. .\" $Header: threshold.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fIthreshold\fP 1i Specifies the acceleration threshold. .\" $Header: thresholdret.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:39 mento Exp $ .IP \fIthreshold_return\fP 1i Returns the acceleration threshold. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XChPointCon.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:03 mento Exp $ The .ZN XChangePointerControl function defines how the pointing device moves. The acceleration, expressed as a fraction, is a multiplier for movement. For example, specifying 3/1 means the pointer moves three times as fast as normal. The fraction may be rounded arbitrarily by the X server. Acceleration only takes effect if the pointer moves more than threshold pixels at once and only applies to the amount beyond the value in the threshold argument. Setting a value to \-1 restores the default. The values of the do_accel and do_threshold arguments must be .ZN True for the pointer values to be set, or the parameters are unchanged. Negative values (other than \-1) generate a .ZN BadValue error, as does a zero value for the accel_denominator argument. .LP .ZN XChangePointerControl can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XGetPntrCnt.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:48:32 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetPointerControl function returns the pointer's current acceleration multiplier and acceleration threshold. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP !'\\$ kê¦Fþ!mã ¡—‰*wu‰*¡—‰*dã ./usr/man/man3/XChangePointerDevice.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XChgPtr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:04 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XChangePointerDevice 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangePointerDevice \- change which device is the X pointer .SH SYNTAX Status XChangePointerDevice\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^ \fIxaxis\fP\^, \fIyaxis\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br int \fIxaxis\fP\^; .br int \fIyaxis\fP\^; .br .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device to be used as the X pointer. .TP 12 .I xaxis Specifies the axis of the device to be used as the X pointer x-axis. .TP 12 .I yaxis Specifies the axis of the device to be used as the X pointer y-axis. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP request causes the server to use the specified device as the X pointer. The device must have been opened by the client via \fIXOpenDevice\fP or a \fIBadDevice\fP error will result. The device must support input class \fIValuators\fP or a \fIBadMatch\fP error will result. If the implementation does not support use of the specified device as the X pointer, a \fIBadDevice\fP error will result. .P If the specified device is grabbed by another client, \fIAlreadyGrabbed\fP is returned. If the specified device is frozen by a grab on another device, \fIGrabFrozen\fP is returned. If the request is successful, \fISuccess\fP is returned. .P If the request succeeds, a \fIChangeDeviceNotify\fP event is sent to all clients that have selected that event. A \fIMappingNotify\fP event with request = \fIMappingPointer\fP is sent to all clients. The specified device becomes the X pointer, and the old X pointer becomes accessible through the input extension protocol requests. .P \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP or a \fIBadMatch\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist, has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP, or is already one of the core X input devices (pointer or keyboard). This error may also occur if the server implementation does not support using the specified device as the X pointer. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP request was made specifying a device that has less than two valuators, or specifying a valuator index beyond the range supported by the device. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeKeyboardDevice .br \fI\*(xL\fP enomr kꂲý!m¡—‰*Nt‰*¡—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XChangeProperty.3ce.3.so man3/XGetWindowProperty.3 1 kê ë m»i—‰*þs‰*i—‰*;·» bˆ./usr/man/man3/XChangeSaveSet.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCSSet.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:13 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XChangeSaveSet 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangeSaveSet, XAddToSaveSet, XRemoveFromSaveSet \- change a client's save set .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XChSaveSet.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:34 mento Exp $ XChangeSaveSet\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIchange_mode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIchange_mode\fP\^; .LP XAddToSaveSet\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP XRemoveFromSaveSet\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: changemode.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 06:01:44 mento Exp $ .IP \fIchange_mode\fP 1i Specifies the mode. You can pass .ZN SetModeInsert or .ZN SetModeDelete . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Wi that you want to add or delete from the client's save-set .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XChSaveSet.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:49:10 mento Exp $ Depending on the specified mode, .ZN XChangeSaveSet either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set. The specified window must have been created by some other client, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XChangeSaveSet can generate .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XAddSaveSet.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:48:34 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAddToSaveSet function adds the specified window to the client's save-set. The specified window must have been created by some other client, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XAddToSaveSet can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XRmvSaveSet.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:51 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRemoveFromSaveSet function removes the specified window from the client's save-set. The specified window must have been created by some other client, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XRemoveFromSaveSet can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XReparentWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP \- C  kêš m+j—‰*t‰*j—‰*"À+ ‚•./usr/man/man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3List.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCWAttrib.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:16 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XChangeWindowAttributes 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground, XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap, XSetWindowColormap \- change window attributes .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XChWAttr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:34 mento Exp $ XChangeWindowAttributes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIvaluemask\fP\^, \fIattributes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIvaluemask\fP\^; .br XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XBackground.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:16 mento Exp $ XSetWindowBackground\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIbackground_pixel\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIbackground_pixel\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPmapBgnd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:52 mento Exp $ XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIbackground_pixmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIbackground_pixmap\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XBorder.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:27 mento Exp $ XSetWindowBorder\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIborder_pixel\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIborder_pixel\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPmapBorder.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:53 mento Exp $ XSetWindowBorderPixmap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIborder_pixmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIborder_pixmap\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChCmap.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:54:34 mento Exp $ XSetWindowColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIcolormap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: attributes.a,v 1.4 88/05/07 11:49:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIattributes\fP 1i Specifies the structure from which the values (as specified by the value mask) are to be taken. The value mask should have the appropriate bits set to indicate which attributes have been set in the structure. .\" $Header: back_pix.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 14:24:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbackground_pixel\fP 1i Specifies the pixel that is to be used for the background. .\" $Header: tile.a,v 1.3 88/05/07 13:12:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbackground_pixmap\fP 1i Specifies the background pixmap, .ZN ParentRelative , or .ZN None . .\" $Header: bord_pix.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 13:15:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIborder_pixel\fP 1i Specifies the entry in the colormap. .\" $Header: bord_pixmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 13:17:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIborder_pixmap\fP 1i Specifies the border pixmap or .ZN CopyFromParent . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: valuemask.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:07 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvaluemask\fP 1i Specifies which window attributes are defined in the attributes argument. This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid attribute mask bits. If valuemask is zero, the attributes are ignored and are not referenced. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XChWAttr.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:11 mento Exp $ Depending on the valuemask, the .ZN XChangeWindowAttributes function uses the window attributes in the .ZN XSetWindowAttributes structure to change the specified window attributes. Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be changed. To repaint the window and its background, use .ZN XClearWindow . Setting the border or changing the background such that the border tile origin changes causes the border to be repainted. Changing the background of a root window to .ZN None or .ZN ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap. Changing the border of a root window to .ZN CopyFromParent restores the default border pixmap. Changing the win-gravity does not affect the current position of the window. Changing the backing-store of an obscured window to .ZN WhenMapped or .ZN Always , or changing the backing-planes, backing-pixel, or save-under of a mapped window may have no immediate effect. Changing the colormap of a window (that is, defining a new map, not changing the contents of the existing map) generates a .ZN ColormapNotify event. Changing the colormap of a visible window may have no immediate effect on the screen because the map may not be installed (see .ZN XInstallColormap ). Changing the cursor of a root window to .ZN None restores the default cursor. Whenever possible, you are encouraged to share colormaps. .LP Multiple clients can select input on the same window. Their event masks are maintained separately. When an event is generated, it is reported to all interested clients. However, only one client at a time can select for .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask , .ZN ResizeRedirectMask , and .ZN ButtonPressMask . If a client attempts to select any of these event masks and some other client has already selected one, a .ZN BadAccess error results. There is only one do-not-propagate-mask for a window, not one per client. .LP .ZN XChangeWindowAttributes can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , .ZN BadCursor , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadPixmap , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XBackground.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:48:45 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWindowBackground function sets the background of the window to the specified pixel value. Changing the background does not cause the window contents to be changed. .ZN XSetWindowBackground uses a pixmap of undefined size filled with the pixel value you passed. If you try to change the background of an .ZN InputOnly window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XSetWindowBackground can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XPmapBgnd.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:14 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap function sets the background pixmap of the window to the specified pixmap. The background pixmap can immediately be freed if no further explicit references to it are to be made. If .ZN ParentRelative is specified, the background pixmap of the window's parent is used, or on the root window, the default background is restored. If you try to change the background of an .ZN InputOnly window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. If the background is set to .ZN None , the window has no defined background. .LP .ZN XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap can generate .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadPixmap , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XBorder.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:48:47 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWindowBorder function sets the border of the window to the pixel value you specify. If you attempt to perform this on an .ZN InputOnly window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XSetWindowBorder can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XPmapBorder.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:14 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWindowBorderPixmap function sets the border pixmap of the window to the pixmap you specify. The border pixmap can be freed immediately if no further explicit references to it are to be made. If you specify .ZN CopyFromParent , a copy of the parent window's border pixmap is used. If you attempt to perform this on an .ZN InputOnly window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XSetWindowBorderPixmap can generate .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadPixmap , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XChCmap.d,v 1.3 88/05/09 06:57:38 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWindowColormap function sets the specified colormap of the specified window. The colormap must have the same visual type as the window, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XSetWindowColormap can generate .ZN BadColor , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badaccess2.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:45 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to free a color map entry that it did not already allocate. .\" $Header: badaccess3.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:50 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to store into a read-only color map entry. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badmatch3.e,v 1.1 87/09/10 18:55:44 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window locks this attribute. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XConfigureWindow(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XInstallColormap(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11), XRaiseWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP sets t kêÀRü!m¡—‰*lt‰*¡—‰*./usr/man/man3/XChar2b.3dowAttr.so man3/XLoadFont.3 rfo kêˆìû!m¡—‰*kt‰*¡—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCharStruct.3ttr.so man3/XLoadFont.3 rfo kêä4ú!m¢—‰*[t‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCheckIfEvent.3r.so man3/XIfEvent.3 rfo kê˜eù!m¢—‰*yt‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCheckMaskEvent.3butes.3.so man3/XNextEvent.3 fo kêFkø!m¢—‰*yt‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCheckTypedEvent.3utes.3.so man3/XNextEvent.3 fo kê°s÷!m¢—‰*yt‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCheckTypedWindowEvent.3.so man3/XNextEvent.3 fo kêŒKö!m¢—‰*xt‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCheckWindowEvent.3nt.3.so man3/XNextEvent.3 fo kê°§Ž mÑj—‰*t‰*j—‰*­lÑ ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateEvent.33nt.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCirEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:21 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCirculateEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCirculateEvent \- CirculateNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN CirculateNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* CirculateNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; int place; /* PlaceOnTop, PlaceOnBottom */ } XCirculateEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the restacked window or to its parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. The window member is set to the window that was restacked. The place member is set to the window's position after the restack occurs and is either .ZN PlaceOnTop or .ZN PlaceOnBottom . If it is .ZN PlaceOnTop , the window is now on top of all siblings. If it is .ZN PlaceOnBottom , the window is now below all siblings. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP the win kêö“ m‹j—‰*t‰*j—‰*¬l‹ ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateRequestEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCirREven.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:23 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCirculateRequestEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCirculateRequestEvent \- CirculateRequest event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN CirculateRequest events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* CirculateRequest */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window parent; Window window; int place; /* PlaceOnTop, PlaceOnBottom */ } XCirculateRequestEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The parent member is set to the parent window. The window member is set to the subwindow to be restacked. The place member is set to what the new position in the stacking order should be and is either .ZN PlaceOnTop or .ZN PlaceOnBottom . If it is .ZN PlaceOnTop , the subwindow should be on top of all siblings. If it is .ZN PlaceOnBottom , the subwindow should be below all siblings. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ent( kêÐäõ!m¢—‰*“t‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateSubwindows.33.so man3/XRaiseWindow.3  kêˆô!m¢—‰*”t‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateSubwindowsDown.3ist.3.so man3/XRaiseWindow.3  kê@×ó!m¢—‰*“t‰*¢—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCirculateSubwindowsUp.3.so man3/XRaiseWindow.3 kêàuò!m£—‰*Þs‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XClassHint.3wind.so man3/XAllocClassHint.3 an 1. kêPcŒ mj—‰*t‰*j—‰*Se ô\./usr/man/man3/XClearArea.3wind.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XClrArea.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:27 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XClearArea 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XClearArea, XClearWindow \- clear area or window .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XClearArea.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:46 mento Exp $ XClearArea\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIexposures\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br Bool \fIexposures\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XClear.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:45 mento Exp $ XClearWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: exposures.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 07:34:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIexposures\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates if .ZN Expose events are to be generated. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of the rectangle .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the window \ and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XClearArea.d,v 1.3 88/08/18 08:25:30 mento Exp $ The .ZN XClearArea function paints a rectangular area in the specified window according to the specified dimensions with the window's background pixel or pixmap. The subwindow-mode effectively is .ZN ClipByChildren . If width is zero, it is replaced with the current width of the window minus x. If height is zero, it is replaced with the current height of the window minus y. If the window has a defined background tile, the rectangle clipped by any children is filled with this tile. If the window has background .ZN None , the contents of the window are not changed. In either case, if exposures is .ZN True , one or more .ZN Expose events are generated for regions of the rectangle that are either visible or are being retained in a backing store. If you specify a window whose class is .ZN InputOnly , a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XClearArea can generate .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XClear.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:21 mento Exp $ The .ZN XClearWindow function clears the entire area in the specified window and is equivalent to .ZN XClearArea (display, w, 0, 0, 0, 0, .ZN False ). If the window has a defined background tile, the rectangle is tiled with a plane-mask of all ones and .ZN GXcopy function. If the window has background .ZN None , the contents of the window are not changed. If you specify a window whose class is .ZN InputOnly , a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XClearWindow can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCopyArea(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP fP kê0²ñ!m£—‰*t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XClearWindow.3nd.so man3/XClearArea.3 d  kêЋ m„j—‰*üs‰*j—‰*qˆ„ ./usr/man/man3/XClientMessageEvent.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCMEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XClientMessageEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XClientMessageEvent \- ColormapNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN ClientMessage events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 1i 3i .ta .5i 1i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ClientMessage */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; Atom message_type; int format; union { char b[20]; short s[10]; long l[5]; } data; } XClientMessageEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The message_type member is set to an atom that indicates how the data should be interpreted by the receiving client. The format member is set to 8, 16, or 32 and specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of bytes, shorts, or longs. The data member is a union that contains the members b, s, and l. The b, s, and l members represent data of 20 8-bit values, 10 16-bit values, and 5 32-bit values. Particular message types might not make use of all these values. The X server places no interpretation on the values in the window, message_type, or data members. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ears kê^dð!m£—‰*‚t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XClipBox.3ageEve.so man3/XPolygonRegion.3 an 1.1 kê\ûï!m£—‰*‚u‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCloseDevice.3ve.so man3/XOpenDevice.3 . kê Xî!m£—‰*{t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCloseDisplay.3e.so man3/XOpenDisplay.3 kêxNí!m£—‰*}t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCloseIM.3ay.3e.so man3/XOpenIM.3 ay.3 kêŠ6ì!m£—‰*t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XColor.3.so man3/XCreateColormap.3 n 1.1 kê¼)Š m8k—‰*t‰*k—‰*ö¿8 êY./usr/man/man3/XColormapEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCmpEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:30 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XColormapEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XColormapEvent \- ColormapNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN ColormapNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ColormapNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; Colormap colormap; /* colormap or None */ Bool new; int state; /* ColormapInstalled, ColormapUninstalled */ } XColormapEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the window whose associated colormap is changed, installed, or uninstalled. For a colormap that is changed, installed, or uninstalled, the colormap member is set to the colormap associated with the window. For a colormap that is changed by a call to .ZN XFreeColormap , the colormap member is set to .ZN None . The new member is set to indicate whether the colormap for the specified window was changed or installed or uninstalled and can be .ZN True or .ZN False . If it is .ZN True , the colormap was changed. If it is .ZN False , the colormap was installed or uninstalled. The state member is always set to indicate whether the colormap is installed or uninstalled and can be .ZN ColormapInstalled or .ZN ColormapUninstalled . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCreateColormap(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêÔ‰ m®k—‰*t‰*k—‰*ö±® ±l./usr/man/man3/XConfigureEvent.3t.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XConEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:33 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XConfigureEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XConfigureEvent \- ConfigureNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN ConfigureNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ConfigureNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; int x, y; int width, height; int border_width; Window above; Bool override_redirect; } XConfigureEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the reconfigured window or to its parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. The window member is set to the window whose size, position, border, and/or stacking order was changed. .LP The x and y members are set to the coordinates relative to the parent window's origin and indicate the position of the upper-left outside corner of the window. The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, not including the border. The border_width member is set to the width of the window's border, in pixels. .LP The above member is set to the sibling window and is used for stacking operations. If the X server sets this member to .ZN None , the window whose state was changed is on the bottom of the stack with respect to sibling windows. However, if this member is set to a sibling window, the window whose state was changed is placed on top of this sibling window. .LP The override_redirect member is set to the override-redirect attribute of the window. Window manager clients normally should ignore this window if the override_redirect member is .ZN True . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Iu kêV9ˆ m·k—‰*t‰*k—‰*÷±· ./usr/man/man3/XConfigureRequestEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XConREven.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:36 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XConfigureRequestEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XConfigureRequestEvent \- ConfigureRequest event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN ConfigureRequest events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ConfigureRequest */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window parent; Window window; int x, y; int width, height; int border_width; Window above; int detail; /* Above, Below, TopIf, BottomIf, Opposite */ unsigned long value_mask; } XConfigureRequestEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The parent member is set to the parent window. The window member is set to the window whose size, position, border width, and/or stacking order is to be reconfigured. The value_mask member indicates which components were specified in the .ZN ConfigureWindow protocol request. The corresponding values are reported as given in the request. The remaining values are filled in from the current geometry of the window, except in the case of above (sibling) and detail (stack-mode), which are reported as .ZN Above and .ZN None , respectively, if they are not given in the request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP q kêŠÃ‡ ml)k—‰*t‰*k—‰*”l)  R./usr/man/man3/XConfigureWindow.3ent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XConfWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:40 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XConfigureWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XConfigureWindow, XMoveWindow, XResizeWindow, XMoveResizeWindow, XSetWindowBorderWidth, XWindowChanges \- configure windows and window changes structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XReconfWin.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:36 mento Exp $ XConfigureWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIvalue_mask\fP\^, \fIvalues\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIvalue_mask\fP\^; .br XWindowChanges *\fIvalues\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XMoveWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:32 mento Exp $ XMoveWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:36 mento Exp $ XResizeWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XConfWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:51 mento Exp $ XMoveResizeWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .LP XSetWindowBorderWidth\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: value_mask.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 12:39:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i Specifies which values are to be set using information in the values structure. This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid configure window values bits. .\" $Header: values.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 12:41:05 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalues\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XWindowChanges structure. .ds Wi to be reconfigured, moved, or resized. .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i Specifies the width of the window border. .ds Wh , which are the interior dimensions of the window .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which define the new location of the top-left pixel \ of the window's border or the window itself if it has no border \ or define the new position of the window relative to its parent .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XReconfWin.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:46 mento Exp $ The .ZN XConfigureWindow function uses the values specified in the .ZN XWindowChanges structure to reconfigure a window's size, position, border, and stacking order. Values not specified are taken from the existing geometry of the window. .LP If a sibling is specified without a stack_mode or if the window is not actually a sibling, a .ZN BadMatch error results. Note that the computations for .ZN BottomIf , .ZN TopIf , and .ZN Opposite are performed with respect to the window's final geometry (as controlled by the other arguments passed to .ZN XConfigureWindow ), not its initial geometry. Any backing store contents of the window, its inferiors, and other newly visible windows are either discarded or changed to reflect the current screen contents (depending on the implementation). .LP .ZN XConfigureWindow can generate .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XMoveWindow.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:00 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMoveWindow function moves the specified window to the specified x and y coordinates, but it does not change the window's size, raise the window, or change the mapping state of the window. Moving a mapped window may or may not lose the window's contents depending on if the window is obscured by nonchildren and if no backing store exists. If the contents of the window are lost, the X server generates .ZN Expose events. Moving a mapped window generates .ZN Expose events on any formerly obscured windows. .LP If the override-redirect flag of the window is .ZN False and some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent, the X server generates a .ZN ConfigureRequest event, and no further processing is performed. Otherwise, the window is moved. .LP .ZN XMoveWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XChWindow.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:49:12 mento Exp $ The .ZN XResizeWindow function changes the inside dimensions of the specified window, not including its borders. This function does not change the window's upper-left coordinate or the origin and does not restack the window. Changing the size of a mapped window may lose its contents and generate .ZN Expose events. If a mapped window is made smaller, changing its size generates .ZN Expose events on windows that the mapped window formerly obscured. .LP If the override-redirect flag of the window is .ZN False and some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent, the X server generates a .ZN ConfigureRequest event, and no further processing is performed. If either width or height is zero, a .ZN BadValue error results. .LP .ZN XResizeWindow can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XConfWindow.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:24 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMoveResizeWindow function changes the size and location of the specified window without raising it. Moving and resizing a mapped window may generate an .ZN Expose event on the window. Depending on the new size and location parameters, moving and resizing a window may generate .ZN Expose events on windows that the window formerly obscured. .LP If the override-redirect flag of the window is .ZN False and some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent, the X server generates a .ZN ConfigureRequest event, and no further processing is performed. Otherwise, the window size and location are changed. .LP .ZN XMoveResizeWindow can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XBdrWidth.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:07 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetWindowBorderWidth function sets the specified window's border width to the specified width. .LP .ZN XSetWindowBorderWidth can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XWindowChanges structure contains: .LP .LP /* Configure window value mask bits */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.8i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWX T} T{ (1<<0) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWY T} T{ (1<<1) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWWidth T} T{ (1<<2) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWHeight T} T{ (1<<3) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBorderWidth T} T{ (1<<4) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWSibling T} T{ (1<<5) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWStackMode T} T{ (1<<6) T} .TE .IN "XWindowChanges" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i /* Values */ typedef struct { int x, y; int width, height; int border_width; Window sibling; int stack_mode; } XWindowChanges; .De .LP The x and y members are used to set the window's x and y coordinates, which are relative to the parent's origin and indicate the position of the upper-left outer corner of the window. The width and height members are used to set the inside size of the window, not including the border, and must be nonzero, or a .ZN BadValue error results. Attempts to configure a root window have no effect. .LP The border_width member is used to set the width of the border in pixels. Note that setting just the border width leaves the outer-left corner of the window in a fixed position but moves the absolute position of the window's origin. If you attempt to set the border-width attribute of an .ZN InputOnly window nonzero, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP The sibling member is used to set the sibling window for stacking operations. The stack_mode member is used to set how the window is to be restacked and can be set to .ZN Above , .ZN Below , .ZN TopIf , .ZN BottomIf , or .ZN Opposite . .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11), XRaiseWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP map kêàbë!m£—‰*?t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XContextDependentDrawing.3ist.3.so man3/XFontsOfFontSet.3 efine kêdê!m£—‰*»t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XConvertSelection.3wing..so man3/XSetSelectionOwner.3 ne kê2º† mël—‰* t‰*l—‰*i†ë &À./usr/man/man3/XCopyArea.3ction.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCopyArea.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:44 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCopyArea 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCopyArea, XCopyPlane \- copy areas .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XCopyArea.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:59 mento Exp $ XCopyArea\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsrc\fP\^, \fIdest\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fIsrc\fP\^, \fIdest\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br int \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCopyPlane.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:06 mento Exp $ XCopyPlane\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsrc\fP\^, \fIdest\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^, \fIplane\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fIsrc\fP\^, \fIdest\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br int \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplane\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle \ and specify its upper-left corner .\" $Header: dstxy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:09:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest_x\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdest_y\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Dx. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: plane.a,v 1.3 88/05/13 13:48:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIplane\fP 1i Specifies the bit plane. You must set exactly one bit to 1. .\" $Header: srcdest.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:20 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdest\fP 1i Specify the source and destination rectangles to be combined. .\" $Header: srcxy.a,v 1.3 88/05/13 07:40:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc_x\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIsrc_y\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates, which are relative to the origin of the source rectangle and specify its upper-left corner. .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of both the source \ and destination rectangles .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCopyArea.d,v 1.4 88/09/08 19:12:40 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCopyArea function combines the specified rectangle of src with the specified rectangle of dest. The drawables must have the same root and depth, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP If regions of the source rectangle are obscured and have not been retained in backing store or if regions outside the boundaries of the source drawable are specified, those regions are not copied. Instead, the following occurs on all corresponding destination regions that are either visible or are retained in backing store. If the destination is a window with a background other than .ZN None , corresponding regions of the destination are tiled with that background (with plane-mask of all ones and .ZN GXcopy function). Regardless of tiling or whether the destination is a window or a pixmap, if graphics-exposures is .ZN True , then .ZN GraphicsExpose events for all corresponding destination regions are generated. If graphics-exposures is .ZN True but no .ZN GraphicsExpose events are generated, a .ZN NoExpose event is generated. Note that by default graphics-exposures is .ZN True in new GCs. .LP This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. .LP .ZN XCopyArea can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCopyPlane.d,v 1.3 88/08/18 08:34:53 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCopyPlane function uses a single bit plane of the specified source rectangle combined with the specified GC to modify the specified rectangle of dest. The drawables must have the same root but need not have the same depth. If the drawables do not have the same root, a .ZN BadMatch error results. If plane does not have exactly one bit set to 1 and the values of planes must be less than %2 sup n%, where \fIn\fP is the depth of src, a .ZN BadValue error results. .LP Effectively, .ZN XCopyPlane forms a pixmap of the same depth as the rectangle of dest and with a size specified by the source region. It uses the foreground/background pixels in the GC (foreground everywhere the bit plane in src contains a bit set to 1, background everywhere the bit plane in src contains a bit set to 0) and the equivalent of a .ZN CopyArea protocol request is performed with all the same exposure semantics. This can also be thought of as using the specified region of the source bit plane as a stipple with a fill-style of .ZN FillOpaqueStippled for filling a rectangular area of the destination. .LP This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, foreground, background, subwindow-mode, graphics-exposures, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. .LP .ZN XCopyPlane can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XClearArea(3X11) .br \fIXlib \- C Language X Interface\fP nd de kêé!m£—‰* t‰*£—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCopyColormapAndFree.3g..so man3/XCreateColormap.3 aries kê^è!m¤—‰*t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCopyGC.3mapAndF.so man3/XCreateGC.3 map kêXÌç!m¤—‰* t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCopyPlane.3AndF.so man3/XCopyArea.3 map kê´Äæ!m¤—‰*–t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCreateBitmapFromData.3..so man3/XReadBitmapFile.3 aries kê8ë… m“"l—‰* t‰*l—‰*DW“" Nm./usr/man/man3/XCreateColormap.3ata.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreCmap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:47 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateColormap 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateColormap, XCopyColormapAndFree, XFreeColormap, XColor \- create, copy, or destroy colormaps and color structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XCreateCmap.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:15 mento Exp $ Colormap XCreateColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIvisual\fP\^, \fIalloc\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Visual *\fIvisual\fP\^; .br int \fIalloc\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCopyCmapFr.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:38:00 mento Exp $ Colormap XCopyColormapAndFree\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFreeCmap.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:01:35 mento Exp $ XFreeColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: alloc.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 13:32:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIalloc\fP 1i Specifies the colormap entries to be allocated. You can pass .ZN AllocNone or .ZN AllocAll . .ds Cm that you want to create, copy, set, or destroy .\" $Header: cmap_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:07:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap \*(Cm. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: visual1.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 05:55:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvisual\fP 1i Specifies a visual type supported on the screen. If the visual type is not one supported by the screen, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .ds Wi on whose screen you want to create a colormap .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCreateCmap.d,v 1.5 88/08/18 07:31:05 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateColormap function creates a colormap of the specified visual type for the screen on which the specified window resides and returns the colormap ID associated with it. Note that the specified window is only used to determine the screen. .LP The initial values of the colormap entries are undefined for the visual classes .ZN GrayScale , .ZN PseudoColor , and .ZN DirectColor . For .ZN StaticGray , .ZN StaticColor , and .ZN TrueColor , the entries have defined values, but those values are specific to the visual and are not defined by X. For .ZN StaticGray , .ZN StaticColor , and .ZN TrueColor , alloc must be .ZN AllocNone , or a .ZN BadMatch error results. For the other visual classes, if alloc is .ZN AllocNone , the colormap initially has no allocated entries, and clients can allocate them. For information about the visual types, see section 3.1. .LP If alloc is .ZN AllocAll , the entire colormap is allocated writable. The initial values of all allocated entries are undefined. For .ZN GrayScale and .ZN PseudoColor , the effect is as if an .ZN XAllocColorCells call returned all pixel values from zero to N \- 1, where N is the colormap entries value in the specified visual. For .ZN DirectColor , the effect is as if an .ZN XAllocColorPlanes call returned a pixel value of zero and red_mask, green_mask, and blue_mask values containing the same bits as the corresponding masks in the specified visual. However, in all cases, none of these entries can be freed by using .ZN XFreeColors . .LP .ZN XCreateColormap can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCopyCmapFr.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:49:27 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCopyColormapAndFree function creates a colormap of the same visual type and for the same screen as the specified colormap and returns the new colormap ID. It also moves all of the client's existing allocation from the specified colormap to the new colormap with their color values intact and their read-only or writable characteristics intact and frees those entries in the specified colormap. Color values in other entries in the new colormap are undefined. If the specified colormap was created by the client with alloc set to .ZN AllocAll , the new colormap is also created with .ZN AllocAll , all color values for all entries are copied from the specified colormap, and then all entries in the specified colormap are freed. If the specified colormap was not created by the client with .ZN AllocAll , the allocations to be moved are all those pixels and planes that have been allocated by the client using .ZN XAllocColor , .ZN XAllocNamedColor , .ZN XAllocColorCells , or .ZN XAllocColorPlanes and that have not been freed since they were allocated. .LP .ZN XCopyColormapAndFree can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadColor errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFreeCmap.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:50:44 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeColormap function deletes the association between the colormap resource ID and the colormap and frees the colormap storage. However, this function has no effect on the default colormap for a screen. If the specified colormap is an installed map for a screen, it is uninstalled (see .ZN XUninstallColormap ). If the specified colormap is defined as the colormap for a window (by .ZN XCreateWindow , .ZN XSetWindowColormap , or .ZN XChangeWindowAttributes ), .ZN XFreeColormap changes the colormap associated with the window to .ZN None and generates a .ZN ColormapNotify event. X does not define the colors displayed for a window with a colormap of .ZN None . .LP .ZN XFreeColormap can generate a .ZN BadColor error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XColor structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { unsigned long pixel; /* pixel value */ unsigned short red, green, blue; /* rgb values */ char flags; /* DoRed, DoGreen, DoBlue */ char pad; } XColor; .De .LP The red, green, and blue values are always in the range 0 to 65535 inclusive, independent of the number of bits actually used in the display hardware. The server scales these values down to the range used by the hardware. Black is represented by (0,0,0), white is represented by (65535,65535,65535). .IN "Color" In some functions, the flags member controls which of the red, green, and blue members is used and can be the inclusive OR of zero or more of .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue . .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocColor(3X11), XChangeWindowAtrributes(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XQueryColor(3X11), XStoreColors(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .ZN  kê?„ mK!l—‰*t‰*l—‰*?sK! Ö¦./usr/man/man3/XCreateFontCursor.3a.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreFCur.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:49 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateFontCursor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateFontCursor, XCreatePixmapCursor, XCreateGlyphCursor \- create cursors .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XCursor.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:17 mento Exp $ #include .sp 6p Cursor XCreateFontCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIshape\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIshape\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCreCursor.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:09 mento Exp $ Cursor XCreatePixmapCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsource\fP\^, \fImask\fP\^, \fIforeground_color\fP\^, \fIbackground_color\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIsource\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fImask\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIforeground_color\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIbackground_color\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCreateGlCur.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:16 mento Exp $ Cursor XCreateGlyphCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsource_font\fP\^, \fImask_font\fP\^, \fIsource_char\fP\^, \fImask_char\fP\^, .br \fIforeground_color\fP\^, \fIbackground_color\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Font \fIsource_font\fP\^, \fImask_font\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIsource_char\fP\^, \fImask_char\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIforeground_color\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIbackground_color\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: bcolor.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 12:53:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbackground_color\fP 1i Specifies the RGB values for the background of the source. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: scolor.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 12:51:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIforeground_color\fP 1i Specifies the RGB values for the foreground of the source. .IP \fImask\fP 1i Specifies the cursor's source bits to be displayed or .ZN None . .\" $Header: mchar.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:52 mento Exp $ .IP \fImask_char\fP 1i Specifies the glyph character for the mask. .\" $Header: mfont.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 13:01:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fImask_font\fP 1i Specifies the font for the mask glyph or .ZN None . .IP \fIshape\fP 1i Specifies the shape of the cursor. .\" $Header: source.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:17 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsource\fP 1i Specifies the shape of the source cursor. .\" *** JIM: NEED TO CHECK THIS. *** .\" $Header: schar.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsource_char\fP 1i Specifies the character glyph for the source. .\" $Header: sfont.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:12 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsource_font\fP 1i Specifies the font for the source glyph. .ds Xy , which indicate the hotspot relative to the source's origin .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCursor.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:47 mento Exp $ X provides a set of standard cursor shapes in a special font named cursor. Applications are encouraged to use this interface for their cursors because the font can be customized for the individual display type. The shape argument specifies which glyph of the standard fonts to use. .LP The hotspot comes from the information stored in the cursor font. The initial colors of a cursor are a black foreground and a white background (see .ZN XRecolorCursor ). .LP .ZN XCreateFontCursor can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCreCursor.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:29 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreatePixmapCursor function creates a cursor and returns the cursor ID associated with it. The foreground and background RGB values must be specified using foreground_color and background_color, even if the X server only has a .ZN StaticGray or .ZN GrayScale screen. The foreground color is used for the pixels set to 1 in the source, and the background color is used for the pixels set to 0. Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a .ZN BadMatch error results) but can have any root. The mask argument defines the shape of the cursor. The pixels set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels are displayed, and the pixels set to 0 define which pixels are ignored. If no mask is given, all pixels of the source are displayed. The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the source argument, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. The hotspot must be a point within the source, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP The components of the cursor can be transformed arbitrarily to meet display limitations. The pixmaps can be freed immediately if no further explicit references to them are to be made. Subsequent drawing in the source or mask pixmap has an undefined effect on the cursor. The X server might or might not make a copy of the pixmap. .LP .ZN XCreatePixmapCursor can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadPixmap errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCreateGlCur.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:49:41 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateGlyphCursor function is similar to .ZN XCreatePixmapCursor except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified font glyphs. The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font, or a .ZN BadValue error results. If mask_font is given, mask_char must be a defined glyph in mask_font, or a .ZN BadValue error results. The mask_font and character are optional. The origins of the source_char and mask_char (if defined) glyphs are positioned coincidently and define the hotspot. The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics, and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative to the bounding boxes. If no mask_char is given, all pixels of the source are displayed. You can free the fonts immediately by calling .ZN XFreeFont if no further explicit references to them are to be made. .LP For 2-byte matrix fonts, the 16-bit value should be formed with the byte1 member in the most-significant byte and the byte2 member in the least-significant byte. .LP .ZN XCreateGlyphCursor can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadFont , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badfont.e,v 1.2 87/09/09 18:08:11 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadFont A value for a Font or GContext argument does not name a defined Font. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDefineCursor(3X11), XLoadFont(3X11), XRecolorCursor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP e ind kêܨƒ m³&l—‰*t‰*l—‰*"Z³& u†./usr/man/man3/XCreateFontSet.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreFSet.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:52 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateFontSet 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateFontSet, XFreeFontSet \- create and free an international text drawing font set .SH SYNTAX XFontSet XCreateFontSet\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIbase_font_name_list\fP\^, \fImissing_charset_list_return\fP\^, .br \fImissing_charset_count_return\fP\^, \fIdef_string_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIbase_font_name_list\fP\^; .br char ***\fImissing_charset_list_return\fP\^; .br int *\fImissing_charset_count_return\fP\^; .br char **\fIdef_string_return\fP\^; .LP void XFreeFontSet\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIfont_set\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIbase_font_name_list\fP 1i Specifies the base font names. .IP \fIdef_string_return\fP 1i Returns the string drawn for missing charsets. .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .IP \fImissing_charset_count_return\fP 1i Returns the number of missing charsets. .IP \fImissing_charset_list_return\fP 1i Returns the missing charsets. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XCreateFontSet function creates a font set for the specified display. The font set is bound to the current locale when .ZN XCreateFontSet is called. The font_set may be used in subsequent calls to obtain font and character information, and to image text in the locale of the font_set. .LP The base_font_name_list argument is a list of base font names which Xlib uses to load the fonts needed for the locale. The base font names are a comma-separated list. The string is null-terminated, and is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding; otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. Whitespace immediately on either side of a separating comma is ignored. .LP Use of XLFD font names permits Xlib to obtain the fonts needed for a variety of locales from a single locale-independent base font name. The single base font name should name a family of fonts whose members are encoded in the various charsets needed by the locales of interest. .LP An XLFD base font name can explicitly name a charset needed for the locale. This allows the user to specify an exact font for use with a charset required by a locale, fully controlling the font selection. .LP If a base font name is not an XLFD name, Xlib will attempt to obtain an XLFD name from the font properties for the font. If this action is successful in obtaining an XLFD name, the .ZN XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet function will return this XLFD name instead of the client-supplied name. .LP The following algorithm is used to select the fonts that will be used to display text with the .ZN XFontSet : .LP For each font charset required by the locale, the base font name list is searched for the first one of the following cases that names a set of fonts that exist at the server: .IP 1. 5 The first XLFD-conforming base font name that specifies the required charset or a superset of the required charset in its .ZN CharSetRegistry and .ZN CharSetEncoding fields. The implementation may use a base font name whose specified charset is a superset of the required charset, for example, an ISO8859-1 font for an ASCII charset. .IP 2. 5 The first set of one or more XLFD-conforming base font names that specify one or more charsets that can be remapped to support the required charset. The Xlib implementation may recognize various mappings from a required charset to one or more other charsets, and use the fonts for those charsets. For example, JIS Roman is ASCII with tilde and backslash replaced by yen and overbar; Xlib may load an ISO8859-1 font to support this character set, if a JIS Roman font is not available. .IP 3. 5 The first XLFD-conforming font name, or the first non-XLFD font name for which an XLFD font name can be obtained, combined with the required charset (replacing the .ZN CharSetRegistry and .ZN CharSetEncoding fields in the XLFD font name). As in case 1., the implementation may use a charset which is a superset of the required charset. .IP 4. 5 The first font name that can be mapped in some implementation-dependent manner to one or more fonts that support imaging text in the charset. .LP For example, assume a locale required the charsets: .LP .Ds 0 ISO8859-1 JISX0208.1983 JISX0201.1976 GB2312-1980.0 .De .LP The user could supply a base_font_name_list which explicitly specifies the charsets, insuring that specific fonts get used if they exist: .LP .Ds 0 "-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240-JISX0208.1983-0,\\ -JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120-JISX0201.1976-0,\\ -GB-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240-GB2312-1980.0,\\ -Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-75-75-M-150-ISO8859-1" .De .LP Or he could supply a base_font_name_list which omits the charsets, letting Xlib select font charsets required for the locale: .LP .Ds 0 "-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240,\\ -JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120,\\ -GB-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240,\\ -Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-100-100-M-150" .De .LP Or he could simply supply a single base font name which allows Xlib to select from all available fonts which meet certain minimum XLFD property requirements: .LP .Ds 0 "-*-*-*-R-Normal--*-180-100-100-*-*" .De .LP If .ZN XCreateFontSet is unable to create the font set, either because there is insufficient memory or because the current locale is not supported, .ZN XCreateFontSet returns NULL, missing_charset_list_return is set to NULL, and missing_charset_count_return is set to zero. If fonts exist for all of the charsets required by the current locale, .ZN XCreateFontSet returns a valid .ZN XFontSet , missing_charset_list_return is set to NULL, and missing_charset_count_return is set to zero. .LP If no font exists for one or more of the required charsets, .ZN XCreateFontSet sets missing_charset_list_return to a list of one or more null-terminated charset names for which no font exists, and sets missing_charset_count_return to the number of missing fonts. The charsets are from the list of the required charsets for the encoding of the locale, and do not include any charsets to which Xlib may be able to remap a required charset. .LP If no font exists for any of the required charsets, or if the locale definition in Xlib requires that a font exist for a particular charset and a font is not found for that charset, .ZN XCreateFontSet returns NULL. Otherwise, .ZN XCreateFontSet returns a valid .ZN XFontSet to font_set. .LP When an Xmb/wc drawing or measuring function is called with an .ZN XFontSet that has missing charsets, some characters in the locale will not be drawable. If def_string_return is non-NULL, .ZN XCreateFontSet returns a pointer to a string which represents the glyph(s) which are drawn with this .ZN XFontSet when the charsets of the available fonts do not include all font glyph(s) required to draw a codepoint. The string does not necessarily consist of valid characters in the current locale and is not necessarily drawn with the fonts loaded for the font set, but the client can draw and measure the ``default glyphs'' by including this string in a string being drawn or measured with the .ZN XFontSet . .LP If the string returned to def_string_return is the empty string (""), no glyphs are drawn, and the escapement is zero. The returned string is null-terminated. It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. It will be freed by a call to .ZN XFreeFontSet with the associated .ZN XFontSet . Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib. .LP The client is responsible for constructing an error message from the missing charset and default string information, and may choose to continue operation in the case that some fonts did not exist. .LP The returned .ZN XFontSet and missing charset list should be freed with .ZN XFreeFontSet and .ZN XFreeStringList , respectively. The client-supplied base_font_name_list may be freed by the client after calling .ZN XCreateFontSet . .LP The .ZN XFreeFontSet function frees the specified font set. The associated base font name list, font name list, .ZN XFontStruct list, and .ZN XFontSetExtents , if any, are freed. .SH "SEE ALSO" XExtentsofFontSet(3X11), XFontsOfFontSet(3X11), XFontSetExtents(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .LP kêÊŸ‚ m>fm—‰*t‰*m—‰*µ‚>f Ä./usr/man/man3/XCreateGC.3et.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreGC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:56 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XCreateGC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateGC, XCopyGC, XChangeGC, XGetGCValues, XFreeGC, XGContextFromGC, XGCValues \- create or free graphics contexts and graphics context structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XCreateGC.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:06:37 mento Exp $ GC XCreateGC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIvaluemask\fP\^, \fIvalues\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIvaluemask\fP\^; .br XGCValues *\^\fIvalues\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCopyGC.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:08:57 mento Exp $ XCopyGC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsrc\fP\^, \fIvaluemask\fP\^, \fIdest\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIsrc\fP\^, \fIdest\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIvaluemask\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChGC.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:19:10 mento Exp $ XChangeGC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIvaluemask\fP\^, \fIvalues\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIvaluemask\fP\^; .br XGCValues *\^\fIvalues\fP\^; .LP Status XGetGCValues\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP, \fIvaluemask\fP, \ \fIvalues_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIvaluemask\fP\^; .br XGCValues *\fIvalues_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFreeGC.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:18 mento Exp $ XFreeGC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .LP GContext XGContextFromGC\^(\^\fIgc\fP\^) .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: dest.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:11:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest\fP 1i Specifies the destination GC. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: src.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:11:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc\fP 1i Specifies the components of the source GC. .ds Vm set, copied, changed, or returned .\" $Header: valuemask1.a,v 1.6 88/08/04 11:20:52 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvaluemask\fP 1i Specifies which components in the GC are to be \*(Vm. This argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or more of the valid GC component mask bits. .\" $Header: values1.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 10:50:42 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalues\fP 1i Specifies any values as specified by the valuemask. .\" $Header: values3.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 17:19:04 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalues_return\fP 1i Returns the GC values in the specified .ZN XGCValues structure. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCreateGC.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:40 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateGC function creates a graphics context and returns a GC. The GC can be used with any destination drawable having the same root and depth as the specified drawable. Use with other drawables results in a .ZN BadMatch error. .LP .ZN XCreateGC can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadFont , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadPixmap , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCopyGC.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:49:27 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCopyGC function copies the specified components from the source GC to the destination GC. The source and destination GCs must have the same root and depth, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. The valuemask specifies which component to copy, as for .ZN XCreateGC . .LP .ZN XCopyGC can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .LP .\" $Header: XChGC.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:49:02 mento Exp $ The .ZN XChangeGC function changes the components specified by valuemask for the specified GC. The values argument contains the values to be set. The values and restrictions are the same as for .ZN XCreateGC . Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous .ZN XSetClipRectangles request on the context. Changing the dash-offset or dash-list overrides any previous .ZN XSetDashes request on the context. The order in which components are verified and altered is server-dependent. If an error is generated, a subset of the components may have been altered. .LP .ZN XChangeGC can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadFont , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadPixmap , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP The .ZN XGetGCValues function returns the components specified by valuemask for the specified GC. If the valuemask contains a valid set of GC mask bits .Pn ( GCFunction , .ZN GCPlaneMask , .ZN GCForeground , .ZN GCBackground , .ZN GCLineWidth , .ZN GCLineStyle , .ZN GCCapStyle , .ZN GCJoinStyle , .ZN GCFillStyle , .ZN GCFillRule , .ZN GCTile , .ZN GCStipple , .ZN GCTileStipXOrigin , .ZN GCTileStipYOrigin , .ZN GCFont , .ZN GCSubwindowMode , .ZN GCGraphicsExposures , .ZN GCClipXOrigin , .ZN GCCLipYOrigin , .ZN GCDashOffset , or .ZN GCArcMode ) and no error occur, .ZN XGetGCValues sets the requested components in values_return and returns a nonzero status. Otherwise, it returns a zero status. Note that the clip-mask and dash-list (represented by the .ZN GCClipMask and .ZN GCDashList bits, respectively, in the valuemask) cannot be requested. Also note that an invalid resource ID (with one or more of the three most-significant bits set to one) will be returned for .ZN GCFont , .ZN GCTile , and .ZN GCStipple if the component has never been explicitly set by the client. .LP .\" $Header: XFreeGC.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:50:48 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeGC function destroys the specified GC as well as all the associated storage. .LP .ZN XFreeGC can generate a .ZN BadGC error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XGCValues structure contains: .LP .LP /* GC attribute value mask bits */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i). #define\ T{ .ZN GCFunction T} T{ (1L<<0) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCPlaneMask T} T{ (1L<<1) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCForeground T} T{ (1L<<2) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCBackground T} T{ (1L<<3) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCLineWidth T} T{ (1L<<4) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCLineStyle T} T{ (1L<<5) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCCapStyle T} T{ (1L<<6) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCJoinStyle T} T{ (1L<<7) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCFillStyle T} T{ (1L<<8) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCFillRule T} T{ (1L<<9) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCTile T} T{ (1L<<10) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCStipple T} T{ (1L<<11) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCTileStipXOrigin T} T{ (1L<<12) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCTileStipYOrigin T} T{ (1L<<13) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCFont T} T{ (1L<<14) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCSubwindowMode T} T{ (1L<<15) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCGraphicsExposures T} T{ (1L<<16) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCClipXOrigin T} T{ (1L<<17) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCClipYOrigin T} T{ (1L<<18) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCClipMask T} T{ (1L<<19) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCDashOffset T} T{ (1L<<20) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCDashList T} T{ (1L<<21) T} #define\ T{ .ZN GCArcMode T} T{ (1L<<22) T} .TE .IN "XGCValues" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i /* Values */ typedef struct { int function; /* logical operation */ unsigned long plane_mask; /* plane mask */ unsigned long foreground; /* foreground pixel */ unsigned long background; /* background pixel */ int line_width; /* line width (in pixels) */ int line_style; /* LineSolid, LineOnOffDash, LineDoubleDash */ int cap_style; /* CapNotLast, CapButt, CapRound, CapProjecting */ int join_style; /* JoinMiter, JoinRound, JoinBevel */ int fill_style; /* FillSolid, FillTiled, FillStippled FillOpaqueStippled*/ int fill_rule; /* EvenOddRule, WindingRule */ int arc_mode; /* ArcChord, ArcPieSlice */ Pixmap tile; /* tile pixmap for tiling operations */ Pixmap stipple; /* stipple 1 plane pixmap for stippling */ int ts_x_origin; /* offset for tile or stipple operations */ int ts_y_origin; Font font; /* default text font for text operations */ int subwindow_mode; /* ClipByChildren, IncludeInferiors */ Bool graphics_exposures; /* boolean, should exposures be generated */ int clip_x_origin; /* origin for clipping */ int clip_y_origin; Pixmap clip_mask; /* bitmap clipping; other calls for rects */ int dash_offset; /* patterned/dashed line information */ char dashes; } XGCValues; .De .LP The function attributes of a GC are used when you update a section of a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source). The function in a GC defines how the new destination bits are to be computed from the source bits and the old destination bits. .ZN GXcopy is typically the most useful because it will work on a color display, but special applications may use other functions, particularly in concert with particular planes of a color display. The 16 GC functions, defined in .Pn < X11/X.h >, are: .\" are listed in Table 5-1 along with the .\"the associated hexadecimal code .\" and operation. .\".CP T 1 .\"Display Functions .TS H lw(1.5i) cw(.5i) lw(2i). _ .sp 6p .B Function Name Value Operation .sp 6p _ .sp 6p T{ .ZN GXclear T} T{ 0x0 T} T{ 0 T} T{ .ZN GXand T} T{ 0x1 T} T{ src AND dst T} T{ .ZN GXandReverse T} T{ 0x2 T} T{ src AND NOT dst T} T{ .ZN GXcopy T} T{ 0x3 T} T{ src T} T{ .ZN GXandInverted T} T{ 0x4 T} T{ (NOT src) AND dst T} T{ .ZN GXnoop T} T{ 0x5 T} T{ dst T} T{ .ZN GXxor T} T{ 0x6 T} T{ src XOR dst T} T{ .ZN GXor T} T{ 0x7 T} T{ src OR dst T} T{ .ZN GXnor T} T{ 0x8 T} T{ (NOT src) AND (NOT dst) T} T{ .ZN GXequiv T} T{ 0x9 T} T{ (NOT src) XOR dst T} T{ .ZN GXinvert T} T{ 0xa T} T{ NOT dst T} T{ .ZN GXorReverse T} T{ 0xb T} T{ src OR (NOT dst) T} T{ .ZN GXcopyInverted T} T{ 0xc T} T{ NOT src T} T{ .ZN GXorInverted T} T{ 0xd T} T{ (NOT src) OR dst T} T{ .ZN GXnand T} T{ 0xe T} T{ (NOT src) OR (NOT dst) T} T{ .ZN GXset T} T{ 0xf T} T{ 1 T} .sp 6p _ .TE .LP Many graphics operations depend on either pixel values or planes in a GC. .IN "Pixel value" The planes attribute is of type long, and it specifies which planes of the destination are to be modified, one bit per plane. .IN "Plane" "mask" A monochrome display has only one plane and will be the least-significant bit of the word. As planes are added to the display hardware, they will occupy more significant bits in the plane mask. .LP In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel, the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels. That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane. The plane_mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes. A macro constant .ZN AllPlanes can be used to refer to all planes of the screen simultaneously. The result is computed by the following: .LP .Ds ((src FUNC dst) AND plane-mask) OR (dst AND (NOT plane-mask)) .De .LP Range checking is not performed on the values for foreground, background, or plane_mask. They are simply truncated to the appropriate number of bits. The line-width is measured in pixels and either can be greater than or equal to one (wide line) or can be the special value zero (thin line). .LP Wide lines are drawn centered on the path described by the graphics request. Unless otherwise specified by the join-style or cap-style, the bounding box of a wide line with endpoints [x1, y1], [x2, y2] and width w is a rectangle with vertices at the following real coordinates: .LP .Ds .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i [x1-(w*sn/2), y1+(w*cs/2)], [x1+(w*sn/2), y1-(w*cs/2)], [x2-(w*sn/2), y2+(w*cs/2)], [x2+(w*sn/2), y2-(w*cs/2)] .De .LP Here sn is the sine of the angle of the line, and cs is the cosine of the angle of the line. A pixel is part of the line and so is drawn if the center of the pixel is fully inside the bounding box (which is viewed as having infinitely thin edges). If the center of the pixel is exactly on the bounding box, it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right (x increasing direction). Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below (y increasing direction) and the interior or the boundary is immediately to the right (x increasing direction). .LP Thin lines (zero line-width) are one-pixel-wide lines drawn using an unspecified, device-dependent algorithm. There are only two constraints on this algorithm. .IP 1. 5 If a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] and if another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy], a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line if and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line. .IP 2. 5 The effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected by clipping. That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point lies inside the clipping region and the point would be touched by the line when drawn unclipped. .LP A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style and join-style. It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines, but this is not required. A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels are drawn. This permits the use of many manufacturers' line drawing hardware, which may run many times faster than the more precisely specified wide lines. .LP In general, drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one. However, because of their different drawing algorithms, thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines. If it is desirable to obtain precise and uniform results across all displays, a client should always use a line-width of one rather than a line-width of zero. .LP The line-style defines which sections of a line are drawn: .TS lw(1.3i) lw(4.5i). T{ .ZN LineSolid T} T{ The full path of the line is drawn. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN LineDoubleDash T} T{ The full path of the line is drawn, but the even dashes are filled differently than the odd dashes (see fill-style) with .ZN CapButt style used where even and odd dashes meet. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN LineOnOffDash T} T{ Only the even dashes are drawn, and cap-style applies to all internal ends of the individual dashes, except .ZN CapNotLast is treated as .ZN CapButt . T} .TE .LP The cap-style defines how the endpoints of a path are drawn: .IN "Graphics context" "path" .TS lw(1.3i) lw(4.5i). T{ .ZN CapNotLast T} T{ This is equivalent to .ZN CapButt except that for a line-width of zero the final endpoint is not drawn. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapButt T} T{ The line is square at the endpoint (perpendicular to the slope of the line) with no projection beyond. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapRound T} T{ The line has a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width, centered on the endpoint. (This is equivalent to .ZN CapButt for line-width of zero). T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapProjecting T} T{ The line is square at the end, but the path continues beyond the endpoint for a distance equal to half the line-width. (This is equivalent to .ZN CapButt for line-width of zero). T} .TE .LP The join-style defines how corners are drawn for wide lines: .TS lw(1.3i) lw(4.5i). T{ .ZN JoinMiter T} T{ The outer edges of two lines extend to meet at an angle. However, if the angle is less than 11 degrees, then a .ZN JoinBevel join-style is used instead. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN JoinRound T} T{ The corner is a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width, centered on the joinpoint. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN JoinBevel T} T{ The corner has .ZN CapButt endpoint styles with the triangular notch filled. T} .TE .LP For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints, the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style: .TS lw(1.3i) lw(.5i) lw(4i). T{ .ZN CapNotLast T} T{ thin T} T{ The results are device-dependent, but the desired effect is that nothing is drawn. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapButt T} T{ thin T} T{ The results are device-dependent, but the desired effect is that a single pixel is drawn. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapRound T} T{ thin T} T{ The results are the same as for .ZN CapButt /thin. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapProjecting T} T{ thin T} T{ The results are the same as for .ZN Butt /thin. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapButt T} T{ wide T} T{ Nothing is drawn. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapRound T} T{ wide T} T{ The closed path is a circle, centered at the endpoint, and with the diameter equal to the line-width. T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN CapProjecting T} T{ wide T} T{ The closed path is a square, aligned with the coordinate axes, centered at the endpoint, and with the sides equal to the line-width. T} .TE .LP For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints, the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path. However, if the total path consists of or is reduced to a single point joined with itself, the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both endpoints. .LP The tile/stipple represents an infinite 2D plane, with the tile/stipple replicated in all dimensions. When that plane is superimposed on the drawable for use in a graphics operation, the upper left corner of some instance of the tile/stipple is at the coordinates within the drawable specified by the tile/stipple origin. The tile/stipple and clip origins are interpreted relative to the origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request. The tile pixmap must have the same root and depth as the GC, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root as the GC, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. For stipple operations where the fill-style is .ZN FillStippled but not .ZN FillOpaqueStippled , the stipple pattern is tiled in a single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask. Although some sizes may be faster to use than others, any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling. .LP The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and fill requests. For all text and fill requests (for example, .ZN XDrawText , .ZN XDrawText16 , .ZN XFillRectangle , .ZN XFillPolygon , and .ZN XFillArc ); for line requests with line-style .ZN LineSolid (for example, .ZN XDrawLine , .ZN XDrawSegments , .ZN XDrawRectangle , .ZN XDrawArc ); and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style .ZN LineOnOffDash or .ZN LineDoubleDash , the following apply: .TS lw(1.8i) lw(4i). T{ .ZN FillSolid T} T{ Foreground T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN FillTiled T} T{ Tile T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN FillOpaqueStippled T} T{ A tile with the same width and height as stipple, but with background everywhere stipple has a zero and with foreground everywhere stipple has a one T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN FillStippled T} T{ Foreground masked by stipple T} .TE .LP When drawing lines with line-style .ZN LineDoubleDash , the odd dashes are controlled by the fill-style in the following manner: .TS lw(1.8i) lw(4i). T{ .ZN FillSolid T} T{ Background T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN FillTiled T} T{ Same as for even dashes T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN FillOpaqueStippled T} T{ Same as for even dashes T} .sp 6p T{ .ZN FillStippled T} T{ Background masked by stipple T} .TE .LP Storing a pixmap in a GC might or might not result in a copy being made. If the pixmap is later used as the destination for a graphics request, the change might or might not be reflected in the GC. If the pixmap is used simultaneously in a graphics request both as a destination and as a tile or stipple, the results are undefined. .LP For optimum performance, you should draw as much as possible with the same GC (without changing its components). The costs of changing GC components relative to using different GCs depend upon the display hardware and the server implementation. It is quite likely that some amount of GC information will be cached in display hardware and that such hardware can only cache a small number of GCs. .LP The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the more general patterns that can be set with .ZN XSetDashes . Specifying a value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in .ZN XSetDashes . The value must be nonzero, or a .ZN BadValue error results. .LP The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable. If the clip-mask is set to a pixmap, it must have depth one and have the same root as the GC, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. If clip-mask is set to .ZN None , the pixels are always drawn regardless of the clip origin. The clip-mask also can be set by calling the .ZN XSetClipRectangles or .ZN XSetRegion functions. Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn. Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask or where the clip-mask has a bit set to 0. The clip-mask affects all graphics requests. The clip-mask does not clip sources. The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request. .LP You can set the subwindow-mode to .ZN ClipByChildren or .ZN IncludeInferiors . For .ZN ClipByChildren , both source and destination windows are additionally clipped by all viewable .ZN InputOutput children. For .ZN IncludeInferiors , neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors. This will result in including subwindow contents in the source and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination. The use of .ZN IncludeInferiors on a window of one depth with mapped inferiors of differing depth is not illegal, but the semantics are undefined by the core protocol. .LP The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (drawn) for paths given in .ZN XFillPolygon requests and can be set to .ZN EvenOddRule or .ZN WindingRule . For .ZN EvenOddRule , a point is inside if an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number of times. For .ZN WindingRule , a point is inside if an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and counterclockwise directed path segments. A clockwise directed path segment is one that crosses the ray from left to right as observed from the point. A counterclockwise segment is one that crosses the ray from right to left as observed from the point. The case where a directed line segment is coincident with the ray is uninteresting because you can simply choose a different ray that is not coincident with a segment. .LP For both .ZN EvenOddRule and .ZN WindingRule , a point is infinitely small, and the path is an infinitely thin line. A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside and the center point is not on the boundary. If the center point is on the boundary, the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately to its right (x increasing direction). Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below (y increasing direction). .LP The arc-mode controls filling in the .ZN XFillArcs function and can be set to .ZN ArcPieSlice or .ZN ArcChord . For .ZN ArcPieSlice , the arcs are pie-slice filled. For .ZN ArcChord , the arcs are chord filled. .LP The graphics-exposure flag controls .ZN GraphicsExpose event generation for .ZN XCopyArea and .ZN XCopyPlane requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions). .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badfont.e,v 1.2 87/09/09 18:08:11 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadFont A value for a Font or GContext argument does not name a defined Font. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), XCopyArea(3X11), XCreateRegion(3X11), XDrawArc(3X11), XDrawLine(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11), XDrawText(3X11), XFillRectangle(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ZN kê“å!m¤—‰*t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCreateGlyphCursor.3.3..so man3/XCreateFontCursor.3 :22 kêî› mMm—‰*t‰*m—‰*&wM ./usr/man/man3/XCreateIC.3Curso.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreIC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:59 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateIC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateIC, XDestroyIC, XIMOfIC \- create, destroy, and obtain the input method of an input context .SH SYNTAX XIC XCreateIC\^(\^\fIim\fP\^, ...) .br XIM \fIim\fP\^; .LP void XDestroyIC\^(\^\fIic\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .LP XIM XIMOfIC\^(\^\fIic\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIic\fP 1i Specifies the input context. .IP \fIim\fP 1i Specifies the input method. .ds Al \ to set XIC values .IP ... 1i Specifies the variable length argument list\*(Al. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XCreateIC function creates a context within the specified input method. .LP Some of the arguments are mandatory at creation time, and the input context will not be created if they are not provided. Those arguments are the input style and the set of text callbacks (if the input style selected requires callbacks). All other input context values can be set later. .LP .ZN XCreateIC returns a NULL value if no input context could be created. A NULL value could be returned for any of the following reasons: .IP \(bu 5 A required argument was not set. .IP \(bu 5 A read-only argument was set (for example, .ZN XNFilterEvents ). .IP \(bu 5 The argument name is not recognized. .IP \(bu 5 The input method encountered an input method implementation dependent error. .LP The .ZN XCreateIC can generate .ZN BadAtom , .ZN BadColor , .ZN BadPixmap , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .ZN XDestroyIC destroys the specified input context. .LP The .ZN XIMOfIC function returns the input method associated with the specified input context. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XOpenIM(3X11), XSetICFocus(3X11), XSetICValues(3X11), XmbResetIC(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP he kêzP€ mvm—‰*t‰*m—‰*Iv ý./usr/man/man3/XCreateImage.3so.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreImage.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:03 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateImage 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateImage, XGetPixel, XPutPixel, XSubImage, XAddPixel, XDestroyImage \- image utilities .SH SYNTAX XImage *XCreateImage\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIvisual\fP, \fIdepth\fP, \fIformat\fP, \fIoffset\fP, \fIdata\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIbitmap_pad\fP, .br \fIbytes_per_line\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Visual *\fIvisual\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIdepth\fP\^; .br int \fIformat\fP\^; .br int \fIoffset\fP\^; .br char *\fIdata\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIheight\fP\^; .br int \fIbitmap_pad\fP\^; .br int \fIbytes_per_line\fP\^; .LP unsigned long XGetPixel\^(\^\fIximage\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP\^) .br XImage *\fIximage\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^; .br int \fIy\fP\^; .LP XPutPixel\^(\^\fIximage\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIpixel\fP\^) .br XImage *\fIximage\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^; .br int \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIpixel\fP\^; .LP XImage *XSubImage\^(\^\fIximage\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIsubimage_width\fP, \fIsubimage_height\fP\^) .br XImage *\fIximage\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^; .br int \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIsubimage_width\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIsubimage_height\fP\^; .LP XAddPixel\^(\^\fIximage\fP, \fIvalue\fP\^) .br XImage *\fIximage\fP\^; .br long \fIvalue\fP\^; .LP XDestroyImage\^(\^\fIximage\fP\^) .br XImage *\^\fIximage\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbitmap_pad\fP 1i Specifies the quantum of a scanline (8, 16, or 32). In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits. .IP \fIbytes_per_line\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the client image between the start of one scanline and the start of the next. .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the image data. .IP \fIdepth\fP 1i Specifies the depth of the image. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIformat\fP 1i Specifies the format for the image. You can pass .ZN XYBitmap , .ZN XYPixmap , or .ZN ZPixmap . .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specifies the height of the image, in pixels. .IP \fIoffset\fP 1i Specifies the number of pixels to ignore at the beginning of the scanline. .IP \fIpixel\fP 1i Specifies the new pixel value. .IP \fIsubimage_height\fP 1i Specifies the height of the new subimage, in pixels. .IP \fIsubimage_width\fP 1i Specifies the width of the new subimage, in pixels. .IP \fIvalue\fP 1i Specifies the constant value that is to be added. .IP \fIvisual\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN Visual structure. .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i Specifies the width of the image, in pixels. .IP \fIximage\fP 1i Specifies the image. .\" $Header: xy.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:54 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCreImage.d,v 1.4 88/08/20 10:25:28 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateImage function allocates the memory needed for an .ZN XImage structure for the specified display but does not allocate space for the image itself. Rather, it initializes the structure byte-order, bit-order, and bitmap-unit values from the display and returns a pointer to the .ZN XImage structure. The red, green, and blue mask values are defined for Z format images only and are derived from the .ZN Visual structure passed in. Other values also are passed in. The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each scanline to be shifted into position. If you pass a zero value in bytes_per_line, Xlib assumes that the scanlines are contiguous in memory and calculates the value of bytes_per_line itself. .LP Note that when the image is created using .ZN XCreateImage , .ZN XGetImage , or .ZN XSubImage , the destroy procedure that the .ZN XDestroyImage function calls frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure. .LP The basic functions used to get a pixel, set a pixel, create a subimage, and add a constant offset to a Z format image are defined in the image object. The functions in this section are really macro invocations of the functions in the image object and are defined in .Pn < X11/Xutil.h >. .LP .\" $Header: XGetPixel.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:14 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetPixel function returns the specified pixel from the named image. The pixel value is returned in normalized format (that is, the least-significant byte of the long is the least-significant byte of the pixel). The image must contain the x and y coordinates. .LP .\" $Header: XPutPixel.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:30 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPutPixel function overwrites the pixel in the named image with the specified pixel value. The input pixel value must be in normalized format (that is, the least-significant byte of the long is the least-significant byte of the pixel). The image must contain the x and y coordinates. .LP .\" $Header: XSubImage.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 10:26:23 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSubImage function creates a new image that is a subsection of an existing one. It allocates the memory necessary for the new .ZN XImage structure and returns a pointer to the new image. The data is copied from the source image, and the image must contain the rectangle defined by x, y, subimage_width, and subimage_height. .LP .\" $Header: XAddPixel.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:48:34 mento Exp $ The .ZN XAddPixel function adds a constant value to every pixel in an image. It is useful when you have a base pixel value from allocating color resources and need to manipulate the image to that form. .LP .\" $Header: XDestImage.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:47 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDestroyImage function deallocates the memory associated with the .ZN XImage structure. .SH "SEE ALSO" XPutImage(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ie kêVr m_n—‰*t‰*n—‰*ØÃ_ W·./usr/man/man3/XCreatePixmap.3o.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCrePmap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreatePixmap 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreatePixmap, XFreePixmap \- create or destroy pixmaps .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XCrePmap.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:10 mento Exp $ Pixmap XCreatePixmap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIdepth\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIdepth\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFreePixmap.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:19 mento Exp $ XFreePixmap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIpixmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIpixmap\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d_crepix.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:06:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on. .\" $Header: depth1.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 09:53:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdepth\fP 1i Specifies the depth of the pixmap. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIpixmap\fP 1i Specifies the pixmap. .ds Wh , which define the dimensions of the pixmap .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCrePmap.d,v 1.5 88/08/18 07:41:46 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreatePixmap function creates a pixmap of the width, height, and depth you specified and returns a pixmap ID that identifies it. It is valid to pass an .ZN InputOnly window to the drawable argument. The width and height arguments must be nonzero, or a .ZN BadValue error results. The depth argument must be one of the depths supported by the screen of the specified drawable, or a .ZN BadValue error results. .LP The server uses the specified drawable to determine on which screen to create the pixmap. The pixmap can be used only on this screen and only with other drawables of the same depth (see .ZN XCopyPlane for an exception to this rule). The initial contents of the pixmap are undefined. .LP .ZN XCreatePixmap can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadDrawable , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFreePixmap.d,v 1.2 88/05/09 09:56:57 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreePixmap function first deletes the association between the pixmap ID and the pixmap. Then, the X server frees the pixmap storage when there are no references to it. The pixmap should never be referenced again. .LP .ZN XFreePixmap can generate a .ZN BadPixmap error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCopyArea(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê ]ä!m¤—‰*t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCreatePixmapCursor.33..so man3/XCreateFontCursor.3 t d kêP¨ã!m¤—‰*–t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData.3.3.so man3/XReadBitmapFile.3 3 t d kê8Å~ m n—‰*t‰*n—‰*9¡ ./usr/man/man3/XCreateRegion.3m.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreReg.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:09 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateRegion 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateRegion, XSetRegion, XDestroyRegion \- create or destroy regions .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XCreRegion.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:13 mento Exp $ Region XCreateRegion\^() .LP .\" $Header: XSetRegion.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:27 mento Exp $ XSetRegion\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIr\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XDestroyReg.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:38 mento Exp $ XDestroyRegion\^(\^\fIr\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: r.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIr\fP 1i Specifies the region. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XCreRegion.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateRegion function creates a new empty region. .LP .\" $Header: XSetRegion.d,v 1.3 88/05/20 05:32:45 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetRegion function sets the clip-mask in the GC to the specified region. Once it is set in the GC, the region can be destroyed. .LP .\" $Header: XDestroyReg.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:47 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDestroyRegion function deallocates the storage associated with a specified region. .SH "SEE ALSO" XEmptyRegion(3X11), XIntersectRegion(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP is v kêöÙâ!m¤—‰*t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XCreateSimpleWindow.3pDa.so man3/XCreateWindow.3 an 1.1 kêô”} mÄ-n—‰*t‰*n—‰*ÿÃÄ- ÚÃ./usr/man/man3/XCreateWindow.3d.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCreWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:13 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XCreateWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateWindow, XCreateSimpleWindow, XSetWindowAttributes \- create windows and window attributes structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:14 mento Exp $ Window XCreateWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIparent\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIborder_width\fP\^, \fIdepth\fP\^, .br \fIclass\fP\^, \fIvisual\fP\^, \fIvaluemask\fP\^, \fIattributes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIparent\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIborder_width\fP\^; .br int \fIdepth\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIclass\fP\^; .br Visual *\fIvisual\fP\^ .br unsigned long \fIvaluemask\fP\^; .br XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCreWin.f,v 1.2 88/04/05 13:35:18 mento Exp $ Window XCreateSimpleWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIparent\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIborder_width\fP\^, .br \fIborder\fP\^, \fIbackground\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIparent\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIborder_width\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIborder\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIbackground\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: attributes.a,v 1.4 88/05/07 11:49:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIattributes\fP 1i Specifies the structure from which the values (as specified by the value mask) are to be taken. The value mask should have the appropriate bits set to indicate which attributes have been set in the structure. .\" $Header: backpixel.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:05:04 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbackground\fP 1i Specifies the background pixel value of the window. .\" $Header: border.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:05:15 mento Exp $ .IP \fIborder\fP 1i Specifies the border pixel value of the window. .\" $Header: borderwidth.a,v 1.4 88/05/07 11:43:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i Specifies the width of the created window's border in pixels. .\" $Header: class.a,v 1.2 88/04/04 11:10:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the created window's class. You can pass .ZN InputOutput , .ZN InputOnly , or .ZN CopyFromParent . A class of .ZN CopyFromParent means the class is taken from the parent. .\" $Header: depth.a,v 1.3 88/05/07 11:48:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdepth\fP 1i Specifies the window's depth. A depth of .ZN CopyFromParent means the depth is taken from the parent. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: parent.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:34:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIparent\fP 1i Specifies the parent window. .\" $Header: valuemask.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:07 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvaluemask\fP 1i Specifies which window attributes are defined in the attributes argument. This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid attribute mask bits. If valuemask is zero, the attributes are ignored and are not referenced. .\" $Header: visual.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:16 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvisual\fP 1i Specifies the visual type. A visual of .ZN CopyFromParent means the visual type is taken from the parent. .ds Wh , which are the created window's inside dimensions \ and do not include the created window's borders .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which are the top-left outside corner of the window's \ borders and are relative to the inside of the parent window's borders .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XWindow.d,v 1.3 88/08/17 08:19:17 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateWindow function creates an unmapped subwindow for a specified parent window, returns the window ID of the created window, and causes the X server to generate a .ZN CreateNotify event. The created window is placed on top in the stacking order with respect to siblings. .LP The coordinate system has the X axis horizontal and the Y axis vertical, with the origin [0, 0] at the upper left. Coordinates are integral, in terms of pixels, and coincide with pixel centers. Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system. For a window, the origin is inside the border at the inside upper left. .LP The border_width for an .ZN InputOnly window must be zero, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. For class .ZN InputOutput , the visual type and depth must be a combination supported for the screen, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. The depth need not be the same as the parent, but the parent must not be a window of class .ZN InputOnly , or a .ZN BadMatch error results. For an .ZN InputOnly window, the depth must be zero, and the visual must be one supported by the screen. If either condition is not met, a .ZN BadMatch error results. The parent window, however, may have any depth and class. If you specify any invalid window attribute for a window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP The created window is not yet displayed (mapped) on the user's display. To display the window, call .ZN XMapWindow . The new window initially uses the same cursor as its parent. A new cursor can be defined for the new window by calling .ZN XDefineCursor . .IN "Cursor" "Initial State" .IN "XDefineCursor" The window will not be visible on the screen unless it and all of its ancestors are mapped and it is not obscured by any of its ancestors. .LP .ZN XCreateWindow can generate .ZN BadAlloc .ZN BadColor , .ZN BadCursor , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadPixmap , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCreWin.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:39 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateSimpleWindow function creates an unmapped .ZN InputOutput subwindow for a specified parent window, returns the window ID of the created window, and causes the X server to generate a .ZN CreateNotify event. The created window is placed on top in the stacking order with respect to siblings. Any part of the window that extends outside its parent window is clipped. The border_width for an .ZN InputOnly window must be zero, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .ZN XCreateSimpleWindow inherits its depth, class, and visual from its parent. All other window attributes, except background and border, have their default values. .LP .ZN XCreateSimpleWindow can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XSetWindow Attributes structure contains: .LP .LP /* Window attribute value mask bits */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.8i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBackPixmap T} T{ (1L<<0) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBackPixel T} T{ (1L<<1) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBorderPixmap T} T{ (1L<<2) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBorderPixel T} T{ (1L<<3) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBitGravity T} T{ (1L<<4) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWWinGravity T} T{ (1L<<5) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBackingStore T} T{ (1L<<6) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBackingPlanes T} T{ (1L<<7) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWBackingPixel T} T{ (1L<<8) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWOverrideRedirect T} T{ (1L<<9) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWSaveUnder T} T{ (1L<<10) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWEventMask T} T{ (1L<<11) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWDontPropagate T} T{ (1L<<12) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWColormap T} T{ (1L<<13) T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN CWCursor T} T{ (1L<<14) T} .TE .IN "XSetWindowAttributes" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i /* Values */ typedef struct { Pixmap background_pixmap; /* background, None, or ParentRelative */ unsigned long background_pixel; /* background pixel */ Pixmap border_pixmap; /* border of the window or CopyFromParent */ unsigned long border_pixel; /* border pixel value */ int bit_gravity; /* one of bit gravity values */ int win_gravity; /* one of the window gravity values */ int backing_store; /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */ unsigned long backing_planes; /* planes to be preserved if possible */ unsigned long backing_pixel; /* value to use in restoring planes */ Bool save_under; /* should bits under be saved? (popups) */ long event_mask; /* set of events that should be saved */ long do_not_propagate_mask; /* set of events that should not propagate */ Bool override_redirect; /* boolean value for override_redirect */ Colormap colormap; /* color map to be associated with window */ Cursor cursor; /* cursor to be displayed (or None) */ } XSetWindowAttributes; .De .LP For a detailed explanation of the members of this structure, see \fI\*(xL\fP\^. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: badmatch4.e,v 1.2 87/09/11 11:43:34 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch The values do not exist for an .ZN InputOnly window. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XConfigureWindow(3X11), XDefineCursor(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11), XRaiseWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP side kêvŽ| mnn—‰*t‰*n—‰*Ʋn P+./usr/man/man3/XCreateWindowEvent.3pDa.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCWEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:15:19 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCreateWindowEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCreateWindowEvent \- CreateNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN CreateNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* CreateNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window parent; /* parent of the window */ Window window; /* window id of window created */ int x, y; /* window location */ int width, height; /* size of window */ int border_width; /* border width */ Bool override_redirect; /* creation should be overridden */ } XCreateWindowEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The parent member is set to the created window's parent. The window member specifies the created window. The x and y members are set to the created window's coordinates relative to the parent window's origin and indicate the position of the upper-left outside corner of the created window. The width and height members are set to the inside size of the created window (not including the border) and are always nonzero. The border_width member is set to the width of the created window's border, in pixels. The override_redirect member is set to the override-redirect attribute of the window. Window manager clients normally should ignore this window if the override_redirect member is .ZN True . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nt kêP1{ m¹o—‰* t‰*o—‰*k/¹ q/./usr/man/man3/XCrossingEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XCroEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:16 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XCrossingEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XCrossingEvent \- EnterNotify and LeaveNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN EnterNotify and .ZN LeaveNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* EnterNotify or LeaveNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* ``event'' window reported relative to */ Window root; /* root window that the event occurred on */ Window subwindow; /* child window */ Time time; /* milliseconds */ int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */ int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */ int mode; /* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */ int detail; /* * NotifyAncestor, NotifyVirtual, NotifyInferior, * NotifyNonlinear,NotifyNonlinearVirtual */ Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */ Bool focus; /* boolean focus */ unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */ } XCrossingEvent; typedef XCrossingEvent XEnterWindowEvent; typedef XCrossingEvent XLeaveWindowEvent; .De .LP When you receive these events, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the window on which the .ZN EnterNotify or .ZN LeaveNotify event was generated and is referred to as the event window. This is the window used by the X server to report the event, and is relative to the root window on which the event occurred. The root member is set to the root window of the screen on which the event occurred. .LP For a .ZN LeaveNotify event, if a child of the event window contains the initial position of the pointer, the subwindow component is set to that child. Otherwise, the X server sets the subwindow member to .ZN None . For an .ZN EnterNotify event, if a child of the event window contains the final pointer position, the subwindow component is set to that child or .ZN None . .LP The time member is set to the time when the event was generated and is expressed in milliseconds. The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer position in the event window. This position is always the pointer's final position, not its initial position. If the event window is on the same screen as the root window, x and y are the pointer coordinates relative to the event window's origin. Otherwise, x and y are set to zero. The x_root and y_root members are set to the pointer's coordinates relative to the root window's origin at the time of the event. .LP The same_screen member is set to indicate whether the event window is on the same screen as the root window and can be either .ZN True or .ZN False . If .ZN True , the event and root windows are on the same screen. If .ZN False , the event and root windows are not on the same screen. .LP The focus member is set to indicate whether the event window is the focus window or an inferior of the focus window. The X server can set this member to either .ZN True or .ZN False . If .ZN True , the event window is the focus window or an inferior of the focus window. If .ZN False , the event window is not the focus window or an inferior of the focus window. .LP The state member is set to indicate the state of the pointer buttons and modifier keys just prior to the event. The X server can set this member to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more of the button or modifier key masks: .ZN Button1Mask , .ZN Button2Mask , .ZN Button3Mask , .ZN Button4Mask , .ZN Button5Mask , .ZN ShiftMask , .ZN LockMask , .ZN ControlMask , .ZN Mod1Mask , .ZN Mod2Mask , .ZN Mod3Mask , .ZN Mod4Mask , .ZN Mod5Mask . .LP The mode member is set to indicate whether the events are normal events, pseudo-motion events when a grab activates, or pseudo-motion events when a grab deactivates. The X server can set this member to .ZN NotifyNormal , .ZN NotifyGrab , or .ZN NotifyUngrab . .LP The detail member is set to indicate the notify detail and can be .ZN NotifyAncestor , .ZN NotifyVirtual , .ZN NotifyInferior , .ZN NotifyNonlinear , or .ZN NotifyNonlinearVirtual . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ies it. kê8iá!m%¤—‰*Ût‰*¤—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XDefaultString.3.so man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3 n t kê:Òz mr o—‰*!t‰*o—‰*p/r ./usr/man/man3/XDefineCursor.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDefCur.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:23 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDefineCursor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDefineCursor, XUndefineCursor \- define cursors .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XDefCursor.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:31 mento Exp $ XDefineCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIcursor\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Cursor \fIcursor\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUndefCursor.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:03 mento Exp $ XUndefineCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: cursor_def.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 13:12:57 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcursor\fP 1i Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or .ZN None . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XDefCursor.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:58 mento Exp $ If a cursor is set, it will be used when the pointer is in the window. If the cursor is .ZN None , it is equivalent to .ZN XUndefineCursor . .LP .ZN XDefineCursor can generate .ZN BadCursor and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XUndefCursor.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:20 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUndefineCursor undoes the effect of a previous .ZN XDefineCursor for this window. When the pointer is in the window, the parent's cursor will now be used. On the root window, the default cursor is restored. .LP .ZN XUndefineCursor can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateFontCursor(3X11), XRecolorCursor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP t was kêâbà!m¤—‰*›t‰*¤—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDeleteContext.3.so man3/XSaveContext.3  kê„@ß!m"¥—‰*ús‰*¥—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XDeleteModifiermapEntry.3a.3.3.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 X ) Mo kê¾üÞ!m¥—‰*Ot‰*¥—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDeleteProperty.3Entry.3.so man3/XGetWindowProperty.3 g. kêÈWÝ!m¥—‰*t‰*¥—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyIC.3ty.3.so man3/XCreateIC.3 ope kêP~Ü!m¥—‰*t‰*¥—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyImage.33.so man3/XCreateImage.3 kêÒÂÛ!m¥—‰*t‰*¥—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyRegion.3.so man3/XCreateRegion.3 ty.3 g. kêHÚ!m¥—‰*#t‰*¥—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDestroySubwindows.3ry.3.so man3/XDestroyWindow.3 y.3 g. kêFmy mØo—‰*#t‰*o—‰*v/Ø ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyWindow.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDesWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:27 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDestroyWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDestroyWindow, XDestroySubwindows \- destroy windows .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XDestroyWind.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:40 mento Exp $ XDestroyWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XDestroySubs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:40 mento Exp $ XDestroySubwindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XDestroyWind.d,v 1.3 88/08/17 08:20:48 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDestroyWindow function destroys the specified window as well as all of its subwindows and causes the X server to generate a .ZN DestroyNotify event for each window. The window should never be referenced again. If the window specified by the w argument is mapped, it is unmapped automatically. The ordering of the .ZN DestroyNotify events is such that for any given window being destroyed, .ZN DestroyNotify is generated on any inferiors of the window before being generated on the window itself. The ordering among siblings and across subhierarchies is not otherwise constrained. If the window you specified is a root window, no windows are destroyed. Destroying a mapped window will generate .ZN Expose events on other windows that were obscured by the window being destroyed. .LP .ZN XDestroyWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XDestroySubs.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:50:01 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDestroySubwindows function destroys all inferior windows of the specified window, in bottom-to-top stacking order. It causes the X server to generate a .ZN DestroyNotify event for each window. If any mapped subwindows were actually destroyed, .ZN XDestroySubwindows causes the X server to generate .ZN Expose events on the specified window. This is much more efficient than deleting many windows one at a time because much of the work need be performed only once for all of the windows, rather than for each window. The subwindows should never be referenced again. .LP .ZN XDestroySubwindows can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XConfigureWindow(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11), XRaiseWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê”·x m¡ o—‰*!t‰*o—‰*u/¡ ./usr/man/man3/XDestroyWindowEvent.3y.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDWEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:19 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDestroyWindowEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDestroyWindowEvent \- DestroyNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN DestroyNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* DestroyNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; } XDestroyWindowEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the destroyed window or to its parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. The window member is set to the window that is destroyed. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP windows kê vÙ!mM ¥—‰*xu‰*¥—‰*Ø¢M ./usr/man/man3/XDeviceBell.3Eve.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDevBell.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:06 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XDeviceBell 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDeviceBell \- ring a bell on a device supported through the input extension .SH SYNTAX Status XDeviceBell\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIfeedbackclass\fP\^, \fIfeedbackid\fP\^, \fIpercent\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br XID *\fIfeedbackclass\fP\^; .br XID *\fIfeedbackid\fP\^; .br int *\fIpercent\fP\^; .br .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device with which the bell is associated. .TP 12 .I feedbackclass Specifies the class of the feedback with which the bell is associated. .TP 12 .I feedbackid Specifies the id of the feedback with which the bell is associated. .TP 12 .I percent Specifies the volume in the range -100 to 100 at which the bell should be rung. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXDeviceBell\fP request causes the server to ring a bell on the specified feedback of the specified device, if possible. The specified volume is relative to the base volume for the bell. If an invalid device is specified, a \fIBadDevice\fP error will be returned. The feedbackclass and feedbackid parameters contain values returned by an \fIXGetFeedbackControl\fP request and uniquely identify the bell to ring. If a feedbackclass is specified that does not support a bell, or if a nonexistent feedbackid is specified, or a percent value is specified that is not in the range -100 to 100, a \fIBadValue\fP error will be returned. .P The volume at which the bell is rung when the percent argument is nonnegative is: .IP base \- [(base * percent) / 100] + percent .P The volume at which the bell rings when the percent argument is negative is: .IP base + [(base * percent) / 100] .P To change the base volume of the bell, use \fIXChangeFeedbackControl\fP. .P \fIXDeviceBell\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP or a \fIBadValue\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist, or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP An invalid feedbackclass, feedbackid, or percent value was specified. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeFeedbackControl(3X), XBell(3X) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nt  kêBòØ!m"¦—‰*yu‰*¦—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XDeviceTimeCoord.3.3y.3.so man3/XGetDeviceMotionEvents.3 IX ) M kê=×!m¦—‰*ës‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDisableAccessControl.33.so man3/XAddHost.3 otio kêâçÖ!m"¦—‰*øs‰*¦—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayKeycodes.3ol.33.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 IX ) M kê¼^Õ!m¦—‰*­t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayMotionBufferSize.3.3.3.so man3/XSendEvent.3 rd kêòpÔ!m¦—‰*«t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayName.3uf.so man3/XSetErrorHandler.3 ing. kêÒžÓ!m¦—‰*~t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDisplayOfIM.3uf.so man3/XOpenIM.3 andle kê4w mL"o—‰*$t‰*o—‰*t/L" s/./usr/man/man3/XDrawArc.3M.3uf.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrArc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:29 7/17/92 '\" e .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" e .TH XDrawArc 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawArc, XDrawArcs, XArc \- draw arcs and arc structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XArc.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:12 mento Exp $ XDrawArc\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIangle1\fP\^, \fIangle2\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br int \fIangle1\fP\^, \fIangle2\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XArcs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:12 mento Exp $ XDrawArcs\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIarcs\fP\^, \fInarcs\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XArc *\fIarcs\fP\^; .br int \fInarcs\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: angle1.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 09:05:46 mento Exp $ .IP \fIangle1\fP 1i Specifies the start of the arc relative to the three-o'clock position from the center, in units of degrees * 64. .\" $Header: angle2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:51 mento Exp $ .IP \fIangle2\fP 1i Specifies the path and extent of the arc relative to the start of the arc, in units of degrees * 64. .\" $Header: arcs.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:53 mento Exp $ .IP \fIarcs\fP 1i Specifies an array of arcs. .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: narcs.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fInarcs\fP 1i Specifies the number of arcs in the array. .ds Wh , which are the major and minor axes of the arc .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ and specify the upper-left corner of the bounding rectangle .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XArc.d,v 1.4 88/08/18 09:29:15 mento Exp $ .EQ delim %% .EN .ZN XDrawArc draws a single circular or elliptical arc, and .ZN XDrawArcs draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is specified by a rectangle and two angles. The center of the circle or ellipse is the center of the rectangle, and the major and minor axes are specified by the width and height. Positive angles indicate counterclockwise motion, and negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, .ZN XDrawArc or .ZN XDrawArcs truncates it to 360 degrees. .LP For an arc specified as %[ ~x, ~y, ~width , ~height, ~angle1, ~angle2 ]%, the origin of the major and minor axes is at % [ x +^ {width over 2} , ~y +^ {height over 2} ]%, and the infinitely thin path describing the entire circle or ellipse intersects the horizontal axis at % [ x, ~y +^ {height over 2} ]% and % [ x +^ width , ~y +^ { height over 2 }] % and intersects the vertical axis at % [ x +^ { width over 2 } , ~y ]% and % [ x +^ { width over 2 }, ~y +^ height ]%. These coordinates can be fractional and so are not truncated to discrete coordinates. The path should be defined by the ideal mathematical path. For a wide line with line-width lw, the bounding outlines for filling are given by the two infinitely thin paths consisting of all points whose perpendicular distance from the path of the circle/ellipse is equal to lw/2 (which may be a fractional value). The cap-style and join-style are applied the same as for a line corresponding to the tangent of the circle/ellipse at the endpoint. .LP For an arc specified as % [ ~x, ~y, ~width, ~height, ~angle1, ~angle2 ]%, the angles must be specified in the effectively skewed coordinate system of the ellipse (for a circle, the angles and coordinate systems are identical). The relationship between these angles and angles expressed in the normal coordinate system of the screen (as measured with a protractor) is as follows: .LP .Ds % roman "skewed-angle" ~ = ~ atan left ( tan ( roman "normal-angle" ) * width over height right ) +^ adjust% .De .LP The skewed-angle and normal-angle are expressed in radians (rather than in degrees scaled by 64) in the range % [ 0 , ~2 pi ]% and where atan returns a value in the range % [ - pi over 2 , ~pi over 2 ] % and adjust is: .LP .Ds .TA 1i 2i .ta 1i 2i %0% for normal-angle in the range % [ 0 , ~pi over 2 ]% %pi% for normal-angle in the range % [ pi over 2 , ~{3 pi} over 2 ]% %2 pi% for normal-angle in the range % [ {3 pi} over 2 , ~2 pi ]% .De .LP For any given arc, .ZN XDrawArc and .ZN XDrawArcs do not draw a pixel more than once. If two arcs join correctly and if the line-width is greater than zero and the arcs intersect, .ZN XDrawArc and .ZN XDrawArcs do not draw a pixel more than once. Otherwise, the intersecting pixels of intersecting arcs are drawn multiple times. Specifying an arc with one endpoint and a clockwise extent draws the same pixels as specifying the other endpoint and an equivalent counterclockwise extent, except as it affects joins. .LP If the last point in one arc coincides with the first point in the following arc, the two arcs will join correctly. If the first point in the first arc coincides with the last point in the last arc, the two arcs will join correctly. By specifying one axis to be zero, a horizontal or vertical line can be drawn. Angles are computed based solely on the coordinate system and ignore the aspect ratio. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. They also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list. .LP .ZN XDrawArc and .ZN XDrawArcs can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XArc structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { short x, y; unsigned short width, height; short angle1, angle2; /* Degrees * 64 */ } XArc; .De .LP All x and y members are signed integers. The width and height members are 16-bit unsigned integers. You should be careful not to generate coordinates and sizes out of the 16-bit ranges, because the protocol only has 16-bit fields for these values. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawLine(3X11), XDrawPoint(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ]%. kêŽ}Ò!m¦—‰*%t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawArcs.3.3uf.so man3/XDrawArc.3 .\" kêÚmv m2o—‰*&t‰*o—‰*\+2 |/./usr/man/man3/XDrawImageString.3rSize..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrIStr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:33 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDrawImageString 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawImageString, XDrawImageString16 \- draw image text .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XImageText.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:09 mento Exp $ XDrawImageString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fIlength\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fIlength\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XImageText16.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:10 mento Exp $ XDrawImageString16\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fIlength\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br XChar2b *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fIlength\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: length.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIlength\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ and define the origin of the first character .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XImageText.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:40 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDrawImageString16 function is similar to .ZN XDrawImageString except that it uses 2-byte or 16-bit characters. Both functions also use both the foreground and background pixels of the GC in the destination. .LP The effect is first to fill a destination rectangle with the background pixel defined in the GC and then to paint the text with the foreground pixel. The upper-left corner of the filled rectangle is at: .LP .Ds [x, y \- font-ascent] .De .LP The width is: .LP .Ds overall-width .De .LP The height is: .LP .Ds font-ascent + font-descent .De .LP The overall-width, font-ascent, and font-descent are as would be returned by .ZN XQueryTextExtents using gc and string. The function and fill-style defined in the GC are ignored for these functions. The effective function is .ZN GXcopy , and the effective fill-style is .ZN FillSolid . .LP For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing and used with .ZN XDrawImageString , each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero. .LP Both functions use these GC components: plane-mask, foreground, background, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. .LP .ZN XDrawImageString and .ZN XDrawImageString16 can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawString(3X11), XDrawText(3X11), XLoadFont(3X11), XTextExtents(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Note  kê¸"Ñ!m¦—‰*'t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawImageString16.3ize..so man3/XDrawImageString.3 a by kêbªu m p—‰*(t‰*p—‰*x/  /./usr/man/man3/XDrawLine.3ring1.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrLine.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:37 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDrawLine 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawLine, XDrawLines, XDrawSegments, XSegment \- draw lines, polygons, and line structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XLine.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:43 mento Exp $ XDrawLine\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx1\fP\^, \fIy1\fP\^, \fIx2\fP\^, \fIy2\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx1\fP\^, \fIy1\fP\^, \fIx2\fP\^, \fIy2\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XLines.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:21 mento Exp $ XDrawLines\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIpoints\fP\^, \fInpoints\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XPoint *\fIpoints\fP\^; .br int \fInpoints\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSegments.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:52 mento Exp $ XDrawSegments\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIsegments\fP\^, \fInsegments\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XSegment *\fIsegments\fP\^; .br int \fInsegments\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: mode.a,v 1.4 88/05/18 07:53:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the coordinate mode. You can pass .ZN CoordModeOrigin or .ZN CoordModePrevious . .\" $Header: npoints.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:46 mento Exp $ .IP \fInpoints\fP 1i Specifies the number of points in the array. .\" $Header: nsegments.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:48 mento Exp $ .IP \fInsegments\fP 1i Specifies the number of segments in the array. .\" $Header: points.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpoints\fP 1i Specifies an array of points. .\" $Header: segments.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:10 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsegments\fP 1i Specifies an array of segments. .\" $Header: x1y1x2y2.a,v 1.3 88/05/13 08:17:23 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx1\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy1\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIx2\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy2\fP 1i Specify the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) to be connected. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XDrawLine function uses the components of the specified GC to draw a line between the specified set of points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2). It does not perform joining at coincident endpoints. For any given line, .ZN XDrawLine does not draw a pixel more than once. If lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. .LP The .ZN XDrawLines function uses the components of the specified GC to draw npoints\-1 lines between each pair of points (point[i], point[i+1]) in the array of .ZN XPoint structures. It draws the lines in the order listed in the array. The lines join correctly at all intermediate points, and if the first and last points coincide, the first and last lines also join correctly. For any given line, .ZN XDrawLines does not draw a pixel more than once. If thin (zero line-width) lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. If wide lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn only once, as though the entire .ZN PolyLine protocol request were a single, filled shape. .ZN CoordModeOrigin treats all coordinates as relative to the origin, and .ZN CoordModePrevious treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point. .LP The .ZN XDrawSegments function draws multiple, unconnected lines. For each segment, .ZN XDrawSegments draws a line between (x1, y1) and (x2, y2). It draws the lines in the order listed in the array of .ZN XSegment structures and does not perform joining at coincident endpoints. For any given line, .ZN XDrawSegments does not draw a pixel more than once. If lines intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. .LP All three functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. The .ZN XDrawLines function also uses the join-style GC component. All three functions also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list. .LP .ZN XDrawLine , .ZN XDrawLines , and .ZN XDrawSegments can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .ZN XDrawLines can also generate a .ZN BadValue error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XSegment structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i typedef struct { short x1, y1, x2, y2; } XSegment; .De .LP All x and y members are signed integers. The width and height members are 16-bit unsigned integers. You should be careful not to generate coordinates and sizes out of the 16-bit ranges, because the protocol only has 16-bit fields for these values. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawArc(3X11), XDrawPoint(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ecif kꪼÐ!m¦—‰*(t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawLines.3ing1.so man3/XDrawLine.3 o d kêÐ$t m®p—‰**t‰*p—‰*‚/® ƒ/./usr/man/man3/XDrawPoint.3ing1.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrPoint.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:40 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDrawPoint 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawPoint, XDrawPoints, XPoint \- draw points and points structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XPoint.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:54 mento Exp $ XDrawPoint\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPoints.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:55 mento Exp $ XDrawPoints\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIpoints\fP\^, \fInpoints\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XPoint *\fIpoints\fP\^; .br int \fInpoints\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: mode.a,v 1.4 88/05/18 07:53:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the coordinate mode. You can pass .ZN CoordModeOrigin or .ZN CoordModePrevious . .\" $Header: npoints.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:46 mento Exp $ .IP \fInpoints\fP 1i Specifies the number of points in the array. .\" $Header: points.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpoints\fP 1i Specifies an array of points. .\" $Header: xy_point.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:57 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates where you want the point drawn. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XPoint.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:52:15 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDrawPoint function uses the foreground pixel and function components of the GC to draw a single point into the specified drawable; .ZN XDrawPoints draws multiple points this way. .ZN CoordModeOrigin treats all coordinates as relative to the origin, and .ZN CoordModePrevious treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point. .ZN XDrawPoints draws the points in the order listed in the array. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, foreground, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. .LP .ZN XDrawPoint can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .ZN XDrawPoints can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XPoint structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i typedef struct { short x, y; } XPoint; .De .LP All x and y members are signed integers. The width and height members are 16-bit unsigned integers. You should be careful not to generate coordinates and sizes out of the 16-bit ranges, because the protocol only has 16-bit fields for these values. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawArc(3X11), XDrawLine(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP n kêxVÏ!m¦—‰**t‰*¦—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawPoints.3ng1.so man3/XDrawPoint.3 ze kêIJs m$p—‰*+t‰*p—‰*/$ /./usr/man/man3/XDrawRectangle.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrRect.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:42 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDrawRectangle 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawRectangle, XDrawRectangles, XRectangle \- draw rectangles and rectangles structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XRectangle.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:37 mento Exp $ XDrawRectangle\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XRectangles.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:38 mento Exp $ XDrawRectangles\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIrectangles\fP\^, \fInrectangles\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XRectangle \fIrectangles\fP\^[\^]\^; .br int \fInrectangles\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: nrectangles.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fInrectangles\fP 1i Specifies the number of rectangles in the array. .\" $Header: rectangles.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrectangles\fP 1i Specifies an array of rectangles. .ds Wh , which specify the dimensions of the rectangle .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XRectangle.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:52:48 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDrawRectangle and .ZN XDrawRectangles functions draw the outlines of the specified rectangle or rectangles as if a five-point .ZN PolyLine protocol request were specified for each rectangle: .IP [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y] .LP For the specified rectangle or rectangles, these functions do not draw a pixel more than once. .ZN XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in the order listed in the array. If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. They also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list. .LP .ZN XDrawRectangle and .ZN XDrawRectangles can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XRectangle structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i typedef struct { short x, y; unsigned short width, height; } XRectangle; .De .LP All x and y members are signed integers. The width and height members are 16-bit unsigned integers. You should be careful not to generate coordinates and sizes out of the 16-bit ranges, because the protocol only has 16-bit fields for these values. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawArc(3X11), XDrawLine(3X11), XDrawPoint(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP E .c kêÐhÎ!m§—‰*,t‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawRectangles.3.3ize..so man3/XDrawRectangle.3 sh-off kê-Í!m§—‰*)t‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawSegments.33.so man3/XDrawLine.3 le. kêàrr mïp—‰*-t‰*p—‰*„/ï /./usr/man/man3/XDrawString.333.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrString.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:45 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDrawString 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawString, XDrawString16 \- draw text characters .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XText.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:22 mento Exp $ XDrawString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fIlength\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fIlength\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XText16.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:57 mento Exp $ XDrawString16\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fIlength\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br XChar2b *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fIlength\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: length.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIlength\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ and define the origin of the first character .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XText.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:01 mento Exp $ Each character image, as defined by the font in the GC, is treated as an additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable. The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1. For fonts defined with 2-byte matrix indexing and used with .ZN XDrawString16 , each byte is used as a byte2 with a byte1 of zero. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. They also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, and tile-stipple-y-origin. .LP .ZN XDrawString and .ZN XDrawString16 can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawImageString(3X11), XDrawText(3X11), XLoadFont(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP . kê #Ì!m§—‰*.t‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawString16.33.so man3/XDrawString.3 e kê«q muq—‰*/t‰*q—‰* )u ‡/./usr/man/man3/XDrawText.36.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XDrText.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:48 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XDrawText 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XDrawText, XDrawText16, XTextItem, XTextItem16 \- draw polytext text and text drawing structures .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XPolyText.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:57 mento Exp $ XDrawText\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIitems\fP\^, \fInitems\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br XTextItem *\fIitems\fP\^; .br int \fInitems\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPolyText16.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:59 mento Exp $ XDrawText16\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIitems\fP\^, \fInitems\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br XTextItem16 *\fIitems\fP\^; .br int \fInitems\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: items.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:21 mento Exp $ .IP \fIitems\fP 1i Specifies an array of text items. .\" $Header: nitems.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fInitems\fP 1i Specifies the number of text items in the array. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the specified drawable \ and define the origin of the first character .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XPolyText.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:25 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDrawText16 function is similar to .ZN XDrawText except that it uses 2-byte or 16-bit characters. Both functions allow complex spacing and font shifts between counted strings. .LP Each text item is processed in turn. A font member other than .ZN None in an item causes the font to be stored in the GC and used for subsequent text. A text element delta specifies an additional change in the position along the x axis before the string is drawn. The delta is always added to the character origin and is not dependent on any characteristics of the font. Each character image, as defined by the font in the GC, is treated as an additional mask for a fill operation on the drawable. The drawable is modified only where the font character has a bit set to 1. If a text item generates a .ZN BadFont error, the previous text items may have been drawn. .LP For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing, each .ZN XChar2b structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the most-significant byte. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, font, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. They also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, and tile-stipple-y-origin. .LP .ZN XDrawText and .ZN XDrawText16 can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadFont , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XTextItem and .ZN XTextItem16 structures contain: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { char *chars; /* pointer to string */ int nchars; /* number of characters */ int delta; /* delta between strings */ Font font; /* Font to print it in, None don't change */ } XTextItem; .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { XChar2b *chars; /* pointer to two-byte characters */ int nchars; /* number of characters */ int delta; /* delta between strings */ Font font; /* font to print it in, None don't change */ } XTextItem16; .De .LP If the font member is not .ZN None , the font is changed before printing and also is stored in the GC. If an error was generated during text drawing, the previous items may have been drawn. The baseline of the characters are drawn starting at the x and y coordinates that you pass in the text drawing functions. .LP For example, consider the background rectangle drawn by .ZN XDrawImageString . If you want the upper-left corner of the background rectangle to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y + ascent) as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions. The ascent is the font ascent, as given in the .ZN XFontStruct structure. If you want the lower-left corner of the background rectangle to be at pixel coordinate (x,y), pass the (x,y \- descent + 1) as the baseline origin coordinates to the text functions. The descent is the font descent, as given in the .ZN XFontStruct structure. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badfont.e,v 1.2 87/09/09 18:08:11 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadFont A value for a Font or GContext argument does not name a defined Font. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawImageString(3X11), XDrawString(3X11), XLoadFont(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ies kêf¿Ë!m§—‰*0t‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XDrawText16.333.so man3/XDrawText.3 tur kêÓp míq—‰*1t‰*q—‰*†/í ./usr/man/man3/XEmptyRegion.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XERegion.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:51 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XEmptyRegion 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XEmptyRegion, XEqualRegion, XPointInRegion, XRectInRegion \- determine if regions are empty or equal .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XEmptyRegion.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:09:49 mento Exp $ Bool XEmptyRegion\^(\^\fIr\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XEqualRegion.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:10:16 mento Exp $ Bool XEqualRegion\^(\^\fIr1\fP\^, \fIr2\fP\^) .br Region \fIr1\fP\^, \fIr2\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPointInReg.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:10:45 mento Exp $ Bool XPointInRegion\^(\^\fIr\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XRectInReg.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:37 mento Exp $ int XRectInRegion\^(\^\fIr\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: r.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIr\fP 1i Specifies the region. .\" $Header: r1r2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:48 mento Exp $ .IP \fIr1\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIr2\fP 1i Specify the two regions. .ds Wh , which define the rectangle .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which define the point \ or the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the rectangle .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XEmptyRegion.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:03 mento Exp $ The .ZN XEmptyRegion function returns .ZN True if the region is empty. .LP .\" $Header: XEqualRegion.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:04 mento Exp $ The .ZN XEqualRegion function returns .ZN True if the two regions have the same offset, size, and shape. .LP .\" $Header: XPointInReg.d,v 1.3 88/04/23 12:44:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPointInRegion function returns .ZN True if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r. .LP .\" $Header: XRectInReg.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:50:04 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRectInRegion function returns .ZN RectangleIn if the rectangle is entirely in the specified region, .ZN RectangleOut if the rectangle is entirely out of the specified region, and .ZN RectanglePart if the rectangle is partially in the specified region. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateRegion(3X11), XIntersectRegion(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP op kê®ZÊ!m§—‰*ës‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XEnableAccessControl.3e..so man3/XAddHost.3 gion kêÒ É!m§—‰*2t‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XEqualRegion.3nt.so man3/XEmptyRegion.3 kê$Óo mÓ q—‰*5t‰*q—‰*…/Ó ./usr/man/man3/XErrorEvent.3nt.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XErrEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:00 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XErrorEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XErrorEvent \- X error event structure .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XErrorEvent structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { int type; Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ unsigned long serial; /* serial number of failed request */ unsigned char error_code; /* error code of failed request */ unsigned char request_code; /* Major op-code of failed request */ unsigned char minor_code; /* Minor op-code of failed request */ XID resourceid; /* resource id */ } XErrorEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one, sent over the network connection since it was opened. It is the number that was the value of .ZN NextRequest immediately before the failing call was made. The request_code member is a protocol request of the procedure that failed, as defined in .Pn < X11/Xproto.h >. .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP n fun kêàžÈ!m§—‰*ðs‰*§—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XEvent.3.so man3/XAnyEvent.3 ven kêzLÇ!m§—‰*=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XExposeEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XExposeEvent \- Expose event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN Expose events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* Expose */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; int x, y; int width, height; int count; /* if nonzero, at least this many more */ } XExposeEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the exposed (damaged) window. The x and y members are set to the coordinates relative to the window's origin and indicate the upper-left corner of the rectangle. The width and height members are set to the size (extent) of the rectangle. The count member is set to the number of .ZN Expose events that are to follow. If count is zero, no more .ZN Expose events follow for this window. However, if count is nonzero, at least that number of .ZN Expose events (and possibly more) follow for this window. Simple applications that do not want to optimize redisplay by distinguishing between subareas of its window can just ignore all .ZN Expose events with nonzero counts and perform full redisplays on events with zero counts. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP an 2- kê¼m mÐq—‰*4t‰*q—‰* ?Ð ./usr/man/man3/XExtentsOfFontSet.3.3e..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XEofFSet.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:57 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XExtentsOfFontSet 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XExtentsOfFontSet \- obtain the maximum extents structure for a font set .SH SYNTAX XFontSetExtents *XExtentsOfFontSet\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XExtentsOfFontSet function returns an .ZN XFontSetExtents structure for the fonts used by the Xmb and Xwc layers, for the given font set. .LP The .ZN XFontSetExtents structure is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. It will be freed by a call to .ZN XFreeFontSet with the associated .ZN XFontSet . Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateFontSet(3X11), XFontsOfFontSet(3X11), XFontSetExtents(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kê2yÆ!m¨—‰*Ñt‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFetchBuffer.3et.so man3/XStoreBytes.3 t kêâ'Å!m¨—‰*Ðt‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFetchBytes.3et.so man3/XStoreBytes.3 t kê‚0Ä!m¨—‰*Ìt‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFetchName.3et.so man3/XSetWMName.3 t kêFãÃ!m¨—‰*9t‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFillArc.33et.so man3/XFillRectangle.3 an 1.1 kê¬âÂ!m¨—‰*:t‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFillArcs.3et.so man3/XFillRectangle.3 an 1.1 kê¸Á!m¨—‰*9t‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFillPolygon.3et.so man3/XFillRectangle.3 an 1.1 kê2Ul mÉ)r—‰*8t‰*r—‰*¡)É) ¤)./usr/man/man3/XFillRectangle.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFillRect.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:15 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFillRectangle 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFillRectangle, XFillRectangles, XFillPolygon, XFillArc, XFillArcs \- fill rectangles, polygons, or arcs .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XFillRect.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:09 mento Exp $ XFillRectangle\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFillRects.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:10 mento Exp $ XFillRectangles\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIrectangles\fP\^, \fInrectangles\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIrectangles\fP\^; .br int \fInrectangles\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFillPoly.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:08 mento Exp $ XFillPolygon\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIpoints\fP\^, \fInpoints\fP\^, \fIshape\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XPoint *\fIpoints\fP\^; .br int \fInpoints\fP\^; .br int \fIshape\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFillArc.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:01 mento Exp $ XFillArc\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIangle1\fP\^, \fIangle2\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br int \fIangle1\fP\^, \fIangle2\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFillArcs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:02 mento Exp $ XFillArcs\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIarcs\fP\^, \fInarcs\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XArc *\fIarcs\fP\^; .br int \fInarcs\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: angle1.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 09:05:46 mento Exp $ .IP \fIangle1\fP 1i Specifies the start of the arc relative to the three-o'clock position from the center, in units of degrees * 64. .\" $Header: angle2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:51 mento Exp $ .IP \fIangle2\fP 1i Specifies the path and extent of the arc relative to the start of the arc, in units of degrees * 64. .\" $Header: arcs.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:53 mento Exp $ .IP \fIarcs\fP 1i Specifies an array of arcs. .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: mode.a,v 1.4 88/05/18 07:53:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the coordinate mode. You can pass .ZN CoordModeOrigin or .ZN CoordModePrevious . .\" $Header: narcs.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fInarcs\fP 1i Specifies the number of arcs in the array. .\" $Header: npoints.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:46 mento Exp $ .IP \fInpoints\fP 1i Specifies the number of points in the array. .\" $Header: nrectangles.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fInrectangles\fP 1i Specifies the number of rectangles in the array. .\" $Header: points.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpoints\fP 1i Specifies an array of points. .\" $Header: rectangles.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrectangles\fP 1i Specifies an array of rectangles. .\" $Header: shape.a,v 1.4 88/04/23 09:30:27 mento Exp $ .IP \fIshape\fP 1i Specifies a shape that helps the server to improve performance. You can pass .ZN Complex , .ZN Convex , or .ZN Nonconvex . .ds Wh , which are the dimensions of the rectangle to be filled \ or the major and minor axes of the arc .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ and specify the upper-left corner of the rectangle .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XFillRect.d,v 1.5 88/06/11 07:50:18 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFillRectangle and .ZN XFillRectangles functions fill the specified rectangle or rectangles as if a four-point .ZN FillPolygon protocol request were specified for each rectangle: .LP .Ds [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] .De .LP Each function uses the x and y coordinates, width and height dimensions, and GC you specify. .LP .ZN XFillRectangles fills the rectangles in the order listed in the array. For any given rectangle, .ZN XFillRectangle and .ZN XFillRectangles do not draw a pixel more than once. If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. They also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, and tile-stipple-y-origin. .LP .ZN XFillRectangle and .ZN XFillRectangles can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFillPoly.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:18 mento Exp $ .ZN XFillPolygon fills the region closed by the specified path. The path is closed automatically if the last point in the list does not coincide with the first point. .ZN XFillPolygon does not draw a pixel of the region more than once. .ZN CoordModeOrigin treats all coordinates as relative to the origin, and .ZN CoordModePrevious treats all coordinates after the first as relative to the previous point. .LP Depending on the specified shape, the following occurs: .IP \(bu 5 If shape is .ZN Complex , the path may self-intersect. Note that contiguous coincident points in the path are not treated as self-intersection. .IP \(bu 5 If shape is .ZN Convex , for every pair of points inside the polygon, the line segment connecting them does not intersect the path. If known by the client, specifying .ZN Convex can improve performance. If you specify .ZN Convex for a path that is not convex, the graphics results are undefined. .IP \(bu 5 If shape is .ZN Nonconvex , the path does not self-intersect, but the shape is not wholly convex. If known by the client, specifying .ZN Nonconvex instead of .ZN Complex may improve performance. If you specify .ZN Nonconvex for a self-intersecting path, the graphics results are undefined. .LP The fill-rule of the GC controls the filling behavior of self-intersecting polygons. .LP This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, fill-rule, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, and tile-stipple-y-origin. .LP .ZN XFillPolygon can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFillArc.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:17 mento Exp $ For each arc, .ZN XFillArc or .ZN XFillArcs fills the region closed by the infinitely thin path described by the specified arc and, depending on the arc-mode specified in the GC, one or two line segments. For .ZN ArcChord , the single line segment joining the endpoints of the arc is used. For .ZN ArcPieSlice , the two line segments joining the endpoints of the arc with the center point are used. .ZN XFillArcs fills the arcs in the order listed in the array. For any given arc, .ZN XFillArc and .ZN XFillArcs do not draw a pixel more than once. If regions intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. .LP Both functions use these GC components: function, plane-mask, fill-style, arc-mode, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. They also use these GC mode-dependent components: foreground, background, tile, stipple, tile-stipple-x-origin, and tile-stipple-y-origin. .LP .ZN XFillArc and .ZN XFillArcs can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawArc(3X11), XDrawPoint(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .ZN XFi kêvjÀ!m¨—‰*9t‰*¨—‰*./usr/man/man3/XFillRectangles.33.3e..so man3/XFillRectangle.3 mode, kê]k mÒ r—‰*7t‰*r—‰*à$Ò ./usr/man/man3/XFilterEvent.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:09 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFilterEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFilterEvent \- filter X events for an input method .SH SYNTAX Bool XFilterEvent\^(\^\fIevent\fP\^, \fIw\fP\^) .br XEvent *\fIevent\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Ev event to filter .IP \fIevent\fP 1i Specifies the \*(Ev. .ds Wi for which the filter is to be applied .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION If the window argument is NULL, .ZN XFilterEvent applies the filter to the window specified in the .ZN XEvent structure. The window argument is provided so that layers above Xlib that do event redirection can indicate to which window an event has been redirected. .LP If .ZN XFilterEvent returns .ZN True , then some input method has filtered the event, and the client should discard the event. If .ZN XFilterEvent returns .ZN False , then the client should continue processing the event. .LP If a grab has occurred in the client, and .ZN XFilterEvent returns .ZN True , the client should ungrab the keyboard. .SH "SEE ALSO" XNextEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Rectan kê2µ¿!m¨—‰*št‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFindContext.3.3.so man3/XSaveContext.3 kêøƒj m(r—‰*:t‰*r—‰*ç$( æ$./usr/man/man3/XFlush.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFlush.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:18 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFlush 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFlush, XSync, XEventsQueued, XPending \- handle output buffer or event queue .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XFlush.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:10 mento Exp $ XFlush\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSync.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 12:52:07 mento Exp $ XSync\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdiscard\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Bool \fIdiscard\fP\^; .LP int XEventsQueued\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPending.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:44 mento Exp $ int XPending\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: discard.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 13:09:22 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdiscard\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether .ZN XSync discards all events on the event queue. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the mode. You can pass .ZN QueuedAlready , .ZN QueuedAfterFlush , or .ZN QueuedAfterReading . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XFlush.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:19 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFlush function flushes the output buffer. Most client applications need not use this function because the output buffer is automatically flushed as needed by calls to .ZN XPending , .ZN XNextEvent , and .ZN XWindowEvent . .IN "XPending" .IN "XNextEvent" .IN "XWindowEvent" Events generated by the server may be enqueued into the library's event queue. .LP .\" $Header: XSync.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:53 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSync function flushes the output buffer and then waits until all requests have been received and processed by the X server. Any errors generated must be handled by the error handler. For each protocol error received by Xlib, .ZN XSync calls the client application's error handling routine (see section 11.8.2). Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's event queue. .LP Finally, if you passed .ZN False , .ZN XSync does not discard the events in the queue. If you passed .ZN True , .ZN XSync discards all events in the queue, including those events that were on the queue before .ZN XSync was called. Client applications seldom need to call .ZN XSync . .LP If mode is .ZN QueuedAlready , .ZN XEventsQueued returns the number of events already in the event queue (and never performs a system call). If mode is .ZN QueuedAfterFlush , .ZN XEventsQueued returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero. If there are no events in the queue, .ZN XEventsQueued flushes the output buffer, attempts to read more events out of the application's connection, and returns the number read. If mode is .ZN QueuedAfterReading , .ZN XEventsQueued returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero. If there are no events in the queue, .ZN XEventsQueued attempts to read more events out of the application's connection without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read. .LP .ZN XEventsQueued always returns immediately without I/O if there are events already in the queue. .ZN XEventsQueued with mode .ZN QueuedAfterFlush is identical in behavior to .ZN XPending . .ZN XEventsQueued with mode .ZN QueuedAlready is identical to the .ZN XQLength function. .LP .\" $Header: XPending.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:06 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPending function returns the number of events that have been received from the X server but have not been removed from the event queue. .ZN XPending is identical to .ZN XEventsQueued with the mode .ZN QueuedAfterFlush specified. .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), XIfEvent(3X11), XNextEvent(3X11), XPutBackEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêÄi mDr—‰*6t‰*r—‰*ê$D ë$./usr/man/man3/XFocusChangeEvent.3.3e..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFCEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFocusChangeEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFocusChangeEvent \- FocusIn and FocusOut event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN FocusIn and .ZN FocusOut events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* FocusIn or FocusOut */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* window of event */ int mode; /* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */ int detail; /* * NotifyAncestor, NotifyVirtual, NotifyInferior, * NotifyNonlinear,NotifyNonlinearVirtual, NotifyPointer, * NotifyPointerRoot, NotifyDetailNone */ } XFocusChangeEvent; typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusInEvent; typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusOutEvent; .De .LP When you receive these events, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the window on which the .ZN FocusIn or .ZN FocusOut event was generated. This is the window used by the X server to report the event. The mode member is set to indicate whether the focus events are normal focus events, focus events while grabbed, focus events when a grab activates, or focus events when a grab deactivates. The X server can set the mode member to .ZN NotifyNormal , .ZN NotifyWhileGrabbed , .ZN NotifyGrab , or .ZN NotifyUngrab . .LP All .ZN FocusOut events caused by a window unmap are generated after any .ZN UnmapNotify event; however, the X protocol does not constrain the ordering of .ZN FocusOut events with respect to generated .ZN EnterNotify , .ZN LeaveNotify , .ZN VisibilityNotify , and .ZN Expose events. .LP Depending on the event mode, the detail member is set to indicate the notify detail and can be .ZN NotifyAncestor , .ZN NotifyVirtual , .ZN NotifyInferior , .ZN NotifyNonlinear , .ZN NotifyNonlinearVirtual , .ZN NotifyPointer , .ZN NotifyPointerRoot , or .ZN NotifyDetailNone . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP . .d kêؾ!m¨—‰*lt‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFontProp.3Event.so man3/XLoadFont.3 eat kê€Ñh m r—‰*7t‰*r—‰*n‚ ./usr/man/man3/XFontSetExtents.33.3e..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFSExt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:12 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFontSetExtents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFontSetExtents \- XFontSetExtents structure .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XFontSetExtents structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { XRectangle max_ink_extent; /* over all drawable characters */ XRectangle max_logical_extent; /* over all drawable characters */ } XFontSetExtents; .De .LP The .ZN XRectangles used to return font set metrics are the usual Xlib screen-oriented .ZN XRectangles , with x, y giving the upper left corner, and width and height always positive. .LP The max_ink_extent member gives the maximum extent, over all drawable characters, of the rectangles which bound the character glyph image drawn in the foreground color, relative to a constant origin. See .ZN XmbTextExtents and .ZN XwcTextExtents for detailed semantics. .LP The max_logical_extent member gives the maximum extent, over all drawable characters, of the rectangles which specify minimum spacing to other graphical features, relative to a constant origin. Other graphical features drawn by the client, for example, a border surrounding the text, should not intersect this rectangle. The max_logical_extent member should be used to compute minimum inter-line spacing and the minimum area which must be allowed in a text field to draw a given number of arbitrary characters. .LP Due to context-dependent rendering, appending a given character to a string may increase the string's extent by an amount which exceeds the font's max extent: .LP .Ds 0 max possible added extent = (max_extent * ) \- prev_string_extent .De .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateFontSet(3X11), XExtentsOfFontSet(3X11), XFontsOfFontSet(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ent kêèe½!m¨—‰*lt‰*¨—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFontStruct.3s.3.so man3/XLoadFont.3 t.m kê`äg mús—‰*=t‰*s—‰*ž¿ú ‹./usr/man/man3/XFontsOfFontSet.33.3e..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFofFSet.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:21 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFontsOfFontSet 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFontsOfFontSet, XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet, XLocaleOfFontSet, XContextDependentDrawing \- obtain fontset information .SH SYNTAX int XFontsOfFontSet\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIfont_struct_list_return\fP\^, \fIfont_name_list_return\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br XFontStruct ***\fIfont_struct_list_return\fP\^; .br char ***\fIfont_name_list_return\fP\^; .LP char *XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .LP char *XLocaleOfFontSet\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .LP Bool XContextDependentDrawing\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .IP \fIfont_name_list_return\fP 1i Returns the list of font names. .IP \fIfont_struct_list_return\fP 1i Returns the list of font structs. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XFontsOfFontSet function returns a list of one or more .ZN XFontStructs and font names for the fonts used by the Xmb and Xwc layers, for the given font set. A list of pointers to the .ZN XFontStruct structures is returned to font_struct_list_return. A list of pointers to null-terminated fully specified font name strings in the locale of the font set is returned to font_name_list_return. The font_name_list order corresponds to the font_struct_list order. The number of .ZN XFontStruct structures and font names is returned as the value of the function. .LP Because it is not guaranteed that a given character will be imaged using a single font glyph, there is no provision for mapping a character or default string to the font properties, font ID, or direction hint for the font for the character. The client may access the .ZN XFontStruct list to obtain these values for all the fonts currently in use. .LP It is not required that fonts be loaded from the server at the creation of an .ZN XFontSet . Xlib may choose to cache font data, loading it only as needed to draw text or compute text dimensions. Therefore, existence of the per_char metrics in the .ZN XFontStruct structures in the .ZN XFontStructSet is undefined. Also, note that all properties in the .ZN XFontStruct structures are in the STRING encoding. .LP The .ZN XFontStruct and font name lists are owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. They will be freed by a call to .ZN XFreeFontSet with the associated .ZN XFontSet . Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib. .LP The .ZN XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet function returns the original base font name list supplied by the client when the .ZN XFontSet was created. A null-terminated string containing a list of comma-separated font names is returned as the value of the function. Whitespace may appear immediately on either side of separating commas. .LP If .ZN XCreateFontSet obtained an XLFD name from the font properties for the font specified by a non-XLFD base name, the .ZN XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet function will return the XLFD name instead of the non-XLFD base name. .LP The base font name list is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. It will be freed by a call to .ZN XFreeFontSet with the associated .ZN XFontSet . Until freed, its contents will not be modified by Xlib. .LP The .ZN XLocaleOfFontSet function returns the name of the locale bound to the specified .ZN XFontSet , as a null-terminated string. .LP The returned locale name string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. It may be freed by a call to .ZN XFreeFontSet with the associated .ZN XFontSet . Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib. .LP The .ZN XContextDependentDrawing function returns .ZN True if text drawn with the font_set might include context-dependent drawing. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateFontSet(3X11), XExtentsOfFontSet(3X11), XFontSetExtents(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .. .  kêμ!m©—‰*¸t‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XForceScreenSaver.3.3e..so man3/XSetScreenSaver.3 -term kêj*f mHs—‰*?t‰*s—‰*‰¥H ./usr/man/man3/XFree.3r.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XFree.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:23 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XFree 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XFree \- free client data .SH SYNTAX XFree\^(\^\fIdata\fP\^) .br void *\fIdata\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the data that is to be freed. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XFree function is a general-purpose Xlib routine that frees the specified data. You must use it to free any objects that were allocated by Xlib, unless an alternate function is explicitly specified for the object. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP kê^d»!m©—‰*t‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeColormap.3r.so man3/XCreateColormap.3 .1 AI kêt¡º!m©—‰*îs‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeColors.33r.so man3/XAllocColor.3 p kê¶$¹!m©—‰*˜t‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeCursor.33r.so man3/XRecolorCursor.3 .1 AI kêzW¸!m©—‰*u‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeDeviceList.33.3e..so man3/XListInputDevices.3 AI k궷!m©—‰*jt‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFont.3ist.3.so man3/XLoadFont.3 vic kênâ¶!m©—‰*ht‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontInfo.33.so man3/XListFonts.3 ic kêµ!m©—‰*gt‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontNames.3.so man3/XListFonts.3 ic kêÎQ´!m©—‰*²t‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontPath.3.so man3/XSetFontPath.3 kêX³!m©—‰*t‰*©—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeFontSet.3.so man3/XCreateFontSet.3 .3 AI kêª!²!m©—‰*t‰*ª—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XFreeGC.3et.3.so man3/XCreateGC.3 et. kê@{±!m"ª—‰*ûs‰*ª—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XFreeModifierMap.3.3e..so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 ) Modi kêrñ°!mª—‰*t‰*ª—‰*./usr/man/man3/XFreePixmap.3ap..so man3/XCreatePixmap.3 apping. kê¾Æ¯!m%ª—‰*¡t‰*ª—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XFreeStringList.3.3e..so man3/XStringListToTextProperty.3 odi kêÜ\®!mª—‰*t‰*ª—‰*./usr/man/man3/XGCValues.3ist.3.so man3/XCreateGC.3 oTe kêèþ­!mª—‰*t‰*ª—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGContextFromGC.3.3e..so man3/XCreateGC.3 oTe kê|“¬!mª—‰*et‰*ª—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetAtomName.3.3.so man3/XInternAtom.3 e kêÜ1«!mª—‰*Ýs‰*ª—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetClassHint.33.so man3/XAllocClassHint.3 roper kê$rª!mª—‰*©t‰*ª—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetCommand.333.so man3/XSetCommand.3 t kê¸(©!m#«—‰*…u‰*«—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceButtonMapping.3.3.3.so man3/XSetDeviceButtonMapping.3 3 odi kêL¨!m*«—‰*vu‰*«—‰** ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceDontPropagateList.3.3.so man3/XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList.3 ed: 16 kê M§!m«—‰*†u‰*«—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceFocus.3agateLi.so man3/XSetDeviceFocus.3 ropag kꊦ!m8«—‰*ru‰*«—‰*Þ„8 P²./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceKeyMapping.3Li.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XChKMap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:51 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XGetDeviceKeyMapping 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetDeviceKeyMapping, XChangeDeviceKeyMapping \- query or change device key mappings .SH SYNTAX \fB XChangeDeviceKeyMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP, \fIfirst_keycode\fP, \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP, \fIkeysyms\fP, \fIkeycode_count\fP\^) .nf Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; int \fIfirst_keycode\fP\^; int \fIkeysyms_per_keycode\fP\^; KeySym *\fIkeysyms\fP\^; int \fIkeycode_count\fP\^; KeySym *XGetDeviceKeyMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP, \fIfirst_keycode\fP, \fIkeycode_count\fP, \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; KeyCode \fIfirst_keycode\fP\^; int \fIkeycode_count\fP\^; int *\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP\^; .fi \fP .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose key mapping is to be queried or modified. .TP 12 .I first_keycode Specifies the first KeyCode to be returned. .TP 12 .I keycode_count Specifies the number of KeyCodes to be returned or modified. .TP 12 .I keysyms_per_keycode Specifies the number of KeySyms per KeyCode. .TP 12 .I keysyms_per_keycode_return Specifies the address of a variable into which the number of KeySyms per KeyCode will be returned. .TP 12 .I keysyms Specifies the address of an array of KeySyms. .SH DESCRIPTION For the specified device, the \fIXGetDeviceKeyMapping\fP request returns the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes starting with first_keycode. The value specified in first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode as returned by \fIXListInputDevices\fP, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results. In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to max_keycode as returned by \fIXListInputDevices\fP: .P .DS first_keycode + keycode_count \- 1 .DE .P If this is not the case, a \fIBadValue\fP error results. The number of elements in the KeySyms list is: .P .DS keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return .DE .P KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index in the list, counting from zero: .DS (K \- first_code) * keysyms_per_code_return + N .DE .P The X server arbitrarily chooses the keysyms_per_keycode_return value to be large enough to report all requested symbols. A special KeySym value of \fINoSymbol\fP is used to fill in unused elements for individual KeyCodes. To free the storage returned by \fIXGetDeviceKeyMapping\fP, use \fIXFree\fP. .P If the specified device does not support input class keys, a \fIBadMatch\fP error will result. .P \fIXGetDeviceKeyMapping\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, or \fIBadValue\fP error. .P For the specified device, the \fIXChangeDeviceKeyMapping\fP request defines the symbols for the specified number of KeyCodes starting with first_keycode. The symbols for KeyCodes outside this range remain unchanged. The number of elements in keysyms must be: .P .DS num_codes * keysyms_per_keycode .DE .P The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to min_keycode returned by \fIXListInputDevices\fP, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results. In addition, the following expression must be less than or equal to max_keycode as returned by \fIXListInputDevices\fP, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results: .P .DS first_keycode + num_codes \- 1 .DE .P KeySym number N, counting from zero, for KeyCode K has the following index in keysyms, counting from zero: .P .DS (K \- first_keycode) * keysyms_per_keycode + N .DE .P The specified keysyms_per_keycode can be chosen arbitrarily by the client to be large enough to hold all desired symbols. A special KeySym value of \fINoSymbol\fP should be used to fill in unused elements for individual KeyCodes. It is legal for \fINoSymbol\fP to appear in nontrailing positions of the effective list for a KeyCode. \fIXChangeDeviceKeyMapping\fP generates a \fIDeviceMappingNotify\fP event that is sent to all clients that have selected that type of event. .P There is no requirement that the X server interpret this mapping. It is merely stored for reading and writing by clients. .P If the specified device does not support input class keys, a \fIBadMatch\fP error results. .P \fIXChangeDeviceKeyMapping\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadAlloc\fP, or \fIBadValue\fP error. .P .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGetDeviceKeyMapping\fP or \fIXChangeDeviceKeyMapping\fP request was made specifying a device that has no keys. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadAlloc\fP The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .SH "SEE ALSO" XSetDeviceButtonMapping(3X11) .br XSetDeviceModifierMapping(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê”t¥!m£«—‰*tu‰*«—‰*Q²£ å–./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceModifierMapping.33.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XChMMap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:54 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XGetDeviceModifierMapping 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetDeviceModifierMapping, XSetDeviceModifierMapping \- query or change device modifier mappings .SH SYNTAX \fB XSetDeviceModifierMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP, \fImodmap\fP\^) .nf Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; XModifierKeymap *\fImodmap\fP\^; XModifierKeymap *XGetDeviceModifierMapping(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .fi \fP .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose modifier mapping is to be queried or modified. .TP 12 .I modmap Specifies a pointer to the \fIXModifierKeymap\fP structure. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSetDeviceModifierMapping\fP request specifies the KeyCodes of the keys (if any) that are to be used as modifiers for the specified device. If it succeeds, the X server generates a \fIDeviceMappingNotify\fP event, and \fIXSetDeviceModifierMapping\fP returns \fIMappingSuccess\fP. X permits at most eight modifier keys. If more than eight are specified in the \fIXModifierKeymap\fP structure, a \fIBadLength\fP error results. .P The modifiermap member of the \fIXModifierKeymap\fP structure contains eight sets of max_keypermod KeyCodes, one for each modifier in the order \fIShift\fP, \fILock\fP, \fIControl\fP, \fIMod1\fP, \fIMod2\fP, \fIMod3\fP, \fIMod4\fP, and \fIMod5\fP. Only nonzero KeyCodes have meaning in each set, and zero KeyCodes are ignored. In addition, all of the nonzero KeyCodes must be in the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode as returned by \fIXListInputDevices\fP, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results. No KeyCode may appear twice in the entire map, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results. .P An X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, for example, if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware, if auto-repeat cannot be disabled on certain keys, or if multiple modifier keys are not supported. If some such restriction is violated, the status reply is \fIMappingFailed\fP, and none of the modifiers are changed. If the new KeyCodes specified for a modifier differ from those currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are in the logically down state, \fIXSetDeviceModifierMapping\fP returns \fIMappingBusy\fP, and none of the modifiers is changed. .P \fIXSetDeviceModifierMapping\fP can generate \fIBadLength\P, \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadAlloc\fP, and \fIBadValue\fP errors. .P The \fIXGetDeviceModifierMapping\fP request returns a pointer to a newly created \fIXModifierKeymap\fP structure that contains the keys being used as modifiers. The structure should be freed after use by calling \fIXFreeModifierMapping \fP. If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier, that modifier is disabled. .P \fIXGetDeviceModifierMapping\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP and \fIBadMatch\fP errors. .SH STRUCTURES The \fIXModifierKeymap\fP structure contains: .P .nf typedef struct { int max_keypermod; KeyCode *modifiermap; } XModifierKeymap; .fi .P .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadLength\fP More than eight keys were specified in the \fIXModifierKeymap\fP structure. .TP 12 \fIBadAlloc\fP The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGetDeviceModifierMapping\fP or \fIXChangeDeviceModifierMapping\fP request was made specifying a device that has no keys. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XSetDeviceKeyMapping(3X11) .br XSetDeviceButtonMapping(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP NCTIO kê=¤!mø«—‰*yu‰*«—‰*à„ø ./usr/man/man3/XGetDeviceMotionEvents.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGetDvMo.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:10 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XGetDeviceMotionEvents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetDeviceMotionEvents, XDeviceTimeCoord \- get device motion history .SH SYNTAX XDeviceTimeCoord *XGetDeviceMotionEvents\^(\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIstart\fP\^, \fIstop\fP\^, .br \fInevents_return\fP\^, \fImode_return\fP\^, \fIaxis_count_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br Time \fIstart\fP\^, \fIstop\fP\^; .br int *\fInevents_return\fP\^; .br int *\fImode_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIaxis_count_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose motion history is to be queried. .TP 12 .I start .br .ns .TP 12 .I stop Specify the time interval in which the events are returned from the motion history buffer. You can pass a timestamp or \fICurrentTime\fP. .TP 12 .I nevents_return Returns the number of events from the motion history buffer. .TP 12 .I mode_return Returns the mode of the device (\fIAbsolute\fP or \fIRelative\fP). .TP 12 .I axis_count_return Returns the count of axes being reported. .SH DESCRIPTION The server may retain the recent history of the device motion and do so to a finer granularity than is reported by \fIDeviceMotionNotify\fP events. The \fIXGetDeviceMotionEvents\fP request makes this history available. .P The \fIXGetDeviceMotionEvents\fP request returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall between the specified start and stop times, inclusive. If the start time is later than the stop time or if the start time is in the future, no events are returned. If the stop time is in the future, it is equivalent to specifying \fICurrentTime\fP. .P The \fImode\fP indicates whether the device is reporting absolute positional data (mode=\fIAbsolute\fP) or relative motion data (mode=\fIRelative\fP). Some devices allow their mode to be changed via the \fIXSetDeviceMode\fP request. These constants are defined in the file XI.h. The \fIaxis_count\fP returns the number of axes or valuators being reported by the device. .P \fIXGetDeviceMotionEvents\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP, or \fIBadMatch\fP error. .SH STRUCTURES The \fIXDeviceTimeCoord\fP structure contains: .P .nf typedef struct { Time time; int *data; } XDeviceTimeCoord; .fi .P The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds. The data member is a pointer to an array of integers. These integers are set to the values of each valuator or axis reported by the device. There is one element in the array per axis of motion reported by the device. The value of the array elements depends on the mode of the device. If the mode is \fIAbsolute\fP, the values are the raw values generated by the device. These may be scaled by client programs using the maximum values that the device can generate. The maximum value for each axis of the device is reported in the max_val field of the \fIXAxisInfo\fP returned by the \fIXListInputDevices\fP request. If the mode is \fIRelative\fP, the data values are the relative values generated by the device. .P You should use \fIXFreeDeviceMotionEvents\fP to free the data returned by this request. .P Errors returned by this request: \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGetDeviceMotionEvents\fP request is made specifying a device that has no valuators and reports no axes of motion. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêÎu£!m«—‰*¬t‰*«—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetErrorDatabaseText.3.so man3/XSetErrorHandler.3 1.1 kê˜a¢!m¬—‰*ªt‰*¬—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetErrorText.3e.so man3/XSetErrorHandler.3 1.1 kêM¡!mo ¬—‰*qu‰*¬—‰*qo È]./usr/man/man3/XGetFeedbackControl.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XChFCtl.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:48 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XGetFeedbackControl 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetFeedbackControl, XChangeFeedbackControl \- query and change input device feedbacks .SH SYNTAX XFeedbackState * XGetFeedbackControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fInum_feedbacks\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br int *\fInum_feedbacks\fP\^; .br .sp int XChangeFeedbackControl\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fImask\fP\^, \fIcontrol\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br Mask \fImask\fP\^; .br XFeedbackControl *\fIcontrol\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 15 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 15 .I device Specifies the device whose feedbacks are to be queried or modified. .TP 15 .I num_feedbacks Specifies an address into which the number of feedbacks supported by the device is to be returned. .TP 15 .I mask Specifies a mask specific to each type of feedback that describes how the feedback is to be modified. .TP 15 .I control Specifies the address of an \fIXFeedbackControl\fP structure that contains the new values for the feedback. .SH DESCRIPTION These requests are provided to manipulate those input devices that support feedbacks. A \fIBadMatch\fP error will be generated if the requested device does not support feedbacks. Whether or not a given device supports feedbacks can be determined by examining the information returned by the \fIXOpenDevice\fP request. For those devices that support feedbacks, \fIXOpenDevice\fP will return an \fIXInputClassInfo\fP structure with the input_class field equal to the constant \fIFeedbackClass\fP (defined in the file \fIXI.h\fP). .P The \fIXGetFeedbackControl\fP request returns a pointer to a list of \fIXFeedbackState\fP structures. Each item in this list describes one of the feedbacks supported by the device. The items are variable length, so each contains its length to allow traversal to the next item in the list. .P The feedback classes that are currently defined are: \fIKbdFeedbackClass\fP, \fIPtrFeedbackClass\fP, \fIStringFeedbackClass\fP, \fIIntegerFeedbackClass\fP, \fILedFeedbackClass\fP, and \fIBellFeedbackClass\fP. These constants are defined in the file \fIXI.h\fP. An input device may support zero or more classes of feedback, and may support multiple feedbacks of the same class. Each feedback contains a class identifier and an id that is unique within that class for that input device. The id is used to identify the feedback when making an \fIXChangeFeedbackControl\fP request. .P \fIXGetFeedbackControl\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP or \fIBadMatch\fP error. .P The \fIXChangeFeedbackControl\fP request modifies the values of one feedback on the specified device. The feedback is identified by the id field of the \fIXFeedbackControl\fP structure that is passed with the request. The fields of the feedback that are to be modified are identified by the bits of the mask that is passed with the request. .P \fIXChangeFeedbackControl\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, or \fIBadValue\fP error. .SH STRUCTURES Each class of feedback is described by a structure specific to that class. These structures are defined in the file \fIXInput.h\fP. \fIXFeedbackState\fP and \fIXFeedbackControl\fP are generic structures that contain three fields that are at the beginning of each class of feedback: .P .DS typedef struct { .br XID class; .br int length; .br XID id; .br } XFeedbackState, XFeedbackControl; .DE .P The \fIXKbdFeedbackState\fP structure defines the attributes that are returned for feedbacks equivalent to those on the X keyboard. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int click; int percent; int pitch; int duration; int led_mask; int global_auto_repeat; char auto_repeats[32]; } XKbdFeedbackState; .fi .DE .P The \fIXPtrFeedbackState\fP structure defines the attributes that are returned for feedbacks equivalent to those on the the X pointer. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int accelNum; int accelDenom; int threshold; } XPtrFeedbackState; .fi .DE .P The \fIXIntegerFeedbackState\fP structure defines attributes that are returned for integer feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int resolution; int minVal; int maxVal; } XIntegerFeedbackState; .fi .DE .P The \fIXStringFeedbackState\fP structure defines the attributes that are returned for string feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int max_symbols; int num_syms_supported; KeySym *syms_supported; } XStringFeedbackState; .fi .DE .P The \fIXBellFeedbackState\fP structure defines the attributes that are returned for bell feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int percent; int pitch; int duration; } XBellFeedbackState; .fi .DE .P The \fIXLedFeedbackState\fP structure defines the attributes that are returned for LED feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int led_values; } XLedFeedbackState; .fi .DE .P The \fIXPrtFeedbackControl\fP structure defines the attributes that can be controlled for pointer feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int accelNum; int accelDenom; int threshold; } XPtrFeedbackControl; .fi .DE .P The \fIXKbdFeedbackControl\fP structure defines the attributes that can be controlled for keyboard feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int click; int percent; int pitch; int duration; int led_mask; int led_value; int key; int auto_repeat_mode; } XKbdFeedbackControl; .fi .DE .P The \fIXStringFeedbackControl\fP structure defines the attributes that can be controlled for string feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int num_keysyms; KeySym *syms_to_display; } XStringFeedbackControl; .fi .DE .P The \fIXIntegerFeedbackControl\fP structure defines the attributes that can be controlled for integer feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int int_to_display; } XIntegerFeedbackControl; .fi .DE .P The \fIXBellFeedbackControl\fP structure defines the attributes that can be controlled for bell feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int percent; int pitch; int duration; } XBellFeedbackControl; .fi .DE .P The \fIXLedFeedbackControl\fP structure defines the attributes that can be controlled for LED feedbacks. .P .DS .nf typedef struct { XID class; int length; XID id; int led_mask; int led_values; } XLedFeedbackControl; .fi .DE .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if some other client has caused the specified device to become the X keyboard or X pointer device via the \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP or \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP requests. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGetFeedbackControl\fP request was made specifying a device that has no feedbacks, or an \fIXChangeFeedbackControl\fP request was made with an \fIXFeedbackControl\fP structure that contains an invalid feedback type. It may also occur if an invalid combination of mask bits is specified (\fIDvKey\fP but no \fIDvAutoRepeatMode\fP for keyboard feedbacks), or if an invalid KeySym is specified for a string feedback. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the \fIXChangeFeedbackControl\fP request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêêm !m¬—‰*²t‰*¬—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetFontPath.3tr.so man3/XSetFontPath.3  kê*Ÿ!m¬—‰*jt‰*¬—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetFontProperty.3.33.so man3/XLoadFont.3 .3 kê´ˆž!m¬—‰*t‰*¬—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetGCValues.3y..so man3/XCreateGC.3 .3 kê¼!m ¬—‰*Lt‰*¬—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetGeometry.3y..so man3/XGetWindowAttributes.3 kêö¦œ!m­—‰*Ÿt‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetICValues.3y..so man3/XSetICValues.3 kê¶j›!m­—‰*}t‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetIMValues.3y..so man3/XOpenIM.3 es.3 kêø˜š!m­—‰*Ét‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetIconName.3y..so man3/XSetWMIconName.3 tes.3 kêè™!m­—‰*ßs‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetIconSizes.3..so man3/XAllocIconSize.3 tes.3 kêì{˜!m­—‰*„t‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetImage.3s.3..so man3/XPutImage.3 ze. kê*å—!m­—‰*³t‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetInputFocus.3.so man3/XSetInputFocus.3 tes.3  kꤖ!m"­—‰*ós‰*­—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XGetKeyboardControl.33.so man3/XChangeKeyboardControl.3 set o kêØÕ!m"­—‰*øs‰*­—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XGetKeyboardMapping.33.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 set o kê¢Ú”!m"­—‰*ùs‰*­—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XGetModifierMapping.33.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 set o kê¢-“!m­—‰*­t‰*­—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetMotionEvents.3.33.so man3/XSendEvent.3 rd kêl„’!m®—‰*t‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetPixel.3ents..so man3/XCreateImage.3  kêU‘!m!®—‰*ýs‰*®—‰*! ./usr/man/man3/XGetPointerControl.33.so man3/XChangePointerControl.3 set o kê¶3!m®—‰*¶t‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetPointerMapping.33.so man3/XSetPointerMapping.3 .3 kêª-!m"®—‰*âs‰*®—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XGetRGBColormaps.333.so man3/XAllocStandardColormap.3 set o kê|ÅŽ!m®—‰*¹t‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetScreenSaver.333.so man3/XSetScreenSaver.3 rmap. kêÇ!m!®—‰*‡u‰*®—‰*! ./usr/man/man3/XGetSelectedExtensionEvents.3.3.so man3/XSelectExtensionEvent.3 set o k격Œ!m®—‰*»t‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetSelectionOwner.3Even.so man3/XSetSelectionOwner.3 .3 kê|Ò‹!m®—‰*…t‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetSubImage.3ne.so man3/XPutImage.3 nOw kêlñŠ!m®—‰*Át‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetTextProperty.33Even.so man3/XSetTextProperty.3 3 .3 kê ‰!m ®—‰*Àt‰*®—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetTransientForHint.3en.so man3/XSetTransientForHint.3 kê*Òe mjs—‰*It‰*s—‰*a\j Ö”./usr/man/man3/XGetVisualInfo.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGetVInfo.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:37 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XGetVisualInfo 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetVisualInfo, XMatchVisualInfo, XVisualIDFromVisual, XVisualInfo \- obtain visual information and visual structure .SH SYNTAX XVisualInfo *XGetVisualInfo\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIvinfo_mask\fP, \fIvinfo_template\fP, \fInitems_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br long \fIvinfo_mask\fP\^; .br XVisualInfo *\fIvinfo_template\fP\^; .br int *\fInitems_return\fP\^; .LP Status XMatchVisualInfo\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIscreen\fP, \fIdepth\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIvinfo_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIscreen\fP\^; .br int \fIdepth\fP\^; .br int \fIclass\fP\^; .br XVisualInfo *\fIvinfo_return\fP\^; .LP VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual\^(\^\fIvisual\fP\^) .br Visual *\^\fIvisual\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the class of the screen. .IP \fIdepth\fP 1i Specifies the depth of the screen. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fInitems_return\fP 1i Returns the number of matching visual structures. .IP \fIscreen\fP 1i Specifies the screen. .\" $Header: visual_gen.a,v 1.1 88/07/10 10:05:08 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvisual\fP 1i Specifies the visual type. .IP \fIvinfo_mask\fP 1i Specifies the visual mask value. .IP \fIvinfo_return\fP 1i Returns the matched visual information. .IP \fIvinfo_template\fP 1i Specifies the visual attributes that are to be used in matching the visual structures. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGetVInfo.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:29 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetVisualInfo function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes equal to the attributes specified by vinfo_template. If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask, .ZN XGetVisualInfo returns a NULL. To free the data returned by this function, use .ZN XFree . .LP .\" $Header: XMatVInfo.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:59 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMatchVisualInfo function returns the visual information for a visual that matches the specified depth and class for a screen. Because multiple visuals that match the specified depth and class can exist, the exact visual chosen is undefined. If a visual is found, .ZN XMatchVisualInfo returns nonzero and the information on the visual to vinfo_return. Otherwise, when a visual is not found, .ZN XMatchVisualInfo returns zero. .LP The .ZN XVisualIDFromVisual function returns the visual ID for the specified visual type. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XVisualInfo structure contains: .LP .LP /* Visual information mask bits */ .TS lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.8i). T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualNoMask T} T{ 0x0 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualIDMask T} T{ 0x1 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualScreenMask T} T{ 0x2 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualDepthMask T} T{ 0x4 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualClassMask T} T{ 0x8 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualRedMaskMask T} T{ 0x10 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualGreenMaskMask T} T{ 0x20 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualBlueMaskMask T} T{ 0x40 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualColormapSizeMask T} T{ 0x80 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualBitsPerRGBMask T} T{ 0x100 T} T{ #define T} T{ .ZN VisualAllMask T} T{ 0x1FF T} .TE .IN "XVisualInfo" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i /* Values */ typedef struct { Visual *visual; VisualID visualid; int screen; unsigned int depth; int class; unsigned long red_mask; unsigned long green_mask; unsigned long blue_mask; int colormap_size; int bits_per_rgb; } XVisualInfo; .De .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP PS .ie kêvˆ!m¯—‰*Åt‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMClientMachine.3en.so man3/XSetWMClientMachine.3  kêp›‡!m!¯—‰*Æt‰*¯—‰*! ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMColormapWindows.3n.so man3/XSetWMColormapWindows.3 { 0x1 T kêp¼†!m¯—‰*çs‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMHints.3Win.so man3/XAllocWMHints.3 ndows.3 kêÔR…!m¯—‰*Èt‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMIconName.3.so man3/XSetWMIconName.3 dows.3 kêB„!m¯—‰*Ët‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMName.3e.3.so man3/XSetWMName.3 e. kê<ƒƒ!m¯—‰*äs‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMNormalHints.3s.3n.so man3/XAllocSizeHints.3 ows.3 kê˜ß‚!m¯—‰*Ît‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMProtocols.33s.3n.so man3/XSetWMProtocols.3 ows.3 kê&@!m¯—‰*ås‰*¯—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XGetWMSizeHints.33s.3n.so man3/XAllocSizeHints.3 ows.3 kênld m%s—‰*Kt‰*s—‰*{½% o[./usr/man/man3/XGetWindowAttributes.3n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGetWAttr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:40 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XGetWindowAttributes 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetWindowAttributes, XGetGeometry, XWindowAttributes \- get current window attribute or geometry and current window attributes structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGetAttr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:23 mento Exp $ Status XGetWindowAttributes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIwindow_attributes_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XWindowAttributes *\fIwindow_attributes_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetGeometry.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:34 mento Exp $ Status XGetGeometry\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \^\fIroot_return\fP\^, \fIx_return\fP\^, \fIy_return\fP\^, \fIwidth_return\fP\^, .br \fIheight_return\fP\^, \fIborder_width_return\fP\^, \fIdepth_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br Window *\fIroot_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIx_return\fP\^, *\fIy_return\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP\^, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIborder_width_return\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIdepth_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIborder_width_return\fP 1i Returns the border width in pixels. .ds Dr , which can be a window or a pixmap .\" $Header: d_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:09:21 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable\*(Dr. .IP \fIdepth_return\fP 1i Returns the depth of the drawable (bits per pixel for the object). .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: root.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 10:54:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIroot_return\fP 1i Returns the root window. .ds Wi whose current attributes you want to obtain .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height). .\" $Header: windatt.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwindow_attributes_return\fP 1i Returns the specified window's attributes in the .ZN XWindowAttributes structure. .\" $Header: getxy.a,v 1.5 88/08/17 09:00:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy_return\fP 1i Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable. For a window, these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to its parent's origin. For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGetAttr.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:42:12 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetWindowAttributes function returns the current attributes for the specified window to an .ZN XWindowAttributes structure. .LP .ZN XGetWindowAttributes can generate .ZN BadDrawable and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetGeometry.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:01 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetGeometry function returns the root window and the current geometry of the drawable. The geometry of the drawable includes the x and y coordinates, width and height, border width, and depth. These are described in the argument list. It is legal to pass to this function a window whose class is .ZN InputOnly . .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XWindowAttributes structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int x, y; /* location of window */ int width, height; /* width and height of window */ int border_width; /* border width of window */ int depth; /* depth of window */ Visual *visual; /* the associated visual structure */ Window root; /* root of screen containing window */ int class; /* InputOutput, InputOnly*/ int bit_gravity; /* one of the bit gravity values */ int win_gravity; /* one of the window gravity values */ int backing_store; /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */ unsigned long backing_planes; /* planes to be preserved if possible */ unsigned long backing_pixel; /* value to be used when restoring planes */ Bool save_under; /* boolean, should bits under be saved? */ Colormap colormap; /* color map to be associated with window */ Bool map_installed; /* boolean, is color map currently installed*/ int map_state; /* IsUnmapped, IsUnviewable, IsViewable */ long all_event_masks; /* set of events all people have interest in*/ long your_event_mask; /* my event mask */ long do_not_propagate_mask; /* set of events that should not propagate */ Bool override_redirect; /* boolean value for override-redirect */ Screen *screen; /* back pointer to correct screen */ } XWindowAttributes; .De .LP The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer corner relative to the parent window's origin. The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, not including the border. The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels. The depth member is set to the depth of the window (that is, bits per pixel for the object). The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated .ZN Visual structure. The root member is set to the root window of the screen containing the window. The class member is set to the window's class and can be either .ZN InputOutput or .ZN InputOnly . .LP The bit_gravity member is set to the window's bit gravity and can be one of the following: .LP .TS lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i). T{ .ZN ForgetGravity T} T{ .ZN EastGravity T} T{ .ZN NorthWestGravity T} T{ .ZN SouthWestGravity T} T{ .ZN NorthGravity T} T{ .ZN SouthGravity T} T{ .ZN NorthEastGravity T} T{ .ZN SouthEastGravity T} T{ .ZN WestGravity T} T{ .ZN StaticGravity T} .ZN CenterGravity .TE .LP The win_gravity member is set to the window's window gravity and can be one of the following: .LP .TS lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i). T{ .ZN UnmapGravity T} T{ .ZN EastGravity T} T{ .ZN NorthWestGravity T} T{ .ZN SouthWestGravity T} T{ .ZN NorthGravity T} T{ .ZN SouthGravity T} T{ .ZN NorthEastGravity T} T{ .ZN SouthEastGravity T} T{ .ZN WestGravity T} T{ .ZN StaticGravity T} .ZN CenterGravity .TE .LP For additional information on gravity, see section 3.3. .LP The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain the contents of a window and can be .ZN WhenMapped , .ZN Always , or .ZN NotUseful . The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores and during save_unders. The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use for planes not set in backing_planes. .LP The save_under member is set to .ZN True or .ZN False . The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be a colormap ID or .ZN None . The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is currently installed and can be .ZN True or .ZN False . The map_state member is set to indicate the state of the window and can be .ZN IsUnmapped , .ZN IsUnviewable , or .ZN IsViewable . .ZN IsUnviewable is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped. .LP The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event masks selected on the window by all clients. The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event masks selected by the querying client. The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the set of events that should not propagate. .LP The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides structure control facilities and can be .ZN True or .ZN False . Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is .ZN True . .LP The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer to the correct screen. This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XQueryPointer(3X11), XQueryTree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ow kê<›c më4t—‰*Mt‰*t—‰*'¦ë4 åM./usr/man/man3/XGetWindowProperty.33n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGetWProp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:44 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGetWindowProperty 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGetWindowProperty, XListProperties, XChangeProperty, XRotateWindowProperties, XDeleteProperty \- obtain and change window properties .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGetProperty.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:55 mento Exp $ int XGetWindowProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIproperty\fP\^, \fIlong_offset\fP\^, \fIlong_length\fP\^, \fIdelete\fP\^, \fIreq_type\fP\^, .br \fIactual_type_return\fP\^, \fIactual_format_return\fP\^, \fInitems_return\fP\^, \fIbytes_after_return\fP\^, .br \fIprop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .br long \fIlong_offset\fP\^, \fIlong_length\fP\^; .br Bool \fIdelete\fP\^; .br Atom \fIreq_type\fP\^; .br Atom *\fIactual_type_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIactual_format_return\fP\^; .br unsigned long *\fInitems_return\fP\^; .br unsigned long *\fIbytes_after_return\fP\^; .br unsigned char **\fIprop_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XListProps.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:22 mento Exp $ Atom *XListProperties\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fInum_prop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int *\fInum_prop_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChProperty.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:33 mento Exp $ XChangeProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIproperty\fP\^, \fItype\fP\^, \fIformat\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^, \fIdata\fP\^, \fInelements\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^, \fItype\fP\^; .br int \fIformat\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .br unsigned char *\fIdata\fP\^; .br int \fInelements\fP\^; .LP XRotateWindowProperties\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIproperties\fP, \fInum_prop\fP, \fInpositions\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperties\fP\^[]\^; .br int \fInum_prop\fP\^; .br int \fInpositions\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XDeleteProp.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:36 mento Exp $ XDeleteProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: act_format.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIactual_format_return\fP 1i Returns the actual format of the property. .\" $Header: actual_type.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fIactual_type_return\fP 1i Returns the atom identifier that defines the actual type of the property. .IP \fIbytes_after_return\fP 1i Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if a partial read was performed. .\" $Header: data1.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:06:15 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the property data. .\" $Header: delete.a,v 1.4 88/05/08 11:45:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdelete\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that determines whether the property is deleted. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: format.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 11:59:58 mento Exp $ .IP \fIformat\fP 1i Specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities. Possible values are 8, 16, and 32. This information allows the X server to correctly perform byte-swap operations as necessary. If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit, you must explicitly cast your data pointer to a (char *) in the call to .ZN XChangeProperty . .IP \fIlong_length\fP 1i Specifies the length in 32-bit multiples of the data to be retrieved. .IP \fIlong_offset\fP 1i Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities) where the data is to be retrieved. .\" $Header: prop_mode.a,v 1.2 88/04/04 11:18:11 mento Exp $ .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the mode of the operation. You can pass .ZN PropModeReplace , .ZN PropModePrepend , or .ZN PropModeAppend . .\" $Header: nelements.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 12:00:41 mento Exp $ .IP \fInelements\fP 1i Specifies the number of elements of the specified data format. .IP \fInitems_return\fP 1i Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items stored in the prop_return data. .IP \fInum_prop\fP 1i Specifies the length of the properties array. .IP \fInum_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the length of the properties array. .IP \fInpositions\fP 1i Specifies the rotation amount. .IP \fIprop_return\fP 1i Returns the data in the specified format. .\" $Header: property.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 15:19:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIproperty\fP 1i Specifies the property name. .\" $Header: properties.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIproperties\fP 1i Specifies the array of properties that are to be rotated. .\" $Header: reqtype.a,v 1.3 88/05/08 11:46:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIreq_type\fP 1i Specifies the atom identifier associated with the property type or .ZN AnyPropertyType . .\" $Header: type.a,v 1.2 88/03/29 08:07:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fItype\fP 1i Specifies the type of the property. The X server does not interpret the type but simply passes it back to an application that later calls .ZN XGetWindowProperty . .ds Wi whose property you want to obtain, change, rotate or delete .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGetProperty.d,v 1.3 88/08/17 09:10:14 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetWindowProperty function returns the actual type of the property; the actual format of the property; the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items transferred; the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property; and a pointer to the data actually returned. .ZN XGetWindowProperty sets the return arguments as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If the specified property does not exist for the specified window, .ZN XGetWindowProperty returns .ZN None to actual_type_return and the value zero to actual_format_return and bytes_after_return. The nitems_return argument is empty. In this case, the delete argument is ignored. .IP \(bu 5 If the specified property exists but its type does not match the specified type, .ZN XGetWindowProperty returns the actual property type to actual_type_return, the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return, and the property length in bytes (even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32) to bytes_after_return. It also ignores the delete argument. The nitems_return argument is empty. .IP \(bu 5 If the specified property exists and either you assign .ZN AnyPropertyType to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type, .ZN XGetWindowProperty returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return. It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by defining the following values: .IP .nf N = actual length of the stored property in bytes (even if the format is 16 or 32) I = 4 * long_offset T = N - I L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long_length) A = N - (I + L) .fi .IP The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing from zero), and its length in bytes is L. If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative, a .ZN BadValue error results. The value of bytes_after_return is A, giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property. .LP .ZN XGetWindowProperty always allocates one extra byte in prop_return (even if the property is zero length) and sets it to ASCII null so that simple properties consisting of characters do not have to be copied into yet another string before use. If delete is .ZN True and bytes_after_return is zero, .ZN XGetWindowProperty deletes the property from the window and generates a .ZN PropertyNotify event on the window. .LP The function returns .ZN Success if it executes successfully. To free the resulting data, use .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetWindowProperty can generate .ZN BadAtom , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XListProps.d,v 1.4 88/05/08 11:58:22 mento Exp $ The .ZN XListProperties function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found. To free the memory allocated by this function, use .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XListProperties can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XChProperty.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:04 mento Exp $ The .ZN XChangeProperty function alters the property for the specified window and causes the X server to generate a .ZN PropertyNotify event on that window. .ZN XChangeProperty performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 If mode is .ZN PropModeReplace , .ZN XChangeProperty discards the previous property value and stores the new data. .IP \(bu 5 If mode is .ZN PropModePrepend or .ZN PropModeAppend , .ZN XChangeProperty inserts the specified data before the beginning of the existing data or onto the end of the existing data, respectively. The type and format must match the existing property value, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. If the property is undefined, it is treated as defined with the correct type and format with zero-length data. .LP The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client. Properties remain until explicitly deleted, until the window is destroyed, or until the server resets. For a discussion of what happens when the connection to the X server is closed, see section 2.6. The maximum size of a property is server dependent and can vary dynamically depending on the amount of memory the server has available. (If there is insufficient space, a .ZN BadAlloc error results.) .LP .ZN XChangeProperty can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadAtom , .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XRotProp.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:52 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRotateWindowProperties function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes the X server to generate .ZN PropertyNotify events. If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list, then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N \- 1. The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring of property names (right for positive npositions, left for negative npositions). If npositions mod N is nonzero, the X server generates a .ZN PropertyNotify event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array. If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that name is defined for the window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. If a .ZN BadAtom or .ZN BadMatch error results, no properties are changed. .LP .ZN XRotateWindowProperties can generate .ZN BadAtom , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XDeleteProp.d,v 1.2 88/05/08 12:07:50 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDeleteProperty function deletes the specified property only if the property was defined on the specified window and causes the X server to generate a .ZN PropertyNotify event on the window unless the property does not exist. .LP .ZN XDeleteProperty can generate .ZN BadAtom and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11), XInternAtom(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP s.d,v kêôb mlt—‰*Qt‰*t—‰*þ¾l Í@./usr/man/man3/XGrabButton.3ert.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrButton.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:47 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGrabButton 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabButton, XUngrabButton \- grab pointer buttons .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGrabButton.f,v 1.2 88/05/14 07:20:38 mento Exp $ XGrabButton\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIbutton\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, .br \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^, \fIconfine_to\fP\^, \fIcursor\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIbutton\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .br Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br int \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^; .br Window \fIconfine_to\fP\^; .br Cursor \fIcursor\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabBut.f,v 1.2 88/05/14 07:50:53 mento Exp $ XUngrabButton\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIbutton\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIbutton\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Bu grabbed or released .\" $Header: button_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:06:39 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbutton\fP 1i Specifies the pointer button that is to be \*(Bu or .ZN AnyButton . .\" $Header: confineto.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 07:01:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIconfine_to\fP 1i Specifies the window to confine the pointer in or .ZN None . .\" $Header: cursor_def.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 13:12:57 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcursor\fP 1i Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed or .ZN None . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: pointermask.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 07:34:39 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client. The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits. .IP \fIgrab_window\fP 1i Specifies the grab window. .\" $Header: keybdmode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:22:10 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of keyboard events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .\" $Header: modifiers.a,v 1.4 88/05/14 07:28:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i Specifies the set of keymasks or .ZN AnyModifier . The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits. .\" $Header: ownerevents2.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 07:32:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fIowner_events\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the pointer events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window if selected by the event mask. .\" $Header: pointermode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:21:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpointer_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of pointer events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGrabButton.d,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:24:59 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGrabButton function establishes a passive grab. In the future, the pointer is actively grabbed (as for .ZN XGrabPointer ), the last-pointer-grab time is set to the time at which the button was pressed (as transmitted in the .ZN ButtonPress event), and the .ZN ButtonPress event is reported if all of the following conditions are true: .IP \(bu 5 The pointer is not grabbed, and the specified button is logically pressed when the specified modifier keys are logically down, and no other buttons or modifier keys are logically down. .IP \(bu 5 The grab_window contains the pointer. .IP \(bu 5 The confine_to window (if any) is viewable. .IP \(bu 5 A passive grab on the same button/key combination does not exist on any ancestor of grab_window. .LP The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for .ZN XGrabPointer . The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the pointer has all buttons released (independent of the state of the logical modifier keys). .LP Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications) may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen. .LP This request overrides all previous grabs by the same client on the same button/key combinations on the same window. A modifiers of .ZN AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the grab request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all modifiers specified have currently assigned KeyCodes. A button of .ZN AnyButton is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible buttons. Otherwise, it is not required that the specified button currently be assigned to a physical button. .LP If some other client has already issued a .ZN XGrabButton with the same button/key combination on the same window, a .ZN BadAccess error results. When using .ZN AnyModifier or .ZN AnyButton , the request fails completely, and a .ZN BadAccess error results (no grabs are established) if there is a conflicting grab for any combination. .ZN XGrabButton has no effect on an active grab. .LP .ZN XGrabButton can generate .ZN BadCursor , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabBut.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:20 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUngrabButton function releases the passive button/key combination on the specified window if it was grabbed by this client. A modifiers of .ZN AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the ungrab request for all possible modifier combinations, including the combination of no modifiers. A button of .ZN AnyButton is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible buttons. .ZN XUngrabButton has no effect on an active grab. .LP .ZN XUngrabButton can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowEvents(3X11), XGrabPointer(3X11), XGrabKey(3X11), XGrabKeyboard(3X11), .br \fI\*(xL\fP he b kêV±€!m»°—‰*u‰*°—‰*q» êw./usr/man/man3/XGrabDevice.3ert.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrabDev.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:21 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XGrabDevice 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabDevice, XUngrabDevice \- grab/release the specified extension device .SH SYNTAX .nf \fB int XGrabDevice\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, \fIevent_count\fP\^, \fIevent_list\fP\^, \fIthis_device_mode\fP\^, \fIother_devices_mode\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; int \fIevent_count\fP\^; XEventClass *\fIevent_list\fP\^; int \fIthis_device_mode\fP\^, \fIother_devices_mode\fP\^; Time \fItime\fP\^; XUngrabDevice\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; Time \fItime\fP\^; .fi \fP .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device to be grabbed or released. .TP 12 .I grab_window Specifies the id of a window to be associated with the device. .TP 12 .I owner_events Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the events from the device are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window if selected by the event list. .TP 12 .I event_count Specifies the number of elements in the event_list array. .TP 12 .I event_list Specifies a pointer to a list of event classes that indicates which events the client wishes to receive. These event classes must have been obtained specifying the device being grabbed. .TP 12 .I this_device_mode Specifies further processing of events from this device. You can pass \fIGrabModeSync\fP or \fIGrabModeAsync\fP. .TP 12 .I other_devices_mode Specifies further processing of events from other devices. You can pass \fIGrabModeSync\fP or \fIGrabModeAsync\fP. .TP 12 .I time Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or \fICurrentTime\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXGrabDevice\fP request actively grabs control of the device and generates \fIDeviceFocusIn\fP and \fIDeviceFocusOut\fP events. Further device events are reported only to the grabbing client. \fIXGrabDevice\fP overrides any active device grab by this client. event_list is a pointer to a list of event classes. This list indicates which events the client wishes to receive while the grab is active. If owner_events is \fIFalse\fP , all generated device events are reported with respect to grab_window if selected. If owner_events is \fITrue\fP and if a generated device event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported normally; otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the grab_window, and is only reported if specified in the event_list. .P If the this_device_mode argument is \fIGrabModeAsync\fP , device event processing continues as usual. If the device is currently frozen by this client, then processing of device events is resumed. If the this_device_mode argument is \fIGrabModeSync\fP , the state of the device (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further device events until the grabbing client issues a releasing \fIXAllowDeviceEvents\fP call or until the device grab is released. Actual device changes are not lost while the device is frozen; they are simply queued in the server for later processing. .P If other_devices_mode is \fIGrabModeAsync\fP , processing of events from other devices is unaffected by activation of the grab. If other_devices_mode is \fIGrabModeSync\fP, the state of all devices except the grabbed device (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further events from those devices until the grabbing client issues a releasing \fIXAllowDeviceEvents\fP call or until the device grab is released. Actual events are not lost while the devices are frozen; they are simply queued in the server for later processing. .P If the device is actively grabbed by some other client, \fIXGrabDevice\fP fails and returns \fIAlreadyGrabbed\fP. If grab_window is not viewable, it fails and returns \fIGrabNotViewable\fP. If the device is frozen by an active grab of another client, it fails and returns \fIGrabFrozen\fP. If the specified time is earlier than the last-device-grab time or later than the current X server time, it fails and returns \fIGrabInvalidTime\fP. Otherwise, the last-device-grab time is set to the specified time \fI( CurrentTime\fP is replaced by the current X server time). .LP If a grabbed device is closed by a client while an active grab by that client is in effect, the active grab is released. If the device is frozen only by an active grab of the requesting client, it is thawed. .P \fIXGrabDevice\fP can generate \fIBadClass\fP, \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadValue\fP, and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. .P The \fIXUngrabDevice\fP request releases the device and any queued events if this client has it actively grabbed from either \fIXGrabDevice\fP or \fIXGrabDeviceKey\fP. If other devices are frozen by the grab, \fIXUngrabDevice\fP thaws them. \fIXUngrabDevice\fP does not release the device and any queued events if the specified time is earlier than the last-device-grab time or is later than the current X server time. It also generates \fIDeviceFocusIn\fP and \fIDeviceFocusOut\fP events. The X server automatically performs an \fIUngrabDevice\fP request if the event window for an active device grab becomes not viewable. .LP \fIXUngrabDevice\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowDeviceEvents(3X), XGrabDeviceButton(3X), XGrabDeviceKey(3X), .br \fI\*(xL\fP P ove kê~!m °—‰*zu‰*°—‰*ém  êm./usr/man/man3/XGrabDeviceButton.33n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrDvBut.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:14 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XGrabDeviceButton 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabDeviceButton, XUngrabDeviceButton \- grab/ungrab extension input device buttons .SH SYNTAX \fB .nf XGrabDeviceButton\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIbutton\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fImodifier_device\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, \fIevent_count\fP\^, \fIevent_list\fP\^, \fIthis_device_mode\fP\^, \fIother_devices_mode\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; unsigned int \fIbutton\fP\^; unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; XDevice *\fImodifier_device\fP\^; Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; unsigned int \fIevent_count\fP\^; XEventClass *\fIevent_list\fP\^; int \fIthis_device_mode\fP\^, \fIother_devices_mode\fP\^; XUngrabDeviceButton\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIbutton\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fImodifier_device\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; unsigned int \fIbutton\fP\^; unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; XDevice *\fImodifier_device\fP\^; Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .fi \fP .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Bu grabbed or released .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device that is to be \*(Bu .TP 12 .I button Specifies the device button that is to be \*(Bu or \fIAnyButton\fP. .TP 12 .I modifiers Specifies the set of keymasks or \fIAnyModifier\fP. The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits. Valid bits are: Shiftmask, LockMask, ControlMask, Mod1Mask, Mod2Mask, Mod3Mask, Mod4Mask, Mod5Mask. .TP 12 .I modifier_device specifies the device whose modifiers are to be used. If the modifier_device specified is NULL, the X keyboard will be used as the modifier_device. .TP 12 .I grab_window Specifies the grab window. .TP 12 .I owner_events Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the device events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window if selected by the event list. .TP 12 .I event_count Specifies the number of event classes in the event list. .TP 12 .I event_list Specifies which events are reported to the client. .TP 12 .I this_device_mode Specifies further processing of events from this device. You can pass \fIGrabModeSync\fP or \fIGrabModeAsync\fP. .TP 12 .I other_devices_mode Specifies further processing of events from all other devices. You can pass \fIGrabModeSync\fP or \fIGrabModeAsync\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXGrabDeviceButton\fP request establishes a passive grab. In the future, the device is actively grabbed (as for \fIXGrabDevice\fP, the last-grab time is set to the time at which the button was pressed (as transmitted in the \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP event), and the \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP event is reported if all of the following conditions are true: .IP \(bu 5 The device is not grabbed, and the specified button is logically pressed when the specified modifier keys are logically down on the specified modifier device and no other buttons or modifier keys are logically down. .IP \(bu 5 Either the grab window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window, OR the grab window is a descendent of the focus window and contains the device. .IP \(bu 5 A passive grab on the same button/modifier combination does not exist on any ancestor of grab_window. .P The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for \fIXGrabDevice\fP. The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the device has all buttons released (independent of the logical state of the modifier keys). .P Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications) may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen. .P This request overrides all previous grabs by the same client on the same button/modifier combinations on the same window. A modifiers of \fIAnyModifier\fP is equivalent to issuing the grab request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all modifiers specified have currently assigned KeyCodes. A button of \fIAnyButton\fP is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible buttons. Otherwise, it is not required that the specified button currently be assigned to a physical button. .P A modifier_device of NULL indicates that the X keyboard is to be used as the modifier_device. .P If some other client has already issued a \fIXGrabDeviceButton\fP with the same button/modifier combination on the same window, a \fIBadAccess\fP error results. When using \fIAnyModifier\fP or \fIAnyButton\fP , the request fails completely, and a \fIBadAccess\fP error results (no grabs are established) if there is a conflicting grab for any combination. \fIXGrabDeviceButton\fP has no effect on an active grab. .P \fIXGrabDeviceButton\fP can generate \fIBadClass\fP, \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadValue\fP, and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. .P The \fIXUngrabDeviceButton\fP request releases the passive grab for a button/modifier combination on the specified window if it was grabbed by this client. A modifier of \fIAnyModifier\fP is equivalent to issuing the ungrab request for all possible modifier combinations, including the combination of no modifiers. A button of \fIAnyButton\fP is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible buttons. \fIXUngrabDeviceButton\fP has no effect on an active grab. .P A modifier_device of NULL indicates that the X keyboard should be used as the modifier_device. .P \fIXUngrabDeviceButton\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadValue\fP and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGrabDeviceButton\fP request was made specifying a device that has no buttons, or specifying a modifier device that has no keys. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowDeviceEvents(3X), .br XGrabDevice(3X), .br XGrabDeviceKey(3X), .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêÆ“~!mà°—‰*{u‰*°—‰*cà s./usr/man/man3/XGrabDeviceKey.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrDvKey.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:17 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XGrabDeviceKey 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabDeviceKey, XUngrabDeviceKey \- grab/ungrab extension input device Keys .SH SYNTAX XGrabDeviceKey\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIKey\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fImodifier_device\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, .br \fIevent_count\fP\^, \fIevent_list\fP\^, \fIthis_device_mode\fP\^, \fIother_devices_mode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIKey\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fImodifier_device\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .br Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIevent_count\fP\^; .br XEventClass \fIevent_list\fP\^; .br int \fIthis_device_mode\fP\^, \fIother_devices_mode\fP\^; .sp XUngrabDeviceKey\^(\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIKey\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fImodifier_device\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIKey\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fImodifier_device\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Bu grabbed or released .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device that is to be \*(Bu .TP 12 .I Key Specifies the device Key that is to be \*(Bu or \fIAnyKey\fP. .TP 12 .I modifiers Specifies the set of keymasks or \fIAnyModifier\fP. The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits. Valid bits are: ShiftMask, LockMask, ControlMask, Mod1Mask, Mod2Mask, Mod3Mask, Mod4Mask, Mod5Mask. .TP 12 .I modifier_device Specifies the device whose modifiers are to be used. If a modifier_device of NULL is specified, the X keyboard will be used as the modifier_device. .TP 12 .I grab_window Specifies the grab window. .TP 12 .I owner_events Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the device events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window if selected by the event list. .TP 12 .I event_count Specifies the number of event classes in the event list. .TP 12 .I event_list Specifies which device events are reported to the client. .TP 12 .I this_device_mode Specifies further processing of events from this device. You can pass \fIGrabModeSync\fP or \fIGrabModeAsync\fP. .TP 12 .I other_devices_mode Specifies further processing of events from other devices. You can pass \fIGrabModeSync\fP or \fIGrabModeAsync\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXGrabDeviceKey\fP request establishes a passive grab. In the future, the device is actively grabbed (as for \fIXGrabDevice\fP, the last-device-grab time is set to the time at which the Key was pressed (as transmitted in the \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP event), and the \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP event is reported if all of the following conditions are true: .IP \(bu 5 The device is not grabbed, and the specified key is logically pressed when the specified modifier keys are logically down, and no other keys or modifier keys are logically down. .IP \(bu 5 The grab_window is an ancestor (or is) the focus window OR the grab window is a descendant of the focus window and contains the device. .IP \(bu 5 The confine_to window (if any) is viewable. .IP \(bu 5 A passive grab on the same key/modifier combination does not exist on any ancestor of grab_window. .P The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for \fIXGrabDevice\fP . The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the device has the specified key released. .P Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the X protocol ) may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen. .LP If the key is not \fIAnyKey\fP, it must be in the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode as returned by the \fIXListInputDevices\fP request. Otherwise, a \fIBadValue\fP error results. .P This request overrides all previous grabs by the same client on the same Key/modifier combinations on the same window. A modifier of \fIAnyModifier\fP is equivalent to issuing the grab request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all modifiers specified have currently assigned KeyCodes. A key of \fIAnyKey\fP is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible keys. Otherwise, it is not required that the specified key currently be assigned to a physical Key. .P If a modifier_device of NULL is specified, the X keyboard will be used as the modifier_device. .P If some other client has already issued a \fIXGrabDeviceKey\fP with the same Key/modifier combination on the same window, a \fIBadAccess\fP error results. When using \fIAnyModifier\fP or \fIAnyKey\fP , the request fails completely, and a \fIBadAccess\fP error results (no grabs are established) if there is a conflicting grab for any combination. \fIXGrabDeviceKey\fP has no effect on an active grab. .P \fIXGrabDeviceKey\fP can generate \fIBadAccess\fP, \fIBadClass\fP, \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadValue\fP, and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. It returns \fISuccess\fI on successful completion of the request. .P The \fIXUngrabDeviceKey\fP request releases the passive grab for a key/modifier combination on the specified window if it was grabbed by this client. A modifier of \fIAnyModifier\fP is equivalent to issuing the ungrab request for all possible modifier combinations, including the combination of no modifiers. A Key of \fIAnyKey\fP is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible Keys. \fIXUngrabDeviceKey\fP has no effect on an active grab. .P If a modifier_device of NULL is specified, the X keyboard will be used as the modifier_device. .P \fIXUngrabDeviceKey\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadValue\fP and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGrabDeviceKey\fP request was made specifying a device that has no keys, or a modifier device that has no keys. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowDeviceEvents(3X), .br XGrabDevice(3X), .br XGrabDeviceButton(3X), .br .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêia mát—‰*St‰*t—‰*_Rá ¶./usr/man/man3/XGrabKey.3Key.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrKey.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:50 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGrabKey 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabKey, XUngrabKey \- grab keyboard keys .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGrabKey.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:04 mento Exp $ XGrabKey\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, .br \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIkeycode\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .br Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; .br int \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabKey.f,v 1.2 88/05/14 08:28:06 mento Exp $ XUngrabKey\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP\^, \fImodifiers\fP\^, \fIgrab_window\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIkeycode\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fImodifiers\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIgrab_window\fP 1i Specifies the grab window. .\" $Header: keybdmode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:22:10 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of keyboard events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .\" $Header: keycode1.a,v 1.1 88/05/14 08:09:00 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeycode\fP 1i Specifies the KeyCode or .ZN AnyKey . .\" $Header: modifiers.a,v 1.4 88/05/14 07:28:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i Specifies the set of keymasks or .ZN AnyModifier . The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid keymask bits. .\" $Header: ownerevents2.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 07:32:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fIowner_events\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the keyboard events are to be reported as usual. .\" $Header: pointermode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:21:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpointer_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of pointer events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGrabKey.d,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:28:57 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGrabKey function establishes a passive grab on the keyboard. In the future, the keyboard is actively grabbed (as for .ZN XGrabKeyboard ), the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the time at which the key was pressed (as transmitted in the .ZN KeyPress event), and the .ZN KeyPress event is reported if all of the following conditions are true: .IP \(bu 5 The keyboard is not grabbed and the specified key (which can itself be a modifier key) is logically pressed when the specified modifier keys are logically down, and no other modifier keys are logically down. .IP \(bu 5 Either the grab_window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window, or the grab_window is a descendant of the focus window and contains the pointer. .IP \(bu 5 A passive grab on the same key combination does not exist on any ancestor of grab_window. .LP The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for .ZN XGrabKeyboard . The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the keyboard has the specified key released (independent of the logical state of the modifier keys). .LP Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by client applications) may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen. .LP A modifiers argument of .ZN AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers). It is not required that all modifiers specified have currently assigned KeyCodes. A keycode argument of .ZN AnyKey is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible KeyCodes. Otherwise, the specified keycode must be in the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode in the connection setup, or a .ZN BadValue error results. .LP If some other client has issued a .ZN XGrabKey with the same key combination on the same window, a .ZN BadAccess error results. When using .ZN AnyModifier or .ZN AnyKey , the request fails completely, and a .ZN BadAccess error results (no grabs are established) if there is a conflicting grab for any combination. .LP .ZN XGrabKey can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabKey.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:29:50 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUngrabKey function releases the key combination on the specified window if it was grabbed by this client. It has no effect on an active grab. A modifiers of .ZN AnyModifier is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers). A keycode argument of .ZN AnyKey is equivalent to issuing the request for all possible key codes. .LP .ZN XUngrabKey can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badaccess1.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:25 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to grab a key/button combination already grabbed by another client. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowAccess(3X11), XGrabButton(3X11), XGrabKeyboard(3X11), XGrabPointer(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ers.a,v kêBb` m4t—‰*Tt‰*t—‰*¦)4 ik./usr/man/man3/XGrabKeyboard.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrKeybrd.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:54 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGrabKeyboard 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabKeyboard, XUngrabKeyboard \- grab the keyboard .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGrabKeybd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:05 mento Exp $ int XGrabKeyboard\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .br Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; .br int \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabKeybd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:05 mento Exp $ XUngrabKeyboard\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIgrab_window\fP 1i Specifies the grab window. .\" $Header: keybdmode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:22:10 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of keyboard events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .\" $Header: ownerevents2.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 07:32:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fIowner_events\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the keyboard events are to be reported as usual. .\" $Header: pointermode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:21:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpointer_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of pointer events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGrabKeybd.d,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:27:03 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGrabKeyboard function actively grabs control of the keyboard and generates .ZN FocusIn and .ZN FocusOut events. Further key events are reported only to the grabbing client. .ZN XGrabKeyboard overrides any active keyboard grab by this client. If owner_events is .ZN False , all generated key events are reported with respect to grab_window. If owner_events is .ZN True and if a generated key event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported normally; otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the grab_window. Both .ZN KeyPress and .ZN KeyRelease events are always reported, independent of any event selection made by the client. .LP If the keyboard_mode argument is .ZN GrabModeAsync , keyboard event processing continues as usual. If the keyboard is currently frozen by this client, then processing of keyboard events is resumed. If the keyboard_mode argument is .ZN GrabModeSync , the state of the keyboard (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further keyboard events until the grabbing client issues a releasing .ZN XAllowEvents call or until the keyboard grab is released. Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the keyboard is frozen; they are simply queued in the server for later processing. .LP If pointer_mode is .ZN GrabModeAsync , pointer event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab. If pointer_mode is .ZN GrabModeSync , the state of the pointer (as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further pointer events until the grabbing client issues a releasing .ZN XAllowEvents call or until the keyboard grab is released. Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen; they are simply queued in the server for later processing. .LP If the keyboard is actively grabbed by some other client, .ZN XGrabKeyboard fails and returns .ZN AlreadyGrabbed . If grab_window is not viewable, it fails and returns .ZN GrabNotViewable . If the keyboard is frozen by an active grab of another client, it fails and returns .ZN GrabFrozen . If the specified time is earlier than the last-keyboard-grab time or later than the current X server time, it fails and returns .ZN GrabInvalidTime . Otherwise, the last-keyboard-grab time is set to the specified time .Pn ( CurrentTime is replaced by the current X server time). .LP .ZN XGrabKeyboard can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabKeybd.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:22 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUngrabKeyboard function releases the keyboard and any queued events if this client has it actively grabbed from either .ZN XGrabKeyboard or .ZN XGrabKey . .ZN XUngrabKeyboard does not release the keyboard and any queued events if the specified time is earlier than the last-keyboard-grab time or is later than the current X server time. It also generates .ZN FocusIn and .ZN FocusOut events. The X server automatically performs an .ZN UngrabKeyboard request if the event window for an active keyboard grab becomes not viewable. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowEvents(3X11), XGrabButton(3X11), XGrabKey(3X11), XGrabPointer(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP the kêD._ mý'u—‰*Ut‰*u—‰*LŽý' ìŒ./usr/man/man3/XGrabPointer.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrPntr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:57 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGrabPointer 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabPointer, XUngrabPointer, XChangeActivePointerGrab \- grab the pointer .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGrabPointer.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:06 mento Exp $ int XGrabPointer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgrab_window\fP\^, \fIowner_events\fP\^, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^, \fIconfine_to\fP\^, \fIcursor\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIgrab_window\fP\^; .br Bool \fIowner_events\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br int \fIpointer_mode\fP\^, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP\^; .br Window \fIconfine_to\fP\^; .br Cursor \fIcursor\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabPntr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:06 mento Exp $ XUngrabPointer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChActPGrab.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:29 mento Exp $ XChangeActivePointerGrab\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIcursor\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br Cursor \fIcursor\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: confineto.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 07:01:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIconfine_to\fP 1i Specifies the window to confine the pointer in or .ZN None . .\" $Header: cursor_grab.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 14:23:01 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcursor\fP 1i Specifies the cursor that is to be displayed during the grab or .ZN None . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: pointermask.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 07:34:39 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i Specifies which pointer events are reported to the client. The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid pointer event mask bits. .IP \fIgrab_window\fP 1i Specifies the grab window. .\" $Header: keybdmode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:22:10 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of keyboard events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .\" $Header: ownerevents2.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 07:32:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fIowner_events\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the pointer events are to be reported as usual or reported with respect to the grab window if selected by the event mask. .\" $Header: pointermode.a,v 1.3 88/04/06 14:21:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpointer_mode\fP 1i Specifies further processing of pointer events. You can pass .ZN GrabModeSync or .ZN GrabModeAsync . .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGrabPointer.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:19:16 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGrabPointer function actively grabs control of the pointer and returns .ZN GrabSuccess if the grab was successful. Further pointer events are reported only to the grabbing client. .ZN XGrabPointer overrides any active pointer grab by this client. If owner_events is .ZN False , all generated pointer events are reported with respect to grab_window and are reported only if selected by event_mask. If owner_events is .ZN True and if a generated pointer event would normally be reported to this client, it is reported as usual. Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the grab_window and is reported only if selected by event_mask. For either value of owner_events, unreported events are discarded. .LP If the pointer_mode is .ZN GrabModeAsync , pointer event processing continues as usual. If the pointer is currently frozen by this client, the processing of events for the pointer is resumed. If the pointer_mode is .ZN GrabModeSync , the state of the pointer, as seen by client applications, appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further pointer events until the grabbing client calls .ZN XAllowEvents or until the pointer grab is released. Actual pointer changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen; they are simply queued in the server for later processing. .LP If the keyboard_mode is .ZN GrabModeAsync , keyboard event processing is unaffected by activation of the grab. If the keyboard_mode is .ZN GrabModeSync , the state of the keyboard, as seen by client applications, appears to freeze, and the X server generates no further keyboard events until the grabbing client calls .ZN XAllowEvents or until the pointer grab is released. Actual keyboard changes are not lost while the pointer is frozen; they are simply queued in the server for later processing. .LP If a cursor is specified, it is displayed regardless of what window the pointer is in. If .ZN None is specified, the normal cursor for that window is displayed when the pointer is in grab_window or one of its subwindows; otherwise, the cursor for grab_window is displayed. .LP If a confine_to window is specified, the pointer is restricted to stay contained in that window. The confine_to window need have no relationship to the grab_window. If the pointer is not initially in the confine_to window, it is warped automatically to the closest edge just before the grab activates and enter/leave events are generated as usual. If the confine_to window is subsequently reconfigured, the pointer is warped automatically, as necessary, to keep it contained in the window. .LP The time argument allows you to avoid certain circumstances that come up if applications take a long time to respond or if there are long network delays. Consider a situation where you have two applications, both of which normally grab the pointer when clicked on. If both applications specify the timestamp from the event, the second application may wake up faster and successfully grab the pointer before the first application. The first application then will get an indication that the other application grabbed the pointer before its request was processed. .LP .ZN XGrabPointer generates .ZN EnterNotify and .ZN LeaveNotify events. .LP Either if grab_window or confine_to window is not viewable or if the confine_to window lies completely outside the boundaries of the root window, .ZN XGrabPointer fails and returns .ZN GrabNotViewable . If the pointer is actively grabbed by some other client, it fails and returns .ZN AlreadyGrabbed . If the pointer is frozen by an active grab of another client, it fails and returns .ZN GrabFrozen . If the specified time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or later than the current X server time, it fails and returns .ZN GrabInvalidTime . Otherwise, the last-pointer-grab time is set to the specified time .Pn ( CurrentTime is replaced by the current X server time). .LP .ZN XGrabPointer can generate .ZN BadCursor , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XUngrabPntr.d,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:21:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUngrabPointer function releases the pointer and any queued events if this client has actively grabbed the pointer from .ZN XGrabPointer , .ZN XGrabButton , or from a normal button press. .ZN XUngrabPointer does not release the pointer if the specified time is earlier than the last-pointer-grab time or is later than the current X server time. It also generates .ZN EnterNotify and .ZN LeaveNotify events. The X server performs an .ZN UngrabPointer request automatically if the event window or confine_to window for an active pointer grab becomes not viewable or if window reconfiguration causes the confine_to window to lie completely outside the boundaries of the root window. .LP .\" $Header: XChActPGrab.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:48:55 mento Exp $ The .ZN XChangeActivePointerGrab function changes the specified dynamic parameters if the pointer is actively grabbed by the client and if the specified time is no earlier than the last-pointer-grab time and no later than the current X server time. This function has no effect on the passive parameters of a .ZN XGrabButton . The interpretation of event_mask and cursor is the same as described in .ZN XGrabPointer . .LP .ZN XChangeActivePointerGrab can generate a .ZN BadCursor and .ZN BadValue error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllowEvents(3X11), XGrabButton(3X11), XGrabKey(3X11), XGrabKeyboard(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ab_ kꮽ^ må u—‰*Wt‰*u—‰*"?å ./usr/man/man3/XGrabServer.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGrServer.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:59 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGrabServer 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGrabServer, XUngrabServer \- grab the server .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XGrabServer.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:06 mento Exp $ XGrabServer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUngrbSrvr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:07 mento Exp $ XUngrabServer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XGrabServer.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:31:23 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGrabServer function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other connections than the one this request arrived on. You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary. .LP .\" $Header: XUngrbSrvr.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:32:06 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUngrabServer function restarts processing of requests and close downs on other connections. You should avoid grabbing the X server as much as possible. .SH "SEE ALSO" XGrabButton(3X11), XGrabKey(3X11), XGrabKeyboard(3X11), XGrabPointer(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nfi kêì²] mÏu—‰*@t‰*u—‰*ËjÏ ¥M./usr/man/man3/XGraphicsExposeEvent.3n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGEEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:26 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGraphicsExposeEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGraphicsExposeEvent, XNoExposeEvent \- GraphicsExpose and NoExpose event structures .SH STRUCTURES The structures for .ZN GraphicsExpose and .ZN NoExpose events contain: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* GraphicsExpose */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Drawable drawable; int x, y; int width, height; int count; /* if nonzero, at least this many more */ int major_code; /* core is CopyArea or CopyPlane */ int minor_code; /* not defined in the core */ } XGraphicsExposeEvent; .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* NoExpose */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Drawable drawable; int major_code; /* core is CopyArea or CopyPlane */ int minor_code; /* not defined in the core */ } XNoExposeEvent; .De .LP When you receive these events, their structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP Both structures have these common members: drawable, major_code, and minor_code. The drawable member is set to the drawable of the destination region on which the graphics request was to be performed. The major_code member is set to the graphics request initiated by the client and can be either .ZN X_CopyArea or .ZN X_CopyPlane . If it is .ZN X_CopyArea , a call to .ZN XCopyArea initiated the request. If it is .ZN X_CopyPlane , a call to .ZN XCopyPlane initiated the request. These constants are defined in .Pn < X11/Xproto.h >. The minor_code member, like the major_code member, indicates which graphics request was initiated by the client. However, the minor_code member is not defined by the core X protocol and will be zero in these cases, although it may be used by an extension. .LP The .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure has these additional members: x, y, width, height, and count. The x and y members are set to the coordinates relative to the drawable's origin and indicate the upper-left corner of the rectangle. The width and height members are set to the size (extent) of the rectangle. The count member is set to the number of .ZN GraphicsExpose events to follow. If count is zero, no more .ZN GraphicsExpose events follow for this window. However, if count is nonzero, at least that number of .ZN GraphicsExpose events (and possibly more) are to follow for this window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCopyArea(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP e kê@Ÿ\ mLu—‰*At‰*u—‰*¢ML ./usr/man/man3/XGravityEvent.3v.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:28 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XGravityEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XGravityEvent \- GravityNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN GravityNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* GravityNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; int x, y; } XGravityEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the window that was moved or to its parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. The window member is set to the child window that was moved. The x and y members are set to the coordinates relative to the new parent window's origin and indicate the position of the upper-left outside corner of the window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP , a kêBA}!m°—‰*ìs‰*°—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XHostAddress.3v.so man3/XAddHost.3 ent. kê .|!m°—‰*t‰*°—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XIMOfIC.3ss.3v.so man3/XCreateIC.3 nt. kêd6{!m°—‰*às‰*°—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XIconSize.3.3v.so man3/XAllocIconSize.3 n 1.1 kêú?[ mëu—‰*Xt‰*u—‰*Ùdë žM./usr/man/man3/XIconifyWindow.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XIcWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:04 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XIconifyWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XIconifyWindow, XWithdrawWindow, XReconfigureWMWindow \- manipulate top-level windows .SH SYNTAX Status XIconifyWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP; .br int \fIscreen_number\fP\^; .LP Status XWithdrawWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIscreen_number\fP\^; .LP Status XReconfigureWMWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP, \ \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIvalues\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIscreen_number\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIvalue_mask\fP\^; .br XWindowChanges *\fIvalues\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIscreen_number\fP 1i Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server. .\" $Header: value_mask.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 12:39:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i Specifies which values are to be set using information in the values structure. This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid configure window values bits. .\" $Header: values.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 12:41:05 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalues\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XWindowChanges structure. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XIconifyWindow function sends a WM_CHANGE_STATE .ZN ClientMessage event with a format of 32 and a first data element of .ZN IconicState (as described in section 4.1.4 of the \fIInter-Client Communication Conventions Manual\fP) and a window of w to the root window of the specified screen with an event mask set to .ZN SubstructureNotifyMask | .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask . Window managers may elect to receive this message and if the window is in its normal state, may treat it as a request to change the window's state from normal to iconic. If the WM_CHANGE_STATE property cannot be interned, .ZN XIconifyWindow does not send a message and returns a zero status. It returns a nonzero status if the client message is sent successfully; otherwise, it returns a zero status. .LP The .ZN XWithdrawWindow function unmaps the specified window and sends a synthetic .ZN UnmapNotify event to the root window of the specified screen. Window managers may elect to receive this message and may treat it as a request to change the window's state to withdrawn. When a window is in the withdrawn state, neither its normal nor its iconic representations is visible. It returns a nonzero status if the .ZN UnmapNotify event is successfully sent; otherwise, it returns a zero status. .LP .ZN XWithdrawWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP The .ZN XReconfigureWMWindow function issues a .ZN ConfigureWindow request on the specified top-level window. If the stacking mode is changed and the request fails with a .ZN BadMatch error, the error is trapped by Xlib and a synthetic .ZN ConfigureRequestEvent containing the same configuration parameters is sent to the root of the specified window. Window managers may elect to receive this event and treat it as a request to reconfigure the indicated window. It returns a nonzero status if the request or event is successfully sent; otherwise, it returns a zero status. .LP .ZN XReconfigureWMWindow can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XConfigureWindow(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XRaiseWindow(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP op-le kêZZ m›v—‰*Zt‰*v—‰*Ô\› r¦./usr/man/man3/XIfEvent.3dow.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XIfEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XIfEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XIfEvent, XCheckIfEvent, XPeekIfEvent \- check the event queue with a predicate procedure .SH SYNTAX XIfEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_return\fP, \fIpredicate\fP, \fIarg\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .br Bool (\^*\fIpredicate\fP\^)\^(\^)\^; .br XPointer \fIarg\fP\^; .LP Bool XCheckIfEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_return\fP, \fIpredicate\fP, \fIarg\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .br Bool (\^*\fIpredicate\fP\^)\^(\^)\^; .br XPointer \fIarg\fP\^; .LP XPeekIfEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_return\fP, \fIpredicate\fP, \fIarg\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .br Bool (\^*\fIpredicate\fP\^)\^(\^)\^; .br XPointer \fIarg\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIarg\fP 1i Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate procedure. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Ev \ either a copy of or .\" $Header: event_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:12:20 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i Returns\*(Ev the matched event's associated structure. .IP \fIpredicate\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is to be called to determine if the next event in the queue matches what you want. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XIfEvent.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:39 mento Exp $ The .ZN XIfEvent function completes only when the specified predicate procedure returns .ZN True for an event, which indicates an event in the queue matches. .ZN XIfEvent flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events. .ZN XIfEvent removes the matching event from the queue and copies the structure into the client-supplied .ZN XEvent structure. .LP .\" $Header: XCkIfEvent.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:21 mento Exp $ When the predicate procedure finds a match, .ZN XCheckIfEvent copies the matched event into the client-supplied .ZN XEvent structure and returns .ZN True . (This event is removed from the queue.) If the predicate procedure finds no match, .ZN XCheckIfEvent returns .ZN False , and the output buffer will have been flushed. All earlier events stored in the queue are not discarded. .LP .\" $Header: XPkIfEvent.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:13 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPeekIfEvent function returns only when the specified predicate procedure returns .ZN True for an event. After the predicate procedure finds a match, .ZN XPeekIfEvent copies the matched event into the client-supplied .ZN XEvent structure without removing the event from the queue. .ZN XPeekIfEvent flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XNextEvent(3X11), XPutBackEvent(3X11) XSendEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP e X T kêZ«z!m"°—‰*ús‰*°—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XInsertModifiermapEntry.3s.3.3.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 dditio kê|DY mGv—‰*^t‰*v—‰*rG 9K./usr/man/man3/XInstallColormap.3ntry.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XInstCmap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:13 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XInstallColormap 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XInstallColormap, XUninstallColormap, XListInstalledColormaps \- control colormaps .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XInsCmap.f,v 1.2 88/05/14 06:22:44 mento Exp $ XInstallColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUninsCmap.f,v 1.2 88/05/14 06:28:37 mento Exp $ XUninstallColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XLstInsCmaps.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:27 mento Exp $ Colormap *XListInstalledColormaps\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fInum_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int *\fInum_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fInum_return\fP 1i Returns the number of currently installed colormaps. .ds Wi that determines the screen .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XInsCmap.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:41 mento Exp $ The .ZN XInstallColormap function installs the specified colormap for its associated screen. All windows associated with this colormap immediately display with true colors. You associated the windows with this colormap when you created them by calling .ZN XCreateWindow , .ZN XCreateSimpleWindow , .ZN XChangeWindowAttributes , or .ZN XSetWindowColormap . .LP If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap, the X server generates a .ZN ColormapNotify event on each window that has that colormap. In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as a result of a call to .ZN XInstallColormap , the X server generates a .ZN ColormapNotify event on each window that has that colormap. .LP .ZN XInstallColormap can generate a .ZN BadColor error. .LP .\" $Header: XUninsCmap.d,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:13:47 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUninstallColormap function removes the specified colormap from the required list for its screen. As a result, the specified colormap might be uninstalled, and the X server might implicitly install or uninstall additional colormaps. Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server-dependent except that the required list must remain installed. .LP If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled, the X server generates a .ZN ColormapNotify event on each window that has that colormap. In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a result of a call to .ZN XUninstallColormap , the X server generates a .ZN ColormapNotify event on each window that has that colormap. .LP .ZN XUninstallColormap can generate a .ZN BadColor error. .LP .\" $Header: XLstInsCmaps.d,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:16:08 mento Exp $ The .ZN XListInstalledColormaps function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen of the specified window. The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant and is no explicit indication of the required list. When the allocated list is no longer needed, free it by using .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XListInstalledColormaps can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAtrributes(3X11), XCreateColormap(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XFree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêŽÅX mbv—‰*dt‰*v—‰*Þyb ¸‘./usr/man/man3/XInternAtom.3ap..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XInternA.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:19 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XInternAtom 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XInternAtom, XGetAtomName \- create or return atom names .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XInternAtom.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:15 mento Exp $ Atom XInternAtom\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIatom_name\fP\^, \fIonly_if_exists\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIatom_name\fP\^; .br Bool \fIonly_if_exists\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetAtomName.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:23 mento Exp $ char *XGetAtomName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIatom\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Atom \fIatom\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: atom.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 12:06:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIatom\fP 1i Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned. .\" $Header: atom_name.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:05:01 mento Exp $ .IP \fIatom_name\fP 1i Specifies the name associated with the atom you want returned. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: onlyifexist.a,v 1.3 88/05/08 11:36:14 mento Exp $ .IP \fIonly_if_exists\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether .ZN XInternAtom creates the atom. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XInternAtom.d,v 1.5 88/08/17 09:06:25 mento Exp $ The .ZN XInternAtom function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name string. If only_if_exists is .ZN False , the atom is created if it does not exist. Therefore, .ZN XInternAtom can return .ZN None . If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Case matters; the strings \fIthing\fP, \fIThing\fP, and \fIthinG\fP all designate different atoms. The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes. It will become undefined only when the last connection to the X server closes. .LP .ZN XInternAtom can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetAtomName.d,v 1.3 88/05/08 11:40:48 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetAtomName function returns the name associated with the specified atom. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. To free the resulting string, call .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetAtomName can generate a .ZN BadAtom error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11), XGetWindowProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP if \\n kê8bW mdv—‰*`t‰*v—‰*gd P‹./usr/man/man3/XIntersectRegion.3ntry.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XInterReg.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:16 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XIntersectRegion 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XIntersectRegion, XUnionRegion, XUnionRectWithRegion, XSubtractRegion, XXorRegion, XOffsetRegion, XShrinkRegion \- region arithmetic .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XInterReg.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:02:01 mento Exp $ XIntersectRegion\^(\^\fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^) .br Region \fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUnionRegion.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:03:24 mento Exp $ XUnionRegion\^(\^\fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^) .br Region \fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^; .LP XUnionRectWithRegion\^(\^\fIrectangle\fP, \fIsrc_region\fP, \ \fIdest_region_return\fP\^) .br XRectangle *\fIrectangle\fP\^; .br Region \fIsrc_region\fP\^; .br Region \fIdest_region_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSubtractReg.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:07:58 mento Exp $ XSubtractRegion\^(\^\fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^) .br Region \fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XXorRegion.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:09:05 mento Exp $ XXorRegion\^(\^\fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^) .br Region \fIsra\fP\^, \fIsrb\fP\^, \fIdr_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XOffsetReg.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:40 mento Exp $ XOffsetRegion\^(\^\fIr\fP\^, \fIdx\fP\^, \fIdy\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .br int \fIdx\fP\^, \fIdy\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XShrinkReg.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:47 mento Exp $ XShrinkRegion\^(\^\fIr\fP\^, \fIdx\fP\^, \fIdy\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .br int \fIdx\fP\^, \fIdy\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdest_region_return\fP 1i Returns the destination region. .\" $Header: dr.a,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:02:49 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdr_return\fP 1i Returns the result of the computation. ds Dy move or shrink .\" $Header: dxdy.a,v 1.3 88/08/04 11:11:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates, which define the amount you want to \*(Dy the specified region. .\" $Header: r.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIr\fP 1i Specifies the region. .IP \fIrectangle\fP 1i Specifies the rectangle. .\" $Header: srasrb.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:19 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsra\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIsrb\fP 1i Specify the two regions with which you want to perform the computation. .IP \fIsrc_region\fP 1i Specifies the source region to be used. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XInterReg.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:48:58 mento Exp $ The .ZN XIntersectRegion function computes the intersection of two regions. .LP .\" $Header: XUnionRegion.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:51:31 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUnionRegion function computes the union of two regions. .LP The .ZN XUnionRectWithRegion function updates the destination region from a union of the specified rectangle and the specified source region. .LP .\" $Header: XSubtractReg.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 10:20:59 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSubtractRegion function subtracts srb from sra and stores the results in dr_return. .LP .\" $Header: XXorRegion.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:51:39 mento Exp $ The .ZN XXorRegion function calculates the difference between the union and intersection of two regions. .LP .\" $Header: XOffsetReg.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:49:23 mento Exp $ The .ZN XOffsetRegion function moves the specified region by a specified amount. .LP .\" $Header: XShrinkReg.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:39 mento Exp $ The .ZN XShrinkRegion function reduces the specified region by a specified amount. Positive values shrink the size of the region, and negative values expand the region. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateRegion(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11), XEmptyRegion(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP PS . kêè˜y!m°—‰*ñs‰*°—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XKeyEvent.3gion..so man3/XButtonEvent.3  kê>=x!m"°—‰*÷s‰*°—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XKeyboardControl.3ntry.3.so man3/XChangeKeyboardControl.3 e spec kê,ëw!m±—‰*Õt‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XKeycodeToKeysym.3ntry.3.so man3/XStringToKeysym.3 trol. kê&5V m|w—‰*et‰*w—‰*¯‘| ./usr/man/man3/XKeymapEvent.3m..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XKMapEven.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:22 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XKeymapEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XKeymapEvent \- KeymapNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN KeymapNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i /* generated on EnterWindow and FocusIn when KeymapState selected */ typedef struct { int type; /* KeymapNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; char key_vector[32]; } XKeymapEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is not used but is present to aid some toolkits. The key_vector member is set to the bit vector of the keyboard. Each bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding key is currently pressed. The vector is represented as 32 bytes. Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys 8N to 8N + 7 with the least-significant bit in the byte representing key 8N. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP gion kê,Ív!m±—‰*Õt‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XKeysymToKeycode.3ntry.3.so man3/XStringToKeysym.3 an 1. kêü®u!m±—‰*Ôt‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XKeysymToString.3ntry.3.so man3/XStringToKeysym.3 an 1. kêt!m±—‰*§t‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XKillClient.3g.3.so man3/XSetCloseDownMode.3 1. kê6!s!m±—‰*¼s‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XListDepths.3g.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 nMo kêIU m¡w—‰*ft‰*w—‰*þ‚¡ û‚./usr/man/man3/XListFonts.3g.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XListFont.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:24 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XListFonts 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XListFonts, XFreeFontNames, XListFontsWithInfo, XFreeFontInfo \- obtain or free font names and information .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XFontNames.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:12 mento Exp $ char **XListFonts\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIpattern\fP\^, \fImaxnames\fP, \fIactual_count_return\fP\^) .br Display *\^\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\^\fIpattern\fP\^; .br int \fImaxnames\fP\^; .br int *\^\fIactual_count_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFrFntNames.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:15 mento Exp $ XFreeFontNames\^(\^\fIlist\fP\^) .br char *\fIlist\fP\^[\^]\^; .LP char **XListFontsWithInfo\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIpattern\fP, \fImaxnames\fP, \fIcount_return\fP, \fIinfo_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIpattern\fP\^; .br int \fImaxnames\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .br XFontStruct **\fIinfo_return\fP\^; .LP XFreeFontInfo(\^\fInames\fP, \fIfree_info\fP, \fIactual_count\fP\^) .br char **\fInames\fP\^; .br XFontStruct *\fIfree_info\fP; .br int \fIactual_count\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIactual_count\fP 1i Specifies the actual number of matched font names returned by .ZN XListFontsWithInfo . .IP \fIactual_count_return\fP 1i Returns the actual number of font names. .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the actual number of matched font names. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIinfo_return\fP 1i Returns the font information. .IP \fIfree_info\fP 1i Specifies the font information returned by .ZN XListFontsWithInfo . .\" $Header: list.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:40 mento Exp $ .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies the array of strings you want to free. .IP \fImaxnames\fP 1i Specifies the maximum number of names to be returned. .IP \fInames\fP 1i Specifies the list of font names returned by .ZN XListFontsWithInfo . .\" $Header: pattern.a,v 1.4 88/05/13 11:08:04 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpattern\fP 1i Specifies the null-terminated pattern string that can contain wildcard characters. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XFontNames.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XListFonts function returns an array of available font names (as controlled by the font search path; see .ZN XSetFontPath ) that match the string you passed to the pattern argument. The pattern string can contain any characters, but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters, and each question mark (?) is a wildcard for a single character. If the pattern string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. Each returned string is null-terminated. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. If there are no matching font names, .ZN XListFonts returns NULL. The client should call .ZN XFreeFontNames when finished with the result to free the memory. .LP .\" $Header: XFrFntNames.d,v 1.2 88/04/23 09:33:05 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeFontNames function frees the array and strings returned by .ZN XListFonts or .ZN XListFontsWithInfo . .LP .\" $Header: XFNameInfo.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:50:14 mento Exp $ The .ZN XListFontsWithInfo function returns a list of font names that match the specified pattern and their associated font information. The list of names is limited to size specified by maxnames. The information returned for each font is identical to what .ZN XLoadQueryFont would return except that the per-character metrics are not returned. The pattern string can contain any characters, but each asterisk (*) is a wildcard for any number of characters, and each question mark (?) is a wildcard for a single character. If the pattern string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. Each returned string is null-terminated. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. If there are no matching font names, .ZN XListFontsWithInfo returns NULL. .LP To free only the allocated name array, the client should call .ZN XFreeFontNames . To free both the name array and the font information array, or to free just the font information array, the client should call .ZN XFreeFontInfo . .LP .\" $Header: XFFontInfo.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:41:55 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeFontInfo function frees the the font information array. To free an .ZN XFontStruct structure without closing the font, call .ZN XFreeFontInfo with the names argument specified as NULL. .SH "SEE ALSO" XLoadFont(3X11), XSetFontPath(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP int \ kê6r!m±—‰*gt‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XListFontsWithInfo.3ry.3.so man3/XListFonts.3 nu kê–0q!m±—‰*és‰*±—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XListHosts.3hInf.so man3/XAddHost.3 3 nu kêÎàp!mò±—‰*€u‰*±—‰*çsò ås./usr/man/man3/XListInputDevices.3ry.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XListDev.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:24 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XListInputDevices 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XListInputDevices, XFreeDeviceList \- list available input devices .SH SYNTAX XDeviceInfo *XListInputDevices\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIndevices_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fIndevices_return\fP\^; .sp XFreeDeviceList\^(\^\fIlist\fP\^) .br XDeviceInfo *\fIlist\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I ndevices_return Specifies a pointer to a variable where the number of available devices can be returned. .TP 12 .I list Specifies the list of devices to free. The \fIXFreeDeviceList\fP function frees the list of available extension input devices. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXListInputDevices\fP request lists the available extension input devices. This list includes the X pointer and X keyboard, any other input devices that are currently accessible through the X server, and any input devices that are not currently accessible through the X server but could be accessed if requested. .P Some server implementations may make all input devices available at the time the server is initialized. Others may wait until requested by a client to access an input device. In the latter case, it is possible that an input device will be listed as available at one time but not at another. .P For each input device available to the server, the XListInputDevices request returns an XDeviceInfo structure. That structure contains a pointer to a list of structures, each of which contains information about one class of input supported by the device. The XDeviceInfo structure is defined as follows: .DS .nf typedef struct _XDeviceInfo { XID id; Atom type; char *name; int num_classes; int use; XAnyClassPtr inputclassinfo; } XDeviceInfo; .fi .DE .P The id is a number in the range 0-128 that uniquely identifies the device. It is assigned to the device when it is initialized by the server. .P The type field is of type Atom and indicates the nature of the device. .P The name field contains a pointer to a null-terminated string that corresponds to one of the defined device types. The name will correspond to one of the following strings (defined in the header file \fIXI.h\fP: .P .DS XI_MOUSE XI_TABLET XI_KEYBOARD XI_TOUCHSCREEN XI_TOUCHPAD XI_BUTTONBOX XI_BARCODE XI_TRACKBALL XI_QUADRATURE XI_ID_MODULE XI_ONE_KNOB XI_NINE_KNOB XI_KNOB_BOX XI_SPACEBALL XI_DATAGLOVE XI_EYETRACKER XI_CURSORKEYS XI_FOOTMOUSE .DE .P These names may be directly compared with the name field of the XDeviceInfo structure, or used in an XInternAtom request to return an atom that can be compared with the type field of the XDeviceInfo structure. .P The num_classes field is a number in the range 0-255 that specifies the number of input classes supported by the device for which information is returned by ListInputDevices. Some input classes, such as class Focus and class Proximity do not have any information to be returned by ListInputDevices. .P The use field specifies how the device is currently being used. If the value is \fIIsXKeyboard\fP, the device is currently being used as the X keyboard. If the value is \fIIsXPointer\rP, the device is currently being used as the X pointer. If the value is \fIIsXExtensionDevice\fP, the device is available for use as an extension device. .P The inputclassinfo field contains a pointer to the first input-class specific data. The first two fields are common to all classes. .P The class field is a number in the range 0-255. It uniquely identifies the class of input for which information is returned. Currently defined classes are KeyClass, ButtonClass, and ValuatorClass. .P The length field is a number in the range 0- 255. It specifies the number of bytes of data that are contained in this input class. The length includes the class and length fields. .P The XKeyInfo structure describes the characteristics of the keys on the device. It is defined as follows: .P .DS .nf typedef struct _XKeyInfo { XID class; int length; unsigned short min_keycode; unsigned short max_keycode; unsigned short num_keys; } XKeyInfo; .fi .DE .P min_keycode is of type KEYCODE. It specifies the minimum keycode that the device will report. The minimum keycode will not be smaller than 8. .P max_keycode is of type KEYCODE. It specifies the maximum keycode that the device will report. The maximum keycode will not be larger than 255. .P num_keys specifies the number of keys that the device has. .P The XButtonInfo structure defines the characteristics of the buttons on the device. It is defined as follows: .P .DS .nf typedef struct _XButtonInfo { XID class; int length; short num_buttons; } XButtonInfo; .fi .DE .P num_buttons specifies the number of buttons that the device has. .P The XValuatorInfo structure defines the characteristics of the valuators on the device. It is defined as follows: .P .DE .nf typedef struct _XValuatorInfo { XID class; int length; unsigned char num_axes; unsigned char mode; unsigned long motion_buffer; XAxisInfoPtr axes; } XValuatorInfo; .fi .DS num_axes contains the number of axes the device supports. .P mode is a constant that has one of the following values: Absolute or Relative. Some devices allow the mode to be changed dynamically via the SetDeviceMode request. .P motion_buffer_size is a cardinal number that specifies the number of elements that can be contained in the motion history buffer for the device. .P The axes field contains a pointer to an XAxisInfo structure. .P The XAxisInfo structure is defined as follows: .P .DS .nf typedef struct _XAxisInfo { int resolution; int min_value; int max_value; } XAxisInfo; .fi .DE .P The resolution contains a number in counts/meter. .P The min_val field contains a number that specifies the minimum value the device reports for this axis. For devices whose mode is Relative, the min_val field will contain 0. .P The max_val field contains a number that specifies the maximum value the device reports for this axis. For devices whose mode is Relative, the max_val field will contain 0. .P To free the \fIXDeviceInfo\fP array created by \fIXListInputDevices\fP, use \fIXFreeDeviceList\fP. .SH DIAGNOSTICS none. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP of th kêÂèo!m²—‰*`t‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XListInstalledColormaps.3s.3.3.so man3/XInstallColormap.3 XID kê:Án!m²—‰*×s‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XListPixmapFormats.3ps.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 3 XID kê–fm!m²—‰*Nt‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XListProperties.3.3ps.3.so man3/XGetWindowProperty.3 ID kê”ýT m)8w—‰*ht‰*w—‰*¼‘)8 Y³./usr/man/man3/XLoadFont.3ies.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XLoadFont.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:27 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XLoadFont 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XLoadFont, XQueryFont, XLoadQueryFont, XFreeFont, XGetFontProperty, XUnloadFont, XCharStruct, XFontProp, XChar2b, XFontStruct \- load or unload fonts and font metric structures .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XLoadFont.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:25 mento Exp $ Font XLoadFont\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIname\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIname\fP\^; .LP XFontStruct *XQueryFont\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfont_ID\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIfont_ID\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFontStruct.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:12 mento Exp $ XFontStruct *XLoadQueryFont\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIname\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIname\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFontFree.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:11 mento Exp $ XFreeFont\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfont_struct\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XFontStruct *\fIfont_struct\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetFontProp.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:27 mento Exp $ Bool XGetFontProperty\^(\^\fIfont_struct\fP\^, \^\fIatom\fP\^, \^\fIvalue_return\fP\^) .br XFontStruct *\fIfont_struct\fP\^; .br Atom \fIatom\fP\^; .br unsigned long *\fIvalue_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCloseFont.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:49 mento Exp $ XUnloadFont\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfont\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Font \fIfont\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: atom.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 12:06:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIatom\fP 1i Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: font.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont\fP 1i Specifies the font. .IP \fIfont_ID\fP 1i Specifies the font ID or the .ZN GContext ID. .\" $Header: ptr.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:46 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_struct\fP 1i Specifies the storage associated with the font. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: name.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 10:40:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the name of the font, which is a null-terminated string. .\" $Header: value.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 15:17:04 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i Returns the value of the font property. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XLoadFont.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:54 mento Exp $ The .ZN XLoadFont function loads the specified font and returns its associated font ID. If the font name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. The interpretation of characters ``?'' (octal value 77) and ``*'' (octal value 52) in the name is not defined by the core protocol but is reserved for future definition. A structured format for font names is specified in the X Consortium standard \fIX Logical Font Description Conventions\fP. If .ZN XLoadFont was unsuccessful at loading the specified font, a .ZN BadName error results. Fonts are not associated with a particular screen and can be stored as a component of any GC. When the font is no longer needed, call .ZN XUnloadFont . .LP .ZN XLoadFont can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadName errors. .LP .\" $Header: XQueryFont.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:41 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryFont function returns a pointer to the .ZN XFontStruct structure, which contains information associated with the font. You can query a font or the font stored in a GC. The font ID stored in the .ZN XFontStruct structure will be the .ZN GContext ID, and you need to be careful when using this ID in other functions (see .ZN XGContextFromGC ). If the font does not exit, .ZN XQueryFont returns NULL. To free this data, use .ZN XFreeFontInfo . .LP .ZN XLoadQueryFont can generate a .ZN BadAlloc error. .LP .\" $Header: XFontStruct.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:50:37 mento Exp $ The .ZN XLoadQueryFont function provides the most common way for accessing a font. .ZN XLoadQueryFont both opens (loads) the specified font and returns a pointer to the appropriate .ZN XFontStruct structure. If the font name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. If the font does not exist, .ZN XLoadQueryFont returns NULL. .LP .\" $Header: XFontFree.d,v 1.3 88/05/13 10:59:37 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeFont function deletes the association between the font resource ID and the specified font and frees the .ZN XFontStruct structure. The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it. The data and the font should not be referenced again. .LP .ZN XFreeFont can generate a .ZN BadFont error. .LP .\" $Header: XGetFontProp.d,v 1.6 88/08/18 09:39:18 mento Exp $ Given the atom for that property, the .ZN XGetFontProperty function returns the value of the specified font property. .ZN XGetFontProperty also returns .ZN False if the property was not defined or .ZN True if it was defined. A set of predefined atoms exists for font properties, which can be found in .Pn < X11/Xatom.h >. This set contains the standard properties associated with a font. Although it is not guaranteed, it is likely that the predefined font properties will be present. .LP .\" $Header: XCloseFont.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:49:24 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUnloadFont function deletes the association between the font resource ID and the specified font. The font itself will be freed when no other resource references it. The font should not be referenced again. .LP .ZN XUnloadFont can generate a .ZN BadFont error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XFontStruct structure contains all of the information for the font and consists of the font-specific information as well as a pointer to an array of .ZN XCharStruct structures for the characters contained in the font. The .ZN XFontStruct , .ZN XFontProp , and .ZN XCharStruct structures contain: .LP .IN "XCharStruct" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { short lbearing; /* origin to left edge of raster */ short rbearing; /* origin to right edge of raster */ short width; /* advance to next char's origin */ short ascent; /* baseline to top edge of raster */ short descent; /* baseline to bottom edge of raster */ unsigned short attributes; /* per char flags (not predefined) */ } XCharStruct; .De .LP .IN "XFontProp" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 1i 3i .ta .5i 1i 3i typedef struct { Atom name; unsigned long card32; } XFontProp; .De .LP .IN "XChar2b" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { /* normal 16 bit characters are two bytes */ unsigned char byte1; unsigned char byte2; } XChar2b; .De .LP .IN "XFontStruct" "" "@DEF@" .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { XExtData *ext_data; /* hook for extension to hang data */ Font fid; /* Font id for this font */ unsigned direction; /* hint about the direction font is painted */ unsigned min_char_or_byte2; /* first character */ unsigned max_char_or_byte2; /* last character */ unsigned min_byte1; /* first row that exists */ unsigned max_byte1; /* last row that exists */ Bool all_chars_exist; /* flag if all characters have nonzero size */ unsigned default_char; /* char to print for undefined character */ int n_properties; /* how many properties there are */ XFontProp *properties; /* pointer to array of additional properties */ XCharStruct min_bounds; /* minimum bounds over all existing char */ XCharStruct max_bounds; /* maximum bounds over all existing char */ XCharStruct *per_char; /* first_char to last_char information */ int ascent; /* logical extent above baseline for spacing */ int descent; /* logical decent below baseline for spacing */ } XFontStruct; .De .LP X supports single byte/character, two bytes/character matrix, and 16-bit character text operations. Note that any of these forms can be used with a font, but a single byte/character text request can only specify a single byte (that is, the first row of a 2-byte font). You should view 2-byte fonts as a two-dimensional matrix of defined characters: byte1 specifies the range of defined rows and byte2 defines the range of defined columns of the font. Single byte/character fonts have one row defined, and the byte2 range specified in the structure defines a range of characters. .LP The bounding box of a character is defined by the .ZN XCharStruct of that character. When characters are absent from a font, the default_char is used. When fonts have all characters of the same size, only the information in the .ZN XFontStruct min and max bounds are used. .LP The members of the .ZN XFontStruct have the following semantics: .IP \(bu 5 The direction member can be either .ZN FontLeftToRight or .ZN FontRightToLeft . It is just a hint as to whether most .ZN XCharStruct elements have a positive .Pn ( FontLeftToRight ) or a negative .Pn ( FontRightToLeft ) character width metric. The core protocol defines no support for vertical text. .IP \(bu 5 If the min_byte1 and max_byte1 members are both zero, min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index corresponding to the first element of the per_char array, and max_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index of the last element. .IP If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are: .IP .nf byte1 = N/D + min_byte1 .br byte2 = N\\D + min_char_or_byte2 .IP .fi where: .IP .nf D = max_char_or_byte2 \- min_char_or_byte2 + 1 / = integer division \\ = integer modulus .fi .IP \(bu 5 If the per_char pointer is NULL, all glyphs between the first and last character indexes inclusive have the same information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. .IP \(bu 5 If all_chars_exist is .ZN True , all characters in the per_char array have nonzero bounding boxes. .IP \(bu 5 The default_char member specifies the character that will be used when an undefined or nonexistent character is printed. The default_char is a 16-bit character (not a 2-byte character). For a font using 2-byte matrix format, the default_char has byte1 in the most-significant byte and byte2 in the least-significant byte. If the default_char itself specifies an undefined or nonexistent character, no printing is performed for an undefined or nonexistent character. .IP \(bu 5 The min_bounds and max_bounds members contain the most extreme values of each individual .ZN XCharStruct component over all elements of this array (and ignore nonexistent characters). The bounding box of the font (the smallest rectangle enclosing the shape obtained by superimposing all of the characters at the same origin [x,y]) has its upper-left coordinate at: .Ds [x + min_bounds.lbearing, y \- max_bounds.ascent] .De .IP Its width is: .Ds max_bounds.rbearing \- min_bounds.lbearing .De .IP Its height is: .Ds max_bounds.ascent + max_bounds.descent .De .IP \(bu 5 The ascent member is the logical extent of the font above the baseline that is used for determining line spacing. Specific characters may extend beyond this. .IP \(bu 5 The descent member is the logical extent of the font at or below the baseline that is used for determining line spacing. Specific characters may extend beyond this. .IP \(bu 5 If the baseline is at Y-coordinate y, the logical extent of the font is inclusive between the Y-coordinate values (y \- font.ascent) and (y + font.descent \- 1). Typically, the minimum interline spacing between rows of text is given by ascent + descent. .LP For a character origin at [x,y], the bounding box of a character (that is, the smallest rectangle that encloses the character's shape) described in terms of .ZN XCharStruct components is a rectangle with its upper-left corner at: .LP .Ds [x + lbearing, y \- ascent] .De .LP Its width is: .LP .Ds rbearing \- lbearing .De .LP Its height is: .LP .Ds ascent + descent .De .LP The origin for the next character is defined to be: .LP .Ds [x + width, y] .De .LP The lbearing member defines the extent of the left edge of the character ink from the origin. The rbearing member defines the extent of the right edge of the character ink from the origin. The ascent member defines the extent of the top edge of the character ink from the origin. The descent member defines the extent of the bottom edge of the character ink from the origin. The width member defines the logical width of the character. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badfont.e,v 1.2 87/09/09 18:08:11 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadFont A value for a Font or GContext argument does not name a defined Font. .\" $Header: badname.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadName A font or color of the specified name does not exist. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XListFonts(3X11), XSetFontPath(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP vertica kêªl!m²—‰*it‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XLoadQueryFont.3.so man3/XLoadFont.3 +  kê åk!m²—‰*>t‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XLocaleOfFontSet.33ps.3.so man3/XFontsOfFontSet.3 _boun kêž…j!m²—‰*~t‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XLocaleOfIM.3et..so man3/XOpenIM.3 ntSet kêìÓi!m²—‰*‹t‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XLookupColor.3t..so man3/XQueryColor.3 t kê™S mæw—‰*mt‰*w—‰*x•æ ~‚./usr/man/man3/XLookupKeysym.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XLookKsym.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:30 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XLookupKeysym 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XLookupKeysym, XRefreshKeyboardMapping, XLookupString, XRebindKeySym \- handle keyboard input events in Latin-1 .SH SYNTAX KeySym XLookupKeysym(\^\fIkey_event\fP, \fIindex\fP\^) .br XKeyEvent *\fIkey_event\fP\^; .br int \fIindex\fP\^; .LP XRefreshKeyboardMapping(\^\fIevent_map\fP\^) .br XMappingEvent *\fIevent_map\fP\^; .LP int XLookupString(\^\fIevent_struct\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP,\ \fIbytes_buffer\fP, \fIkeysym_return\fP, \fIstatus_in_out\fP\^) .br XKeyEvent *\fIevent_struct\fP\^; .br char *\fIbuffer_return\fP\^; .br int \fIbytes_buffer\fP\^; .br KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP\^; .br XComposeStatus *\fIstatus_in_out\fP\^; .LP XRebindKeysym(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP, \fIlist\fP, \fImod_count\fP, \fIstring\fP, \fInum_bytes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br KeySym \fIkeysym\fP\^; .br KeySym \fIlist\fP\^[\^]\^; .br int \fImod_count\fP\^; .br unsigned char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_bytes\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i Returns the translated characters. .IP \fIbytes_buffer\fP 1i Specifies the length of the buffer. No more than bytes_buffer of translation are returned. .IP \fInum_bytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIevent_map\fP 1i Specifies the mapping event that is to be used. .IP \fIevent_struct\fP 1i Specifies the key event structure to be used. You can pass .ZN XKeyPressedEvent or .ZN XKeyReleasedEvent . .IP \fIindex\fP 1i Specifies the index into the KeySyms list for the event's KeyCode. .IP \fIkey_event\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN KeyPress or .ZN KeyRelease event. .IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i Specifies the KeySym that is to be \*(Fn. .IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1i Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL. .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies the KeySyms to be used as modifiers. .IP \fImod_count\fP 1i Specifies the number of modifiers in the modifier list. .IP \fIstatus_in_out\fP 1i Specifies or returns the .ZN XComposeStatus structure or NULL. .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by .ZN XLookupString . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XLKeysym.d,v 1.3 88/04/07 15:54:30 mento Exp $ The .ZN XLookupKeysym function uses a given keyboard event and the index you specified to return the KeySym from the list that corresponds to the KeyCode member in the .ZN XKeyPressedEvent or .ZN XKeyReleasedEvent structure. If no KeySym is defined for the KeyCode of the event, .ZN XLookupKeysym returns .ZN NoSymbol . .LP .\" $Header: XRKMap.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:44 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRefreshKeyboardMapping function refreshes the stored modifier and keymap information. You usually call this function when a .ZN MappingNotify event with a request member of .ZN MappingKeyboard or .ZN MappingModifier occurs. The result is to update Xlib's knowledge of the keyboard. .LP .\" $Header: XLookStr.d,v 1.4 88/08/20 10:08:02 mento Exp $ The .ZN XLookupString function translates a key event to a KeySym and a string. The KeySym is obtained by using the standard interpretation of the Shift, Lock, and group modifiers as defined in the X Protocol specification. If the KeySym has been rebound (see .ZN XRebindKeysym ), the bound string will be stored in the buffer. Otherwise, the KeySym is mapped, if possible, to an ISO Latin-1 character or (if the Control modifier is on) to an ASCII control character, and that character is stored in the buffer. .ZN XLookupString returns the number of characters that are stored in the buffer. .LP If present (non-NULL), the .ZN XComposeStatus structure records the state, which is private to Xlib, that needs preservation across calls to .ZN XLookupString to implement compose processing. The creation of .ZN XComposeStatus structures is implementation dependent; a portable program must pass NULL for this argument. .LP .\" $Header: XRKeySym.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:44 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRebindKeysym function can be used to rebind the meaning of a KeySym for the client. It does not redefine any key in the X server but merely provides an easy way for long strings to be attached to keys. .ZN XLookupString returns this string when the appropriate set of modifier keys are pressed and when the KeySym would have been used for the translation. No text conversions are performed; the client is responsible for supplying appropriately encoded strings. Note that you can rebind a KeySym that may not exist. .SH "SEE ALSO" XButtonEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XStringToKeysym(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP s_ kê ®h!m²—‰*nt‰*²—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XLookupString.3..so man3/XLookupKeysym.3 XRKMap. kêŒ3g!m³—‰*’t‰*³—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XLowerWindow.3..so man3/XRaiseWindow.3 kêÆ“R m~x—‰*rt‰*x—‰*ù…~ Í‘./usr/man/man3/XMapEvent.3.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XMEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:37 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XMapEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XMapEvent, XMappingEvent \- MapNotify and MappingNotify event structures .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN MapNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* MapNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; Bool override_redirect; /* boolean, is override set... */ } XMapEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the window that was mapped or to its parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. The window member is set to the window that was mapped. The override_redirect member is set to the override-redirect attribute of the window. Window manager clients normally should ignore this window if the override-redirect attribute is .ZN True , because these events usually are generated from pop-ups, which override structure control. .LP The structure for .ZN MappingNotify events is: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* MappingNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* unused */ int request; /* one of MappingModifier, MappingKeyboard, MappingPointer */ int first_keycode; /* first keycode */ int count; /* defines range of change w. first_keycode*/ } XMappingEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The request member is set to indicate the kind of mapping change that occurred and can be .ZN MappingModifier , .ZN MappingKeyboard , .ZN MappingPointer . If it is .ZN MappingModifier , the modifier mapping was changed. If it is .ZN MappingKeyboard , the keyboard mapping was changed. If it is .ZN MappingPointer , the pointer button mapping was changed. The first_keycode and count members are set only if the request member was set to .ZN MappingKeyboard . The number in first_keycode represents the first number in the range of the altered mapping, and count represents the number of keycodes altered. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ed kê8f!m³—‰*ut‰*³—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMapRaised.33..so man3/XMapWindow.3 e  kêî„Q m" x—‰*st‰*x—‰*Æ " ./usr/man/man3/XMapRequestEvent.33ps.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XMREvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:40 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XMapRequestEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XMapRequestEvent \- MapRequest event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN MapRequest events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* MapRequest */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window parent; Window window; } XMapRequestEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The parent member is set to the parent window. The window member is set to the window to be mapped. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP erial; kêVÃe!m³—‰*ut‰*³—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMapSubwindows.3.so man3/XMapWindow.3 nt kêæ˜P mØx—‰*tt‰*x—‰*Z³Ø a³./usr/man/man3/XMapWindow.3s.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XMapWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:43 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XMapWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XMapWindow, XMapRaised, XMapSubwindows \- map windows .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XMapWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:30 mento Exp $ XMapWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP XMapRaised\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XMapSubs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:30 mento Exp $ XMapSubwindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XMapWindow.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:58 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMapWindow function maps the window and all of its subwindows that have had map requests. Mapping a window that has an unmapped ancestor does not display the window but marks it as eligible for display when the ancestor becomes mapped. Such a window is called unviewable. When all its ancestors are mapped, the window becomes viewable and will be visible on the screen if it is not obscured by another window. This function has no effect if the window is already mapped. .LP If the override-redirect of the window is .ZN False and if some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent window, then the X server generates a .ZN MapRequest event, and the .ZN XMapWindow function does not map the window. Otherwise, the window is mapped, and the X server generates a .ZN MapNotify event. .LP If the window becomes viewable and no earlier contents for it are remembered, the X server tiles the window with its background. If the window's background is undefined, the existing screen contents are not altered, and the X server generates zero or more .ZN Expose events. If backing-store was maintained while the window was unmapped, no .ZN Expose events are generated. If backing-store will now be maintained, a full-window exposure is always generated. Otherwise, only visible regions may be reported. Similar tiling and exposure take place for any newly viewable inferiors. .LP .IN "XMapWindow" If the window is an .ZN InputOutput window, .ZN XMapWindow generates .ZN Expose events on each .ZN InputOutput window that it causes to be displayed. If the client maps and paints the window and if the client begins processing events, the window is painted twice. To avoid this, first ask for .ZN Expose events and then map the window, so the client processes input events as usual. The event list will include .ZN Expose for each window that has appeared on the screen. The client's normal response to an .ZN Expose event should be to repaint the window. This method usually leads to simpler programs and to proper interaction with window managers. .LP .ZN XMapWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XMapRaised.d,v 1.2 88/05/07 12:22:21 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMapRaised function essentially is similar to .ZN XMapWindow in that it maps the window and all of its subwindows that have had map requests. However, it also raises the specified window to the top of the stack. .LP .ZN XMapRaised can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XMapSubs.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:57 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMapSubwindows .IN "XMapSubwindows" function maps all subwindows for a specified window in top-to-bottom stacking order. The X server generates .ZN Expose events on each newly displayed window. This may be much more efficient than mapping many windows one at a time because the server needs to perform much of the work only once, for all of the windows, rather than for each window. .LP .ZN XMapSubwindows can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XConfigureWindow(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XRaiseWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêrtô#m³—‰*st‰*³—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMappingEvent.3.so man3/XMapEvent.3 f kê>ó#m´—‰*xt‰*´—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMaskEvent.3.3.so man3/XNextEvent.3 f kêƒò#m´—‰*It‰*´—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMatchVisualInfo.33ps.3.so man3/XGetVisualInfo.3 each  kê–!ñ#m´—‰*Às‰*´—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMaxRequestSize.33ps.3.so man3/AllPlanes.3 fo. kê†að#m"´—‰*ûs‰*´—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XModifierKeymap.33ps.3.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 ndow t kêpDï#mµ—‰*òs‰*µ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMotionEvent.3.3.so man3/XButtonEvent.3  kêmî#mµ—‰* t‰*µ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMoveResizeWindow.3ps.3.so man3/XConfigureWindow.3 ing. kê”í#mµ—‰*t‰*µ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XMoveWindow.3dow.so man3/XConfigureWindow.3 ing. kêÜÍì#m"µ—‰*ús‰*µ—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XNewModifiermap.33ps.3.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 ndow t kê¾O mÿ y—‰*vt‰*y—‰*[³ÿ X³./usr/man/man3/XNextEvent.3ap.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XNEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:46 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XNextEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XNextEvent, XPeekEvent, XWindowEvent, XCheckWindowEvent, XMaskEvent, XCheckMaskEvent, XCheckTypedEvent, XCheckTypedWindowEvent \- select events by type .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XNextEvent.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:33 mento Exp $ XNextEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XPeekEvent.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:43 mento Exp $ XPeekEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XWindowEvent.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:15 mento Exp $ XWindowEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br long \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChkWinEvnt.f,v 1.2 88/05/04 06:26:26 mento Exp $ Bool XCheckWindowEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br long \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XMaskEvent.f,v 1.2 88/05/04 06:27:18 mento Exp $ XMaskEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br long \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChkMskEvnt.f,v 1.2 88/05/04 06:28:11 mento Exp $ Bool XCheckMaskEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br long \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChkTypEvnt.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:39 mento Exp $ Bool XCheckTypedEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_type\fP\^, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIevent_type\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XChkTypWEvnt.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:39 mento Exp $ Bool XCheckTypedWindowEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIevent_type\fP\^, \fIevent_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIevent_type\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: eventmask.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 13:04:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i Specifies the event mask. .\" $Header: event.a,v 1.4 88/05/14 13:23:54 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i Returns the matched event's associated structure. .\" $Header: event_next.a,v 1.1 88/04/08 14:22:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i Returns the next event in the queue. .IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i Returns a copy of the matched event's associated structure. .\" $Header: event_type.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:48 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i Specifies the event type to be compared. .ds Wi \ whose event uou are interested in .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XNextEvent.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:01 mento Exp $ The .ZN XNextEvent function copies the first event from the event queue into the specified .ZN XEvent structure and then removes it from the queue. If the event queue is empty, .ZN XNextEvent flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received. .LP .\" $Header: XPeekEvent.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:05 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPeekEvent function returns the first event from the event queue, but it does not remove the event from the queue. If the queue is empty, .ZN XPeekEvent flushes the output buffer and blocks until an event is received. It then copies the event into the client-supplied .ZN XEvent structure without removing it from the event queue. .LP .\" $Header: XWindowEvent.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:37 mento Exp $ The .ZN XWindowEvent function searches the event queue for an event that matches both the specified window and event mask. When it finds a match, .ZN XWindowEvent removes that event from the queue and copies it into the specified .ZN XEvent structure. The other events stored in the queue are not discarded. If a matching event is not in the queue, .ZN XWindowEvent flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received. .LP .\" $Header: XChkWinEvnt.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:49:18 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCheckWindowEvent function searches the event queue and then the events available on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified window and event mask. If it finds a match, .ZN XCheckWindowEvent removes that event, copies it into the specified .ZN XEvent structure, and returns .ZN True . The other events stored in the queue are not discarded. If the event you requested is not available, .ZN XCheckWindowEvent returns .ZN False , and the output buffer will have been flushed. .LP .\" $Header: XMaskEvent.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:58 mento Exp $ The .ZN XMaskEvent function searches the event queue for the events associated with the specified mask. When it finds a match, .ZN XMaskEvent removes that event and copies it into the specified .ZN XEvent structure. The other events stored in the queue are not discarded. If the event you requested is not in the queue, .ZN XMaskEvent flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received. .LP .\" $Header: XChkMskEvnt.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:49:13 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCheckMaskEvent function searches the event queue and then any events available on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified mask. If it finds a match, .ZN XCheckMaskEvent removes that event, copies it into the specified .ZN XEvent structure, and returns .ZN True . The other events stored in the queue are not discarded. If the event you requested is not available, .ZN XCheckMaskEvent returns .ZN False , and the output buffer will have been flushed. .LP The .ZN XCheckTypedEvent function searches the event queue and then any events available on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type. If it finds a match, .ZN XCheckTypedEvent removes that event, copies it into the specified .ZN XEvent structure, and returns .ZN True . The other events in the queue are not discarded. If the event is not available, .ZN XCheckTypedEvent returns .ZN False , and the output buffer will have been flushed. .LP The .ZN XCheckTypedWindowEvent function searches the event queue and then any events available on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type and window. If it finds a match, .ZN XCheckTypedWindowEvent removes the event from the queue, copies it into the specified .ZN XEvent structure, and returns .ZN True . The other events in the queue are not discarded. If the event is not available, .ZN XCheckTypedWindowEvent returns .ZN False , and the output buffer will have been flushed. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XIfEvent(3X11), XPutBackEvent(3X11), XSendEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP e kê°Çë#m µ—‰*At‰*µ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XNoExposeEvent.3.so man3/XGraphicsExposeEvent.3 kêÐNN m%z—‰*zt‰*z—‰*b³% ./usr/man/man3/XNoOp.3e.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XNoOp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:49 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XNoOp 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XNoOp \- No Operation .SH SYNTAX XNoOp\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XNoOp function sends a .ZN NoOperation protocol request to the X server, thereby exercising the connection. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP co kêHßê#mµ—‰*ct‰*µ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XOffsetRegion.3.so man3/XIntersectRegion.3 1 AI kêÔTé#m¦¶—‰*u‰*¶—‰*Žs¦ Œw./usr/man/man3/XOpenDevice.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XOpenDev.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:28 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XOpenDevice 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XOpenDevice, XCloseDevice \- open or close an extension input device .SH SYNTAX \fB .nf XDevice *XOpenDevice\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice_id\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XID \fIdevice_id\fP\^; XCloseDevice\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^) Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .fi \fP .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device_id Specifies the id of the device to be opened .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device to be closed .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXOpenDevice\fP request makes an input device accessible to a client through input extension protocol requests. If successful, it returns a pointer to an \fBXDevice\fP structure. .P The \fIXCloseDevice\fP request makes an input device inaccessible to a client through input extension protocol requests. Before terminating, and client that has opened input devices through the input extension should close them via \fICloseDevice\fP. .P When a client makes an \fIXCloseDevice\fP request, any active grabs that the client has on the device are released. Any event selections that the client has are deleted, as well as any passive grabs. If the requesting client is the last client accessing the device, the server may disable all access by X to the device. .P \fIXOpenDevice\fP and \fIXCloseDevice\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP error. .SH STRUCTURES The \fIXDevice\fP structure returned by \fIXOpenDevice\fP contains: .nf typedef struct { XID device_id; int num_classes; XInputClassInfo *classes; } XDevice; .fi .P The classes field is a pointer to an array of XInputClassInfo structures. Each element of this array contains an event type base for a class of input supported by the specified device. The num_classes field indicates the number of elements in the classes array. .P The \fIXInputClassInfo\fP structure contains: .P .nf typedef struct { unsigned char input_class; unsigned char event_type_base; } XInputClassInfo; .fi .P The input_class field identifies one class of input supported by the device. Defined types include \fIKeyClass\fP, \fIButtonClass\fP, \fIValuatorClass\fP, \fIProximityClass\fP, \fIFeedbackClass\fP, \fIFocusClass\fP, and \fIOtherClass\fP. The event_type_base identifies the event type of the first event in that class. .P The information contained in the \fIXInputClassInfo\fP structure is used by macros to obtain the event classes that clients use in making \fIXSelectExtensionEvent\fP requests. Currently defined macros include \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP, \fIDeviceKeyRelease\fP, \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP, \fIDeviceButtonRelese\fP, \fIDeviceMotionNotify\fP, \fIDeviceFocusIn\fP, \fIDeviceFocusOut\fP, \fIProximityIn\fP, \fIProximityOut\fP, \fIDeviceStateNotify\fP, \fIDeviceMappiingNotify\fP, \fIChangeDeviceNotify\fP, \fIDevicePointerMotionHint\fP, \fIDeviceButton1Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton2Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton3Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton4Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton5Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButtonMotion\fP, \fIDeviceOwnerGrabButton\fP, \fIDeviceButtonPressGrab\fP, and \fINoExtensionEvent\fP. .P To obtain the proper event class for a particular device, one of the above macros is invoked using the \fIXDevice\fP structure for that device. For example, .P .nf DeviceKeyPress (*device, type, eventclass); .fi .P returns the \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP event type and the eventclass for \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP events from the specified device. .P This \fIeventclass\fP can then be used in an \fIXSelectExtensionEvent\fP request to ask the server to send \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP events from this device. When a selected event is received via \fIXNextEvent\fP, the \fItype\fP can be used for comparison with the type in the event. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist, or is the X keyboard or X pointer. This error may also occur if some other client has caused the specified device to become the X keyboard or X pointer device via the \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP or \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP requests. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP X kê–AM mEz—‰*{t‰*z—‰*•¸E ë‚./usr/man/man3/XOpenDisplay.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XOpDsply.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:52 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XOpenDisplay 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XOpenDisplay, XCloseDisplay \- connect or disconnect to X server .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XOpenDisplay.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:40 mento Exp $ Display *XOpenDisplay\^(\^\fIdisplay_name\fP\^) .br char *\fIdisplay_name\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCloseDisp.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:48 mento Exp $ XCloseDisplay\^(\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: display_name.a,v 1.2 88/03/30 14:12:53 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay_name\fP 1i Specifies the hardware display name, which determines the display and communications domain to be used. On a POSIX-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL, it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable. .IN "Environment" "DISPLAY" .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XOpenDisplay.d,v 1.6 88/08/16 08:38:55 mento Exp $ The .ZN XOpenDisplay function returns a .ZN Display structure that serves as the connection to the X server and that contains all the information about that X server. .ZN XOpenDisplay connects your application to the X server through TCP or DECnet communications protocols, or through some local inter-process communication protocol. .IN "Protocol" "TCP" .IN "Protocol" "DECnet" If the hostname is a host machine name and a single colon (:) separates the hostname and display number, .ZN XOpenDisplay connects using TCP streams. If the hostname is not specified, Xlib uses whatever it believes is the fastest transport. If the hostname is a host machine name and a double colon (::) separates the hostname and display number, .ZN XOpenDisplay connects using DECnet. A single X server can support any or all of these transport mechanisms simultaneously. A particular Xlib implementation can support many more of these transport mechanisms. .LP .IN "Display" If successful, .ZN XOpenDisplay returns a pointer to a .ZN Display structure, which is defined in .Pn < X11/Xlib.h >. If .ZN XOpenDisplay does not succeed, it returns NULL. After a successful call to .ZN XOpenDisplay , all of the screens in the display can be used by the client. The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned by the .ZN DefaultScreen macro (or the .ZN XDefaultScreen function). You can access elements of the .ZN Display and .ZN Screen structures only by using the information macros or functions. For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from the .ZN Display structure, see section 2.2.1. .LP .\" $Header: XCloseDisp.d,v 1.6 88/08/16 09:50:19 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCloseDisplay function closes the connection to the X server for the display specified in the .ZN Display structure and destroys all windows, resource IDs .Pn ( Window , .ZN Font , .ZN Pixmap , .ZN Colormap , .ZN Cursor , and .ZN GContext ), or other resources that the client has created on this display, unless the close-down mode of the resource has been changed (see .ZN XSetCloseDownMode ). Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be referenced again or an error will be generated. Before exiting, you should call .ZN XCloseDisplay explicitly so that any pending errors are reported as .ZN XCloseDisplay performs a final .ZN XSync operation. .IN "Resource IDs" .IN "XCloseDisplay" .LP .ZN XCloseDisplay can generate a .ZN BadGC error. .SH "SEE ALSO" AllPlanes(3X11), XFlush(3X11), XSetCloseDownMode(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP aps kêÎ>L mMz—‰*|t‰*z—‰*X+M `³./usr/man/man3/XOpenIM.3ay.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XOpenIM.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:55 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XOpenIM 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XOpenIM, XCloseIM, XGetIMValues, XDisplayOfIM, XLocaleOfIM \- open, close, and otain input method information .SH SYNTAX XIM XOpenIM\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIdb\fP\^, \fIres_name\fP\^, \fIres_class\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XrmDataBase \fIdb\fP\^; .br char *\fIres_name\fP\^; .br char *\fIres_class\fP\^; .LP Status XCloseIM\^(\^\fIim\fP\^) .br XIM \fIim\fP\^; .LP char * XGetIMValues\^(\^\fIim\fP\^, ...) .br XIM \fIim\fP\^; .LP Display * XDisplayOfIM\^(\^\fIim\fP\^) .br XIM \fIim\fP\^; .LP char * XLocaleOfIM\^(\^\fIim\fP\^) .br XIM \fIim\fP\^; .LP .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdb\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to the resource database. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIim\fP 1i Specifies the input method. .IP \fIres_class\fP 1i Specifies the full class name of the application. .IP \fIres_name\fP 1i Specifies the full resource name of the application. .ds Al \ to get XIM values .IP ... 1i Specifies the variable length argument list\*(Al. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XOpenIM function opens an input method, matching the current locale and modifiers specification. Current locale and modifiers are bound to the input method at opening time. The locale associated with an input method cannot be changed dynamically. This implies the strings returned by .ZN XmbLookupString or .ZN XwcLookupString , for any input context affiliated with a given input method, will be encoded in the locale current at the time input method is opened. .LP The specific input method to which this call will be routed is identified on the basis of the current locale. .ZN XOpenIM will identify a default input method corresponding to the current locale. That default can be modified using .ZN XSetLocaleModifiers for the input method modifier. .LP The db argument is the resource database to be used by the input method for looking up resources that are private to the input method. It is not intended that this database be used to look up values that can be set as IC values in an input context. If db is NULL, no data base is passed to the input method. .LP The res_name and res_class arguments specify the resource name and class of the application. They are intended to be used as prefixes by the input method when looking up resources that are common to all input contexts that may be created for this input method. The characters used for resource names and classes must be in the X portable character set. The resources looked up are not fully specified if res_name or res_class is NULL. .LP The res_name and res_class arguments are not assumed to exist beyond the call to .ZN XOpenIM . The specified resource database is assumed to exist for the lifetime of the input method. .LP .ZN XOpenIM returns NULL if no input method could be opened. .LP The .ZN XCloseIM function closes the specified input method. .LP The .ZN XGetIMValues function presents a variable argument list programming interface for querying properties or features of the specified input method. This function returns NULL if it succeeds; otherwise, it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained. .LP Only one standard argument is defined by Xlib: .ZN XNQueryInputStyle , which must be used to query about input styles supported by the input method. .LP A client should always query the input method to determine which styles are supported. The client should then find an input style it is capable of supporting. .LP If the client cannot find an input style that it can support it should negotiate with the user the continuation of the program (exit, choose another input method, and so on). .LP The argument value must be a pointer to a location where the returned value will be stored. The returned value is a pointer to a structure of type .ZN XIMStyles . Clients are responsible for freeing the .ZN XIMStyles data structure. To do so, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN XDisplayOfIM function returns the display associated with the specified input method. .LP The .ZN XLocaleOfIM returns the locale associated with the specified input method. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateIC(3X11), XSetICFocus(3X11), XSetICValues(3X11), XmbResetIC(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nam kêбè#m¶—‰*t‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XParseColor.3.so man3/XQueryColor.3 o kê|»K m{—‰*€t‰*{—‰*^³ ž»./usr/man/man3/XParseGeometry.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XParGeom.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:03 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XParseGeometry 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XParseGeometry, XWMGeometry \- parse window geometry .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XParseGeom.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:42 mento Exp $ int XParseGeometry\^(\^\fIparsestring\fP\^, \fIx_return\fP\^, \fIy_return\fP\^, \fIwidth_return\fP\^, \fIheight_return\fP\^) .br char *\fIparsestring\fP\^; .br int *\fIx_return\fP\^, *\fIy_return\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP\^, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .LP int XWMGeometry\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIscreen\fP, \fIuser_geom\fP, \ \fIdef_geom\fP, \fIbwidth\fP, \fIhints\fP, \fIx_return\fP, \fIy_return\fP, .br \fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP, \fIgravity_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIscreen\fP\^; .br char *\fIuser_geom\fP\^; .br char *\fIdef_geom\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIbwidth\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fIhints\fP\^; .br int *\fIx_return\fP, *\fIy_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIwidth_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIgravity_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: posdef.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIposition\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdefault_position\fP 1i Specify the geometry specifications. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: fwdht.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:27:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfheight\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIfwidth\fP 1i Specify the font height and width in pixels (increment size). .\" $Header: parsestring.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:19 mento Exp $ .IP \fIparsestring\fP 1i Specifies the string you want to parse. .IP \fIscreen\fP 1i Specifies the screen. .\" $Header: widtheight2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i Return the width and height determined. .\" $Header: xyadder.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:33:00 mento Exp $ .IP \fIxadder\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIyadder\fP 1i Specify additional interior padding needed in the window. .\" $Header: xy_ret.a,v 1.3 88/05/20 05:05:44 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy_return\fP 1i Return the x and y offsets. .\" $Header: bwidth.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:05:23 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbwidth\fP 1i Specifies the border width. .IP \fIhints\fP 1i Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state. .IP \fIdef_geom\fP 1i Specifies the application's default geometry or NULL. .IP \fIgravity_return\fP 1i Returns the window gravity. .IP \fIuser_geom\fP 1i Specifies the user-specified geometry or NULL. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XParseGeom.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 10:15:39 mento Exp $ By convention, X applications use a standard string to indicate window size and placement. .ZN XParseGeometry makes it easier to conform to this standard because it allows you to parse the standard window geometry. Specifically, this function lets you parse strings of the form: .LP .Ds [=][<\fIwidth\fP>{xX}<\fIheight\fP>][{+-}<\fIxoffset\fP>{+-}<\fIyoffset\fP>] .De .LP The fields map into the arguments associated with this function. (Items enclosed in <\^> are integers, items in [\^] are optional, and items enclosed in {\^} indicate ``choose one of.'' Note that the brackets should not appear in the actual string.) If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. .LP The .ZN XParseGeometry function returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values (width, height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string and whether the x and y values are negative. By convention, \-0 is not equal to +0, because the user needs to be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.'' For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated. For each value not found, the argument is left unchanged. The bits are represented by .ZN XValue , .ZN YValue , .ZN WidthValue , .ZN HeightValue , .ZN XNegative , or .ZN YNegative and are defined in .Pn < X11/Xutil.h >. They will be set whenever one of the values is defined or one of the signs is set. .LP If the function returns either the .ZN XValue or .ZN YValue flag, you should place the window at the requested position. .LP The .ZN XWMGeometry function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by .ZN XParseGeometry ) specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints (usually the ones to be stored in WM_NORMAL_HINTS) and returns the position, size, and gravity .Pn ( NorthWestGravity , .ZN NorthEastGravity , .ZN SouthEastGravity , or .ZN SouthWestGravity ) that describe the window. If the base size is not set in the .ZN XSizeHints structure, the minimum size is used if set. Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed. If no minimum size is set in the hints structure, the base size is used. A mask (in the form returned by .ZN XParseGeometry ) that describes which values came from the user specification and whether or not the position coordinates are relative to the right and bottom edges is returned. Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for in the x_return and y_return values. .LP Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height of zero to be returned. The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field as gravity_return to update the hints directly. .SH "SEE ALSO" XSetWMProperties(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP pec kêç#m¶—‰*vt‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPeekEvent.3y.3.so man3/XNextEvent.3 . kê€Èæ#m¶—‰*[t‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPeekIfEvent.33.so man3/XIfEvent.3 3 . kêØ´å#m¶—‰*=t‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPending.3t.33.so man3/XFlush.3 3 3 .  kê¾1ä#m¶—‰*×s‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPixmapFormatValues.3s.3.so man3/ImageByteOrder.3 N XPar kêˆiã#m¶—‰*+t‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPoint.3.so man3/XDrawPoint.3 r. kêÄ â#m¶—‰*2t‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPointInRegion.3.so man3/XEmptyRegion.3 kêÆKJ mÕ {—‰*t‰*{—‰*]³Õ ./usr/man/man3/XPolygonRegion.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XPolyReg.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:05 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XPolygonRegion 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XPolygonRegion, XClipBox \- generate regions .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XPolyRegion.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:56 mento Exp $ Region XPolygonRegion\^(\^\fIpoints\fP\^, \fIn\fP\^, \fIfill_rule\fP\^) .br XPoint \fIpoints[]\fP\^; .br int \fIn\fP\^; .br int \fIfill_rule\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XClipBox.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 16:55:50 mento Exp $ XClipBox\^(\^\fIr\fP\^, \fIrect_return\fP\^) .br Region \fIr\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIrect_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: fill_rule.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 11:57:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfill_rule\fP 1i Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC. You can pass .ZN EvenOddRule or .ZN WindingRule . .\" $Header: n1.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:03 mento Exp $ .IP \fIn\fP 1i Specifies the number of points in the polygon. .\" $Header: points1.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpoints\fP 1i Specifies an array of points. .\" $Header: r.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIr\fP 1i Specifies the region. .\" $Header: rect.a,v 1.2 88/04/07 16:56:54 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrect_return\fP 1i Returns the smallest enclosing rectangle. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XPolyRegion.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:19 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPolygonRegion function returns a region for the polygon defined by the points array. For an explanation of fill_rule, see .ZN XCreateGC . .LP .\" $Header: XClipBox.d,v 1.3 88/04/23 12:41:53 mento Exp $ The .ZN XClipBox function returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the specified region. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XDrawPoint(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP tri kêrÉI m±{—‰*t‰*{—‰*_³± º‘./usr/man/man3/XPropertyEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XPEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:59 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XPropertyEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XPropertyEvent \- PropertyNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN PropertyNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* PropertyNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; Atom atom; Time time; int state; /* PropertyNewValue or PropertyDelete */ } XPropertyEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the window whose associated property was changed. The atom member is set to the property's atom and indicates which property was changed or desired. The time member is set to the server time when the property was changed. The state member is set to indicate whether the property was changed to a new value or deleted and can be .ZN PropertyNewValue or .ZN PropertyDelete . The state member is set to .ZN PropertyNewValue when a property of the window is changed using .ZN XChangeProperty or .ZN XRotateWindowProperties (even when adding zero-length data using .ZN XChangeProperty ) and when replacing all or part of a property with identical data using .ZN XChangeProperty or .ZN XRotateWindowProperties . The state member is set to .ZN PropertyDelete when a property of the window is deleted using .ZN XDeleteProperty or, if the delete argument is .ZN True , .ZN XGetWindowProperty . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGetWindowProperty(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ds xL X kê,H m< {—‰*‚t‰*{—‰*Ë < ./usr/man/man3/XPutBackEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XPutBEvnt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:08 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XPutBackEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XPutBackEvent \- put events back on the queue .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XPutBckEvent.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:01 mento Exp $ XPutBackEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIevent\fP 1i Specifies the event. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XPutBckEvent.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:25 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPutBackEvent function pushes an event back onto the head of the display's event queue by copying the event into the queue. This can be useful if you read an event and then decide that you would rather deal with it later. There is no limit to the number of times in succession that you can call .ZN XPutBackEvent . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XIfEvent(3X11), XNextEvent(3X11), XSendEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP t wa kêbG mÙ*|—‰*ƒt‰*|—‰*S+Ù* pŒ./usr/man/man3/XPutImage.3t.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XPutImage.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:12 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XPutImage 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XPutImage, XGetImage, XGetSubImage \- transfer images .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XPutImage.f,v 1.2 88/08/23 15:07:57 mento Exp $ XPutImage\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIimage\fP\^, \fIsrc_x\fP, \fIsrc_y\fP, \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br XImage *\fIimage\fP\^; .br int \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^; .br int \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetImage.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:47 mento Exp $ XImage *XGetImage\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIplane_mask\fP, \fIformat\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplane_mask\fP\^; .br int \fIformat\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetSImage.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:58 mento Exp $ XImage *XGetSubImage\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIplane_mask\fP, \fIformat\fP\^, \fIdest_image\fP\^, \fIdest_x\fP\^, .br \fIdest_y\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplane_mask\fP\^; .br int \fIformat\fP\^; .br XImage *\fIdest_image\fP\^; .br int \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .IP \fIdest_image\fP 1i Specify the destination image. .ds Dx , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ and are the coordinates of the subimage \ or which are relative to the origin of the destination rectangle, \ specify its upper-left corner, and determine where the subimage \ is placed in the destination image .\" $Header: dstxy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:09:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest_x\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdest_y\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Dx. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIformat\fP 1i Specifies the format for the image. You can pass .ZN XYPixmap or .ZN ZPixmap . .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: image.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIimage\fP 1i Specifies the image you want combined with the rectangle. .\" $Header: plane_mask.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIplane_mask\fP 1i Specifies the plane mask. .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** .IP \fIsrc_x\fP 1i Specifies the offset in X from the left edge of the image defined by the .ZN XImage data structure. .IP \fIsrc_y\fP 1i Specifies the offset in Y from the top edge of the image defined by the .ZN XImage data structure. .ds Wh \ of the subimage, which define the dimensions of the rectangle .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .ds Xy , which are relative to the origin of the drawable \ and define the upper-left corner of the rectangle .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XPutImage.d,v 1.3 88/08/18 09:43:13 mento Exp $ The .ZN XPutImage function combines an image in memory with a rectangle of the specified drawable. If .ZN XYBitmap format is used, the depth of the image must be one, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. The foreground pixel in the GC defines the source for the one bits in the image, and the background pixel defines the source for the zero bits. For .ZN XYPixmap and .ZN ZPixmap , the depth of the image must match the depth of the drawable, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. The section of the image defined by the src_x, src_y, width, and height arguments is drawn on the specified part of the drawable. .LP This function uses these GC components: function, plane-mask, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and clip-mask. It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: foreground and background. .LP .ZN XPutImage can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetImage.d,v 1.3 88/08/18 09:45:47 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetImage function returns a pointer to an .ZN XImage structure. This structure provides you with the contents of the specified rectangle of the drawable in the format you specify. If the format argument is .ZN XYPixmap , the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument. If the plane_mask argument only requests a subset of the planes of the display, the depth of the returned image will be the number of planes requested. If the format argument is .ZN ZPixmap , .ZN XGetImage returns as zero the bits in all planes not specified in the plane_mask argument. The function performs no range checking on the values in plane_mask and ignores extraneous bits. .LP .ZN XGetImage returns the depth of the image to the depth member of the .ZN XImage structure. The depth of the image is as specified when the drawable was created, except when getting a subset of the planes in .ZN XYPixmap format, when the depth is given by the number of bits set to 1 in plane_mask. .LP If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable, and it must be the case that if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. Note that the borders of the window can be included and read with this request. If the window has backing-store, the backing-store contents are returned for regions of the window that are obscured by noninferior windows. If the window does not have backing-store, the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined. The returned contents of visible regions of inferiors of a different depth than the specified window's depth are also undefined. The pointer cursor image is not included in the returned contents. If a problem occurs, .ZN XGetImage returns NULL. .LP .ZN XGetImage can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetSImage.d,v 1.6 88/08/21 06:57:22 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetSubImage function updates dest_image with the specified subimage in the same manner as .ZN XGetImage . If the format argument is .ZN XYPixmap , the image contains only the bit planes you passed to the plane_mask argument. If the format argument is .ZN ZPixmap , .ZN XGetSubImage returns as zero the bits in all planes not specified in the plane_mask argument. The function performs no range checking on the values in plane_mask and ignores extraneous bits. As a convenience, .ZN XGetSubImage returns a pointer to the same .ZN XImage structure specified by dest_image. .LP The depth of the destination .ZN XImage structure must be the same as that of the drawable. If the specified subimage does not fit at the specified location on the destination image, the right and bottom edges are clipped. If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly contained within the pixmap, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable, and it must be the case that if there were no inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the outside edges of the window, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. If the window has backing-store, then the backing-store contents are returned for regions of the window that are obscured by noninferior windows. If the window does not have backing-store, the returned contents of such obscured regions are undefined. The returned contents of visible regions of inferiors of a different depth than the specified window's depth are also undefined. If a problem occurs, .ZN XGetSubImage returns NULL. .LP .ZN XGetSubImage can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP t of th kêr=á#m¶—‰*t‰*¶—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XPutPixel.3t.3.so man3/XCreateImage.3  kêà#m·—‰*˜t‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestCursor.3.3s.3.so man3/XRecolorCursor.3 fied s kêÖzF mW|—‰*ˆt‰*|—‰*PW R./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestSize.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XQBSize.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:17 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XQueryBestSize 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XQueryBestSize, XQueryBestTile, XQueryBestStipple \- determine efficient sizes .SH SYNTAX Status XQueryBestSize\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIwhich_screen\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIclass\fP\^; .br Drawable \fIwhich_screen\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .LP Status XQueryBestTile\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwhich_screen\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fIwhich_screen\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .LP Status XQueryBestStipple\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwhich_screen\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fIwhich_screen\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the class that you are interested in. You can pass .ZN TileShape , .ZN CursorShape , or .ZN StippleShape . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: widtheight.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:27 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height. .IP \fIwhich_screen\fP 1i Specifies any drawable on the screen. .\" $Header: rwidtheight.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:58:59 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i Return the width and height of the object best supported by the display hardware. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XQBestSize.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:31 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryBestSize function returns the best or closest size to the specified size. For .ZN CursorShape , this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by which_screen. For .ZN TileShape , this is the size that can be tiled fastest. For .ZN StippleShape , this is the size that can be stippled fastest. For .ZN CursorShape , the drawable indicates the desired screen. For .ZN TileShape and .ZN StippleShape , the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth. An .ZN InputOnly window cannot be used as the drawable for .ZN TileShape or .ZN StippleShape , or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XQueryBestSize can generate .ZN BadDrawable , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XQTileShp.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:32 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryBestTile function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be tiled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen. The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth. If an .ZN InputOnly window is used as the drawable, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XQueryBestTile can generate .ZN BadDrawable and .ZN BadMatch errors. .LP .\" $Header: XQStipShp.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:31 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryBestStipple function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be stippled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen. The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth. If an .ZN InputOnly window is used as the drawable, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XQueryBestStipple can generate .ZN BadDrawable and .ZN BadMatch errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badmatch4.e,v 1.2 87/09/11 11:43:34 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch The values do not exist for an .ZN InputOnly window. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP \ kê&3ß#m·—‰*‰t‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestStipple.33s.3.so man3/XQueryBestSize.3 d,v 1. kê†áÞ#m·—‰*‰t‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XQueryBestTile.3.so man3/XQueryBestSize.3 d,v 1. kêÔhE m"|—‰*Št‰*|—‰*S" ÂÀ./usr/man/man3/XQueryColor.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XQColor.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:20 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XQueryColor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XQueryColor, XQueryColors, XLookupColor, XParseColor \- obtain color values .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XQueryColor.f,v 1.3 88/05/09 09:40:30 mento Exp $ XQueryColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIdef_in_out\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIdef_in_out\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XQueryColors.f,v 1.3 88/05/09 09:42:25 mento Exp $ XQueryColors\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIdefs_in_out\fP\^, \fIncolors\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XColor \fIdefs_in_out\fP[\^]\^; .br int \fIncolors\fP\^; .LP Status XLookupColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP, \fIcolor_name\fP, \ \fIexact_def_return\fP\^, \fIscreen_def_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br char *\fIcolor_name\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIexact_def_return\fP\^, *\fIscreen_def_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XParseColor.f,v 1.2 88/05/20 05:14:03 mento Exp $ Status XParseColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \^\fIspec\fP\^, \fIexact_def_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br char *\fIspec\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIexact_def_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .\" $Header: colorname.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:14:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolor_name\fP 1i Specifies the color name string (for example, red) whose color definition structure you want returned. .IP \fIdef_in_out\fP 1i Specifies and returns the RGB values for the pixel specified in the structure. .\" $Header: defs_ret.a,v 1.4 88/05/09 09:43:05 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdefs_in_out\fP 1i Specifies and returns an array of color definition structures for the pixel specified in the structure. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: exact_def.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIexact_def_return\fP 1i Returns the exact RGB values. .\" $Header: ncolors.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:17 mento Exp $ .IP \fIncolors\fP 1i .\"Specifies the number of color definition structures. Specifies the number of .ZN XColor structures in the color definition array. .\" $Header: hard_def.a,v 1.2 88/04/23 08:59:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIscreen_def_return\fP 1i Returns the closest RGB values provided by the hardware. .\" $Header: spec.a,v 1.4 88/07/10 12:59:48 mento Exp $ .IP \fIspec\fP 1i Specifies the color name string; case is ignored. .\" $Header: def.a,v 1.2 88/04/07 16:52:05 mento Exp $ .IP \fIexact_def_return\fP 1i Returns the exact color value for later use and sets the .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue flags. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XQueryColor.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:52:34 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryColor function returns the current RGB value for the pixel in the .ZN XColor structure and sets the .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue flags. The .ZN XQueryColors function returns the RGB value for each pixel in each .ZN XColor structure, and sets the .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue flags in each structure. .LP .ZN XQueryColor and .ZN XQueryColors can generate .ZN BadColor and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XLkUpColor.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:53 mento Exp $ The .ZN XLookupColor function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen associated with the specified colormap. It returns both the exact color values and the closest values provided by the screen with respect to the visual type of the specified colormap. If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. .ZN XLookupColor returns nonzero if the name is resolved, otherwise it returns zero. .LP .\" $Header: XParseColor.d,v 1.4 88/08/23 15:05:59 mento Exp $ The .ZN XParseColor function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen associated with the specified colormap. It returns the exact color value. If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. .ZN XParseColor returns nonzero if the name is resolved, otherwise it returns zero. .LP .ZN XLookupColor and .ZN XParseColor can generate .ZN BadColor error. .SH "COLOR NAMES" An RGB Device specification is identified by the prefix "rgb:" and conforms to the following syntax: .LP .\" Start marker code here .Ds 0 rgb:\fI//\fP \fI\fP, \fI\fP, \fI\fP := \fIh\fP | \fIhh\fP | \fIhhh\fP | \fIhhhh\fP \fIh\fP := single hexadecimal digits (case insignificant) .De .\" End marker code here .LP Note that \fIh\fP indicates the value scaled in 4 bits, \fIhh\fP the value scaled in 8 bits, \fIhhh\fP the value scaled in 12 bits, and \fIhhhh\fP the value scaled in 16 bits, respectively. .LP For backward compatibility, an older syntax for RGB Device is supported, but its continued use is not encouraged. The syntax is an initial sharp sign character followed by a numeric specification, in one of the following formats: .LP .Ds 0 .TA 2i .ta 2i #RGB (4 bits each) #RRGGBB (8 bits each) #RRRGGGBBB (12 bits each) #RRRRGGGGBBBB (16 bits each) .De .LP The R, G, and B represent single hexadecimal digits. When fewer than 16 bits each are specified, they represent the most-significant bits of the value (unlike the "rgb:" syntax, in which values are scaled). For example, #3a7 is the same as #3000a0007000. .LP An RGB intensity specification is identified by the prefix "rgbi:" and conforms to the following syntax: .LP .\" Start marker code here .Ds 0 rgbi:\fI//\fP .De .\" End marker code here .LP Note that red, green, and blue are floating point values between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. The input format for these values is an optional sign, a string of numbers possibly containing a decimal point, and an optional exponent field containing an E or e followed by a possibly signed integer string. .LP The standard device-independent string specifications have the following syntax: .LP .Ds 0 CIEXYZ:\fI//\fP CIEuvY:\fI//\fP CIExyY:\fI//\fP CIELab:\fI//\fP CIELuv:\fI//\fP TekHVC:\fI//\fP .De .LP All of the values (C, H, V, X, Y, Z, a, b, u, v, y, x) are floating point values. The syntax for these values is an optional '+' or '-' sign, a string of digits possibly containing a decimal point, and an optional exponent field consisting of an 'E' or 'e' followed by an optional '+' or '-' followed by a string of digits. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocColor(3X11), XCreateColormap(3X11), XStoreColors(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP uctur kêú+Ý#m·—‰*‹t‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XQueryColors.33.so man3/XQueryColor.3 i kê^Ü#mw·—‰*ƒu‰*·—‰*=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XQueryPointer 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XQueryPointer \- get pointer coordinates .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XQueryPntr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:18 mento Exp $ Bool XQueryPointer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIroot_return\fP\^, \fIchild_return\fP\^, \fIroot_x_return\fP\^, \fIroot_y_return\fP\^, .br \fIwin_x_return\fP\^, \fIwin_y_return\fP\^, \fImask_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window *\fIroot_return\fP\^, *\fIchild_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIroot_x_return\fP\^, *\fIroot_y_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIwin_x_return\fP\^, *\fIwin_y_return\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fImask_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIchild_return\fP 1i Returns the child window that the pointer is located in, if any. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: mask1.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:48 mento Exp $ .IP \fImask_return\fP 1i Returns the current state of the modifier keys and pointer buttons. .ds Ro that the pointer is in .\" $Header: root_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:19:15 mento Exp $ .IP \fIroot_return\fP 1i Returns the root window \*(Ro. .\" $Header: rootxy.a,v 1.2 88/08/17 09:03:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIroot_x_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIroot_y_return\fP 1i Return the pointer coordinates relative to the root window's origin. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .\" $Header: winxy.a,v 1.2 88/08/17 09:04:07 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwin_x_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIwin_y_return\fP 1i Return the pointer coordinates relative to the specified window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XQueryPntr.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:42 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryPointer function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer coordinates relative to the root window's origin. If .ZN XQueryPointer returns .ZN False , the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and .ZN XQueryPointer returns .ZN None to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return. If .ZN XQueryPointer returns .ZN True , the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return are relative to the origin of the specified window. In this case, .ZN XQueryPointer returns the child that contains the pointer, if any, or else .ZN None to child_return. .LP .ZN XQueryPointer returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons and the modifier keys in mask_return. It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys. .LP .ZN XQueryPointer can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XGetWindowAttributes(3X11), XQueryTree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .de Ds  kêÄÙ#m·—‰*Ýt‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XQueryTextExtents.33s.3.so man3/XTextExtents.3  kê¬Ø#m·—‰*Ýt‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XQueryTextExtents16.3s.3.so man3/XTextExtents.3 kêcC mò }—‰*Žt‰*}—‰*²yò ./usr/man/man3/XQueryTree.3ents.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XQTree.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:25 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XQueryTree 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XQueryTree \- query window tree information .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XQueryTree.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:19 mento Exp $ Status XQueryTree\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIroot_return\fP\^, \fIparent_return\fP\^, \fIchildren_return\fP\^, \fInchildren_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window *\fIroot_return\fP\^; .br Window *\fIparent_return\fP\^; .br Window **\fIchildren_return\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fInchildren_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: children.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 10:58:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIchildren_return\fP 1i Returns the list of children. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: nchildren.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 11:00:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fInchildren_return\fP 1i Returns the number of children. .IP \fIparent_return\fP 1i Returns the parent window. .\" $Header: root.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 10:54:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIroot_return\fP 1i Returns the root window. .ds Wi whose list of children, root, parent, and number of children \ you want to obtain .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XQueryTree.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:43 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryTree function returns the root ID, the parent window ID, a pointer to the list of children windows, and the number of children in the list for the specified window. The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottommost (first) to topmost (last). .ZN XQueryTree returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds. To free this list when it is no longer needed, use .ZN XFree . .SH BUGS This really should return a screen *, not a root window ID. .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11), XGetWindowAttributes(3X11), XQueryPointer(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP r retu kê¬gB m·!}—‰*’t‰*}—‰*¡M·! {X./usr/man/man3/XRaiseWindow.3ts.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XRaiseWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:36 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XRaiseWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XRaiseWindow, XLowerWindow, XCirculateSubwindows, XCirculateSubwindowsUp, XCirculateSubwindowsDown, XRestackWindows \- change window stacking order .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XRaiseWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:34 mento Exp $ XRaiseWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XLowerWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:27 mento Exp $ XLowerWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCircWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:44 mento Exp $ XCirculateSubwindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIdirection\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIdirection\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCircWinUp.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:43 mento Exp $ XCirculateSubwindowsUp\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XCircWinDn.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:42 mento Exp $ XCirculateSubwindowsDown\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XRestackWins.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:42 mento Exp $ XRestackWindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwindows\fP\^, \^\fInwindows\fP\^); .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIwindows\fP\^[]; .br int \fInwindows\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: direction.a,v 1.2 88/04/04 11:12:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdirection\fP 1i Specifies the direction (up or down) that you want to circulate the window. You can pass .ZN RaiseLowest or .ZN LowerHighest . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: nwindows.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fInwindows\fP 1i Specifies the number of windows to be restacked. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .\" $Header: windows.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 14:11:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwindows\fP 1i Specifies an array containing the windows to be restacked. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XRaiseWindow.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:45 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRaiseWindow function raises the specified window to the top of the stack so that no sibling window obscures it. If the windows are regarded as overlapping sheets of paper stacked on a desk, then raising a window is analogous to moving the sheet to the top of the stack but leaving its x and y location on the desk constant. Raising a mapped window may generate .ZN Expose events for the window and any mapped subwindows that were formerly obscured. .LP If the override-redirect attribute of the window is .ZN False and some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent, the X server generates a .ZN ConfigureRequest event, and no processing is performed. Otherwise, the window is raised. .LP .ZN XRaiseWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XLowerWindow.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:55 mento Exp $ The .ZN XLowerWindow function lowers the specified window to the bottom of the stack so that it does not obscure any sibling windows. If the windows are regarded as overlapping sheets of paper stacked on a desk, then lowering a window is analogous to moving the sheet to the bottom of the stack but leaving its x and y location on the desk constant. Lowering a mapped window will generate .ZN Expose events on any windows it formerly obscured. .LP If the override-redirect attribute of the window is .ZN False and some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent, the X server generates a .ZN ConfigureRequest event, and no processing is performed. Otherwise, the window is lowered to the bottom of the stack. .LP .ZN XLowerWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XCircWindow.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:49:20 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCirculateSubwindows function circulates children of the specified window in the specified direction. If you specify .ZN RaiseLowest , .ZN XCirculateSubwindows raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is occluded by another child to the top of the stack. If you specify .ZN LowerHighest , .ZN XCirculateSubwindows lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that occludes another child to the bottom of the stack. Exposure processing is then performed on formerly obscured windows. If some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the window, the X server generates a .ZN CirculateRequest event, and no further processing is performed. If a child is actually restacked, the X server generates a .ZN CirculateNotify event. .LP .ZN XCirculateSubwindows can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCircWinUp.d,v 1.3 88/08/17 08:27:23 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCirculateSubwindowsUp function raises the lowest mapped child of the specified window that is partially or completely occluded by another child. Completely unobscured children are not affected. This is a convenience function equivalent to .ZN XCirculateSubwindows with .ZN RaiseLowest specified. .LP .ZN XCirculateSubwindowsUp can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XCircWinDn.d,v 1.3 88/08/17 08:28:27 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCirculateSubwindowsDown function lowers the highest mapped child of the specified window that partially or completely occludes another child. Completely unobscured children are not affected. This is a convenience function equivalent to .ZN XCirculateSubwindows with .ZN LowerHighest specified. .LP .ZN XCirculateSubwindowsDown can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XRestackWins.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:52:50 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRestackWindows function restacks the windows in the order specified, from top to bottom. The stacking order of the first window in the windows array is unaffected, but the other windows in the array are stacked underneath the first window, in the order of the array. The stacking order of the other windows is not affected. For each window in the window array that is not a child of the specified window, a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP If the override-redirect attribute of a window is .ZN False and some other client has selected .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask on the parent, the X server generates .ZN ConfigureRequest events for each window whose override-redirect flag is not set, and no further processing is performed. Otherwise, the windows will be restacked in top to bottom order. .LP .ZN XRestackWindows can generate .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XConfigureWindow(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11), XUnmapWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP t kê<|A mK}—‰*•t‰*}—‰*z[K I./usr/man/man3/XReadBitmapFile.36.3s.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XReadBF.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:39 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XReadBitmapFile 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XReadBitmapFile, XWriteBitmapFile, XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData, XCreateBitmapFromData \- manipulate bitmaps .SH SYNTAX int XReadBitmapFile(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP, \fIfilename\fP, \fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP, \fIbitmap_return\fP, \fIx_hot_return\fP, .br \fIy_hot_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br char *\fIfilename\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .br Pixmap *\fIbitmap_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIx_hot_return\fP, *\fIy_hot_return\fP\^; .LP int XWriteBitmapFile(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfilename\fP, \fIbitmap\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIx_hot\fP, \fIy_hot\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIfilename\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIbitmap\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^; .br int \fIx_hot\fP, \fIy_hot\fP\^; .LP Pixmap XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP, \fIdata\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIfg\fP, \fIbg\fP, \fIdepth\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br char *\fIdata\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIfg\fP, \fIbg\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIdepth\fP\^; .LP Pixmap XCreateBitmapFromData(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP, \fIdata\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br char *\fIdata\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbitmap\fP 1i Specifies the bitmap. .IP \fIbitmap_return\fP 1i Returns the bitmap that is created. .ds Dr \ that indicates the screen .\" $Header: d_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:09:21 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable\*(Dr. .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the data in bitmap format. .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the location of the bitmap data. .\" $Header: depth1.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 09:53:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdepth\fP 1i Specifies the depth of the pixmap. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIfg\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIbg\fP 1i Specify the foreground and background pixel values to use. .\" $Header: filename.a,v 1.2 88/05/20 07:30:24 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfilename\fP 1i Specifies the file name to use. The format of the file name is operating-system dependent. .\" $Header: widtheight.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:32:27 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height. .IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i Return the width and height values of the read in bitmap file. .IP \fIx_hot\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy_hot\fP 1i Specify where to place the hotspot coordinates (or \-1,\-1 if none are present) in the file. .IP \fIx_hot_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy_hot_return\fP 1i Return the hotspot coordinates. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XRBitFile.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:43 mento Exp $ The .ZN XReadBitmapFile function reads in a file containing a bitmap. The file is parsed in the encoding of the current locale. The ability to read other than the standard format is implementation dependent. If the file cannot be opened, .ZN XReadBitmapFile returns .ZN BitmapOpenFailed . If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data, it returns .ZN BitmapFileInvalid . If insufficient working storage is allocated, it returns .ZN BitmapNoMemory . If the file is readable and valid, it returns .ZN BitmapSuccess . .LP .ZN XReadBitmapFile returns the bitmap's height and width, as read from the file, to width_return and height_return. It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size, reads the bitmap data from the file into the pixmap, and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap. The caller must free the bitmap using .ZN XFreePixmap when finished. If \fIname\fP_x_hot and \fIname\fP_y_hot exist, .ZN XReadBitmapFile returns them to x_hot_return and y_hot_return; otherwise, it returns \-1,\-1. .LP .ZN XReadBitmapFile can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadDrawable errors. .LP .\" $Header: XWBitFile.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:35 mento Exp $ The .ZN XWriteBitmapFile function writes a bitmap out to a file in the X version 11 format. The file is written in the encoding of the current locale. If the file cannot be opened for writing, it returns .ZN BitmapOpenFailed . If insufficient memory is allocated, .ZN XWriteBitmapFile returns .ZN BitmapNoMemory ; otherwise, on no error, it returns .ZN BitmapSuccess . If x_hot and y_hot are not \-1, \-1, .ZN XWriteBitmapFile writes them out as the hotspot coordinates for the bitmap. .LP .ZN XWriteBitmapFile can generate .ZN BadDrawable and .ZN BadMatch errors. .LP The .ZN XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData function creates a pixmap of the given depth and then does a bitmap-format .ZN XPutImage of the data into it. The depth must be supported by the screen of the specified drawable, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadMatch errors. .LP .\" $Header: XCreBmap.d,v 1.6 88/08/24 09:09:07 mento Exp $ The .ZN XCreateBitmapFromData function allows you to include in your C program (using #include) a bitmap file that was written out by .ZN XWriteBitmapFile (X version 11 format only) without reading in the bitmap file. The following example creates a gray bitmap: .LP .Ds 0 #include "gray.bitmap" .sp 6p Pixmap bitmap; bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, window, gray_bits, gray_width, gray_height); .De .LP If insufficient working storage was allocated, .ZN XCreateBitmapFromData returns .ZN None . It is your responsibility to free the bitmap using .ZN XFreePixmap when finished. .LP .ZN XCreateBitmapFromData can generate a .ZN BadAlloc error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .\" $Header: badmatch1.e,v 1.3 87/09/09 18:18:54 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch An .ZN InputOnly window is used as a Drawable. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreatePixmap(3X11), XPutImage(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP alues kê¨O×#m·—‰*ot‰*·—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRebindKeySym.33.so man3/XLookupKeysym.3 \fP 1i kêHw@ m}—‰*—t‰*}—‰*&¦ Ò·./usr/man/man3/XRecolorCursor.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XRecCur.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:41 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XRecolorCursor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XRecolorCursor, XFreeCursor, XQueryBestCursor \- manipulate cursors .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XRecolorCurs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:35 mento Exp $ XRecolorCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcursor\fP\^, \fIforeground_color\fP\^, \fIbackground_color\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Cursor \fIcursor\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIforeground_color\fP\^, *\fIbackground_color\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFreeCursor.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:17 mento Exp $ XFreeCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcursor\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Cursor \fIcursor\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XQryCrsrSh.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:06 mento Exp $ Status XQueryBestCursor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fId\fP, \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^, \fIwidth_return\fP\^, \fIheight_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIwidth\fP\^, \fIheight\fP\^; .br unsigned int *\fIwidth_return\fP\^, *\fIheight_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: bcolor.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 12:53:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbackground_color\fP 1i Specifies the RGB values for the background of the source. .\" $Header: cursor.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:06:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcursor\fP 1i Specifies the cursor. .ds Dr , which indicates the screen .\" $Header: d_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:09:21 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable\*(Dr. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: scolor.a,v 1.2 88/05/13 12:51:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIforeground_color\fP 1i Specifies the RGB values for the foreground of the source. .ds Wh of the cursor that you want the size information for .\" $Header: w+h_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:21:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i Specify the width and height\*(Wh. .\" $Header: rwidtheight2.a,v 1.3 88/05/13 13:09:44 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width and height. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XRecolorCurs.d,v 1.3 88/05/19 05:25:50 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRecolorCursor function changes the color of the specified cursor, and if the cursor is being displayed on a screen, the change is visible immediately. Note that the pixel members of the .ZN XColor structures are ignored, only the RGB values are used. .LP .ZN XRecolorCursor can generate a .ZN BadCursor error. .LP .\" $Header: XFreeCursor.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:46 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeCursor function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID and the specified cursor. The cursor storage is freed when no other resource references it. The specified cursor ID should not be referred to again. .LP .ZN XFreeCursor can generate a .ZN BadCursor error. .LP .\" $Header: XQryCrsrSh.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:32 mento Exp $ Some displays allow larger cursors than other displays. The .ZN XQueryBestCursor function provides a way to find out what size cursors are actually possible on the display. .IN "Cursor" "limitations" It returns the largest size that can be displayed. Applications should be prepared to use smaller cursors on displays that cannot support large ones. .LP .ZN XQueryBestCursor can generate a .ZN BadDrawable error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: baddrawable.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:59 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadDrawable A value for a Drawable argument does not name a defined Window or Pixmap. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateColormap(3X11), XCreateFontCursor(3X11), XDefineCusor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP \^\fP\ kêôeÖ#m·—‰*Yt‰*·—‰*./usr/man/man3/XReconfigureWMWindow.3.3.so man3/XIconifyWindow.3 t. The kꪣÕ#m¸—‰*3t‰*¸—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRectInRegion.3n.so man3/XEmptyRegion.3 kêàYÔ#m¸—‰*-t‰*¸—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRectangle.3.3n.so man3/XDrawRectangle.3 t. The kêºÏÓ#m¸—‰*nt‰*¸—‰*#./usr/man/man3/XRefreshKeyboardMapping.3s.3.3.so man3/XLookupKeysym.3 t. The kêÈœÒ#m¸—‰*ÿs‰*¸—‰*./usr/man/man3/XRemoveFromSaveSet.3ng.3.so man3/XChangeSaveSet.3 t. The kêüÑ#m¸—‰*és‰*¸—‰*./usr/man/man3/XRemoveHost.3eSe.so man3/XAddHost.3 Set. kêxÐ#m¸—‰*ês‰*¸—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRemoveHosts.3Se.so man3/XAddHost.3 Set. kê„Ï? m }—‰*t‰*}—‰*q[  ./usr/man/man3/XReparentEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XREvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:28 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XReparentEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XReparentEvent \- ReparentNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN ReparentNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ReparentNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; Window parent; int x, y; Bool override_redirect; } XReparentEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the reparented window or to the old or the new parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. The window member is set to the window that was reparented. The parent member is set to the new parent window. The x and y members are set to the reparented window's coordinates relative to the new parent window's origin and define the upper-left outer corner of the reparented window. The override_redirect member is set to the override-redirect attribute of the window specified by the window member. Window manager clients normally should ignore this window if the override_redirect member is .ZN True . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêNè> mò~—‰*™t‰*~—‰*Õ·ò ./usr/man/man3/XReparentWindow.3.3ng.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XReparWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:44 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XReparentWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XReparentWindow \- reparent windows .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XReparentWin.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:42 mento Exp $ XReparentWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIparent\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window \fIparent\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: parent.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:34:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIparent\fP 1i Specifies the parent window. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .ds Xy of the position in the new parent window .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XReparentWin.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:07:29 mento Exp $ If the specified window is mapped, .ZN XReparentWindow automatically performs an .ZN UnmapWindow request on it, removes it from its current position in the hierarchy, and inserts it as the child of the specified parent. The window is placed in the stacking order on top with respect to sibling windows. .LP After reparenting the specified window, .ZN XReparentWindow causes the X server to generate a .ZN ReparentNotify event. The override_redirect member returned in this event is set to the window's corresponding attribute. Window manager clients usually should ignore this window if this member is set to .ZN True . Finally, if the specified window was originally mapped, the X server automatically performs a .ZN MapWindow request on it. .LP The X server performs normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows. The X server might not generate .ZN Expose events for regions from the initial .ZN UnmapWindow request that are immediately obscured by the final .ZN MapWindow request. A .ZN BadMatch error results if: .IP \(bu 5 The new parent window is not on the same screen as the old parent window. .IP \(bu 5 The new parent window is the specified window or an inferior of the specified window. .IP \(bu 5 The new parent is .ZN InputOnly and the window is not. .IP \(bu 5 The specified window has a .ZN ParentRelative background, and the new parent window is not the same depth as the specified window. .LP .ZN XReparentWindow can generate .ZN BadMatch and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeSaveSet(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP reed w kêÒþÏ#m¸—‰*¹t‰*¸—‰*./usr/man/man3/XResetScreenSaver.3ng.3.so man3/XSetScreenSaver.3 an 1. kên= m† ~—‰*‘t‰*~—‰*ˆª† ./usr/man/man3/XResizeRequestEvent.3g.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XRREvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:34 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XResizeRequestEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XResizeRequestEvent \- ResizeRequest event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN ResizeRequest events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* ResizeRequest */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; int width, height; } XResizeRequestEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the window whose size another client attempted to change. The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, excluding the border. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP as kêÔÇÎ#m¸—‰* t‰*¸—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XResizeWindow.3e.so man3/XConfigureWindow.3 1.1 kê&_< mÝ ~—‰*t‰*~—‰*¼MÝ ./usr/man/man3/XResourceManagerString.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XRMStr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:31 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XResourceManagerString 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XResourceManagerString, XScreenResourceString \- obtain server resource properties .SH SYNTAX char *XResourceManagerString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP char *XScreenResourceString\^(\^\fIscreen\fP\^) .br Screen *\fIscreen\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIscreen\fP 1i Specifies the screen. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XResourceManagerString returns the RESOURCE_MANAGER property from the server's root window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using .ZN XOpenDisplay . The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale. The conversion is identical to that produced by .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList for a singleton STRING property. The returned string is owned by Xlib, and should not be freed by the client. Note that the property value must be in a format that is acceptable to .ZN XrmGetStringDatabase . If no property exists, NULL is returned. .LP The .ZN XStringResourceString returns the SCREEN_RESOURCES property from the root window of the specified screen. The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale. The conversion is identical to that produced by .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList for a singleton STRING property. Note that the property value must be in a format that is acceptable to .ZN XrmGetStringDatabase . If no property exists, NULL is returned. The caller is responsible for freeing the returned string, using .ZN XFree . .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP equ kêt Í#m¸—‰*”t‰*¸—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRestackWindows.3ring.3.so man3/XRaiseWindow.3 kêêpÌ#m¸—‰*Ñt‰*¸—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRotateBuffers.3.so man3/XStoreBytes.3  kê fË#m¹—‰*Nt‰*¹—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XRotateWindowProperties.3s.3.3.so man3/XGetWindowProperty.3 A kêšÇ; mÈ~—‰*št‰*~—‰*èTÈ ./usr/man/man3/XSaveContext.3op.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSContext.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:51 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSaveContext 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSaveContext, XFindContext, XDeleteContext, XUniqueContext \- associative look-up routines .SH SYNTAX int XSaveContext(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIrid\fP, \fIcontext\fP, \fIdata\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIrid\fP\^; .br XContext \fIcontext\fP\^; .br XPointer \fIdata\fP\^; .LP int XFindContext(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIrid\fP, \fIcontext\fP, \fIdata_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIrid\fP\^; .br XContext \fIcontext\fP\^; .br XPointer *\fIdata_return\fP\^; .LP int XDeleteContext(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIrid\fP, \fIcontext\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIrid\fP; .br XContext \fIcontext\fP; .LP XContext XUniqueContext(\^) .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIcontext\fP 1i Specifies the context type to which the data belongs. .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the data to be associated with the window and type. .IP \fIdata_return\fP 1i Returns the data. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIrid\fP 1i Specifies the resource ID with which the data is associated. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSContext.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:54 mento Exp $ If an entry with the specified resource ID and type already exists, .ZN XSaveContext overrides it with the specified context. The .ZN XSaveContext function returns a nonzero error code if an error has occurred and zero otherwise. Possible errors are .ZN XCNOMEM (out of memory). .LP .\" $Header: XFContext.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:11 mento Exp $ Because it is a return value, the data is a pointer. The .ZN XFindContext function returns a nonzero error code if an error has occurred and zero otherwise. Possible errors are .ZN XCNOENT (context-not-found). .LP .\" $Header: XDContext.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 10:50:15 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDeleteContext function deletes the entry for the given resource ID and type from the data structure. This function returns the same error codes that .ZN XFindContext returns if called with the same arguments. .ZN XDeleteContext does not free the data whose address was saved. .LP .\" $Header: XUContext.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:51:25 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUniqueContext function creates a unique context type that may be used in subsequent calls to .ZN XSaveContext . .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP  kêµÊ#m¹—‰*Ës‰*¹—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XScreenNumberOfScreen.33.so man3/BlackPixelOfScreen.3 1. kêTªÈ#m"¹—‰*t‰*¹—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XScreenResourceString.33.so man3/XResourceManagerString.3 AIX ) kêl¶Ç#m¹—‰*)t‰*¹—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSegment.3urceSt.so man3/XDrawLine.3 age kêt]Æ#m;¹—‰*‡u‰*¹—‰*óe; ze./usr/man/man3/XSelectExtensionEvent.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSelExtEv.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:44 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XSelectExtensionEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSelectExtensionEvent, XGetSelectedExtensionEvents \- select extension events, get the list of currently selected extension events .SH SYNTAX XSelectExtensionEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIevent_list\fP\^, \fIevent_count\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XEventClass *\fIevent_list\fP\^; .br int \fIevent_count\fP\^; .sp XGetSelectedExtensionEvents\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIthis_client_event_count_return\fP\^, .br \fIthis_client_event_list_return\fP\^, \fIall_clients_event_count_return\fP\^, \fIall_clients_event_list_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br int \fIthis_client_event_count_return\fP\^; .br XEventClass *\fIthis_client_event_list_return\fP\^; .br int \fIall_clients_event_count_return\fP\^; .br XEventClass *\fIall_clients_event_list_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Wi whose events you are interested in .TP 12 .I w Specifies the window \*(Wi. .TP 12 .I event_list Specifies the list of event classes that describe the events you are interested in. .TP 12 .I event_count Specifies the count of event classes in the event list. .TP 12 .I this_client_event_count_return Returns the count of event classes selected by this client. .TP 12 .I this_client_event_list_return Returns a pointer to the list of event classes selected by this client. .TP 12 .I all_clients_event_count_return Returns the count of event classes selected by all clients. .TP 12 .I all_clients_event_list_return Returns a pointer to the list of event classes selected by all clients. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSelectExtensionEvent\fP request causes the X server to report the events associated with the specified list of event classes. Initially, X will not report any of these events. Events are reported relative to a window. If a window is not interested in a device event, it usually propagates to the closest ancestor that is interested, unless the do_not_propagate mask prohibits it. .P Multiple clients can select for the same events on the same window with the following restrictions: .IP \(bu 5 Multiple clients can select events on the same window because their event masks are disjoint. When the X server generates an event, it reports it to all interested clients. .IP \(bu 5 Only one client at a time can select a \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP event with automatic passive grabbing enabled, which is associated with the event class \fIDeviceButtonPressGrab\fP. To receive \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP events without automatic passive grabbing, use event class \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP but do not specify event class \fIDeviceButtonPressGrab\fP. .P The server reports the event to all interested clients. .P Information contained in the \fIXDevice\fP structure returned by \fIXOpenDevice\fP is used by macros to obtain the event classes that clients use in making \fIXSelectExtensionEvent\fP requests. Currently defined macros include \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP, \fIDeviceKeyRelease\fP, \fIDeviceButtonPress\fP, \fIDeviceButtonRelese\fP, \fIDeviceMotionNotify\fP, \fIDeviceFocusIn\fP, \fIDeviceFocusOut\fP, \fIProximityIn\fP, \fIProximityOut\fP, \fIDeviceStateNotify\fP, \fIDeviceMappiingNotify\fP, \fIChangeDeviceNotify\fP, \fIDevicePointerMotionHint\fP, \fIDeviceButton1Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton2Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton3Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton4Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButton5Motion\fP, \fIDeviceButtonMotion\fP, \fIDeviceOwnerGrabButton\fP, \fIDeviceButtonPressGrab\fP, and \fINoExtensionEvent\fP. .P To obtain the proper event class for a particular device, one of the above macros is invoked using the \fIXDevice\fP structure for that device. For example, .P .DS 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i DeviceKeyPress (*device, type, eventclass); .DE .P returns the \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP event type and the eventclass for selecting \fIDeviceKeyPress\fP events from this device. .P \fIXSelectExtensionEvent\fP can generate a \fIBadWindow\fP or \fIBadClass\fP error. The \fIXGetSelectedExtensionEvents\fP request reports the extension events selected by this client and all clients for the specified window. This request returns pointers to two \fIXEventClass\fP arrays. One lists the input extension events selected by this client from the specified window. The other lists the event classes selected by all clients from the specified window. You should use \fIXFree\fP to free these two arrays. .P \fIXGetSelectedExtensionEvents\fP can generate a \fIBadWindow\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .TP 12 \fIBadClass\fP A value for an XEventClass argument is invalid. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP Windo kêÖ¾: m¹~—‰*Ÿt‰*~—‰*;¸¹ ./usr/man/man3/XSelectInput.3nE.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSInput.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:05 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSelectInput 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSelectInput \- select input events .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSelectInput.f,v 1.2 88/05/04 06:25:22 mento Exp $ XSelectInput\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIevent_mask\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br long \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: eventmask.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 13:04:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i Specifies the event mask. .ds Wi whose events you are interested in .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSelectInput.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:55 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSelectInput function requests that the X server report the events associated with the specified event mask. Initially, X will not report any of these events. Events are reported relative to a window. If a window is not interested in a device event, it usually propagates to the closest ancestor that is interested, unless the do_not_propagate mask prohibits it. .IN "Event" "propagation" .LP Setting the event-mask attribute of a window overrides any previous call for the same window but not for other clients. Multiple clients can select for the same events on the same window with the following restrictions: .IP \(bu 5 Multiple clients can select events on the same window because their event masks are disjoint. When the X server generates an event, it reports it to all interested clients. .IP \(bu 5 Only one client at a time can select .ZN CirculateRequest , .ZN ConfigureRequest , or .ZN MapRequest events, which are associated with the event mask .ZN SubstructureRedirectMask . .IP \(bu 5 Only one client at a time can select a .ZN ResizeRequest event, which is associated with the event mask .ZN ResizeRedirectMask . .IP \(bu 5 Only one client at a time can select a .ZN ButtonPress event, which is associated with the event mask .ZN ButtonPressMask . .LP The server reports the event to all interested clients. .LP .ZN XSelectInput can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP obtain  kêèB9 m~—‰*™t‰*~—‰*Ô· ./usr/man/man3/XSelectionClearEvent.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSCEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:48 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSelectionClearEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSelectionClearEvent \- SelectionClear event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN SelectionClear events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* SelectionClear */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; Atom selection; Time time; } XSelectionClearEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The selection member is set to the selection atom. The time member is set to the last change time recorded for the selection. The window member is the window that was specified by the current owner (the owner losing the selection) in its .ZN XSetSelectionOwner call. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XSetSelectionOwner(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê8~8 ma—‰*œt‰*—‰*wa ./usr/man/man3/XSelectionEvent.3nt.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:53 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSelectionEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSelectionEvent \- SelectionNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN SelectionNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* SelectionNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window requestor; Atom selection; Atom target; Atom property; /* atom or None */ Time time; } XSelectionEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The requestor member is set to the window associated with the requestor of the selection. The selection member is set to the atom that indicates the selection. For example, PRIMARY is used for the primary selection. The target member is set to the atom that indicates the converted type. For example, PIXMAP is used for a pixmap. The property member is set to the atom that indicates which property the result was stored on. If the conversion failed, the property member is set to .ZN None . The time member is set to the time the conversion took place and can be a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .5i .t kê8 7 mi—‰*¢t‰*—‰*ÿ¾i ./usr/man/man3/XSelectionRequestEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSREvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:10 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSelectionRequestEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSelectionRequestEvent \- SelectionRequest event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN SelectionRequest events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* SelectionRequest */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window owner; Window requestor; Atom selection; Atom target; Atom property; Time time; } XSelectionRequestEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The owner member is set to the window that was specified by the current owner in its .ZN XSetSelectionOwner call. The requestor member is set to the window requesting the selection. The selection member is set to the atom that names the selection. For example, PRIMARY is used to indicate the primary selection. The target member is set to the atom that indicates the type the selection is desired in. The property member can be a property name or .ZN None . The time member is set to the timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime value from the .ZN ConvertSelection request. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSetSelectionOwner(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .5i De kêƒ6 m—‰*¬t‰*—‰*[[ ZK./usr/man/man3/XSendEvent.3uest.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:28 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSendEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSendEvent, XDisplayMotionBufferSize, XGetMotionEvents, XTimeCoord \- send events and pointer motion history structure .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSendEvent.f,v 1.2 88/05/04 06:29:14 mento Exp $ Status XSendEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIpropagate\fP\^, \fIevent_mask\fP\^, \fIevent_send\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Bool \fIpropagate\fP\^; .br long \fIevent_mask\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_send\fP\^; .LP unsigned long XDisplayMotionBufferSize\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetMoEvents.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:51 mento Exp $ XTimeCoord *XGetMotionEvents\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIstart\fP\^, \fIstop\fP\^, \fInevents_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Time \fIstart\fP\^, \fIstop\fP\^; .br int *\fInevents_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: eventmask.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 13:04:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i Specifies the event mask. .IP \fIevent_send\fP 1i Specifies the event that is to be sent. .\" $Header: nevents.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fInevents_return\fP 1i Returns the number of events from the motion history buffer. .\" $Header: propagate.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 13:42:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpropagate\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value. .\" $Header: startstop.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 13:47:41 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstart\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIstop\fP 1i Specify the time interval in which the events are returned from the motion history buffer. You can pass a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .ds Wi the window the event is to be sent to, .ZN PointerWindow , \ or \ .ZN InputFocus . .\" $Header: w_gen.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:21:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSendEvent.d,v 1.4 88/08/20 09:17:09 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSendEvent function identifies the destination window, determines which clients should receive the specified events, and ignores any active grabs. This function requires you to pass an event mask. For a discussion of the valid event mask names, see section 10.3. This function uses the w argument to identify the destination window as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If w is .ZN PointerWindow , the destination window is the window that contains the pointer. .IP \(bu 5 If w is .ZN InputFocus and if the focus window contains the pointer, the destination window is the window that contains the pointer; otherwise, the destination window is the focus window. .LP To determine which clients should receive the specified events, .ZN XSendEvent uses the propagate argument as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If event_mask is the empty set, the event is sent to the client that created the destination window. If that client no longer exists, no event is sent. .IP \(bu 5 If propagate is .ZN False , the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event types in the event_mask argument. .IP \(bu 5 If propagate is .ZN True and no clients have selected on destination any of the event types in event-mask, the destination is replaced with the closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a type in event-mask and for which no intervening window has that type in its do-not-propagate-mask. If no such window exists or if the window is an ancestor of the focus window and .ZN InputFocus was originally specified as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients. Otherwise, the event is reported to every client selecting on the final destination any of the types specified in event_mask. .LP The event in the .ZN XEvent structure must be one of the core events or one of the events defined by an extension (or a .ZN BadValue error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap the contents as necessary. The contents of the event are otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to .ZN True in the forwarded event and to set the serial number in the event correctly. .LP .ZN XSendEvent returns zero if the conversion to wire protocol format failed and returns nonzero otherwise. .ZN XSendEvent can generate .ZN BadValue and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The server may retain the recent history of the pointer motion and do so to a finer granularity than is reported by .ZN MotionNotify events. The .ZN XGetMotionEvents function makes this history available. .LP .\" $Header: XGetMoEvents.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:11 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetMotionEvents function returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall between the specified start and stop times, inclusive, and that have coordinates that lie within the specified window (including its borders) at its present placement. If the server does not support motion history, or if the start time is later than the stop time, or if the start time is in the future, no events are returned, and .ZN XGetMotionEvents returns NULL. If the stop time is in the future, it is equivalent to specifying .ZN CurrentTime . .ZN XGetMotionEvents can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XTimeCoord structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i .ta .5i typedef struct { Time time; short x, y; } XTimeCoord; .De .LP The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds. The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and are reported relative to the origin of the specified window. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XIfEvent(3X11), XNextEvent(3X11), XPutBackEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP t kêp=Å#mJ¹—‰*ƒu‰*¹—‰*ŠeJ ®N./usr/man/man3/XSendExtensionEvent.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSExEvnt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:35 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XSendExtensionEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSendExtensionEvent \- send input extension events to a client .SH SYNTAX Status XSendExtensionEvent\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIdestination\fP\^, \fIpropagate\fP\^, \fIevent_count\fP\^, \fIevent_list\fP\^, \fIevent_send\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br Window \fIdestination\fP\^; .br Bool \fIpropagate\fP\^; .br int \fIevent_count\fP\^; .br XEventClass *\fIevent_list\fP\^; .br XEvent *\fIevent_send\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device from which the events are to be sent. .TP 12 .I destination Specifies the window the event is to be sent to. You can pass window id, \fIPointerWindow\fP, \ or \ \fIInputFocus\fP. .TP 12 .I propagate Specifies a Boolean value that is either True or False. .TP 12 .I event_count Specifies the count of XEventClasses in event_list. .TP 12 .I event_list Specifies the list of event selections to be used. .TP 12 .I event_send Specifies a pointer to the event that is to be sent. .TP 12 .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSendExtensionEvent\fP request identifies the destination window, determines which clients should receive the specified events, and ignores any active grabs. This request requires you to pass an event class list. For a discussion of the valid event class names, see \fIXOpenDevice(3X11)\fP. This request uses the w argument to identify the destination window as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If w is \fIPointerWindow\fP , the destination window is the window that contains the pointer. .IP \(bu 5 If w is \fIInputFocus\fP and if the focus window contains the pointer, the destination window is the window that contains the pointer; otherwise, the destination window is the focus window. .P To determine which clients should receive the specified events, \fIXSendExtensionEvent\fP uses the propagate argument as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If event_list is the empty set, the event is sent to the client that created the destination window. If that client no longer exists, no event is sent. .IP \(bu 5 If propagate is \fIFalse\fP, the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event types specified by the event_list array. .IP \(bu 5 If propagate is \fITrue\fP and no clients have selected on destination any of the events specified by the event_list array, the destination is replaced with the closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a type specified by the event-list array and for which no intervening window has that type in its do-not-propagate-mask. If no such window exists or if the window is an ancestor of the focus window and \fIInputFocus\fP was originally specified as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients. Otherwise, the event is reported to every client selecting on the final destination any of the events specified in the event_list array. .P The event in the \fIXEvent\fP structure must be one of the events defined by the input extension (or a \fIBadValue\fP error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap the contents as necessary. The contents of the event are otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to \fITrue\fP in the forwarded event and to set the serial number in the event correctly. .P \fIXSendExtensionEvent\fP returns zero if the conversion to wire protocol format failed and returns nonzero otherwise. \fIXSendExtensionEvent\fP can generate \fIBadClass\fP, \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadValue\fP, and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP , \fIp kêTÄ#m¹—‰*ês‰*¹—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetAccessControl.33.3.so man3/XAddHost.3 requ kê2žÃ#mº—‰*Øt‰*º—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetAfterFunction.33.3.so man3/XSynchronize.3 kê–5 m(—‰*£t‰*—‰*Úv( Ñd./usr/man/man3/XSetArcMode.3ion.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeArcMod.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:14 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetArcMode 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetArcMode, XSetSubwindowMode, XSetGraphicsExposure \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetArcMode.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:54 mento Exp $ XSetArcMode\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIarc_mode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIarc_mode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetSubMode.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:40 mento Exp $ XSetSubwindowMode\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIsubwindow_mode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIsubwindow_mode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetGrExp.f,v 1.2 88/04/04 11:02:37 mento Exp $ XSetGraphicsExposures\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIgraphics_exposures\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br Bool \fIgraphics_exposures\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: arc_mode.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 12:21:20 mento Exp $ .IP \fIarc_mode\fP 1i Specifies the arc mode. You can pass .ZN ArcChord or .ZN ArcPieSlice . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: graph_exp.a,v 1.4 88/08/18 08:13:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgraphics_exposures\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether you want .ZN GraphicsExpose and .ZN NoExpose events to be reported when calling .ZN XCopyArea and .ZN XCopyPlane with this GC. .\" $Header: sub_mode.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 12:23:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsubwindow_mode\fP 1i Specifies the subwindow mode. You can pass .ZN ClipByChildren or .ZN IncludeInferiors . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetArcMode.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:00 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetArcMode function sets the arc mode in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetArcMode can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetSubMode.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:35 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetSubwindowMode function sets the subwindow mode in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetSubwindowMode can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetGrExp.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:14 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetGraphicsExposures function sets the graphics-exposures flag in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetGraphicsExposures can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCopyArea(3X11), XCreateGC(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kê8šÂ#mº—‰*¾t‰*º—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetBackground.3.so man3/XSetState.3 val kêÜ Á#mº—‰*Ýs‰*º—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetClassHint.3.so man3/XAllocClassHint.3 e,v 1 kêªîÀ#mº—‰*¥t‰*º—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetClipMask.3.so man3/XSetClipOrigin.3 e,v 1 kê]4 m—‰*¥t‰*—‰*X j›./usr/man/man3/XSetClipOrigin.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeClipO.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:16 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetClipOrigin 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetClipOrigin, XSetClipMask, XSetClipRectangles \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetClipOrig.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:57 mento Exp $ XSetClipOrigin\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIclip_x_origin\fP\^, \fIclip_y_origin\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIclip_x_origin\fP\^, \fIclip_y_origin\fP\^; .LP XSetClipMask\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP, \fIpixmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIpixmap\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetClpRects.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:59 mento Exp $ XSetClipRectangles\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIclip_x_origin\fP\^, \fIclip_y_origin\fP\^, \fIrectangles\fP\^, \fIn\fP\^, \fIordering\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIclip_x_origin\fP\^, \fIclip_y_origin\fP\^; .br XRectangle \fIrectangles\fP[]\^; .br int \fIn\fP\^; .br int \fIordering\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: clipxy.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 12:10:59 mento Exp $ .IP \fIclip_x_origin\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIclip_y_origin\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: n2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:03 mento Exp $ .IP \fIn\fP 1i Specifies the number of rectangles. .\" $Header: ordering.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 12:17:14 mento Exp $ .IP \fIordering\fP 1i Specifies the ordering relations on the rectangles. You can pass .ZN Unsorted , .ZN YSorted , .ZN YXSorted , or .ZN YXBanded . .IP \fIpixmap\fP 1i Specifies the pixmap or .ZN None . .\" $Header: rectangles1.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 12:16:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrectangles\fP 1i Specifies an array of rectangles that define the clip-mask. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetClipOrig.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:02 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetClipOrigin function sets the clip origin in the specified GC. The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in the graphics request. .LP .ZN XSetClipOrigin can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadGC errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetClpMask.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:02 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetClipMask function sets the clip-mask in the specified GC to the specified pixmap. If the clip-mask is set to .ZN None , the pixels are are always drawn (regardless of the clip-origin). .LP .ZN XSetClipMask can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetClpRects.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:53:03 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetClipRectangles function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC to the specified list of rectangles and sets the clip origin. The output is clipped to remain contained within the rectangles. The clip-origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request. The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin. The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or the graphics results will be undefined. Note that the list of rectangles can be empty, which effectively disables output. This is the opposite of passing .ZN None as the clip-mask in .ZN XCreateGC , .ZN XChangeGC , and .ZN XSetClipMask . .LP If known by the client, ordering relations on the rectangles can be specified with the ordering argument. This may provide faster operation by the server. If an incorrect ordering is specified, the X server may generate a .ZN BadMatch error, but it is not required to do so. If no error is generated, the graphics results are undefined. .ZN Unsorted means the rectangles are in arbitrary order. .ZN YSorted means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin. .ZN YXSorted additionally constrains .ZN YSorted order in that all rectangles with an equal Y origin are nondecreasing in their X origin. .ZN YXBanded additionally constrains .ZN YXSorted by requiring that, for every possible Y scanline, all rectangles that include that scanline have an identical Y origins and Y extents. .LP .ZN XSetClipRectangles can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XDrawRectangle(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP e kêêÞ¿#mº—‰*¦t‰*º—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetClipRectangles.3.3.so man3/XSetClipOrigin.3 ClipRe kê@×3 m÷—‰*§t‰*—‰*ˆX÷ ./usr/man/man3/XSetCloseDownMode.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeClosDM.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:19 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetCloseDownMode 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetCloseDownMode, XKillClient \- control clients .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XChClsDwnMd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:30 mento Exp $ XSetCloseDownMode\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIclose_mode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIclose_mode\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XKillClient.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:20 mento Exp $ XKillClient\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIresource\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIresource\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: closemode.a,v 1.4 88/05/14 09:00:07 mento Exp $ .IP \fIclose_mode\fP 1i Specifies the client close-down mode. You can pass .ZN DestroyAll , .ZN RetainPermanent , or .ZN RetainTemporary . .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: resource.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 09:01:41 mento Exp $ .IP \fIresource\fP 1i Specifies any resource associated with the client that you want to destroy or .ZN AllTemporary . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XChClsDwnMd.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:35:01 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetCloseDownMode defines what will happen to the client's resources at connection close. A connection starts in .ZN DestroyAll mode. For information on what happens to the client's resources when the close_mode argument is .ZN RetainPermanent or .ZN RetainTemporary , see section 2.5. .LP .ZN XSetCloseDownMode can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XKillClient.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 20:35:43 mento Exp $ The .ZN XKillClient function forces a close-down of the client that created the resource if a valid resource is specified. If the client has already terminated in either .ZN RetainPermanent or .ZN RetainTemporary mode, all of the client's resources are destroyed. If .ZN AllTemporary is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in .ZN RetainTemporary are destroyed (see section 2.5). This permits implementation of window manager facilities that aid debugging. A client can set its close-down mode to .ZN RetainTemporary . If the client then crashes, its windows would not be destroyed. The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree and use the window manager to destroy the zombie windows. .LP .ZN XKillClient can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP 1 kê"„2 m°€—‰*¨t‰*€—‰*ª¢° p[./usr/man/man3/XSetCommand.3ode.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeCmd.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:23 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetCommand 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetCommand, XGetCommand \- set or read a window's WM_COMMAND property .SH SYNTAX XSetCommand\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIargv\fP, \fIargc\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char **\fIargv\fP\^; .br int \fIargc\fP\^; .LP Status XGetCommand\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIargv_return\fP, \ \fIargc_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char ***\fIargv_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIargc_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIargc\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments. .IP \fIargc_return\fP 1i Returns the number of arguments returned. .IP \fIargv\fP 1i Specifies the application's argument list. .IP \fIargv_return\fP 1i Returns the application's argument list. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetCmd.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:53:04 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetCommand function sets the command and arguments used to invoke the application. (Typically, argv is the argv array of your main program.) If the strings are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. .LP .ZN XSetCommand can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetCommand function reads the WM_COMMAND property from the specified window and returns a string list. If the WM_COMMAND property exists, it is of type STRING and format 8. If sufficient memory can be allocated to contain the string list, .ZN XGetCommand fills in the argv_return and argc_return arguments and returns a nonzero status. Otherwise, it returns a zero status. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. To free the memory allocated to the string list, use .ZN XFreeStringList . .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 The command and arguments, separated by ASCII nulls, used to invoke the application. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêðx¾#mº—‰*µt‰*º—‰*./usr/man/man3/XSetDashes.3ode.so man3/XSetLineAttributes.3 ow kêT#½#m º—‰*„u‰*º—‰*¬Z ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceButtonMapping.3s.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeBMap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:38 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming With Xlib .TH XSetDeviceButtonMapping 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetDeviceButtonMapping, XGetDeviceButtonMapping \- query or change device button mappings .SH SYNTAX int XSetDeviceButtonMapping\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP, \fImap\fP, \fInmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br unsigned char \fImap\fP\^[]\^; .br int \fInmap\fP\^; .sp int XGetDeviceButtonMapping\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP, \fImap_return\fP, \fInmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br unsigned char \fImap_return\fP\^[]\^; .br int \fInmap\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose button mapping is to be queried or changed. .TP 12 .I map Specifies the mapping list. .TP 12 .I map_return Returns the mapping list. .TP 12 .I nmap Specifies the number of items in the mapping list. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSetDeviceButtonMapping\fP request sets the mapping of the specified device. If it succeeds, the X server generates a \fIDeviceMappingNotify\fP event, and \fIXSetDeviceButtonMapping\fP returns \fIMappingSuccess\fP. Element map[i] defines the logical button number for the physical button i+1. The length of the list must be the same as \fIXGetDeviceButtonMapping\fP would return, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results. A zero element disables a button, and elements are not restricted in value by the number of physical buttons. However, no two elements can have the same nonzero value, or a \fIBadValue\fP error results. If any of the buttons to be altered are logically in the down state, \fIXSetDeviceButtonMapping\fP returns \fIMappingBusy\fP, and the mapping is not changed. .P \fIXSetDeviceButtonMapping\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, and \fIBadValue\fP errors. .P The \fIXGetDeviceButtonMapping\fP request returns the current mapping of the specified device. Buttons are numbered starting from one. \fIXGetDeviceButtonMapping\fP returns the number of physical buttons actually on the device. The nominal mapping for a device is map[i]=i+1. The nmap argument specifies the length of the array where the device mapping is returned, and only the first nmap elements are returned in map_return. .P \fIXGetDeviceButtonMapping\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP or \fIBadMatch\fP errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGetDeviceButtonMapping\fP or \fIXSetDeviceButtonMapping\fP request was made specifying a device that has no buttons. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeDeviceKeyboardControl(3X), .br XChangeDeviceKeyMapping(3X) .br XChangeDeviceModifierMapping(3X) .br .br \fI\*(xL\fP coding kê>7¼#m¹»—‰*…u‰*»—‰*7²¹n›./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceFocus.3pping.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeDvFoc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:42 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XSetDeviceFocus 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetDeviceFocus, XGetDeviceFocus \- control extension input device focus .SH SYNTAX XSetDeviceFocus\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIfocus\fP\^, \fIrevert_to\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Display *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br Window \fIfocus\fP\^; .br int \fIrevert_to\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .sp XGetDeviceFocus\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIfocus_return\fP\^, \fIrevert_to_return\fP, \fItime_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Display *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br Window *\fIfocus_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIrevert_to_return\fP\^; .br int *\fItime_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose focus is to be queried or changed. .TP 12 .I focus Specifies the window, \fIPointerRoot\fP, \fIFollowKeyboard\fP, or \fINone\fP. .TP 12 .I focus_return Returns the focus window, \fIPointerRoot\fP, \fIFollowKeyboard\fP, or \fINone\fP. .TP 12 .I revert_to Specifies where the input focus reverts to if the window becomes not viewable. You can pass \fIRevertToParent\fP, \fIRevertToPointerRoot\fP, \fIRevertToFollowKeyboard\fP, or \fIRevertToNone\fP. .TP 12 .I revert_to_return Returns the current focus state \fIRevertToParent\fP, \fIRevertToPointerRoot\fP, \fIRevertToFollowKeyboard\fP, or \fIRevertToNone\fP. .TP 12 .I time_return Returns the last_focus_time for the device. .TP 12 .I time Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or \fICurrentTime\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSetDeviceFocus\fP request changes the focus of the specified device and its last-focus-change time. It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current last-focus-change time or is later than the current X server time. Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time \fICurrentTime\fP is replaced by the current X server time). \fIXSetDeviceFocus\fP causes the X server to generate \fIDeviceFocusIn\fP and \fIDeviceFocusOut\fP events. .P Depending on the focus argument, the following occurs: .IP \(bu 5 If focus is \fINone\fP , all device events are discarded until a new focus window is set, and the revert_to argument is ignored. .IP \(bu 5 If focus is a window, it becomes the device's focus window. If a generated device event would normally be reported to this window or one of its inferiors, the event is reported as usual. Otherwise, the event is reported relative to the focus window. .IP \(bu 5 If focus is \fIPointerRoot\fP, the focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window of whatever screen the pointer is on at each event from the specified device. In this case, the revert_to argument is ignored. .IP \(bu 5 If focus is \fIFollowKeyboard\fP, the focus window is dynamically taken to be the window to which the X keyboard focus is set at each input event. .P The specified focus window must be viewable at the time \fIXSetDeviceFocus\fP is called, or a \fIBadMatch\fP error results. If the focus window later becomes not viewable, the X server evaluates the revert_to argument to determine the new focus window as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If revert_to is \fIRevertToParent\fP, the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable ancestor), and the new revert_to value is taken to be \fIRevertToNone\fP. .IP \(bu 5 If revert_to is \fIRevertToPointerRoot\fP, \fIRevertToFollowKeyboard\fP, or \fIRevertToNone\fP, the focus reverts to \fIPointerRoot\fP, \fIFollowKeyboard\fP, or \fINone\fP, respectively. .P When the focus reverts, the X server generates \fIDeviceFocusIn\fP and \fIDeviceFocusOut\fP events, but the last-focus-change time is not affected. .P Input extension devices are not required to support the ability to be focused. Attempting to set the focus of a device that does not support this request will result in a \fIBadMatch\fP error. Whether or not given device can support this request can be determined by the information returned by \fIXOpenDevice\fP. For those devices that support focus, \fIXOpenDevice\fP will return an \fIXInputClassInfo\fP structure with the input_class field equal to the constant \fIFocusClass\fP (defined in the file \fIXI.h\fP). .P \fIXSetDeviceFocus\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP, \fIBadMatch\fP, \fIBadValue\fP, and \fIBadWindow\fP errors. .P The \fIXGetDeviceFocus\fP request returns the focus window and the current focus state. .P Not all input extension devices can be focused. Attempting to query the focus state of a device that can't be focused results in a \fIBadMatch\fP error. A device that can be focused returns information for input Class Focus when an \fIXOpenDevice\fP request is made. .P \fIXGetDeviceFocus\fP can generate \fIBadDevice\fP, and \fIBadMatch\fP errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if the specified device is the X keyboard or X pointer device. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .TP 12 \fIBadWindow\fP A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXGetDeviceFocus\fP or \fIXSetDeviceFocus\fP request was made specifying a device that the server implementation does not allow to be focused. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP P. .SH kêºr¸#mè»—‰*‰u‰*»—‰*ë|è ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceMode.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSetMode.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:50 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XSetDeviceMode 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetDeviceMode \- change the mode of a device .SH SYNTAX XSetDeviceMode\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br int \fI_mode\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose mode is to be changed. .TP 12 .I mode Specifies the mode. You can pass \fIAbsolute\fP , or \fIRelative\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSetDeviceMode\fP request changes the mode of an input device that is capable of reporting either absolute positional information or relative motion information. Not all input devices are capable of reporting motion data, and not all are capable of changing modes from \fIAbsolute\fP to \fIRelative\fP. .P \fIXSetDeviceMode\fP can generate a \fIBadDevice\fP or \fIBadMode\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. This error may also occur if some other client has caused the specified device to become the X keyboard or X pointer device via the \fIXChangeKeyboardDevice\fP or \fIXChangePointerDevice\fP requests. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXSetDeviceMode\fP request is made specifying a device that has no valuators and reports no axes of motion. .TP 12 \fIBadMode\fP An invalid mode was specified. This error will also be returned if the specified device is not capable of supporting the \fIXSetDeviceMode\fP request. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê˜U·#m%»—‰*tu‰*»—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceModifierMapping.33.3.so man3/XGetDeviceModifierMapping.3 ) M kêN¶#mð»—‰*ˆu‰*»—‰*vSð ./usr/man/man3/XSetDeviceValuators.3ing.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSetDVal.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:13:47 7/17/92 .ds xL Programming with Xlib .TH XSetDeviceValuators 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetDeviceValuators \- initialize the valuators on an extension input device .SH SYNTAX XSetDeviceValuators\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdevice\fP\^, \fIvaluators\fP\^, \fIfirst_valuator\fP\^, \fInum_valuators\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XDevice *\fIdevice\fP\^; .br int *\fIvaluators\fP\^; .br int \fIfirst_valuator\fP\^; .br int \fInum_valuators\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .TP 12 .I display Specifies the connection to the X server. .TP 12 .I device Specifies the device whose valuators are to be initialized. .TP 12 .I valuators Specifies a pointer to an array of integer values to be used to initialize the device valuators. .TP 12 .I first_valuator Specifies the first valuator to be set. Valuators are numbered beginning with zero. .TP 12 .I num_valuators Specifies the number of valuators to be set. .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXSetDeviceValuators\fP request sets the current values of the valuators of an input device. The valuators in the range first_valuator to (first_valuator + num_valuators) are set to the specified values. Valuators are numbered beginning with 0. Not all input devices support initialization of valuator values. If this request is made to a device that does not support valuators initialization, a \fIBadMatch\fP error will occur. .P If the request succeeds, a status of Success is returned. If another client has the device grabbed, a status of AlreadyGrabbed is returned. .P \fIXSetDeviceValuators\fP can generate a \fIBadLength\fP, \fIBadDevice\fP , \fIBadMatch\fP, or \fIBadValue\fP error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .TP 12 \fIBadDevice\fP An invalid device was specified. The specified device does not exist or has not been opened by this client via \fIXOpenInputDevice\fP. .TP 12 \fIBadMatch\fP This error may occur if an \fIXSetDeviceValuators\fP request is made specifying a device that has no valuators and reports no axes of motion, or if such a request is made specifying a device that does not support valuator initialization. .TP 12 \fIBadValue\fP An invalid first_valuator or num_valuators values was specified. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê1 mg€—‰*ªt‰*€—‰*»Mg £M./usr/man/man3/XSetErrorHandler.3.3ing.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeErrHan.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:25 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetErrorHandler 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetErrorHandler, XGetErrorText, XDisplayName, XSetIOErrorHandler, XGetErrorDatabaseText \- default error handlers .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XErrHndlr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:49 mento Exp $ int (*XSetErrorHandler\^(\^\fIhandler\fP\^)\^)\^(\^) .br int (\^*\^\fIhandler\fP\^)\^(Display *, XErrorEvent *) .LP .\" $Header: XErrDescrip.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:49 mento Exp $ XGetErrorText\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcode\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fIlength\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIcode\fP\^; .br char *\fIbuffer_return\fP\^; .br int \fIlength\fP\^; .LP char *XDisplayName\^(\^\fIstring\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XIOErrHnd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:01:07 mento Exp $ int (*XSetIOErrorHandler\^(\^\fIhandler\fP\^)\^)\^(\^) .br int (\^*\^\fIhandler\fP\^)(Display *); .LP XGetErrorDatabaseText\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIname\fP, \fImessage\fP, \fIdefault_string\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fIlength\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIname\fP, *\fImessage\fP\^; .br char *\fIdefault_string\fP\^; .br char *\fIbuffer_return\fP\^; .br int \fIlength\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i Returns the error description. .\" $Header: code.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:05:58 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcode\fP 1i Specifies the error code for which you want to obtain a description. .IP \fIdefault_string\fP 1i Specifies the default error message if none is found in the database. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: handler.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:27:49 mento Exp $ .IP \fIhandler\fP 1i Specifies the program's supplied error handler. .IP \fIlength\fP 1i Specifies the size of the buffer. .\" $Header: type_err.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fImessage\fP 1i Specifies the type of the error message. .\" $Header: name_err.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:07 mento Exp $ .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the name of the application. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XErrHndlr.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:10 mento Exp $ Xlib generally calls the program's supplied error handler whenever an error is received. It is not called on .ZN BadName errors from .ZN OpenFont , .ZN LookupColor , or .ZN AllocNamedColor protocol requests or on .ZN BadFont errors from a .ZN QueryFont protocol request. These errors generally are reflected back to the program through the procedural interface. Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal, it is acceptable for your error handler to return. However, the error handler should not call any functions (directly or indirectly) on the display that will generate protocol requests or that will look for input events. The previous error handler is returned. .LP .\" $Header: XErrDescrip.d,v 1.3 88/08/21 07:02:39 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetErrorText function copies a null-terminated string describing the specified error code into the specified buffer. The returned text is in the encoding of the current locale. It is recommended that you use this function to obtain an error description because extensions to Xlib may define their own error codes and error strings. .LP .\" $Header: XDispName.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:50:03 mento Exp $ The .ZN XDisplayName function returns the name of the display that .ZN XOpenDisplay would attempt to use. If a NULL string is specified, .ZN XDisplayName looks in the environment for the display and returns the display name that .ZN XOpenDisplay would attempt to use. This makes it easier to report to the user precisely which display the program attempted to open when the initial connection attempt failed. .LP .\" $Header: XIOErrHnd.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 09:36:21 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetIOErrorHandler sets the fatal I/O error handler. Xlib calls the program's supplied error handler if any sort of system call error occurs (for example, the connection to the server was lost). This is assumed to be a fatal condition, and the called routine should not return. If the I/O error handler does return, the client process exits. .LP Note that the previous error handler is returned. .LP The .ZN XGetErrorDatabaseText function returns a null-terminated message (or the default message) from the error message database. Xlib uses this function internally to look up its error messages. The default_string is assumed to be in the encoding of the current locale. The buffer_return text is in the encoding of the current locale. .LP The name argument should generally be the name of your application. The message argument should indicate which type of error message you want. If the name and message are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Xlib uses three predefined ``application names'' to report errors (uppercase and lowercase matter): .IP XProtoError 1i The protocol error number is used as a string for the message argument. .IP XlibMessage 1i These are the message strings that are used internally by the library. .IP XRequest 1i For a core protocol request, the major request protocol number is used for the message argument. For an extension request, the extension name (as given by .ZN InitExtension ) followed by a period (\.) and the minor request protocol number is used for the message argument. If no string is found in the error database, the default_string is returned to the buffer argument. .SH "SEE ALSO" XOpenDisplay(3X11), XSynchronize(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP " kêÔ*µ#m»—‰*°t‰*»—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetFillRule.3r..so man3/XSetFillStyle.3 the err kê0 mM€—‰*¯t‰*€—‰*ºM ./usr/man/man3/XSetFillStyle.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeFillS.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:31 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetFillStyle 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetFillStyle, XSetFillRule \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetFStyle.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:07 mento Exp $ XSetFillStyle\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIfill_style\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIfill_style\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetFRule.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:07 mento Exp $ XSetFillRule\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIfill_rule\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIfill_rule\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: fill_rule.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 11:57:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfill_rule\fP 1i Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC. You can pass .ZN EvenOddRule or .ZN WindingRule . .\" $Header: fill_style.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 11:54:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfill_style\fP 1i Specifies the fill-style you want to set for the specified GC. You can pass .ZN FillSolid , .ZN FillTiled , .ZN FillStippled , or .ZN FillOpaqueStippled . .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetFStyle.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:08 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetFillStyle function sets the fill-style in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetFillStyle can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetFRule.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:08 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetFillRule function sets the fill-rule in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetFillRule can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Th kêس/ mE €—‰*°t‰*€—‰*.¾E ./usr/man/man3/XSetFont.3le.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeFont.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:34 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetFont 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetFont \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetFont.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:09 mento Exp $ XSetFont\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIfont\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br Font \fIfont\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: font.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont\fP 1i Specifies the font. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetFont.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:10 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetFont function sets the current font in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetFont can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadFont , and .ZN BadGC errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badfont.e,v 1.2 87/09/09 18:08:11 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadFont A value for a Font or GContext argument does not name a defined Font. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ,v kêÐ^. m{€—‰*±t‰*€—‰*Œq{ )Œ./usr/man/man3/XSetFontPath.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeFontP.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:38 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetFontPath 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetFontPath, XGetFontPath, XFreeFontPath \- set, get, or free the font search path .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetFontPath.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:10 mento Exp $ XSetFontPath\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdirectories\fP\^, \fIndirs\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char **\fIdirectories\fP\^; .br int \fIndirs\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetFontPath.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:27 mento Exp $ char **XGetFontPath\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fInpaths_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fInpaths_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFFontPath.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:59:58 mento Exp $ XFreeFontPath\^(\^\fIlist\fP\^) .br char **\fIlist\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: directories.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:06:52 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdirectories\fP 1i Specifies the directory path used to look for a font. Setting the path to the empty list restores the default path defined for the X server. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: list.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:40 mento Exp $ .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies the array of strings you want to free. .\" $Header: ndirs.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIndirs\fP 1i Specifies the number of directories in the path. .\" $Header: npaths.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fInpaths_return\fP 1i Returns the number of strings in the font path array. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetFontPath.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:13 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetFontPath function defines the directory search path for font lookup. There is only one search path per X server, not one per client. The encoding and interpretation of the strings is implementation dependent, but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched in the order listed. An X server is permitted to cache font information internally, for example, it might cache an entire font from a file and not check on subsequent opens of that font to see if the underlying font file has changed. However, when the font path is changed the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated. The meaning of an error from this request is implementation dependent. .LP .ZN XSetFontPath can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XGetFontPath.d,v 1.3 88/04/23 09:36:29 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetFontPath function allocates and returns an array of strings containing the search path. The contents of these strings are implementation dependent and are not intended to be interpreted by client applications. When it is no longer needed, the data in the font path should be freed by using .ZN XFreeFontPath . .LP .\" $Header: XFFontPath.d,v 1.3 88/04/06 15:18:51 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFreeFontPath function frees the data allocated by .ZN XGetFontPath . .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XListFont(3X11), XLoadFonts(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP e fon kêN÷´#m»—‰*¾t‰*»—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetForeground.3.so man3/XSetState.3 sh kꘀ³#m»—‰*½t‰*»—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetFunction.33.so man3/XSetState.3 sh kê²Ç²#m»—‰*¤t‰*»—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetGraphicsExposure.3ng.so man3/XSetArcMode.3 h kêj- m´ —‰*t‰*—‰*ß–´ ./usr/man/man3/XSetICFocus.3pos.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSICFoc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:56 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetICFocus 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetICFocus, XUnsetICFocus \- set and unset input context focus .SH SYNTAX void XSetICFocus\^(\^\fIic\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .LP void XUnsetICFocus\^(\^\fIic\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIic\fP 1i Specifies the input context. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetICFocus function allows a client to notify an input method that the focus window attached to the specified input context has received keyboard focus. The input method should take action to provide appropriate feedback. Complete feedback specification is a matter of user interface policy. .LP The .ZN XUnsetICFocus function allows a client to notify an input method that the specified input context has lost the keyboard focus and that no more input is expected on the focus window attached to that input context. The input method should take action to provide appropriate feedback. Complete feedback specification is a matter of user interface policy. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateIC(3X11), XOpenIM(3X11), XSetICValues(3X11), XmbResetIC(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP der: kê(Š, m*—‰*žt‰*—‰*xv* ./usr/man/man3/XSetICValues.3os.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSICVals.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:01 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetICValues 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetICValues, XGetICValues \- set and obtain XIC values .SH SYNTAX char * XSetICValues\^(\^\fIic\fP\^, ...) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .LP char * XGetICValues\^(\^\fIic\fP\^, ...) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIic\fP 1i Specifies the input context. .ds Al \ to set or get XIC values .IP ... 1i Specifies the variable length argument list\*(Al. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetICValues function returns NULL if no error occurred; otherwise, it returns the name of the first argument that could not be set. An argument could be not set for any of the following reasons: .IP \(bu 5 A read-only argument was set (for example, .ZN XNFilterEvents ). .IP \(bu 5 The argument name is not recognized. .IP \(bu 5 The input method encountered an input method implementation dependent error. .LP Each value to be set must be an appropriate datum, matching the data type imposed by the semantics of the argument. .LP The .ZN XSetICValues can generate .ZN BadAtom , .ZN BadColor , .ZN BadCursor , .ZN BadPixmap , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetICValues function returns NULL if no error occurred; otherwise, it returns the name of the first argument that could not be obtained. An argument could be not obtained for any of the following reasons: .IP \(bu 5 The argument name is not recognized. .IP \(bu 5 The input method encountered an implementation dependent error. .LP Each argument value (following a name) must point to a location where the value is to be stored. .ZN XGetICValues allocates memory to store the values, and client is responsible for freeing each value by calling .ZN XFree . .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badcursor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:58 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadCursor A value for a Cursor argument does not name a defined Cursor. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateIC(3X11), XOpenIM(3X11), XSetICFocus(3X11), XmbResetIC(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nd ret kêìı#m»—‰*«t‰*»—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetIOErrorHandler.33ng.so man3/XSetErrorHandler.3 1.1 kêbi°#m¼—‰*Èt‰*¼—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetIconName.3le.so man3/XSetWMIconName.3 3 1.1 kêŠ ¯#m¼—‰*ßs‰*¼—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetIconSizes.3e.so man3/XAllocIconSize.3 3 1.1 kê „+ m"—‰*³t‰*—‰*lv" ÑÂ./usr/man/man3/XSetInputFocus.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeInFoc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:40 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetInputFocus 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetInputFocus, XGetInputFocus \- control input focus .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetInFocus.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:18 mento Exp $ XSetInputFocus\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfocus\fP\^, \fIrevert_to\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIfocus\fP\^; .br int \fIrevert_to\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetInFocus.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:48 mento Exp $ XGetInputFocus\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfocus_return\fP\^, \fIrevert_to_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window *\fIfocus_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIrevert_to_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIfocus\fP 1i Specifies the window, .ZN PointerRoot , or .ZN None . .\" $Header: focus.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 08:56:12 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfocus_return\fP 1i Returns the focus window, .ZN PointerRoot , or .ZN None . .\" $Header: revertto.a,v 1.4 88/08/19 20:33:14 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrevert_to\fP 1i Specifies where the input focus reverts to if the window becomes not viewable. You can pass .ZN RevertToParent , .ZN RevertToPointerRoot , or .ZN RevertToNone . .\" $Header: reverttoret.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 08:57:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrevert_to_return\fP 1i Returns the current focus state .Pn ( RevertToParent , .ZN RevertToPointerRoot , or .ZN RevertToNone ). .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetInFocus.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:17 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetInputFocus function changes the input focus and the last-focus-change time. It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current last-focus-change time or is later than the current X server time. Otherwise, the last-focus-change time is set to the specified time .Pn ( CurrentTime is replaced by the current X server time). .ZN XSetInputFocus causes the X server to generate .ZN FocusIn and .ZN FocusOut events. .LP Depending on the focus argument, the following occurs: .IP \(bu 5 If focus is .ZN None , all keyboard events are discarded until a new focus window is set, and the revert_to argument is ignored. .IP \(bu 5 If focus is a window, it becomes the keyboard's focus window. If a generated keyboard event would normally be reported to this window or one of its inferiors, the event is reported as usual. Otherwise, the event is reported relative to the focus window. .IP \(bu 5 If focus is .ZN PointerRoot , the focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window of whatever screen the pointer is on at each keyboard event. In this case, the revert_to argument is ignored. .LP The specified focus window must be viewable at the time .ZN XSetInputFocus is called, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. If the focus window later becomes not viewable, the X server evaluates the revert_to argument to determine the new focus window as follows: .IP \(bu 5 If revert_to is .ZN RevertToParent , the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable ancestor), and the new revert_to value is taken to be .ZN RevertToNone . .IP \(bu 5 If revert_to is .ZN RevertToPointerRoot or .ZN RevertToNone , the focus reverts to .ZN PointerRoot or .ZN None , respectively. When the focus reverts, the X server generates .ZN FocusIn and .ZN FocusOut events, but the last-focus-change time is not affected. .LP .ZN XSetInputFocus can generate .ZN BadMatch , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetInFocus.d,v 1.2 88/05/14 08:58:23 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetInputFocus function returns the focus window and the current focus state. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XWarpPointer(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Exp $  kêÏ* mH—‰*´t‰*—‰*¥±H Æ”./usr/man/man3/XSetLineAttributes.33ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeLAttr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:43 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetLineAttributes 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetLineAttributes, XSetDashes \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetLnStle.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:22 mento Exp $ XSetLineAttributes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIline_width\fP\^, \fIline_style\fP\^, \fIcap_style\fP\^, \fIjoin_style\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIline_width\fP\^; .br int \fIline_style\fP\^; .br int \fIcap_style\fP\^; .br int \fIjoin_style\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetDashes.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:06 mento Exp $ XSetDashes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIdash_offset\fP\^, \fIdash_list\fP\^, \fIn\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIdash_offset\fP\^; .br char \fIdash_list\fP[]\^; .br int \fIn\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: cap_style.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:44:16 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcap_style\fP 1i Specifies the line-style and cap-style you want to set for the specified GC. You can pass .ZN CapNotLast , .ZN CapButt , .ZN CapRound , or .ZN CapProjecting . .\" $Header: dashlist.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:47:52 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdash_list\fP 1i Specifies the dash-list for the dashed line-style you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: dashoff.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:46:56 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdash_offset\fP 1i Specifies the phase of the pattern for the dashed line-style you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: join_style.a,v 1.3 88/05/09 14:18:01 mento Exp $ .IP \fIjoin_style\fP 1i Specifies the line join-style you want to set for the specified GC. You can pass .ZN JoinMiter , .ZN JoinRound , or .ZN JoinBevel . .\" $Header: line_style.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:43:02 mento Exp $ .IP \fIline_style\fP 1i Specifies the line-style you want to set for the specified GC. You can pass .ZN LineSolid , .ZN LineOnOffDash , or .ZN LineDoubleDash . .\" $Header: line_width.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:40:12 mento Exp $ .IP \fIline_width\fP 1i Specifies the line-width you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: n3.a,v 1.2 88/05/11 11:38:49 mento Exp $ .IP \fIn\fP 1i Specifies the number of elements in dash_list. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetLnStle.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:24 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetLineAttributes function sets the line drawing components in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetLineAttributes can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetDashes.d,v 1.4 88/08/18 08:11:08 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetDashes function sets the dash-offset and dash-list attributes for dashed line styles in the specified GC. There must be at least one element in the specified dash_list, or a .ZN BadValue error results. The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on) of the dash_list are the even dashes, and the others are the odd dashes. Each element specifies a dash length in pixels. All of the elements must be nonzero, or a .ZN BadValue error results. Specifying an odd-length list is equivalent to specifying the same list concatenated with itself to produce an even-length list. .LP The dash-offset defines the phase of the pattern, specifying how many pixels into the dash-list the pattern should actually begin in any single graphics request. Dashing is continuous through path elements combined with a join-style but is reset to the dash-offset between each sequence of joined lines. .LP The unit of measure for dashes is the same for the ordinary coordinate system. Ideally, a dash length is measured along the slope of the line, but implementations are only required to match this ideal for horizontal and vertical lines. Failing the ideal semantics, it is suggested that the length be measured along the major axis of the line. The major axis is defined as the x axis for lines drawn at an angle of between \-45 and +45 degrees or between 135 and 225 degrees from the x axis. For all other lines, the major axis is the y axis. .LP .ZN XSetDashes can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetState(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kꀮ#m¼—‰*×t‰*¼—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetLocaleModifiers.3ng.so man3/XSupportsLocale.3 ion s kêh­#m"¼—‰*ùs‰*¼—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XSetModifierMapping.3ng.so man3/XChangeKeyboardMapping.3 s the kêD<¬#m¼—‰*½t‰*¼—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetPlanemask.3i.so man3/XSetState.3 ard kêŠ!) mœ‚—‰*¶t‰*‚—‰*Y¸œ ./usr/man/man3/XSetPointerMapping.3ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSePMap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:46 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetPointerMapping 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetPointerMapping, XGetPointerMapping \- manipulate pointer settings .SH SYNTAX int XSetPointerMapping\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fImap\fP, \fInmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned char \fImap\fP\^[]\^; .br int \fInmap\fP\^; .LP int XGetPointerMapping\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fImap_return\fP, \fInmap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br unsigned char \fImap_return\fP\^[]\^; .br int \fInmap\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fImap\fP 1i Specifies the mapping list. .IP \fImap_return\fP 1i Returns the mapping list. .IP \fInmap\fP 1i Specifies the number of items in the mapping list. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetPMap.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:53:27 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetPointerMapping function sets the mapping of the pointer. If it succeeds, the X server generates a .ZN MappingNotify event, and .ZN XSetPointerMapping returns .ZN MappingSuccess . Element map[i] defines the logical button number for the physical button i+1. The length of the list must be the same as .ZN XGetPointerMapping would return, or a .ZN BadValue error results. A zero element disables a button, and elements are not restricted in value by the number of physical buttons. However, no two elements can have the same nonzero value, or a .ZN BadValue error results. If any of the buttons to be altered are logically in the down state, .ZN XSetPointerMapping returns .ZN MappingBusy , and the mapping is not changed. .LP .ZN XSetPointerMapping can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XGetPMap.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:13 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetPointerMapping function returns the current mapping of the pointer. Pointer buttons are numbered starting from one. .ZN XGetPointerMapping returns the number of physical buttons actually on the pointer. The nominal mapping for a pointer is map[i]=i+1. The nmap argument specifies the length of the array where the pointer mapping is returned, and only the first nmap elements are returned in map_return. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeKeyboardControl(3X11), XChangeKeyboardMapping(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ZN B kêb׫#m"¼—‰*ás‰*¼—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XSetRGBColormaps.33ng.so man3/XAllocStandardColormap.3 X ) Mo kê¾zª#m¼—‰*t‰*¼—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetRegion.3aps..so man3/XCreateRegion.3 lormap. kêúê( m[‚—‰*·t‰*‚—‰*ÂÂ[ Zº./usr/man/man3/XSetScreenSaver.33ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeScSav.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:48 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetScreenSaver 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetScreenSaver, XForceScreenSaver, XActivateScreenSaver, XResetScreenSaver, XGetScreenSaver \- manipulate the screen saver .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetScrnSvr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:37 mento Exp $ XSetScreenSaver\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fItimeout\fP\^, \fIinterval\fP\^, \fIprefer_blanking\fP\^, \fIallow_exposures\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fItimeout\fP\^, \fIinterval\fP\^; .br int \fIprefer_blanking\fP\^; .br int \fIallow_exposures\fP\^; .LP XForceScreenSaver\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fImode\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .LP XActivateScreenSaver\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP XResetScreenSaver\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetScrnSvr.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:59 mento Exp $ XGetScreenSaver\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fItimeout_return\fP\^, \fIinterval_return\fP\^, \fIprefer_blanking_return\fP\^, .br \fIallow_exposures_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fItimeout_return\fP\^, *\fIinterval_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIprefer_blanking_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIallow_exposures_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: allowexp.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 09:43:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIallow_exposures\fP 1i Specifies the screen save control values. You can pass .ZN DontAllowExposures , .ZN AllowExposures , or .ZN DefaultExposures . .\" $Header: allowexpret.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 09:50:38 mento Exp $ .IP \fIallow_exposures_return\fP 1i Returns the current screen save control value .Pn ( DontAllowExposures , .ZN AllowExposures , or .ZN DefaultExposures ). .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: interval.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 18:31:20 mento Exp $ .IP \fIinterval\fP 1i Specifies the interval, in seconds, between screen saver alterations. .\" $Header: intervalret.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:20 mento Exp $ .IP \fIinterval_return\fP 1i Returns the interval between screen saver invocations. .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the mode that is to be applied. You can pass .ZN ScreenSaverActive or .ZN ScreenSaverReset . .\" $Header: preferblank.a,v 1.3 88/05/14 09:42:26 mento Exp $ .IP \fIprefer_blanking\fP 1i Specifies how to enable screen blanking. You can pass .ZN DontPreferBlanking , .ZN PreferBlanking , or .ZN DefaultBlanking . .\" $Header: prefrblnkret.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 09:49:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIprefer_blanking_return\fP 1i Returns the current screen blanking preference .Pn ( DontPreferBlanking , .ZN PreferBlanking , or .ZN DefaultBlanking ). .\" $Header: timeout.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:42 mento Exp $ .IP \fItimeout\fP 1i Specifies the timeout, in seconds, until the screen saver turns on. .\" $Header: timeoutret.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fItimeout_return\fP 1i Returns the timeout, in seconds, until the screen saver turns on. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetScrnSvr.d,v 1.3 88/08/19 21:02:13 mento Exp $ Timeout and interval are specified in seconds. A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver (but an activated screen saver is not deactivated), and a timeout of \-1 restores the default. Other negative values generate a .ZN BadValue error. If the timeout value is nonzero, .ZN XSetScreenSaver enables the screen saver. An interval of 0 disables the random-pattern motion. If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated for the specified number of timeout seconds once the screen saver is enabled, the screen saver is activated. .LP For each screen, if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking, the screen simply goes blank. Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated without sending .ZN Expose events to clients, the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly re-origined each interval minutes. Otherwise, the screens' state do not change, and the screen saver is not activated. The screen saver is deactivated, and all screen states are restored at the next keyboard or pointer input or at the next call to .ZN XForceScreenSaver with mode .ZN ScreenSaverReset . .LP If the server-dependent screen saver method supports periodic change, the interval argument serves as a hint about how long the change period should be, and zero hints that no periodic change should be made. Examples of ways to change the screen include scrambling the colormap periodically, moving an icon image around the screen periodically, or tiling the screen with the root window background tile, randomly re-origined periodically. .LP .ZN XSetScreenSaver can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XForScrnSvr.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:50:37 mento Exp $ If the specified mode is .ZN ScreenSaverActive and the screen saver currently is deactivated, .ZN XForceScreenSaver activates the screen saver even if the screen saver had been disabled with a timeout of zero. If the specified mode is .ZN ScreenSaverReset and the screen saver currently is enabled, .ZN XForceScreenSaver deactivates the screen saver if it was activated, and the activation timer is reset to its initial state (as if device input had been received). .LP .ZN XForceScreenSaver can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XActScrnSvr.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:48:32 mento Exp $ The .ZN XActivateScreenSaver function activates the screen saver. .LP .\" $Header: XRstScrnSvr.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:50:12 mento Exp $ The .ZN XResetScreenSaver function resets the screen saver. .LP .\" $Header: XGetScrnSvr.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:48:38 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetScreenSaver function gets the current screen saver values. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP 0 men kê’B' m¿‚—‰*ºt‰*‚—‰*¶¿ 8X./usr/man/man3/XSetSelectionOwner.3ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeSelOwn.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:52 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetSelectionOwner 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetSelectionOwner, XGetSelectionOwner, XConvertSelection \- manipulate window selection .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetSelOwner.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:38 mento Exp $ XSetSelectionOwner\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIselection\fP\^, \fIowner\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Atom \fIselection\fP\^; .br Window \fIowner\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetSelOwner.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:59 mento Exp $ Window XGetSelectionOwner\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIselection\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Atom \fIselection\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XConvertSel.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 09:58:58 mento Exp $ XConvertSelection\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIselection\fP\^, \fItarget\fP\^, \fIproperty\fP\^, \fIrequestor\fP\^, \fItime\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Atom \fIselection\fP\^, \fItarget\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .br Window \fIrequestor\fP\^; .br Time \fItime\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: owner.a,v 1.2 88/05/08 12:15:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIowner\fP 1i Specifies the owner of the specified selection atom. You can pass a window or .ZN None . .\" $Header: property.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 15:19:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIproperty\fP 1i Specifies the property name. You also can pass .ZN None . .\" $Header: requestor.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:53 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i Specifies the requestor. .\" $Header: selection.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:11 mento Exp $ .IP \fIselection\fP 1i Specifies the selection atom. .\" $Header: target.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fItarget\fP 1i Specifies the target atom. .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the time. You can pass either a timestamp or .ZN CurrentTime . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetSelOwner.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:53:34 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetSelectionOwner function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current last-change time of the specified selection or is later than the current X server time. Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time, with .ZN CurrentTime replaced by the current server time. If the owner window is specified as .ZN None , then the owner of the selection becomes .ZN None (that is, no owner). Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing the request. .LP If the new owner (whether a client or .ZN None ) is not the same as the current owner of the selection and the current owner is not .ZN None , the current owner is sent a .ZN SelectionClear event. If the client that is the owner of a selection is later terminated (that is, its connection is closed) or if the owner window it has specified in the request is later destroyed, the owner of the selection automatically reverts to .ZN None , but the last-change time is not affected. The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server. .ZN XGetSelectionOwner returns the owner window, which is reported in .ZN SelectionRequest and .ZN SelectionClear events. Selections are global to the X server. .LP .ZN XSetSelectionOwner can generate .ZN BadAtom and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetSelOwner.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:51:28 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetSelectionOwner function returns the window ID associated with the window that currently owns the specified selection. If no selection was specified, the function returns the constant .ZN None . If .ZN None is returned, there is no owner for the selection. .LP .ZN XGetSelectionOwner can generate a .ZN BadAtom error. .LP .\" $Header: XConvertSel.d,v 1.3 88/05/08 12:25:35 mento Exp $ .ZN XConvertSelection requests that the specified selection be converted to the specified target type: .IP \(bu 5 If the specified selection has an owner, the X server sends a .ZN SelectionRequest event to that owner. .IP \(bu 5 If no owner for the specified selection exists, the X server generates a .ZN SelectionNotify event to the requestor with property .ZN None . .LP The arguments are passed on unchanged in either of the events. There are two predefined selection atoms: PRIMARY and SECONDARY. .LP .ZN XConvertSelection can generate .ZN BadAtom and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP y kêœÀ& m‚—‰*¼t‰*‚—‰*û Y./usr/man/man3/XSetState.3nOwne.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeState.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:54 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetState 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetState, XSetFunction, XSetPlanemask, XSetForeground, XSetBackground \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetState.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:39 mento Exp $ XSetState\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIforeground\fP\^, \fIbackground\fP\^, \fIfunction\fP\^, \fIplane_mask\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIforeground\fP\^, \fIbackground\fP\^; .br int \fIfunction\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplane_mask\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetFunc.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:14 mento Exp $ XSetFunction\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIfunction\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIfunction\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetPlnMsk.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:26 mento Exp $ XSetPlaneMask\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIplane_mask\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIplane_mask\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetFgrnd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:08 mento Exp $ XSetForeground\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIforeground\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIforeground\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetBckgrnd.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:56 mento Exp $ XSetBackground\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIbackground\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIbackground\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: background.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:36:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbackground\fP 1i Specifies the background you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: foreground.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:35:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIforeground\fP 1i Specifies the foreground you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: function.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:37:19 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfunction\fP 1i Specifies the function you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: plane_mask.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:28 mento Exp $ .IP \fIplane_mask\fP 1i Specifies the plane mask. .\" *** JIM: NEED MORE INFO FOR THIS. *** .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetState.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:34 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetState function sets the foreground, background, plane mask, and function components for the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetState can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetFunc.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:14 mento Exp $ .ZN XSetFunction sets a specified value in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetFunction can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetPlnMsk.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:27 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetPlaneMask function sets the plane mask in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetPlaneMask can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadGC errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetFgrnd.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:09 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetForeground function sets the foreground in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetForeground can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadGC errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetBckgrnd.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:00 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetBackground function sets the background in the specified GC. .LP .ZN XSetBackground can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadGC errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetTile(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP X kê[©#m¼—‰*Ãt‰*¼—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetStipple.3wne.so man3/XSetTile.3 te . kêè¨#m½—‰*¤t‰*½—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetSubwindowMode.3ng.so man3/XSetArcMode.3 . kê ק#m½—‰*Ãt‰*½—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetTSOrigin.3de.so man3/XSetTile.3 .3 . k겜% m,ƒ—‰*Àt‰*ƒ—‰*Km, rb./usr/man/man3/XSetTextProperty.3ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeTProp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:00 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetTextProperty 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetTextProperty, XGetTextProperty \- set and read text properties .SH SYNTAX void XSetTextProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop\fP, \ \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .LP Status XGetTextProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop_return\fP, \ \fIproperty\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .br Atom \fIproperty\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: property.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 15:19:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIproperty\fP 1i Specifies the property name. .IP \fItext_prop\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XTextProperty structure to be used. .IP \fItext_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XTextProperty structure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetTextProperty function replaces the existing specified property for the named window with the data, type, format, and number of items determined by the value field, the encoding field, the format field, and the nitems field, respectively, of the specified .ZN XTextProperty structure. If the property does not already exist, .ZN XSetTextProperty sets it for the specified window. .LP .ZN XSetTextProperty can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadAtom , .ZN BadValue , and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetTextProperty function reads the specified property from the window and stores the data in the returned .ZN XTextProperty structure. It stores the data in the value field, the type of the data in the encoding field, the format of the data in the format field, and the number of items of data in the nitems field. An extra byte containing null (which is not included in the nitems member) is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return. The particular interpretation of the property's encoding and data as ``text'' is left to the calling application. If the specified property does not exist on the window, .ZN XGetTextProperty sets the value field to NULL, the encoding field to None, the format field to zero, and the nitems field to zero. .LP If it was able to read and store the data in the .ZN XTextProperty structure, .ZN XGetTextProperty returns a nonzero status; otherwise, it returns a zero status. .LP .ZN XGetTextProperty can generate .ZN BadAtom and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_CLIENT_MACHINE\s+1 The string name of the machine on which the client application is running. .TP 1i \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 The command and arguments, separated by ASCII nulls, used to invoke the application. .TP 1i \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1 The name to be used in an icon. .TP 1i \s-1WM_NAME\s+1 The name of the application. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .in kêL©$ m•ƒ—‰*Ât‰*ƒ—‰*ÿX• Rº./usr/man/man3/XSetTile.3perty..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeTile.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:04 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetTile 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetTile, XSetStipple, XSetTSOrigin \- GC convenience routines .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSetTile.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:42 mento Exp $ XSetTile\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fItile\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fItile\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetStipple.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:40 mento Exp $ XSetStipple\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIstipple\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br Pixmap \fIstipple\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetTSOrig.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:41 mento Exp $ XSetTSOrigin\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIts_x_origin\fP\^, \fIts_y_origin\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIts_x_origin\fP\^, \fIts_y_origin\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: stipple.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 12:03:58 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstipple\fP 1i Specifies the stipple you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: tile1.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 12:02:14 mento Exp $ .IP \fItile\fP 1i Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC. .\" $Header: tsxy.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 09:57:10 mento Exp $ .IP \fIts_x_origin\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIts_y_origin\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates of the tile and stipple origin. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSetTile.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:37 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetTile function sets the fill tile in the specified GC. The tile and GC must have the same depth, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XSetTile can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadPixmap errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetStipple.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:35 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetStipple function sets the stipple in the specified GC. The stipple must have a depth of one, or a .ZN BadMatch error results. .LP .ZN XSetStipple can generate .ZN BadAlloc , .ZN BadGC , .ZN BadMatch , and .ZN BadPixmap errors. .LP .\" $Header: XSetTSOrig.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetTSOrigin function sets the tile/stipple origin in the specified GC. When graphics requests call for tiling or stippling, the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination drawable is specified in the graphics request. .LP .ZN XSetTSOrigin can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadGC errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badpixmap.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:16 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadPixmap A value for a Pixmap argument does not name a defined Pixmap. .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateGC(3X11), XQueryBestSize(3X11), XSetArcMode(3X11), XSetClipOrigin(3X11), XSetFillStyle(3X11), XSetFont(3X11), XSetLineAttributes(3X11), XSetState(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP tio kêÞT# m5ƒ—‰*¿t‰*ƒ—‰*´5 ./usr/man/man3/XSetTransientForHint.3ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeTFHint.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:57 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetTransientForHint 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetTransientForHint, XGetTransientForHint \- set or read a window's WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property .SH SYNTAX XSetTransientForHint\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIprop_window\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window \fIprop_window\fP\^; .LP Status XGetTransientForHint\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIprop_window_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window *\fIprop_window_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .IP \fIprop_window\fP 1i Specifies the window that the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property is to be set to. .IP \fIprop_window_return\fP 1i Returns the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property of the specified window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetTransientForHint function sets the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property of the specified window to the specified prop_window. .LP .ZN XSetTransientForHint can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetTransientForHint function returns the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property for the specified window. It returns nonzero status on success; otherwise it returns a zero status. .LP .ZN XGetTransientForHint can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 Set by application programs to indicate to the window manager that a transient top-level window, such as a dialog box. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê" m ƒ—‰*Ät‰*ƒ—‰*tn ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMClientMachine.3ng.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeWMCMac.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetWMClientMachine 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetWMClientMachine, XGetWMClientMachine \- set or read a window's WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property .SH SYNTAX void XSetWMClientMachine\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMClientMachine\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fItext_prop\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XTextProperty structure to be used. .IP \fItext_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XTextProperty structure. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetWMClientMachine convenience function calls .ZN XSetTextProperty to set the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property. .LP The .ZN XGetWMClientMachine convenience function performs an .ZN XGetTextProperty on the WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property. It returns nonzero status on success; otherwise it returns a zero status. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_CLIENT_MACHINE\s+1 The string name of the machine on which the client application is running. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP o kêp«! mÛƒ—‰*Åt‰*ƒ—‰*¡lÛ ƒš./usr/man/man3/XSetWMColormapWindows.3g.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeWMCWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:10 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetWMColormapWindows 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetWMColormapWindows, XGetWMColormapWindows \- set or read a window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property .SH SYNTAX Status XSetWMColormapWindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \ \fIcolormap_windows\fP, \fIcount\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window *\fIcolormap_windows\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMColormapWindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \ \fIcolormap_windows_return\fP, \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Window **\fIcolormap_windows_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIcolormap_windows\fP 1i Specifies the list of windows. .IP \fIcolormap_windows_return\fP 1i Returns the list of windows. .ds Cn windows in the list .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the number of \*(Cn. .ds Cn windows in the list .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetWMColormapWindows function replaces the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property on the specified window with the list of windows specified by the colormap_windows argument. It the property does not already exist, .ZN XSetWMColormapWindows sets the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property on the specified window to the list of windows specified by the colormap_windows argument. The property is stored with a type of WINDOW and a format of 32. If it cannot intern the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS atom, .ZN XSetWMColormapWindows returns a zero status. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status. .LP .ZN XSetWMColormapWindows can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetWMColormapWindows function returns the list of window identifiers stored in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property on the specified window. These identifiers indicate the colormaps that the window manager may need to install for this window. If the property exists, is of type WINDOW, is of format 32, and the atom WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS can be interned, .ZN XGetWMColormapWindows sets the windows_return argument to a list of window identifiers, sets the count_return argument to the number of elements in the list, and returns a nonzero status. Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments and returns a zero status. To release the list of window identifiers, use .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetWMColormapWindows can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 The list of window IDs that may need a different colormap than that of their top-level window. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP eyes kênê¦#m½—‰*æs‰*½—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMHints.3Win.so man3/XAllocWMHints.3 olormap kêÜ¥ mÊ„—‰*Çt‰*„—‰*çÊ {c./usr/man/man3/XSetWMIconName.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeWMINam.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:13 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetWMIconName 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetWMIconName, XGetWMIconName, XSetIconName, XGetIconName \- set or read a window's WM_ICON_NAME property .SH SYNTAX void XSetWMIconName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMIconName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSetIName.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:16 mento Exp $ XSetIconName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIicon_name\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char *\fIicon_name\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XGetIName.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 14:39:05 mento Exp $ Status XGetIconName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIicon_name_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char **\fIicon_name_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: icon_name.a,v 1.2 88/05/17 11:22:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIicon_name\fP 1i Specifies the icon name, which should be a null-terminated string. .\" $Header: icon_name1.a,v 1.2 88/05/17 11:24:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIicon_name_return\fP 1i Returns the window's icon name, which is a null-terminated string. .IP \fItext_prop\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XTextProperty structure to be used. .IP \fItext_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XTextProperty structure. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetWMIconName convenience function calls .ZN XSetTextProperty to set the WM_ICON_NAME property. .LP The .ZN XGetWMIconName convenience function calls .ZN XGetTextProperty to obtain the WM_ICON_NAME property. It returns nonzero status on success; otherwise it returns a zero status. .LP .\" $Header: XSetIName.d,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:50:39 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSetIconName function sets the name to be displayed in a window's icon. .LP .ZN XSetIconName can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XGetIName.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:51:07 mento Exp $ The .ZN XGetIconName function returns the name to be displayed in the specified window's icon. If it succeeds, it returns nonzero; otherwise, if no icon name has been set for the window, it returns zero. If you never assigned a name to the window, .ZN XGetIconName sets icon_name_return to NULL. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. When finished with it, a client must free the icon name string using .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetIconName can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1 The name to be used in an icon. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP el \\$ kê l m3„—‰*Êt‰*„—‰*Ëc3 Ð[./usr/man/man3/XSetWMName.3e.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeWMName.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:16 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetWMName 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetWMName, XGetWMName, XStoreName, XFetchName \- set or read a window's WM_NAME property .SH SYNTAX void XSetWMName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fItext_prop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XStoreName.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:03:53 mento Exp $ XStoreName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIwindow_name\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char *\fIwindow_name\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFetchName.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 14:34:36 mento Exp $ Status XFetchName\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^, \fIwindow_name_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char **\fIwindow_name_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fItext_prop\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XTextProperty structure to be used. .IP \fItext_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XTextProperty structure. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .\" $Header: window_name.a,v 1.2 88/05/18 05:22:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwindow_name\fP 1i Specifies the window name, which should be a null-terminated string. .\" $Header: window_name1.a,v 1.2 88/05/17 11:14:20 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwindow_name_return\fP 1i Returns the window name, which is a null-terminated string. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetWMName convenience function calls .ZN XSetTextProperty to set the WM_NAME property. .LP The .ZN XGetWMName convenience function calls .ZN XGetTextProperty to obtain the WM_NAME property. It returns nonzero status on success; otherwise it returns a zero status. .LP .\" $Header: XStoreName.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:51 mento Exp $ The .ZN XStoreName function assigns the name passed to window_name to the specified window. A window manager can display the window name in some prominent place, such as the title bar, to allow users to identify windows easily. Some window managers may display a window's name in the window's icon, although they are encouraged to use the window's icon name if one is provided by the application. If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. .LP .ZN XStoreName can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFetchName.d,v 1.5 88/06/11 07:50:16 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFetchName function returns the name of the specified window. If it succeeds, it returns nonzero; otherwise, no name has been set for the window, and it returns zero. If the WM_NAME property has not been set for this window, .ZN XFetchName sets window_name_return to NULL. If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation dependent. When finished with it, a client must free the window name string using .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XFetchName can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_NAME\s+1 The name of the application. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP 5n .l kꚥ#m½—‰*ãs‰*½—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMNormalHints.3s.3g.so man3/XAllocSizeHints.3 cifie kê  mt$„—‰*Ìt‰*„—‰*Æ[t$ {”./usr/man/man3/XSetWMProperties.3s.3g.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeWMProp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:19 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetWMProperties 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetWMProperties, XmbSetWMProperties \- set standard window properties .SH SYNTAX void XSetWMProperties\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIwindow_name\fP, \ \fIicon_name\fP, \fIargv\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fInormal_hints\fP, \fIwm_hints\fP, \ \fIclass_hints\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fIwindow_name\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fIicon_name\fP\^; .br char **\fIargv\fP\^; .br int \fIargc\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fInormal_hints\fP\^; .br XWMHints *\fIwm_hints\fP\^; .br XClassHint *\fIclass_hints\fP\^; .LP void XmbSetWMProperties\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIw\fP\^, \fIwindow_name\fP\^, \fIicon_name\fP\^, \fIargv\fP\^, \fIargc\fP\^, .br \fInormal_hints\fP\^, \fIwm_hints\fP\^, \fIclass_hints\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br char *\fIwindow_name\fP\^; .br char *\fIicon_name\fP\^; .br char *\fIargv\fP\^[]; .br int \fIargc\fP\^; .br XSizeHints *\fInormal_hints\fP\^; .br XWMHints *\fIwm_hints\fP\^; .br XClassHint *\fIclass_hints\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIargc\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments. .IP \fIargv\fP 1i Specifies the application's argument list. .IP \fIclass_hints\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XClassHint structure to be used. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: icon_name.a,v 1.2 88/05/17 11:22:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fIicon_name\fP 1i Specifies the icon name, which should be a null-terminated string. .IP \fInormal_hints\fP 1i Specifies the size hints for the window in its normal state. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .\" $Header: window_name.a,v 1.2 88/05/18 05:22:36 mento Exp $ .IP \fIwindow_name\fP 1i Specifies the window name, which should be a null-terminated string. .IP \fIwm_hints\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XWMHints structure to be used. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetWMProperties convenience function provides a single programming interface for setting those essential window properties that are used for communicating with other clients (particularly window and session managers). .LP If the window_name argument is non-NULL, .ZN XSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetWMName , which in turn, sets the WM_NAME property (see section 14.1.4). If the icon_name argument is non-NULL, .ZN XSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetWMIconName , which sets the WM_ICON_NAME property (see section 14.1.5). If the argv argument is non-NULL, .ZN XSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetCommand , which sets the WM_COMMAND property (see section 14.2.1). Note that an argc of zero is allowed to indicate a zero-length command. Note also that the hostname of this machine is stored using .ZN XSetWMClientMachine (see section 14.2.2). .LP If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL, .ZN XSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetWMNormalHints , which sets the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property (see section 14.1.7). If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL, .ZN XSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetWMHints , which sets the WM_HINTS property (see section 14.1.6). .LP If the class_hints argument is non-NULL, .ZN XSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetClassHint , which sets the WM_CLASS property (see section 14.1.8). If the res_name member in the .ZN XClassHint structure is set to the NULL pointer and the RESOURCE_NAME environment variable is set, then the value of the environment variable is substituted for res_name. If the res_name member is NULL, the environment variable is not set, and argv and argv[0] are set, then the value of argv[0], stripped of any directory prefixes, is substituted for res_name. .LP The .ZN XmbSetWMProperties convenience function provides a simple programming interface for setting those essential window properties that are used for communicating with other clients (particularly window and session managers). .LP If the window_name argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties sets the WM_NAME property. If the icon_name argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties sets the WM_ICON_NAME property. The window_name and icon_name arguments are null-terminated strings in the encoding of the current locale. If the arguments can be fully converted to the STRING encoding, the properties are created with type ``STRING'': otherwise, the arguments are converted to Compound Text, and the properties are created with type ``COMPOUND_TEXT''. .LP If the normal_hints argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetWMNormalHints , which sets the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property (see section 14.1.7). If the wm_hints argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties calls .ZN XSetWMHints , which sets the WM_HINTS property (see section 14.1.6). .LP If the argv argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties sets the WM_COMMAND property from argv and argc. Note that an argc of 0 indicates a zero-length command. .LP The hostname of this machine is stored using .ZN XSetWMClientMachine (see section 14.2.2). .LP If the class_hints argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties sets the WM_CLASS property. If the res_name member in the .ZN XClassHint structure is set to the NULL pointer and the RESOURCE_NAME environment variable is set, the value of the environment variable is substituted for res_name. If the res_name member is NULL, the environment variable is not set, and argv and argv[0] are set, then the value of argv[0], stripped of any directory prefixes, is substituted for res_name. .LP It is assumed that the supplied class_hints.res_name and argv, the RESOURCE_NAME environment variable, and the hostname of this machine are in the encoding of the locale announced for the LC_CTYPE category. (On POSIX-compliant systems, the LC_CTYPE, else LANG environment variable). The corresponding WM_CLASS, WM_COMMAND, and WM_CLIENT_MACHINE properties are typed according to the local host locale announcer. No encoding conversion is performed prior to storage in the properties. .LP For clients that need to process the property text in a locale, .ZN XmbSetWMProperties sets the WM_LOCALE_NAME property to be the name of the current locale. The name is assumed to be in the Host Portable Character Encoding, and is converted to STRING for storage in the property. .LP .ZN XSetWMProperties and .ZN XmbSetWMProperties can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_CLASS\s+1 Set by application programs to allow window and session managers to obtain the application's resources from the resource database. .TP 1i \s-1WM_CLIENT_MACHINE\s+1 The string name of the machine on which the client application is running. .TP 1i \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 The command and arguments, separated by ASCII nulls, used to invoke the application. .TP 1i \s-1WM_HINTS\s+1 Additional hints set by the client for use by the window manager. The C type of this property is .ZN XWMHints . .TP 1i \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1 The name to be used in an icon. .TP 1i \s-1WM_NAME\s+1 The name of the application. .TP 1i \s-1WM_NORMAL_HINTS\s+1 Size hints for a window in its normal state. The C type of this property is .ZN XSizeHints . .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XParseGeometry(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11), XTextListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP mple kê }ª"mä…—‰*Ît‰*…—‰*Ò[ä @./usr/man/man3/XSetWMProtocols.3s.3g.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSeWMProt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:22 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSetWMProtocols 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSetWMProtocols, XGetWMProtocols \- set or read a window's WM__PROTOCOLS property .SH SYNTAX Status XSetWMProtocols\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIprotocols\fP, \ \fIcount\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Atom *\fIprotocols\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .LP Status XGetWMProtocols\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP, \fIprotocols_return\fP, \ \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .br Atom **\fIprotocols_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .ds Cn protocols in the list .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the number of \*(Cn. .ds Cn protocols in the list .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .IP \fIprotocols\fP 1i Specifies the list of protocols. .IP \fIprotocols_return\fP 1i Returns the list of protocols. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSetWMProtocols function replaces the WM_PROTOCOLS property on the specified window with the list of atoms specified by the protocols argument. If the property does not already exist, .ZN XSetWMProtocols sets the WM_PROTOCOLS property on the specified window to the list of atoms specified by the protocols argument. The property is stored with a type of ATOM and a format of 32. If it cannot intern the WM_PROTOCOLS atom, .ZN XSetWMProtocols returns a zero status. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status. .LP .ZN XSetWMProtocols can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadWindow errors. .LP The .ZN XGetWMProtocols function returns the list of atoms stored in the WM_PROTOCOLS property on the specified window. These atoms describe window manager protocols in which the owner of this window is willing to participate. If the property exists, is of type ATOM, is of format 32, and the atom WM_PROTOCOLS can be interned, .ZN XGetWMProtocols sets the protocols_return argument to a list of atoms, sets the count_return argument to the number of elements in the list, and returns a nonzero status. Otherwise, it sets neither of the return arguments and returns a zero status. To release the list of atoms, use .ZN XFree . .LP .ZN XGetWMProtocols can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH PROPERTIES .TP 1i \s-1WM_PROTOCOLS\s+1 List of atoms that identify the communications protocols between the client and window manager in which the client is willing to participate. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .TA  kêj±¤#m½—‰*äs‰*½—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetWMSizeHints.3s.3g.so man3/XAllocSizeHints.3 23:20 k꘣#m½—‰* t‰*½—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowAttributes.3g.so man3/XCreateWindow.3 3 23:20 kêÚ†¢#m#½—‰*t‰*½—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBackground.3g.so man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3 nto E kêšs¡#m#½—‰*t‰*½—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap.3.3.so man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3 nto E kêF #m#½—‰*t‰*½—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBorder.3dPixma.so man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3 nto E kê\ZŸ#m#½—‰*t‰*½—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBorderPixmap.3.so man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3 nto E kêZž#m¾—‰* t‰*¾—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowBorderWidth.3.so man3/XConfigureWindow.3 utes kêb„#m#¾—‰*t‰*¾—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XSetWindowColormap.3.3.so man3/XChangeWindowAttributes.3 nto E kêDÍœ#m ¾—‰*fu‰*¾—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineMask.3.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kê<:›#m ¾—‰*eu‰*¾—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineRectangles.3.3.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kê”@š#m ¾—‰*eu‰*¾—‰* 0./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineRegion.3s.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kêÎÇ™#m ¾—‰*fu‰*¾—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeCombineShape.3s.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kêòá˜#m ¾—‰*hu‰*¾—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeGetRectangles.3s.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kê²H—#m ¿—‰*hu‰*¿—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeInputSelected.3s.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kêúg–#m ¿—‰*gu‰*¿—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeOffsetShape.33s.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kêøÇL"mt ˜—‰*du‰*˜—‰*~^t ./usr/man/man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XShape.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:01 7/17/92 .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .TH XSHAPE 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XShapeQueryExtension, XShapeQueryVersion, XShapeCombineRegion, XShapeCombineRectangles, XShapeCombineMask, XShapeCombineShape, XShapeOffsetShape, XShapeQueryExtents, XShapeSelectInput, XShapeInputSelected, XShapeGetRectangles \- X nonrectangular shape functions .SH SYNTAX .nf .LP #include .LP Bool XShapeQueryExtension ( Display *dpy, int *event_basep, int *error_basep); .LP Status XShapeQueryVersion ( Display *dpy, int *major_versionp, int *minor_versionp); .LP void XShapeCombineRegion ( Display *dpy, Window dest, int destKind, int xOff, int yOff, struct _XRegion *r, int op); .LP void XShapeCombineRectangles ( Display *dpy, XID dest, int destKind, int xOff, int yOff, XRectangle *rects, int n_rects, int op, int ordering); .LP void XShapeCombineMask ( Display *dpy, XID dest, int destKind, int xOff, int yOff, Pixmap src, int op); .LP void XShapeCombineShape ( Display *dpy, XID dest, int destKind, int xOff, int yOff, Pixmap src, int srcKind, int op); .LP void XShapeOffsetShape ( Display *dpy, XID dest, int destKind, int xOff, int yOff); .LP Status XShapeQueryExtents ( Display *dpy, Window window, int *bShaped, int *xbs, int *ybs, unsigned int *wbs, unsigned int *hbs, int *cShaped, int *xcs, int *ycs, unsigned int *wcs, unsigned int *hcs); .LP void XShapeSelectInput ( Display *dpy, Window window, unsigned longmask); .LP unsigned long XShapeInputSelected ( Display *dpy, Window window); .LP XRectangle *XShapeGetRectangles ( Display *dpy, Window window, int kind, int *count, int *ordering); .fi .SH STRUCTURES .nf .LP .ta 3i typedef struct { int type; /* of event */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came frome a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* window of event */ int kind; /* ShapeBounding or ShapeClip */ int x, y; /* extents of new region */ unsigned width, height; Time time; /* server timestamp when region changed */ Bool shaped; /* true if the region exists */ } XShapeEvent; .fi .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIX11 Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension\fP adds nonrectangular windows to the X Window System. .SH PREDEFINED VALUES Operations: .in +.5i .nf .ZN ShapeSet .ZN ShapeUnion .ZN ShapeIntersect .ZN ShapeSubtract .ZN ShapeInvert .in -.5i .fi .sp Shape Kinds: .in +.5i .nf .ZN ShapeBounding .ZN ShapeClip .in -.5i .fi .sp Event defines: .in +.5i .nf .ZN ShapeNotifyMask .ZN ShapeNotify .in -.5i .fi .SH BUGS This manual pages needs a lot more work. .SH SEE ALSO \fIX11 Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension\fP ns a kê¤0•#m ¿—‰*gu‰*¿—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeQueryExtents.33.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kê2”#m ¿—‰*du‰*¿—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeQueryVersion.33.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3  kê “#m ¿—‰*gu‰*¿—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShapeSelectInput.33.3.so man3/XShapeQueryExtension.3 kê<(‘#m¿—‰*ct‰*¿—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XShrinkRegion.3t.so man3/XIntersectRegion.3 n.3 kêzÈ#m¿—‰*ås‰*¿—‰*./usr/man/man3/XSizeHints.3.3t.so man3/XAllocSizeHints.3 n.3  kê\v#m"¿—‰*âs‰*¿—‰*" ./usr/man/man3/XStandardColormap.33.3.so man3/XAllocStandardColormap.3 ) Mod kêhŽ#mÀ—‰*Ðt‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XStoreBuffer.3ap.so man3/XStoreBytes.3 C kê^ ©"m¿†—‰*Ït‰*†—‰*3¿ f¿./usr/man/man3/XStoreBytes.3ap.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XStBytes.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:24 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XStoreBytes 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XStoreBytes, XStoreBuffer, XFetchBytes, XFetchBuffer, XRotateBuffers \- manipulate cut and paste buffers .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XStoreBytes.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:21:31 mento Exp $ XStoreBytes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIbytes\fP\^, \fInbytes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIbytes\fP\^; .br int \^\fInbytes\fP\^; .br .LP .\" $Header: XStoreBuffer.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:22:43 mento Exp $ XStoreBuffer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIbytes\fP\^, \fInbytes\fP\^, \fIbuffer\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char *\fIbytes\fP\^; .br int \^\fInbytes\fP\^; .br int \fIbuffer\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFetchBytes.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:00:00 mento Exp $ char *XFetchBytes\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fInbytes_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fInbytes_return\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XFetchBuffer.f,v 1.2 88/04/07 17:31:40 mento Exp $ char *XFetchBuffer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fInbytes_return\fP\^, \fIbuffer\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int *\fInbytes_return\fP\^; .br int \fIbuffer\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XRotateBufs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:02:45 mento Exp $ XRotateBuffers\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIrotate\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIrotate\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Fn in which you want to store the bytes \ or from which you want the stored data returned .\" $Header: buffer.a,v 1.4 88/08/04 11:02:57 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbuffer\fP 1i Specifies the buffer \*(Fn. .\" $Header: bytes.a,v 1.2 88/05/20 05:55:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIbytes\fP 1i Specifies the bytes, which are not necessarily ASCII or null-terminated. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fInbytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes to be stored. .\" $Header: nbytes.a,v 1.2 88/05/20 05:59:12 mento Exp $ .IP \fInbytes_return\fP 1i Returns the number of bytes in the buffer. .\" $Header: rotate.a,v 1.2 88/05/20 06:01:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIrotate\fP 1i Specifies how much to rotate the cut buffers. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XStoreBytes.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:46 mento Exp $ Note that the data can have embedded null characters, and need not be null terminated. The cut buffer's contents can be retrieved later by any client calling .ZN XFetchBytes . .LP .ZN XStoreBytes can generate a .ZN BadAlloc error. .LP .\" $Header: XStoreBuffer.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:53:45 mento Exp $ If an invalid buffer is specified, the call has no effect. If the property for the buffer has never been created, a .ZN BadAtom error results. .LP .ZN XStoreBuffer can generate .ZN BadAlloc and .ZN BadAtom errors. .LP .\" $Header: XFetchBytes.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 10:22:26 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFetchBytes function returns the number of bytes in the nbytes_return argument, if the buffer contains data. Otherwise, the function returns NULL and sets nbytes to 0. The appropriate amount of storage is allocated and the pointer returned. The client must free this storage when finished with it by calling .ZN XFree . .LP .\" $Header: XFetchBuffer.d,v 1.3 88/08/20 10:23:20 mento Exp $ The .ZN XFetchBuffer function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument if there is no data in the buffer or if an invalid buffer is specified. .LP .ZN XFetchBuffer can generate a .ZN BadValue error. .LP .\" $Header: XRotateBufs.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:52 mento Exp $ The .ZN XRotateBuffers function rotates the cut buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n, buffer 1 becomes n + 1 mod 8, and so on. This cut buffer numbering is global to the display. Note that .ZN XRotateBuffers generates .ZN BadMatch errors if any of the eight buffers have not been created. .LP .ZN XRotateBuffers can generate a .ZN BadMatch error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badalloc.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:17:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAlloc The server failed to allocate the requested resource or server memory. .\" $Header: badatom.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:55 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAtom A value for an Atom argument does not name a defined Atom. .\" $Header: badmatch2.e,v 1.3 87/09/11 11:53:42 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadMatch Some argument or pair of arguments has the correct type and range but fails to match in some other way required by the request. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XFree(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP h kê°#mÀ—‰*Òt‰*À—‰*./usr/man/man3/XStoreColor.3ap.so man3/XStoreColors.3 kêðX¨"m1†—‰*Òt‰*†—‰*g¿1 ‘./usr/man/man3/XStoreColors.3ap.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XStColors.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:27 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XStoreColors 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XStoreColors, XStoreColor, XStoreNamedColor \- set colors .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XStoreColors.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:41:37 mento Exp $ XStoreColors\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor\fP\^, \fIncolors\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XColor \fIcolor\fP\^[\^]\^; .br int \fIncolors\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XStoreColor.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 07:46:50 mento Exp $ XStoreColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XColor *\fIcolor\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XStoreNColor.f,v 1.2 88/05/09 08:40:00 mento Exp $ XStoreNamedColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor\fP\^, \fIpixel\fP\^, \fIflags\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br char *\^\fIcolor\fP\^; .br unsigned long \fIpixel\fP\^; .br int \fIflags\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Co pixel and RGB values or the color name string (for example, red) .\" $Header: color_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:07:59 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolor\fP 1i Specifies the \*(Co. .\" $Header: defs.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:06:27 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolor\fP 1i Specifies an array of color definition structures to be stored. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: flags.a,v 1.2 88/04/05 17:24:55 mento Exp $ .IP \fIflags\fP 1i Specifies which red, green, and blue components are set. .\" $Header: ncolors.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:17 mento Exp $ .IP \fIncolors\fP 1i .\"Specifies the number of color definition structures. Specifies the number of .ZN XColor structures in the color definition array. .\" $Header: pixel.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 08:44:04 mento Exp $ .IP \fIpixel\fP 1i Specifies the entry in the colormap. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XStoreColors.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:53:50 mento Exp $ The .ZN XStoreColors function changes the colormap entries of the pixel values specified in the pixel members of the .ZN XColor structures. You specify which color components are to be changed by setting .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and/or .ZN DoBlue in the flags member of the .ZN XColor structures. If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, the changes are visible immediately. .ZN XStoreColors changes the specified pixels if they are allocated writable in the colormap by any client, even if one or more pixels generates an error. If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a .ZN BadValue error results. If a specified pixel either is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a .ZN BadAccess error results. If more than one pixel is in error, the one that gets reported is arbitrary. .LP .ZN XStoreColors can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XStoreColor.d,v 1.3 88/08/18 07:39:08 mento Exp $ The .ZN XStoreColor function changes the colormap entry of the pixel value specified in the pixel member of the .ZN XColor structure. You specified this value in the pixel member of the .ZN XColor structure. This pixel value must be a read/write cell and a valid index into the colormap. If a specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a .ZN BadValue error results. .ZN XStoreColor also changes the red, green, and/or blue color components. You specify which color components are to be changed by setting .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and/or .ZN DoBlue in the flags member of the .ZN XColor structure. If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, the changes are visible immediately. .LP .ZN XStoreColor can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP .\" $Header: XStoreNColor.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:53:51 mento Exp $ The .ZN XStoreNamedColor function looks up the named color with respect to the screen associated with the colormap and stores the result in the specified colormap. The pixel argument determines the entry in the colormap. The flags argument determines which of the red, green, and blue components are set. You can set this member to the bitwise inclusive OR of the bits .ZN DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue . If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. If the specified pixel is not a valid index into the colormap, a .ZN BadValue error results. If the specified pixel either is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a .ZN BadAccess error results. .LP .ZN XStoreNamedColor can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , .ZN BadName , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badaccess2.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:45 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to free a color map entry that it did not already allocate. .\" $Header: badaccess3.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:50 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to store into a read-only color map entry. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badname.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:14 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadName A font or color of the specified name does not exist. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocColor(3X11), XCreateColormap(3X11), XQueryColor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP $ .IP kê:=Œ#mÀ—‰*Ët‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XStoreName.33ap.so man3/XSetWMName.3 ci kê軋#mÀ—‰*Ót‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XStoreNamedColor.33.3.so man3/XStoreColors.3  kêvÞ§"m‰* t‰*†—‰*ŠÀî ’›./usr/man/man3/XStringListToTextProperty.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSLTTProp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:20:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XStringListToTextProperty 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XStringListToTextProperty, XTextPropertyToStringList, XFreeStringList, XTextProperty \- convert string lists and text property structure .SH SYNTAX Status XStringListToTextProperty\^(\^\fIlist\fP, \fIcount\fP, \ \fItext_prop_return\fP\^) .br char **\fIlist\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .LP Status XTextPropertyToStringList\^(\^\fItext_prop\fP, \fIlist_return\fP, \ \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .br char ***\fIlist_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .LP void XFreeStringList\^(\^\fIlist\fP\^) .br char **\fIlist\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Cn strings .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the number of \*(Cn. .ds Cn strings .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies the list of strings to be freed. .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies a list of null-terminated character strings. .IP \fIlist_return\fP 1i Returns a list of null-terminated character strings. .IP \fItext_prop\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XTextProperty structure to be used. .IP \fItext_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XTextProperty structure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XStringListToTextProperty function sets the specified .ZN XTextProperty to be of type STRING (format 8) with a value representing the concatenation of the specified list of null-separated character strings. An extra null byte (which is not included in the nitems member) is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return. The strings are assumed (without verification) to be in the STRING encoding. If insufficient memory is available for the new value string, .ZN XStringListToTextProperty does not set any fields in the .ZN XTextProperty structure and returns a zero status. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status. To free the storage for the value field, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN XTextPropertyToStringList function returns a list of strings representing the null-separated elements of the specified .ZN XTextProperty structure. The data in text_prop must be of type STRING and format 8. Multiple elements of the property (for example, the strings in a disjoint text selection) are separated by NULL (encoding 0). The contents of the property are not null-terminated. If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements, .ZN XTextPropertyToStringList sets no return values and returns a zero status. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero status. To free the storage for the list and its contents, use .ZN XFreeStringList . .LP The .ZN XFreeStringList function releases memory allocated by .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList and .ZN XTextPropertyToStringList , and the missing charset list allocated by .ZN XCreateFontSet . .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XTextProperty structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { unsigned char *value; /* property data */ Atom encoding; /* type of property */ int format; /* 8, 16, or 32 */ unsigned long nitems; /* number of items in value */ } XTextProperty; .De .SH "SEE ALSO" XAllocClassHint(3X11), XAllocIconSize(3X11), XAllocSizeHints(3X11), XAllocWMHints(3X11), XFree(3X11), XSetCommand(3X11), XSetTransientForHint(3X11), XSetTextProperty(3X11), XSetWMClientMachine(3X11), XSetWMColormapWindows(3X11), XSetWMIconName(3X11), XSetWMName(3X11), XSetWMProperties(3X11), XSetWMProtocols(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP \* kêl5¦"m!†—‰*Ót‰*†—‰**\! ./usr/man/man3/XStringToKeysym.3roperty.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XStTKsym.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:30 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XStringToKeysym 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XStringToKeysym, XKeysymToString, XKeycodeToKeysym, XKeysymToKeycode \- convert keysyms .SH SYNTAX KeySym XStringToKeysym\^(\^\fIstring\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .LP char *XKeysymToString\^(\^\fIkeysym\fP\^) .br KeySym \fIkeysym\fP\^; .LP KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, \fIindex\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP\^; .br int \fIindex\fP\^; .LP KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br KeySym \fIkeysym\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIindex\fP 1i Specifies the element of KeyCode vector. .\" $Header: keycode.a,v 1.2 88/04/06 17:41:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIkeycode\fP 1i Specifies the KeyCode. .ds Fn searched for or converted .IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i Specifies the KeySym that is to be \*(Fn. .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the name of the KeySym that is to be converted. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSTKeysym.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:52:54 mento Exp $ Standard KeySym names are obtained from .Pn < X11/keysymdef.h > by removing the XK_ prefix from each name. KeySyms that are not part of the Xlib standard also may be obtained with this function. Note that the set of KeySysms that are available in this manner and the mechanisms by which Xlib obtains them is implementation dependent. .LP If the keysym name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. If the specified string does not match a valid KeySym, .ZN XStringToKeysym returns .ZN NoSymbol . .LP .\" $Header: XKTString.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:51:44 mento Exp $ The returned string is in a static area and must not be modified. The returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding. If the specified KeySym is not defined, .ZN XKeysymToString returns a NULL. .LP .\" $Header: XKTKeysym.d,v 1.4 88/08/20 10:08:36 mento Exp $ The .ZN XKeycodeToKeysym function uses internal Xlib tables and returns the KeySym defined for the specified KeyCode and the element of the KeyCode vector. If no symbol is defined, .ZN XKeycodeToKeysym returns .ZN NoSymbol . .LP .\" $Header: XKTKeycode.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:51:42 mento Exp $ If the specified KeySym is not defined for any KeyCode, .ZN XKeysymToKeycode returns zero. .SH "SEE ALSO" XLookupKeysym(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP status kê&Š#mÀ—‰*t‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSubImage.3sym.3.so man3/XCreateImage.3  kꮶ‰#mÀ—‰*bt‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSubtractRegion.3roperty.so man3/XIntersectRegion.3 1.1 kêtm¥"m¼†—‰*Öt‰*†—‰*uK¼ Å[./usr/man/man3/XSupportsLocale.3roperty.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSupLoc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:33 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSupportsLocale 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSupportsLocale, XSetLocaleModifiers \- determine locale support and configure locale modifiers .SH SYNTAX Bool XSupportsLocale\^(\|) .LP char *XSetLocaleModifiers\^(\^\fImodifier_list\fP\^) .br char *\fImodifier_list\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fImodifier_list\fP 1i Specifies the modifiers. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XSupportsLocale function returns .ZN True if Xlib functions are capable of operating under the current locale. If it returns .ZN False , Xlib locale-dependent functions for which the .ZN XLocaleNotSupported return status is defined will return .ZN XLocaleNotSupported . Other Xlib locale-dependent routines will operate in the ``C'' locale. .LP .ZN XSetLocaleModifiers sets the X modifiers for the current locale setting. The modifier_list argument is a null-terminated string of the form ``{@\^\fIcategory\fP\^=\^\fIvalue\fP\^}'', that is, having zero or more concatenated ``@^\fIcategory\fP\^=\^\fIvalue\fP\^'' entries where \fIcategory\fP is a category name and \fIvalue\fP is the (possibly empty) setting for that category. The values are encoded in the current locale. Category names are restricted to the POSIX Portable Filename Character Set. .LP The local host X locale modifiers announcer (on POSIX-compliant systems, the XMODIFIERS environment variable) is appended to the modifier_list to provide default values on the local host. If a given category appears more than once in the list, the first setting in the list is used. If a given category is not included in the full modifier list, the category is set to an implementation-dependent default for the current locale. An empty value for a category explicitly specifies the implementation-dependent default. .LP If the function is successful, it returns a pointer to a string. The contents of the string are such that a subsequent call with that string (in the same locale) will restore the modifiers to the same settings. If modifier_list is a NULL pointer, .ZN XSetLocaleModifiers also returns a pointer to such a string, and the current locale modifiers are not changed. .LP If invalid values are given for one or more modifier categories supported by the locale, a NULL pointer is returned, and none of the current modifiers are changed. .LP At program startup the modifiers that are in effect are unspecified until the first successful call to set them. Whenever the locale is changed, the modifiers that are in effect become unspecified until the next successful call to set them. Clients should always call .ZN XSetLocaleModifiers with a non-NULL modifier_list after setting the locale, before they call any locale-dependent Xlib routine. .LP The only standard modifier category currently defined is ``im'', which identifies the desired input method. The values for input method are not standardized. A single locale may use multiple input methods, switching input method under user control. The modifier may specify the initial input method in effect, or an ordered list of input methods. Multiple input methods may be specified in a single im value string in an implementation-dependent manner. .LP The returned modifiers string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. It may be freed by Xlib after the current locale or modifiers is changed. Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP LB kêʈ#mÀ—‰*;t‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XSync.3s.so man3/XFlush.3 fier c kêüc¤"m@ ‡—‰*×t‰*‡—‰*¾[@ ./usr/man/man3/XSynchronize.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XSync.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:36 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XSynchronize 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XSynchronize, XSetAfterFunction \- enable or disable synchronization .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XSynchronize.f,v 1.2 88/05/14 13:57:23 mento Exp $ int (*XSynchronize\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIonoff\fP\^)\^)() .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Bool \fIonoff\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XSyncHandler.f,v 1.2 88/08/20 09:27:02 mento Exp $ int (*XSetAfterFunction\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIprocedure\fP\^))() .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int (\^*\^\fIprocedure\fP\^)\^(); .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: func.a,v 1.2 88/08/20 09:26:05 mento Exp $ .IP \fIprocedure\fP 1i Specifies the function to be called. .\" $Header: onoff.a,v 1.2 88/05/14 13:58:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIonoff\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable or disable synchronization. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XSynchronize.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:00 mento Exp $ The .ZN XSynchronize function returns the previous after function. If onoff is .ZN True , .ZN XSynchronize turns on synchronous behavior. If onoff is .ZN False , .ZN XSynchronize turns off synchronous behavior. .LP .\" $Header: XSyncHandler.d,v 1.8 88/08/20 09:25:04 mento Exp $ The specified procedure is called with only a display pointer. .ZN XSetAfterFunction returns the previous after function. .SH "SEE ALSO" XSetErrorHandler(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêÏ£"m‡—‰*Üt‰*‡—‰*³ òh./usr/man/man3/XTextExtents.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XTextExt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:42 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XTextExtents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XTextExtents, XTextExtents16, XQueryTextExtents, XQueryTextExtents16 \- compute or query text extents .SH SYNTAX XTextExtents\^(\^\fIfont_struct\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInchars\fP\^, \ \fIdirection_return\fP, \fIfont_ascent_return\fP, .br \fIfont_descent_return\fP, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br XFontStruct *\fIfont_struct\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInchars\fP\^; .br int *\fIdirection_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIfont_ascent_return\fP, *\fIfont_descent_return\fP\^; .br XCharStruct *\fIoverall_return\fP\^; .LP XTextExtents16\^(\^\fIfont_struct\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInchars\fP\^, \ \fIdirection_return\fP, \fIfont_ascent_return\fP, .br \fIfont_descent_return\fP, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br XFontStruct *\fIfont_struct\fP\^; .br XChar2b *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInchars\fP\^; .br int *\fIdirection_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIfont_ascent_return\fP, *\fIfont_descent_return\fP\^; .br XCharStruct *\fIoverall_return\fP\^; .LP XQueryTextExtents\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfont_ID\fP, \fIstring\fP, \ \fInchars\fP, \fIdirection_return\fP, \fIfont_ascent_return\fP, .br \fIfont_descent_return\fP, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIfont_ID\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInchars\fP\^; .br int *\fIdirection_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIfont_ascent_return\fP, *\fIfont_descent_return\fP\^; .br XCharStruct *\fIoverall_return\fP\^; .LP XQueryTextExtents16\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfont_ID\fP, \fIstring\fP, \ \fInchars\fP, \fIdirection_return\fP, \fIfont_ascent_return\fP, .br \fIfont_descent_return\fP, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XID \fIfont_ID\fP\^; .br XChar2b *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInchars\fP\^; .br int *\fIdirection_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIfont_ascent_return\fP, *\fIfont_descent_return\fP\^; .br XCharStruct *\fIoverall_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdirection_return\fP 1i Returns the value of the direction hint .Pn ( FontLeftToRight or .ZN FontRightToLeft ). .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIfont_ID\fP 1i Specifies either the font ID or the .ZN GContext ID that contains the font. .IP \fIfont_ascent_return\fP 1i Returns the font ascent. .IP \fIfont_descent_return\fP 1i Returns the font descent. .IP \fIfont_struct\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XFontStruct structure. .IP \fInchars\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the character string. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .IP \fIoverall_return\fP 1i Returns the overall size in the specified .ZN XCharStruct structure. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XTextExt.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:02 mento Exp $ The .ZN XTextExtents and .ZN XTextExtents16 functions perform the size computation locally and, thereby, avoid the round-trip overhead of .ZN XQueryTextExtents and .ZN XQueryTextExtents16 . Both functions return an .ZN XCharStruct structure, whose members are set to the values as follows. .LP The ascent member is set to the maximum of the ascent metrics of all characters in the string. The descent member is set to the maximum of the descent metrics. The width member is set to the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters in the string. For each character in the string, let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding it in the string. Let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W. Let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W. The lbearing member is set to the minimum L of all characters in the string. The rbearing member is set to the maximum R. .LP For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing, each .ZN XChar2b structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the most-significant byte. If the font has no defined default character, undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics. .LP .\" $Header: XQryTExts.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:52:33 mento Exp $ The .ZN XQueryTextExtents and .ZN XQueryTextExtents16 functions return the bounding box of the specified 8-bit and 16-bit character string in the specified font or the font contained in the specified GC. These functions query the X server and, therefore, suffer the round-trip overhead that is avoided by .ZN XTextExtents and .ZN XTextExtents16 . Both functions return a .ZN XCharStruct structure, whose members are set to the values as follows. .LP The ascent member is set to the maximum of the ascent metrics of all characters in the string. The descent member is set to the maximum of the descent metrics. The width member is set to the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters in the string. For each character in the string, let W be the sum of the character-width metrics of all characters preceding it in the string. Let L be the left-side-bearing metric of the character plus W. Let R be the right-side-bearing metric of the character plus W. The lbearing member is set to the minimum L of all characters in the string. The rbearing member is set to the maximum R. .LP For fonts defined with linear indexing rather than 2-byte matrix indexing, each .ZN XChar2b structure is interpreted as a 16-bit number with byte1 as the most-significant byte. If the font has no defined default character, undefined characters in the string are taken to have all zero metrics. .LP Characters with all zero metrics are ignored. If the font has no defined default_char, the undefined characters in the string are also ignored. .LP .ZN XQueryTextExtents and .ZN XQueryTextExtents16 can generate .ZN BadFont and .ZN BadGC errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badfont.e,v 1.2 87/09/09 18:08:11 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadFont A value for a Font or GContext argument does not name a defined Font. .\" $Header: badgc.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:02 mento Locked $ .TP 1i .ZN BadGC A value for a GContext argument does not name a defined GContext. .SH "SEE ALSO" XLoadFont(3X11), XTextWidth(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP tRight kê`l‡#mÀ—‰*Ýt‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XTextExtents16.3.so man3/XTextExtents.3 kêÚ†#mÀ—‰*0t‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XTextItem.316.3.so man3/XDrawText.3 .3 kêú…#mÀ—‰*0t‰*À—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XTextItem16.3.3.so man3/XDrawText.3 .3 kêB„#m%À—‰*¡t‰*À—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XTextProperty.3.so man3/XStringListToTextProperty.3 1. kêÖ݃#m%À—‰*¡t‰*À—‰*%./usr/man/man3/XTextPropertyToStringList.3.3.so man3/XStringListToTextProperty.3 1. kê¢"m ‡—‰*Þt‰*‡—‰*¥ ./usr/man/man3/XTextWidth.3ToSt.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XTextWid.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:45 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XTextWidth 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XTextWidth, XTextWidth16 \- compute text width .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XTextWidth.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:00 mento Exp $ int XTextWidth\^(\^\fIfont_struct\fP\^, \fIstring\fP, \fIcount\fP\^) .br XFontStruct *\fIfont_struct\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XTextWidth16.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:01 mento Exp $ int XTextWidth16\^(\^\fIfont_struct\fP\^, \fIstring\fP, \fIcount\fP\^) .br XFontStruct *\fIfont_struct\fP\^; .br XChar2b *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the character count in the specified string. .\" $Header: ptr_width.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:47 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_struct\fP 1i Specifies the font used for the width computation. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XTextWidth.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:17 mento Exp $ The .ZN XTextWidth and .ZN XTextWidth16 functions return the width of the specified 8-bit or 2-byte character strings. .SH "SEE ALSO" XLoadFont(3X11), XTextExtents(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêÞ‹‚#mÁ—‰*ßt‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XTextWidth16.3St.so man3/XTextWidth.3 id kê.€#mÁ—‰*®t‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XTimeCoord.33St.so man3/XSendEvent.3 id kêb^¡"m¥‡—‰*àt‰*‡—‰*´À¥ ./usr/man/man3/XTranslateCoordinates.3t.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XTranWCo.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:48 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XTranslateCoordinates 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XTranslateCoordinates \- translate window coordinates .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XTranCoords.f,v 1.2 88/04/05 14:44:04 mento Exp $ Bool XTranslateCoordinates\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsrc_w\fP\^, \fIdest_w\fP\^, \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^, \fIdest_x_return\fP\^, .br \fIdest_y_return\fP\^, \fIchild_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIsrc_w\fP\^, \fIdest_w\fP\^; .br int \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^; .br int *\fIdest_x_return\fP\^, *\fIdest_y_return\fP\^; .br Window *\fIchild_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: child.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:05:43 mento Exp $ .IP \fIchild_return\fP 1i Returns the child if the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of the destination window. .\" $Header: dw.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 13:20:18 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest_w\fP 1i Specifies the destination window. .\" $Header: destxy.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 13:21:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest_x_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdest_y_return\fP 1i Return the x and y coordinates within the destination window. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: sw.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 13:19:45 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc_w\fP 1i Specifies the source window. .\" $Header: srcxy1.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:23 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc_x\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIsrc_y\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates within the source window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XTranCoords.d,v 1.5 88/08/17 08:32:02 mento Exp $ If .ZN XTranslateCoordinates returns .ZN True , it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to dest_x_return and dest_y_return relative to the destination window's origin. If .ZN XTranslateCoordinates returns .ZN False , src_w and dest_w are on different screens, and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero. If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dest_w, that child is returned to child_return. Otherwise, child_return is set to .ZN None . .LP .ZN XTranslateCoordinates can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP IP  k글#mÁ—‰*"t‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUndefineCursor.3tes.3t.so man3/XDefineCursor.3 man 1.1 kêÌ#mÁ—‰*Rt‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabButton.33.so man3/XGrabButton.3 3 kê^¿~#mÁ—‰*u‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabDevice.33.so man3/XGrabDevice.3 3 kê^Þ}#mÁ—‰*{u‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabDeviceButton.33t.so man3/XGrabDeviceButton.3 1.1 kê—|#mÁ—‰*~u‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabDeviceKey.3.33t.so man3/XGrabDeviceKey.3 .3 1.1 kêÀ5{#mÁ—‰*St‰*Á—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabKey.3Key..so man3/XGrabKey.3 Key. kê{z#m—‰*Ut‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabKeyboard.3.33t.so man3/XGrabKeyboard.3 .3 1.1 kêô„y#m—‰*Vt‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabPointer.3.so man3/XGrabPointer.3 kê@Yx#m—‰*Xt‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUngrabServer.3.so man3/XGrabServer.3  kê w#m—‰*_t‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUninstallColormap.33t.so man3/XInstallColormap.3 1.1 kê-v#m—‰*at‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUnionRectWithRegion.3t.so man3/XIntersectRegion.3 1.1 kê u#m—‰*at‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUnionRegion.3eg.so man3/XIntersectRegion.3 1.1 kêâft#m—‰*›t‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUniqueContext.3.so man3/XSaveContext.3 kê@—s#m—‰*kt‰*—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XUnloadFont.3.3.so man3/XLoadFont.3 .3 kêº4 "m–‡—‰*ät‰*‡—‰*¥À– ./usr/man/man3/XUnmapEvent.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XUmapEven.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:55 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XUnmapEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XUnmapEvent \- UnmapNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN UnmapNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* UnmapNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window event; Window window; Bool from_configure; } XUnmapEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The event member is set either to the unmapped window or to its parent, depending on whether .ZN StructureNotify or .ZN SubstructureNotify was selected. This is the window used by the X server to report the event. The window member is set to the window that was unmapped. The from_configure member is set to .ZN True if the event was generated as a result of a resizing of the window's parent when the window itself had a win_gravity of .ZN UnmapGravity . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XVisibilityEvent(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP O" kê¢r#m׉*åt‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XUnmapSubwindows.3n.3t.so man3/XUnmapWindow.3 kêÔŸ"mŸˆ—‰*ät‰*ˆ—‰*¦ÀŸ ./usr/man/man3/XUnmapWindow.3s..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XUnmapWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:57 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XUnmapWindow 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XUnmapWindow, XUnmapSubwindows \- unmap windows .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XUnmapWindow.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:09 mento Exp $ XUnmapWindow\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .LP .\" $Header: XUnmapSubs.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:09 mento Exp $ XUnmapSubwindows\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIw\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: w.a,v 1.2 88/05/07 11:35:31 mento Exp $ .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the window. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XUnmapWindow.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:34 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUnmapWindow function unmaps the specified window and causes the X server to generate an .ZN UnmapNotify .IN "UnmapNotify Event" .IN "XUnmapWindow" event. If the specified window is already unmapped, .ZN XUnmapWindow has no effect. Normal exposure processing on formerly obscured windows is performed. Any child window will no longer be visible until another map call is made on the parent. In other words, the subwindows are still mapped but are not visible until the parent is mapped. Unmapping a window will generate .ZN Expose events on windows that were formerly obscured by it. .LP .ZN XUnmapWindow can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .LP .\" $Header: XUnmapSubs.d,v 1.4 88/06/11 07:54:33 mento Exp $ The .ZN XUnmapSubwindows function unmaps all subwindows for the specified window in bottom-to-top stacking order. It causes the X server to generate an .ZN UnmapNotify event on each subwindow and .ZN Expose events on formerly obscured windows. .IN "UnmapNotify Event" Using this function is much more efficient than unmapping multiple windows one at a time because the server needs to perform much of the work only once, for all of the windows, rather than for each window. .LP .ZN XUnmapSubwindows can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XChangeWindowAttributes(3X11), XConfigureWindow(3X11), XCreateWindow(3X11), XDestroyWindow(3X11), XMapWindow(3X11) XRaiseWindow(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP x kꊂq#m׉*t‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XUnsetICFocus.3..so man3/XSetICFocus.3 i kê¾ ž"m²ˆ—‰*æt‰*ˆ—‰*³À² ./usr/man/man3/XVaCreateNestedList.3t.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XVCNList.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:02 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XVaCreateNestedList 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XVaCreateNestedList \- allocate a nested variable argument list .SH SYNTAX typedef void * XVaNestedList; XVaNestedList XVaCreateNestedList\^(\^\fIdummy\fP\^, ...) .br int \fIdummy\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdummy\fP 1i Unused argument (required by ANSI C). .ds Al .IP ... 1i Specifies the variable length argument list\*(Al. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XVaCreateNestedList function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a single list pointer which may be used as value for arguments requiring a list value. Any entries are copied as specified. Data passed by reference is not copied; the caller must ensure data remains valid for the lifetime of the nested list. The list should be freed using .ZN XFree when it is no longer needed. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fI\*(xL\fP es the kêv@"m©ˆ—‰*æt‰*ˆ—‰*°À© ·À./usr/man/man3/XVisibilityNotifyEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XVEvent.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:05 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XVisibilityEvent 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XVisibilityNotifyEvent \- VisibilityNotify event structure .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN VisibilityNotify events contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { int type; /* VisibiltyNotify */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Window window; int state; } XVisibilityEvent; .De .LP When you receive this event, the structure members are set as follows. .LP The type member is set to the event type constant name that uniquely identifies it. For example, when the X server reports a .ZN GraphicsExpose event to a client application, it sends an .ZN XGraphicsExposeEvent structure with the type member set to .ZN GraphicsExpose . The display member is set to a pointer to the display the event was read on. The send_event member is set to .ZN True if the event came from a .ZN SendEvent protocol request. The serial member is set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the 16-bit least-significant bits to a full 32-bit value. The window member is set to the window that is most useful to toolkit dispatchers. .LP The window member is set to the window whose visibility state changes. The state member is set to the state of the window's visibility and can be .ZN VisibilityUnobscured , .ZN VisibilityPartiallyObscured , or .ZN VisibilityFullyObscured . The X server ignores all of a window's subwindows when determining the visibility state of the window and processes .ZN VisibilityNotify events according to the following: .IP \(bu 5 When the window changes state from partially obscured, fully obscured, or not viewable to viewable and completely unobscured, the X server generates the event with the state member of the .ZN XVisibilityEvent structure set to .ZN VisibilityUnobscured . .IP \(bu 5 When the window changes state from viewable and completely unobscured or not viewable to viewable and partially obscured, the X server generates the event with the state member of the .ZN XVisibilityEvent structure set to .ZN VisibilityPartiallyObscured . .IP \(bu 5 When the window changes state from viewable and completely unobscured, viewable and partially obscured, or not viewable to viewable and fully obscured, the X server generates the event with the state member of the .ZN XVisibilityEvent structure set to .ZN VisibilityFullyObscured . .SH "SEE ALSO" XAnyEvent(3X11), XButtonEvent(3X11), XCreateWindowEvent(3X11), XCirculateEvent(3X11), XCirculateRequestEvent(3X11), XColormapEvent(3X11), XConfigureEvent(3X11), XConfigureRequestEvent(3X11), XCrossingEvent(3X11), XDestroyWindowEvent(3X11), XErrorEvent(3X11), XExposeEvent(3X11), XFocusChangeEvent(3X11), XGraphicsExposeEvent(3X11), XGravityEvent(3X11), XKeymapEvent(3X11), XMapEvent(3X11), XMapRequestEvent(3X11), XPropertyEvent(3X11), XReparentEvent(3X11), XResizeRequestEvent(3X11), XSelectionClearEvent(3X11), XSelectionEvent(3X11), XSelectionRequestEvent(3X11), XUnmapEvent(3X11), .br \fI\*(xL\fP n(OIu . kê¨{p#m׉*Jt‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XVisualIDFromVisual.3.3.so man3/XGetVisualInfo.3 ent(3X kê––o#m׉*Jt‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XVisualInfo.3isu.so man3/XGetVisualInfo.3 ent(3X kêÊn#m׉*€t‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWMGeometry.3isu.so man3/XParseGeometry.3 ent(3X kꆧm#m׉*çs‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWMHints.3.3isu.so man3/XAllocWMHints.3 ent(3X kꌜ"mÀˆ—‰*çt‰*ˆ—‰*\³À X./usr/man/man3/XWarpPointer.3su.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XWarpPntr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:07 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XWarpPointer 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XWarpPointer \- move pointer .SH SYNTAX .\" $Header: XWarpPointer.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:13 mento Exp $ .\" $Header: XWarpPointer.f,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:13 mento Exp $ XWarpPointer\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIsrc_w\fP\^, \fIdest_w\fP\^, \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^, \fIsrc_width\fP\^, \fIsrc_height\fP\^, \fIdest_x\fP\^, .br \fIdest_y\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Window \fIsrc_w\fP\^, \fIdest_w\fP\^; .br int \fIsrc_x\fP\^, \fIsrc_y\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fIsrc_width\fP\^, \fIsrc_height\fP\^; .br int \fIdest_x\fP\^, \fIdest_y\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: dw1.a,v 1.1 88/05/14 08:44:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest_w\fP 1i Specifies the destination window or .ZN None . .\" $Header: destxy2.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:06:50 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdest_x\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIdest_y\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates within the destination window. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: srcwdht.a,v 1.2 88/04/28 06:03:00 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc_x\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIsrc_y\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIsrc_width\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIsrc_height\fP 1i Specify a rectangle in the source window. .\" $Header: sw1.a,v 1.1 88/05/14 08:43:03 mento Exp $ .IP \fIsrc_w\fP 1i Specifies the source window or .ZN None . .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XWarpPointer.d,v 1.3 88/06/11 07:54:36 mento Exp $ If dest_w is .ZN None , .ZN XWarpPointer moves the pointer by the offsets (dest_x, dest_y) relative to the current position of the pointer. If dest_w is a window, .ZN XWarpPointer moves the pointer to the offsets (dest_x, dest_y) relative to the origin of dest_w. However, if src_w is a window, the move only takes place if the window src_w contains the pointer and if the specified rectangle of src_w contains the pointer. .LP The src_x and src_y coordinates are relative to the origin of src_w. If src_height is zero, it is replaced with the current height of src_w minus src_y. If src_width is zero, it is replaced with the current width of src_w minus src_x. .LP There is seldom any reason for calling this function. The pointer should normally be left to the user. If you do use this function, however, it generates events just as if the user had instantaneously moved the pointer from one position to another. Note that you cannot use .ZN XWarpPointer to move the pointer outside the confine_to window of an active pointer grab. An attempt to do so will only move the pointer as far as the closest edge of the confine_to window. .LP .ZN XWarpPointer can generate a .ZN BadWindow error. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badwindow.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:20 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadWindow A value for a Window argument does not name a defined Window. .SH "SEE ALSO" XSetInputFocus(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê”Ãl#m ׉*Lt‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWindowAttributes.33.3.so man3/XGetWindowAttributes.3 kê²×k#m׉* t‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWindowChanges.3.so man3/XConfigureWindow.3 s.3 kêH j#m׉*wt‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWindowEvent.33.so man3/XNextEvent.3 do kêÈúi#m׉*Yt‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWithdrawWindow.333.3.so man3/XIconifyWindow.3 3 s.3  kêÖQh#m׉*•t‰*׉* ./usr/man/man3/XWriteBitmapFile.33.3.so man3/XReadBitmapFile.3 s.3 kêêág#mÄ—‰*ct‰*Ä—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XXorRegion.3ile..so man3/XIntersectRegion.3 s.3 kꟛ"mœ‰—‰*ét‰*‰—‰*K¸œ 4¸./usr/man/man3/XcmsAllocColor.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsAClr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:13 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsAllocColor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsAllocColor, XcmsAllocNamedColor \- allocate colors .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsAllocColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor_in_out\fP\^, \fIresult_format\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_in_out\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fIresult_format\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsAllocNamedColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor_string\fP\^, \fIresult_format\fP\^, \fIcolor_screen_return\fP\^, .br \fIcolor_exact_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br char *\fIcolor_string\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fIresult_format\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_screen_return\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_exact_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .\" $Header$ .IP \fIcolor_exact_return\fP 1i Returns the color specification parsed from the color string or parsed from the corresponding string found in a color name database. .\" $Header$ .IP \fIcolor_in_out\fP 1i Specifies the color to allocate and returns the pixel and color that is actually used in the colormap. .\" $Header$ .IP \fIcolor_screen_return\fP 1i Returns the pixel value of the color cell and color specification that actually is stored for that cell. .ds St \ whose color definition structure is to be returned .\" $Header$ .IP \fIcolor_string\fP 1i Specifies the color string\*(St. .\" $Header$ .IP \fIresult_format\fP 1i Specifies the color format for the returned color specification. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsAllocColor function is similar to .ZN XAllocColor except the color can be specified in any format. The .ZN XcmsAllocColor function ultimately calls .ZN XAllocColor to allocate a read-only color cell (colormap entry) with the specified color. .ZN XcmsAllocColor first converts the color specified to an RGB value and then passes this to .ZN XAllocColor . .ZN XcmsAllocColor returns the pixel value of the color cell and the color specification actually allocated. This returned color specification is the result of converting the RGB value returned by .ZN XAllocColor into the format specified with the result_format argument. If there is no interest in a returned color specification, unnecessary computation can be bypassed if result_format is set to .ZN XcmsRGBFormat . The corresponding colormap cell is read-only. If this routine returns .ZN XcmsFailure , the color_in_out color specification is left unchanged. .LP .ZN XcmsAllocColor can generate a .ZN BadColor errors. .LP The .ZN XcmsAllocNamedColor function is similar to .ZN XAllocNamedColor except the color returned can be in any format specified. This function ultimately calls .ZN XAllocColor to allocate a read-only color cell with the color specified by a color string. The color string is parsed into an .ZN XcmsColor structure (see .ZN XcmsLookupColor ), converted to an RGB value, then finally passed to the .ZN XAllocColor . If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. .LP This function returns both the color specification as a result of parsing (exact specification) and the actual color specification stored (screen specification). This screen specification is the result of converting the RGB value returned by .ZN XAllocColor into the format specified in result_format. If there is no interest in a returned color specification, unnecessary computation can be bypassed if result_format is set to .ZN XcmsRGBFormat . .LP .LP .ZN XcmsAllocNamedColor can generate a .ZN BadColor errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsQueryColor(3X11), XcmsStoreColor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP S" . kê‚ñf#mÄ—‰*êt‰*Ä—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsAllocNamedColor.3.3.so man3/XcmsAllocColor.3 tion i kê=š"mI ‰—‰*çt‰*‰—‰*7cI ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCCCofColormap.33.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Xcms3CoC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:11 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsCCCofColormap 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsCCCofColormap, XcmsSetCCCOfColormap \- query and modify CCC of a colormap .SH SYNTAX XcmsCCC XcmsCCCofColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .LP XcmsCCC XcmsSetCCCOfColormap\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIccc\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsCCCofColormap function returns the CCC associated with the specified colormap. Once obtained, the CCC attributes can be queried or modified. Unless the CCC associated with the specified colormap is changed with .ZN XcmsSetCCCOfColormap , this CCC is used when the specified colormap is used as an argument to color functions. .LP The .ZN XcmsSetCCCOfColormap function changes the CCC associated with the specified colormap. It returns the CCC previously associated to the colormap. If they are not used again in the application, CCCs should be freed by calling .ZN XcmsFreeCCC . .SH "SEE ALSO" DisplayOfCCC(3X11), XcmsConvertColors(3X11), XcmsCreateCCC(3X11), XcmsDefaultCCC(3X11), XcmsSetWhitePoint(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP cell a kêä=e#mÄ—‰*ît‰*Ä—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELab.3rmap.so man3/XcmsColor.3 CoC kê hd#m6Ä—‰*òt‰*Ä—‰*uS6 ÔM./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsLaQMC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:26 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsCIELabQueryMax 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC, XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL, XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC, XcmsCIELabQueryMinL \- obtain the CIE L*a*b* coordinates .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIL_star\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIL_star\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIchroma\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIchroma\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsCIELabQueryMinL\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIchroma\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIchroma\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. Note that the CCC's Client White Point and White Point Adjustment procedures are ignored. .ds Ch maximum lightness (MaxL) or minimum lightness (MinL) .IP \fIchroma\fP 1i Specifies the chroma at which to find \*(Ch. .ds Lc maximum chroma (MaxC and MaxLC), maximum lightnes (MaxL), \ or minimum lightness (MinL) .ds lC hue angle and lightness (MaxC), hue angle and chroma (MaxL and MinL), \ or hue angle (MaxLC) .IP \fIcolor_return\fP 1i Returns the CIE L*a*b* coordinates of \*(Lc displayable by the screen for the given \*(lC. The white point associated with the returned color specification is the Screen White Point. The value returned in the pixel member is undefined. .ds Ha maximum chroma (MaxC and MaxLC), maximum lightness (MaxL), \ or minimum lightness (MinL) .IP \fIhue_angle\fP 1i Specifies the hue angle in degrees at which to find \*(Ha. .ds Ls maximum chroma (MaxC) .IP \fIL_star\fP 1i Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find \*(Ls. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC function, given a hue angle and lightness, finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen. It returns this point in CIE L*a*b* coordinates. .LP The .ZN XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL function, given a hue angle and chroma, finds the point in CIE L*a*b* color space of maximum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen. It returns this point in CIE L*a*b* coordinates. An .ZN XcmsFailure return value usually indicates that the given chroma is beyond maximum for the given hue angle. .LP The .ZN XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC function, given a hue angle, finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen. It returns this point in CIE L*a*b* coordinates. .LP The .ZN XcmsCIELabQueryMinL function, given a hue angle and chroma, finds the point of minimum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen. It returns this point in CIE L*a*b* coordinates. An .ZN XcmsFailure return value usually indicates that the given chroma is beyond maximum for the given hue angle. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsQueryBlack(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP to kêÈFc#mÄ—‰*ót‰*Ä—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL.3.3.so man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.3 a kêxCb#mÄ—‰*ôt‰*Ä—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC.33.so man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.3 a kê²[a#mÄ—‰*ôt‰*Ä—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMinL.33.so man3/XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC.3 a kê–¬`#mÅ—‰*ït‰*Å—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuv.3ryMi.so man3/XcmsColor.3 ery kê~“™"m{‰—‰*õt‰*‰—‰*”œ{ gk./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsLuQMC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:29 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC, XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL, XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC, XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL \- obtain the CIE L*u*v* coordinates .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIL_star\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIL_star\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIchroma\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIchroma\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue_angle\fP\^, \fIchroma\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue_angle\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIchroma\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. Note that the CCC's Client White Point and White Point Adjustment procedures are ignored. .ds Ch maximum lightness (MaxL) or minimum lightness (MinL) .IP \fIchroma\fP 1i Specifies the chroma at which to find \*(Ch. .ds Lc maximum chroma (MaxC and MaxLC), maximum lightnes (MaxL), \ or minimum lightness (MinL) .ds lC hue angle and lightness (MaxC), hue angle and chroma (MaxL and MinL), \ or hue angle (MaxLC) .IP \fIcolor_return\fP 1i Returns the CIE L*u*v* coordinates of \*(Lc displayable by the screen for the given \*(lC. The white point associated with the returned color specification is the Screen White Point. The value returned in the pixel member is undefined. .ds Ha maximum chroma (MaxC and MaxLC), maximum lightness (MaxL), \ or minimum lightness (MinL) .IP \fIhue_angle\fP 1i Specifies the hue angle in degrees at which to find \*(Ha. .ds Ls maximum chroma (MaxC) or maximum lightness (MaxL) .IP \fIL_star\fP 1i Specifies the lightness (L*) at which to find \*(Ls. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC function, given a hue angle and lightness, finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen. Note that it returns this point in CIE L*u*v* coordinates. .LP The .ZN XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL function, given a hue angle and chroma, finds the point in CIE L*u*v* color space of maximum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen. Note that it returns this point in CIE L*u*v* coordinates. An .ZN XcmsFailure return value usually indicates that the given chroma is beyond maximum for the given hue angle. .LP The .ZN XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC function, given a hue angle, finds the point of maximum chroma displayable by the screen. Note that it returns this point in CIE L*u*v* coordinates. .LP The .ZN XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL function, given a hue angle and chroma, finds the point of minimum lightness (L*) displayable by the screen. Note that it returns this point in CIE L*u*v* coordinates. An .ZN XcmsFailure return value usually indicates that the given chroma is beyond maximum for the given hue angle. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsQueryBlack(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ce fo kêVã_#mÅ—‰*öt‰*Å—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL.33.so man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.3 . kênÑ^#mÅ—‰*öt‰*Å—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC.33.so man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.3 . kêŽÜ]#mÅ—‰*öt‰*Å—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL.33.so man3/XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC.3 . kê¨)\#mÅ—‰*ít‰*Å—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIEXYZ.3ryMi.so man3/XcmsColor.3 ery kêVQ[#mÅ—‰*ít‰*Å—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIEuvY.3ryMi.so man3/XcmsColor.3 ery kêCZ#mÅ—‰*ît‰*Å—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCIExyY.3ryMi.so man3/XcmsColor.3 ery kê@ê˜"mg‰—‰*ët‰*‰—‰*†mg ./usr/man/man3/XcmsColor.3ryMi.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsClr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:19 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsColor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsColor, XcmsRGB, XcmsRGBi, XcmsCIEXYZ, XcmsCIEuvY, XcmsCIExyY, XcmsCIELab, XcmsCIELuv, XcmsTekHVC, XcmsPad \- Xcms color struture .SH STRUCTURES The structure for .ZN XcmsColor contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 1i 2.5i .ta .5i 1i 2.5i typedef unsigned long XcmsColorFormat; /* Color Specification Format */ typedef struct { union { XcmsRGB RGB; XcmsRGBi RGBi; XcmsCIEXYZ CIEXYZ; XcmsCIEuvY CIEuvY; XcmsCIExyY CIExyY; XcmsCIELab CIELab; XcmsCIELuv CIELuv; XcmsTekHVC TekHVC; XcmsPad Pad; } spec; XcmsColorFormat format; unsigned long pixel; } XcmsColor; /* Xcms Color Structure */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef double XcmsFloat; typedef struct { unsigned short red; /* 0x0000 to 0xffff */ unsigned short green; /* 0x0000 to 0xffff */ unsigned short blue; /* 0x0000 to 0xffff */ } XcmsRGB; /* RGB Device */ .De LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat red; /* 0.0 to 1.0 */ XcmsFloat green; /* 0.0 to 1.0 */ XcmsFloat blue; /* 0.0 to 1.0 */ } XcmsRGBi; /* RGB Intensity */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat X; XcmsFloat Y; /* 0.0 to 1.0 */ XcmsFloat Z; } XcmsCIEXYZ; /* CIE XYZ */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat u_prime; /* 0.0 to ~0.6 */ XcmsFloat v_prime; /* 0.0 to ~0.6 */ XcmsFloat Y; /* 0.0 to 1.0 */ } XcmsCIEuvY; /* CIE u'v'Y */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat x; /* 0.0 to ~.75 */ XcmsFloat y; /* 0.0 to ~.85 */ XcmsFloat Y; /* 0.0 to 1.0 */ } XcmsCIExyY; /* CIE xyY */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat L_star; /* 0.0 to 100.0 */ XcmsFloat a_star; XcmsFloat b_star; } XcmsCIELab; /* CIE L*a*b* */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat L_star; /* 0.0 to 100.0 */ XcmsFloat u_star; XcmsFloat v_star; } XcmsCIELuv; /* CIE L*u*v* */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat H; /* 0.0 to 360.0 */ XcmsFloat V; /* 0.0 to 100.0 */ XcmsFloat C; /* 0.0 to 100.0 */ } XcmsTekHVC; /* TekHVC */ .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { XcmsFloat pad0; XcmsFloat pad1; XcmsFloat pad2; XcmsFloat pad3; } XcmsPad; /* four doubles */ .De .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsColor structure contains a union of substructures, each supporting color specification encoding for a particular color space. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsAllocColor(3X11), XcmsStoreColor(3X11), XcmsConvertColors(3X11), .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêü#—"mH‰—‰*êt‰*‰—‰*zqH ./usr/man/man3/XcmsConvertColors.333.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsCClrs.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:16 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsConvertColors 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsConvertColors \- convert CCC color specifications .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsConvertColors\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIcolors_in_out\fP\^, \fIncolors\fP\^, \fItarget_format\fP\^, \fIcompression_flags_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColor \fIcolors_in_out\fP\^[\^]\^; .br unsigned int \fIncolors\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fItarget_format\fP\^; .br Bool \fIcompression_flags_return\fP\^[\^]\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. If Conversion is between device-independent color spaces only (for example, TekHVC to CIELuv), the CCC is necessary only to specify the Client White Point. .IP \fIcolors_in_out\fP 1i Specifies an array of color specifications. Pixel members are ignored and remain unchanged upon return. .IP \fIcompression_flags_return\fP 1i Specifies an array of Boolean values (or NULL) for returned information that indicates if the color was compressed. For example, if this routine returns .ZN XcmsSuccessWithCompression and compression_flags_return[3] is .ZN True , this indicates that the fourth color specified in the color specification array was compressed. If you are not interested in knowing which color was compressed when the return value is .ZN XcmsSuccessWithCompression , then pass a NULL. Otherwise, allocate an array of Boolean values for each element in the color definition array and pass its address. .IP \fIncolors\fP 1i Specifies the number of .ZN XcmsColor structures in the color specification array. .IP \fItarget_format\fP 1i Specifies the target color specification format. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsConvertColors function converts the color specifications in the specified array of .ZN XcmsColor structures from their current format to a single target format, using the specified CCC. When the return value is .ZN XcmsFailure , the contents of the color specification array are left unchanged. .LP The array may contain a mixture of color specification formats (for example, 3 CIE XYZ, 2 CIE Luv, ...). Note that when the array contains both device-independent and device-dependent color specifications, and the target_format argument specifies a device-dependent format (for example, .ZN XcmsRGBiFormat , .ZN XcmsRGBFormat ) all specifications are converted to CIE XYZ format then to the target device-dependent format. .SH "SEE ALSO" DisplayOfCCC(3X11), XcmsCCCofColormap(3X11), XcmsCreateCCC(3X11), XcmsDefaultCCC(3X11), XcmsSetWhitePoint(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kê<6–"m¤Š—‰*ðt‰*Š—‰*{q¤ ./usr/man/man3/XcmsCreateCCC.3s.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsCre3C.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:21 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsCreateCCC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsCreateCCC, XcmsFreeCCC \- creating and destroying CCCs .SH SYNTAX XcmsCCC XcmsCreateCCC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP\^, \fIvisual\fP\^, \fIclient_white_point\fP\^, \fIcompression_proc\fP\^, .br \fIcompression_client_data\fP\^, \fIwhite_adjust_proc\fP\^, \fIwhite_adjust_client_data\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIscreen_number\fP\^; .br Visual *\fIvisual\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIclient_white_point\fP\^; .br XcmsCompressionProc \fIcompression_proc\fP\^; .br XPointer \fIcompression_client_data\fP\^; .br XcmsWhiteAdjustProc \fIwhite_adjust_proc\fP\^; .br XPointer \fIwhite_adjust_client_data\fP\^; .LP void XcmsFreeCCC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. .IP \fIclient_white_point\fP 1i Specifies the Client White Point. If NULL, the Client White Point is to be assumed to be the same as the Screen White Point. Note that the pixel member is ignored. .IP \fIcompression_client_data\fP 1i Specifies client data for use by the gamut compression procedure or NULL. .IP \fIcompression_proc\fP 1i Specifies the gamut compression procedure that is to be applied when a color lies outside the screen's color gamut. If NULL and when functions using this CCC must convert a color specification to a device-dependent format and encounters a color that lies outside the screen's color gamut, that function will return .ZN XcmsFailure . .IP \fIscreen_number\fP 1i Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server. .\" $Header: visual_gen.a,v 1.1 88/07/10 10:05:08 mento Exp $ .IP \fIvisual\fP 1i Specifies the visual type. .IP \fIwhite_adjust_client_data\fP 1i Specifies client data for use with the white point adjustment procedure or NULL. .IP \fIwhite_adjust_proc\fP 1i Specifies the white adjustment procedure that is to be applied when the Client White Point differs from the Screen White Point. NULL indicates that no white point adjustment is desired. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsCreateCCC function creates a CCC for the specified display, screen, and visual. .LP The .ZN XcmsFreeCCC function frees the memory used for the specified CCC. Note that default CCCs and those currently associated with colormaps are ignored. .SH "SEE ALSO" DisplayOfCCC(3X11), XcmsCCCofColormap(3X11), XcmsConvertColors(3X11), XcmsDefaultCCC(3X11), XcmsSetWhitePoint(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nate kêâB•"müŠ—‰*òt‰*Š—‰*ÒÂü ./usr/man/man3/XcmsDefaultCCC.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsD3C.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:24 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsDefaultCCC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsDefaultCCC \- obtain the default CCC for a screen .SH SYNTAX XcmsCCC XcmsDefaultCCC\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIscreen_number\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br int \fIscreen_number\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIscreen_number\fP 1i Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsDefaultCCC function returns the default CCC for the specified screen. Its visual is the default visual of the screen. Its initial gamut compression and white point adjustment procedures as well as the associated client data are implementation specific. .SH "SEE ALSO" DisplayOfCCC(3X11), XcmsCCCofColormap(3X11), XcmsConvertColors(3X11), XcmsCreateCCC(3X11), XcmsSetWhitePoint(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP \fP kê6)Y#mÅ—‰*ñt‰*Å—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsFreeCCC.3.3.so man3/XcmsCreateCCC.3 an 1.1  kêÆõX#mÅ—‰*ût‰*Å—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsLookupColor.3333.so man3/XcmsQueryColor.3 n 1.1 kê W#mÅ—‰*ït‰*Å—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsPad.3Color.3.so man3/XcmsColor.3 or. kꦷ”"mŒŠ—‰*÷t‰*Š—‰*½¥Œ ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryBlack.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsQBlk.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:32 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsQueryBlack 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsQueryBlack, XcmsQueryBlue, XcmsQueryGreen, XcmsQueryRed, XcmsQueryWhite \- obtain black, blue, green, red, and white CCC color specifications .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsQueryBlack\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fItarget_format\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fItarget_format\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsQueryBlue\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fItarget_format\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fItarget_format\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsQueryGreen\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fItarget_format\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fItarget_format\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsQueryRed\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fItarget_format\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fItarget_format\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsQueryWhite\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fItarget_format\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fItarget_format\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. Note that the CCC's Client White Point and White Point Adjustment procedures are ignored. .ds Cs .IP \fIcolor_return\fP 1i Returns the color specification in the specified target format for \*(Cs. The white point associated with the returned color specification is the Screen White Point. The value returned in the pixel member is undefined. .IP \fItarget_format\fP 1i Specifies the target color specification format. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsQueryBlack function returns the color specification in the specified target format for zero intensity red, green, and blue. .LP The .ZN XcmsQueryBlue function returns the color specification in the specified target format for full intensity blue while red and green are zero. .LP The .ZN XcmsQueryGreen function returns the color specification in the specified target format for full intensity green while red and blue are zero. .LP The .ZN XcmsQueryRed function returns the color specification in the specified target format for full intensity red while green and blue are zero. .LP The .ZN XcmsQueryWhite function returns the color specification in the specified target format for full intensity red, green, and blue. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP t(3X kê*tV#mÆ—‰*øt‰*Æ—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryBlue.3.so man3/XcmsQueryBlack.3 an 1.1 kêl·“"mŠ—‰*út‰*Š—‰*•c “‡./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryColor.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsQClr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:35 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsQueryColor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsQueryColor, XcmsQueryColors, XcmsLookupColor \- obtain color values .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsQueryColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor_in_out\fP\^, \fIresult_format\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_in_out\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fIresult_format\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsQueryColors\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolors_in_out\fP\^, \fIncolors\fP\^, \fIresult_format\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XcmsColor \fIcolors_in_out\fP\^[\^]\^; .br unsigned int \fIncolors\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fIresult_format\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsLookupColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor_string\fP\^, \fIcolor_exact_return\fP\^, \fIcolor_screen_return\fP\^, .br \fIresult_format\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br char *\fIcolor_string\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_exact_return\fP\^, *\fIcolor_screen_return\fP\^; .br XcmsColorFormat \fIresult_format\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .\" $Header$ .IP \fIcolor_exact_return\fP 1i Returns the color specification parsed from the color string or parsed from the corresponding string found in a color name database. .IP \fIcolor_in_out\fP 1i Specifies the pixel member that indicates the color cell to query, and the color specification stored for the color cell is returned in this .ZN XcmsColor structure. .IP \fIcolor_screen_return\fP 1i Returns the color that can be reproduced on the .ZN Screen . .ds St .\" $Header$ .IP \fIcolor_string\fP 1i Specifies the color string\*(St. .\" $Header$ .IP \fIresult_format\fP 1i Specifies the color format for the returned color specifications (color_screen_return and color_exact_return arguments). If format is .ZN XcmsUndefinedFormat and the color string contains a numerical color specification, the specification is returned in the format used in that numerical color specification. If format is .ZN XcmsUndefinedFormat and the color string contains a color name, the specification is returned in the format used to store the color in the database. .IP \fIncolors\fP 1i Specifies the number of .ZN XcmsColor structures in the color specification array. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsQueryColor function obtains the RGB value for the pixel value in the pixel member of the specified .ZN XcmsColor structure, and then converts the value to the target format as specified by the result_format argument. If the pixel is not a valid index into the specified colormap, a .ZN BadValue error results. The .ZN XcmsQueryColors function obtains the RGB values for pixel values in the pixel members of .ZN XcmsColor structures, and then converts the values to the target format as specified by the result_format argument. If a pixel is not a valid index into the specified colormap, a .ZN BadValue error results. If more than one pixel is in error, the one that gets reported is arbitrary. .LP .ZN XcmsQueryColor and .ZN XcmsQueryColors can generate .ZN BadColor and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP The .ZN XcmsLookupColor function looks up the string name of a color with respect to the screen associated with the specified colormap. It returns both the exact color values and the closest values provided by the screen with respect to the visual type of the specified colormap. The values are returned in the format specified by result_format. If the color name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Use of uppercase or lowercase does not matter. .ZN XcmsLookupColor returns .ZN XcmsSuccess or .ZN XcmsSuccessWithCompression if the name is resolved, otherwise it returns .ZN XcmsFailure . If .ZN XcmsSuccessWithCompression is resturned, then the color specification in \fIcolor_screen_return\fP is the result of gamut compression. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsAllocColor(3X11), XcmsStoreColor(3X11), XQueryColor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêÚÍU#mÆ—‰*ût‰*Æ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryColors.3333.so man3/XcmsQueryColor.3 s the k꼘T#mÆ—‰*ùt‰*Æ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryGreen.3.so man3/XcmsQueryBlack.3 s the kêôTS#mÆ—‰*ùt‰*Æ—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryRed.33.so man3/XcmsQueryBlack.3 s the kêL}R#mÆ—‰*út‰*Æ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsQueryWhite.3.so man3/XcmsQueryBlack.3 s the kêâ{Q#mÆ—‰*ìt‰*Æ—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsRGB.3hite.3.so man3/XcmsColor.3 ck. kêvP#mÆ—‰*ìt‰*Æ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsRGBi.3ite.3.so man3/XcmsColor.3 ck. kê8O#mÆ—‰*èt‰*Æ—‰*./usr/man/man3/XcmsSetCCCOfColormap.33.so man3/XcmsCCCofColormap.3 he  kêÚiN#mÆ—‰*ÿt‰*Æ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc.3.so man3/XcmsSetWhitePoint.3 he  kê—’"m~ Š—‰*þt‰*Š—‰*¿~ ./usr/man/man3/XcmsSetWhitePoint.3oc.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsSWP.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:41 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsSetWhitePoint 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsSetWhitePoint, XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc \- modifying CCC attributes .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsSetWhitePoint\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIcolor\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor\fP\^; .LP XcmsWhiteAdjustProc XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIwhite_adjust_proc\fP\^, \fIclient_data\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsWhiteAdjustProc \fIwhite_adjust_proc\fP\^; .br XPointer \fIclient_data\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. .ds Cd the white point adjustment procedure .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies client data for \*(Cd or NULL. .ds Co new Client White Point .\" $Header: color_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:07:59 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolor\fP 1i Specifies the \*(Co. .IP \fIwhite_adjust_proc\fP 1i Specifies the white point adjustment procedure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsSetWhitePoint function changes the Client White Point in the specified CCC. Note that the pixel member is ignored and that the color specification is left unchanged upon return. The format for the new white point must be .ZN XcmsCIEXYZFormat , .ZN XcmsCIEuvYFormat , .ZN XcmsCIExyYFormat , or .ZN XcmsUndefinedFormat . If \fIcolor\fP is NULL, this function sets the format component of the Client White Point specification to .ZN XcmsUndefinedFormat , indicating that the Client White Point is assumed to be the same as the Screen White Point. .LP The .ZN XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc function first sets the white point adjustment procedure and client data in the specified CCC with the newly specified procedure and client data and then returns the old procedure. .SH "SEE ALSO" DisplayOfCCC(3X11), XcmsCCCofColormap(3X11), XcmsConvertColors(3X11), XcmsCreateCCC(3X11), XcmsDefaultCCC(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP s kê.’‘"m׊—‰*üt‰*Š—‰*’q× Žq./usr/man/man3/XcmsStoreColor.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsSClr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:37 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsStoreColor 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsStoreColor, XcmsStoreColors \- set colors .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsStoreColor\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolor\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsStoreColors\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP, \fIcolormap\fP\^, \fIcolors\fP\^, \fIncolors\fP\^, \fIcompression_flags_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Colormap \fIcolormap\fP\^; .br XcmsColor \fIcolors\fP\^[\^]\^; .br int \fIncolors\fP\^; .br Bool \fIcompression_flags_return\fP\^[\^]\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIcolor\fP 1i Specifies the color cell and the color to store. Values specified in this .ZN XcmsColor structure remain unchanged upon return. .IP \fIcolors\fP 1i Specifies the color specification array of .ZN XcmsColor structures, each specifying a color cell and the color to store in that cell. Values specified in the array remain unchanged upon return. .\" $Header: cmap.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 06:39:13 mento Exp $ .IP \fIcolormap\fP 1i Specifies the colormap. .IP \fIcompression_flags_return\fP 1i Specifies an array of Boolean values (or NULL) for returned information that indicates if the color was compressed. For example, if this routine returns .ZN XcmsSuccessWithCompression and compression_flags_return[3] is .ZN True , this indicates that the fourth color specified in the color specification array was compressed. If you are not interested in knowing which color was compressed when the return value is .ZN XcmsSuccessWithCompression , then pass a NULL. Otherwise, allocate an array of Boolean values for each element in the color definition array and pass its address. .IP \fIncolors\fP 1i Specifies the number of .ZN XcmsColor structures in the color specification array. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsStoreColor function converts the color specified in the .ZN XcmsColor structure into RGB values and then uses this RGB specification in an .ZN XColor structure, whose three flags .Pn ( DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue ) are set, in a call to .ZN XStoreColor to change the color cell specified by the pixel member of the .ZN XcmsColor structure. This pixel value must be a valid index for the specified colormap, and the color cell specified by the pixel value must be a read/write cell. If the pixel value is not a valid index, a .ZN BadValue error results. If the color cell is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a .ZN BadAccess error results. If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, the changes are visible immediately. .LP Note that .ZN XStoreColor has no return value; therefore, a .ZN XcmsSuccess return value from this function indicates that the conversion to RGB succeeded and the call to .ZN XStoreColor was made. To obtain the actual color stored, use .ZN XcmsQueryColor . Due to the screen's hardware limitations or gamut compression, the color stored in the colormap may not be identical to the color specified. .LP .ZN XcmsStoreColor can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , and .ZN BadValue errors. .LP The .ZN XcmsStoreColors function converts the colors specified in the array of .ZN XcmsColor structures into RGB values and then uses these RGB specifications in an .ZN XColor structures, whose three flags .Pn ( DoRed , .ZN DoGreen , and .ZN DoBlue ) are set, in a call to .ZN XStoreColors to change the color cells specified by the pixel member of the corresponding .ZN XcmsColor structure. Each pixel value must be a valid index for the specified colormap, and the color cell specified by each pixel value must be a read/write cell. If a pixel value is not a valid index, a .ZN BadValue error results. If a color cell is unallocated or is allocated read-only, a .ZN BadAccess error results. If more than one pixel is in error, the one that gets reported is arbitrary. If the colormap is an installed map for its screen, the changes are visible immediately. .LP Note that .ZN XStoreColors has no return value; therefore, a .ZN XcmsSuccess return value from this function indicates that conversions to RGB succeeded and the call to .ZN XStoreColors was made. To obtain the actual colors stored, use .ZN XcmsQueryColors . Due to the screen's hardware limitations or gamut compression, the colors stored in the colormap may not be identical to the colors specified. .LP .LP .ZN XcmsStoreColors can generate .ZN BadAccess , .ZN BadColor , and .ZN BadValue errors. .SH DIAGNOSTICS .\" $Header: badaccess2.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:45 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to free a color map entry that it did not already allocate. .\" $Header: badaccess3.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:50 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadAccess A client attempted to store into a read-only color map entry. .\" $Header: badcolor.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:22:57 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadColor A value for a Colormap argument does not name a defined Colormap. .\" $Header: badvalue.e,v 1.1 87/09/04 08:23:19 mento Exp $ .TP 1i .ZN BadValue Some numeric value falls outside the range of values accepted by the request. Unless a specific range is specified for an argument, the full range defined by the argument's type is accepted. Any argument defined as a set of alternatives can generate this error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsAllocColor(3X11), XcmsQueryColor(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP o kêF¾M#mÇ—‰*ýt‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsStoreColors.33oc.3.so man3/XcmsStoreColor.3 Note kê&=L#mÇ—‰*ït‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVC.3rs.3.so man3/XcmsColor.3 or. kêH"mâ‹—‰*ÿt‰*‹—‰*X_â ¡n./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XcmsTQMC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:43 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC, XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV, XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC, XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples, XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV \- obtain the TekHVC coordinates .SH SYNTAX Status XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue\fP\^, \fIvalue\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIvalue\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue\fP\^, \fIchroma\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIchroma\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue\fP\^, \fIcolors_return\fP\^, \fInsamples\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue\fP\^; .br XcmsColor \fIcolors_return[]\fP\^; .br unsigned int \fInsamples\fP\^; .LP Status XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV\^(\^\fIccc\fP\^, \fIhue\fP\^, \fIchroma\fP\^, \fIcolor_return\fP\^) .br XcmsCCC \fIccc\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIhue\fP\^; .br XcmsFloat \fIchroma\fP\^; .br XcmsColor *\fIcolor_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIccc\fP 1i Specifies the CCC. Note that the CCC's Client White Point and White Point Adjustment procedures are ignored. .ds Ch maximum Value (MaxV) .IP \fIchroma\fP 1i Specifies the chroma at which to find \*(Ch. .IP \fIcolors_in_out\fP 1i Returns nsamples of color specifications in XcmsTekHVC such that the Chroma is the maximum attainable for the Value and Hue. The white point associated with the returned color specification is the Screen White Point. The value returned in the pixel member is undefined. .ds Lc maximum Chroma along with the actual Hue and Value (MaxC), \ maximum Value along with the Hue and Chroma (MaxV), \ color specification in XcmsTekHVC for the maximum Chroma, \ the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached and actual Hue (MaxVC) \ or minimum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma (MinL) .ds lC maximum Chroma (MaxC and MaxVC), maximum Value (MaxV), or \ minimum Value (MinL) .IP \fIcolor_return\fP 1i Returns the \*(Lc at which the \*(lC was found. The white point associated with the returned color specification is the Screen White Point. The value returned in the pixel member is undefined. .ds Hu in which to find the maximum Chroma (MaxC and MaxVC), \ maximum Value (MaxV), the maximum Chroma/Value samples (MaxVSamples), \ or the minimum Value (MinL) .IP \fIhue\fP 1i Specifies the Hue \*(Hu. .IP \fInsamples\fP 1i Specifies the number of samples. .ds Va maximum Chroma (MaxC) or minimum Value (MinL) .IP \fIvalue\fP 1i Specifies the Value in which to find the \*(Va. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC function, given a Hue and Value, determines the maximum Chroma in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen. Note that it returns the maximum Chroma along with the actual Hue and Value at which the maximum Chroma was found. .LP The .ZN XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV function, given a Hue and Chroma, determines the maximum Value in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen. Note that it returns the maximum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma at which the maximum Value was found. .LP The .ZN XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC function, given a Hue, determines the maximum Chroma in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen and the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached. Note that it returns the maximum Chroma, the Value at which that maximum Chroma is reached, and the actual Hue for which the maximum Chroma was found. .LP The .ZN XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples returns nsamples of maximum Value, Chroma at which that maximum Value is reached, and the actual Hue for which the maximum Chroma was found. These sample points may then be used to plot the maximum Value/Chroma boundary of the screen's color gamut for the specified Hue in TekHVC color space. .LP The .ZN XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV function, given a Hue and Chroma, determines the minimum Value in TekHVC color space displayable by the screen. Note that it returns the minimum Value and the actual Hue and Chroma at which the minimum Value was found. .SH "SEE ALSO" XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC(3X11), XcmsQueryBlack(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP P\^; . kêÔK#mÇ—‰*u‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV.3.3.so man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.3 ( kê<J#mÇ—‰*u‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC.33.so man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.3 ( kêrJI#mÇ—‰*u‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples.3.3.so man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.3 ( kê–?H#mÇ—‰*u‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV.3ple.so man3/XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC.3 ( kê*1"mÜ‹—‰*u‰*‹—‰*“qÜ ./usr/man/man3/XmbDrawImageString.3ple.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbDIStr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:46 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbDrawImageString 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbDrawImageString, XwcDrawImageString \- draw image text using a single font set .SH SYNTAX void XmbDrawImageString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fId\fP\^, \fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_bytes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_bytes\fP\^; .LP void XwcDrawImageString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fId\fP\^, \fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_wchars\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br wchar_t *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_wchars\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .IP \fInum_bytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument. .IP \fInum_wchars\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .ds Xy .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .ZN XmbDrawImageString and .ZN XwcDrawImageString fill a destination rectangle with the background pixel defined in the GC and then paint the text with the foreground pixel. The filled rectangle is the rectangle returned to overall_logical_return by .ZN XmbTextExtents or .ZN XwcTextExtents for the same text and .ZN XFontSet . .LP When the .ZN XFontSet has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn with the default string returned by .ZN XCreateFontSet . The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawImageString(3X11), XDrawString(3X11), XDrawText(3X11), XmbDrawString(3X11), XmbDrawText(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP ated kênŽ"mÎ ‹—‰*u‰*‹—‰*qPÎ ./usr/man/man3/XmbDrawString.3n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbDStr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:49 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbDrawString 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbDrawString, XwcDrawString \- draw text using a single font set .SH SYNTAX void XmbDrawString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fId\fP\^, \fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_bytes\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_bytes\fP\^; .LP void XwcDrawString\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fId\fP\^, \fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_wchars\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br wchar_t *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_wchars\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .IP \fInum_bytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument. .IP \fInum_wchars\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .ds Xy .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .ZN XmbDrawString and .ZN XwcDrawString draw the specified text with the foreground pixel. When the .ZN XFontSet has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn with the default string returned by .ZN XCreateFontSet . The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined. .SH "SEE ALSO" XXDrawImageString(3X11), XDrawString(3X11), XDrawText(3X11), XmbDrawImageString(3X11), XmbDrawText(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP av kêPn"mÒ‹—‰*u‰*‹—‰*zÒ ./usr/man/man3/XmbDrawText.33n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbDTxt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:52 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbDrawText 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbDrawText, XwcDrawText \- draw text using multiple font sets .SH SYNTAX void XmbDrawText\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIitems\fP\^, \fInitems\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br XmbTextItem *\fIitems\fP\^; .br int \fInitems\fP\^; .LP void XwcDrawText\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fId\fP\^, \fIgc\fP\^, \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^, \fIitems\fP\^, \fInitems\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br Drawable \fId\fP\^; .br GC \fIgc\fP\^; .br int \fIx\fP\^, \fIy\fP\^; .br XwcTextItem *\fIitems\fP\^; .br int \fInitems\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: d.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:04:25 mento Exp $ .IP \fId\fP 1i Specifies the drawable. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .\" $Header: gc.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 11:20:34 mento Exp $ .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC. .\" $Header: items.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:28:21 mento Exp $ .IP \fIitems\fP 1i Specifies an array of text items. .\" $Header: nitems.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:29:33 mento Exp $ .IP \fInitems\fP 1i Specifies the number of text items in the array. .ds Xy .\" $Header: xy_gen.a,v 1.2 88/08/04 11:22:37 mento Exp $ .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the x and y coordinates\*(Xy. .SH DESCRIPTION .ZN XmbDrawText and .ZN XwcDrawText allow complex spacing and font set shifts between text strings. Each text item is processed in turn, with the origin of a text element advanced in the primary draw direction by the escapement of the previous text item. A text item delta specifies an additional escapement of the text item drawing origin in the primary draw direction. A font_set member other than .ZN None in an item causes the font set to be used for this and subsequent text items in the text_items list. Leading text items with font_set member set to .ZN None will not be drawn. .LP .ZN XmbDrawText and .ZN XwcDrawText do not perform any context-dependent rendering between text segments. Clients may compute the drawing metrics by passing each text segment to .ZN XmbTextExtents and XwcTextExtents or .ZN XmbTextPerCharExtents and .ZN XwcTextPerCharExtents . When the .ZN XFontSet has missing charsets, each unavailable character is drawn with the default string returned by .ZN XCreateFontSet . The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined. .SH "SEE ALSO" XDrawImageString(3X11), XDrawString(3X11), XDrawText(3X11), XmbDrawImageString(3X11), XmbDrawString(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Sample kêZ6Œ"m¨Œ—‰*u‰*Œ—‰*µ¨ ¶À./usr/man/man3/XmbLookupString.3.3ple.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbLStr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:55 7/17/92 '\" t .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" t .TH XmbLookupString 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbLookupString, XwcLookupString \- obtain composed input from an input method .SH SYNTAX int XmbLookupString\^(\^\fIic\fP\^, \fIevent\fP\^, \fIbuffer_return\fP\^, \fIbytes_buffer\fP\^, \fIkeysym_return\fP\^, \fIstatus_return\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .br XKeyPressedEvent *\fIevent\fP; .br char *\fIbuffer_return\fP\^; .br int \fIbytes_buffer\fP\^; .br KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP\^; .br Status *\fIstatus_return\fP\^; .LP int XwcLookupString\^(\^\fIic\fP\^, \fIevent\fP\^, \fIbuffer_return\fP\^, \fIbytes_buffer\fP\^, \fIkeysym_return\fP\^, \fIstatus_return\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .br XKeyPressedEvent *\fIevent\fP\^; .br wchar_t *\fIbuffer_return\fP\^; .br int \fIwchars_buffer\fP\^; .br KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP\^; .br Status *\fIstatus_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i Returns a multibyte string or wide character string (if any) from the input method. .IP \fIbytes_buffer\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIwchars_buffer\fP 1i Specifies space available in return buffer. .ds Ev key event to be used .IP \fIevent\fP 1i Specifies the \*(Ev. .IP \fIic\fP 1i Specifies the input context. .IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1i Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL. .IP \fIstatus_return\fP 1i Returns a value indicating what kind of data is returned. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XmbLookupString and .ZN XwcLookupString functions return the string from the input method specified in the buffer_return argument. If no string is returned, the buffer_return argument is unchanged. .LP The KeySym into which the KeyCode from the event was mapped is returned in the keysym_return argument if it is non-NULL and the status_return argument indicates that a KeySym was returned. If both a string and a KeySym are returned, the KeySym value does not necessarily correspond to the string returned. .LP Note that .ZN XmbLookupString returns the length of the string in bytes and that .ZN XwcLookupString returns the length of the string in characters. .LP .ZN XmbLookupString and .ZN XwcLookupString return text in the encoding of the locale bound to the input method of the specified input context. .LP Note that each string returned by .ZN XmbLookupString and .ZN XwcLookupString begins in the initial state of the encoding of the locale (if the encoding of the locale is state-dependent). .NT In order to insure proper input processing, it is essential that the client pass only .ZN KeyPress events to .ZN XmbLookupString and .ZN XwcLookupString . Their behavior when a client passes a .ZN KeyRelease event is undefined. .NE .LP Clients should check the status_return argument before using the other returned values. These two functions both return a value to status_return that indicates what has been returned in the other arguments. The possible values returned are: .TS lw(1.5i) lw(4.3i). T{ .ZN XBufferOverflow T} T{ The input string to be returned is too large for the supplied buffer_return. The required size .Pn ( XmbLookupString in bytes; .ZN XwcLookupString in characters) is returned as the value of the function, and the contents of buffer_return and keysym_return are not modified. The client should recall the function with the same event and a buffer of adequate size in order to obtain the string. T} T{ .ZN XLookupNone T} T{ No consistent input has been composed so far. The contents of buffer_return and keysym_return are not modified, and the function returns zero. T} T{ .ZN XLookupChars T} T{ Some input characters have been composed. They are placed in the buffer_return argument, and the string length is returned as the value of the function. The string is encoded in the locale bound to the input context. The contents of the keysym_return argument is not modified. T} T{ .ZN XLookupKeySym T} T{ A KeySym has been returned instead of a string and is returned in keysym_return. The contents of the buffer_return argument is not modified, and the function returns zero. T} T{ .ZN XLookupBoth T} T{ Both a KeySym and a string are returned; .ZN XLookupChars and .ZN XLookupKeySym occur simultaneously. T} .TE .LP It does not make any difference if the input context passed as an argument to .ZN XmbLookupString and .ZN XwcLookupString is the one currently in possession of the focus or not. Input may have been composed within an input context before it lost the focus, and that input may be returned on subsequent calls to .ZN XmbLookupString or .ZN XwcLookupString , even though it does not have any more keyboard focus. .SH "SEE ALSO" XLookupKeysym(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP kê†ö‹"mŸ Œ—‰* u‰*Œ—‰*ˆdŸ ./usr/man/man3/XmbResetIC.3ng.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbRIC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:22:58 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbResetIC 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbResetIC, XwcResetIC \- reset the state of an input context .SH SYNTAX char * XmbResetIC\^(\^\fIic\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .LP wchar_t * XwcResetIC\^(\^\fIic\fP\^) .br XIC \fIic\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIic\fP 1i Specifies the input context. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XmbResetIC and .ZN XwcResetIC functions reset input context to initial state. Any input pending on that context is deleted. Input method is required to clear preedit area, if any, and update status accordingly. Calling .ZN XmbResetIC or .ZN XwcResetIC does not change the focus. .LP The return value of .ZN XmbResetIC is its current preedit string as a multibyte string. The return value of .ZN XwcResetIC is its current preedit string as a wide character string. It is input method implementation dependent whether these routines return a non-NULL string or NULL. .LP The client should free the returned string by calling .ZN XFree . .SH "SEE ALSO" XCreateIC(3X11), XOpenIM(3X11), XSetICFocus(3X11), XSetICValues(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP s kêyG#mÇ—‰*Ít‰*Ç—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbSetWMProperties.3ple.so man3/XSetWMProperties.3 .1 A kêH’Š"mD Œ—‰* u‰*Œ—‰* gD ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextEscapement.3ple.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbTEsc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:00 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbTextEscapement 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbTextEscapement, XwcTextEscapement \- obtain the escapement of text .SH SYNTAX int XmbTextEscapement\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_bytes\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_bytes\fP\^; .LP int XwcTextEscapement\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_wchars\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br wchar_t *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_wchars\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .IP \fInum_bytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument. .IP \fInum_wchars\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XmbTextEscapement and .ZN XwcTextEscapement functions return the escapement in pixels of the specified string as a value, using the fonts loaded for the specified font set. The escapement is the distance in pixels in the primary draw direction from the drawing origin to the origin of the next character to be drawn, assuming that the rendering of the next character is not dependent on the supplied string. .LP Regardless of the character rendering order, the escapement is always positive. .SH "SEE ALSO" XmbTextExtents(3X11), XmbTextPerCharExtents(3X11) \fI\*(xL\fP func k것‰"mûŒ—‰* u‰*Œ—‰*žû [./usr/man/man3/XmbTextExtents.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbTExt.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:03 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbTextExtents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbTextExtents, XwcTextExtents \- compute text extents .SH SYNTAX int XmbTextExtents\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_bytes\fP\^, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_bytes\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_ink_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_logical_return\fP\^; .LP int XwcTextExtents\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_wchars\fP\^, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br wchar_t *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_wchars\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_ink_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_logical_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .IP \fInum_bytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument. .IP \fInum_wchars\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .ds Ov dimensions .IP \fIoverall_ink_return\fP 1i Returns the overall ink \*(Ov. .IP \fIoverall_logical_return\fP 1i Returns the overall logical \*(Ov. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XmbTextExtents and .ZN XwcTextExtents functions set the components of the specified overall_ink_return and overall_logical_return arguments to the overall bounding box of the string's image, and a logical bounding box for spacing purposes, respectively. They return the value returned by .ZN XmbTextEscapement or .ZN XwcTextEscapement . These metrics are relative to the drawing origin of the string, using the fonts loaded for the specified font set. .LP If the overall_ink_return argument is non-NULL, it is set to the bounding box of the string's character ink. Note that the overall_ink_return for a non-descending horizontally drawn Latin character is conventionally entirely above the baseline, that is, overall_ink_return.height <= -overall_ink_return.y. The overall_ink_return for a nonkerned character is entirely at and to the right of the origin, that is, overall_ink_return.x >= 0. A character consisting of a single pixel at the origin would set overall_ink_return fields y = 0, x = 0, width = 1, height = 1. .LP If the overall_logical_return argument is non-NULL, it is set to the bounding box which provides minimum spacing to other graphical features for the string. Other graphical features, for example, a border surrounding the text, should not intersect this rectangle. .LP When the .ZN XFontSet has missing charsets, metrics for each unavailable character are taken from the default string returned by .ZN XCreateFontSet so that the metrics represent the text as it will actually be drawn. The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined. .SH "SEE ALSO" XmbTextEscapement(3X11), XmbTextPerCharExtents(3X11) \fI\*(xL\fP venti kêìˆ"m‚#Œ—‰*Ùt‰*Œ—‰*X[‚# j./usr/man/man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XTLTTProp.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:38 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbTextListToTextProperty 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbTextListToTextProperty, XwcTextListToTextProperty, XmbTextPropertyToTextList, XwcTextPropertyToTextList, XwcFreeStringList, XDefaultString \- convert text lists and text property structures .SH SYNTAX int XmbTextListToTextProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIlist\fP\^, \fIcount\fP\^, \fIstyle\fP\^, \fItext_prop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br char **\fIlist\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .br enum XICCEncodingStyle \fIstyle\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .LP int XwcTextListToTextProperty\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIlist\fP\^, \fIcount\fP\^, \fIstyle\fP\^, \fItext_prop_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br wchar_t **\fIlist\fP\^; .br int \fIcount\fP\^; .br enum XICCEncodingStyle \fIstyle\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop_return\fP\^; .LP int XmbTextPropertyToTextList\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fItext_prop\fP\^, \fIlist_return\fP\^, \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .br char ***\fIlist_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .LP int XwcTextPropertyToTextList\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fItext_prop\fP\^, \fIlist_return\fP\^, \fIcount_return\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XTextProperty *\fItext_prop\fP\^; .br wchar_t ***\fIlist_return\fP\^; .br int *\fIcount_return\fP\^; .LP void XwcFreeStringList\^(\^\fIlist\fP\^) .br wchar_t **\fIlist\fP\^; .LP char *XDefaultString\^(\|) .SH ARGUMENTS .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies a list of null-terminated character strings. .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the number of strings specified. .IP \fIstyle\fP 1i Specifies the manner in which the property is encoded. .IP \fItext_prop_return\fP 1i Returns the .ZN XTextProperty structure. .IP \fItext_prop\fP 1i Specifies the .ZN XTextProperty structure to be used. .IP \fIlist_return\fP 1i Returns a list of null-terminated character strings. .ds Cn strings .IP \fIcount_return\fP 1i Returns the number of \*(Cn. .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies the list of strings to be freed. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XmbTextListToTextProperty and .ZN XwcTextListToTextProperty functions set the specified .ZN XTextProperty value to a set of null-separated elements representing the concatenation of the specified list of null-terminated text strings. A final terminating null is stored at the end of the value field of text_prop_return but is not included in the nitems member. .LP The functions set the encoding field of text_prop_return to an Atom for the specified display naming the encoding determined by the specified style, and convert the specified text list to this encoding for storage in the text_prop_return value field. If the style .ZN XStringStyle or .ZN XCompoundTextStyle is specified, this encoding is ``STRING'' or ``COMPOUND_TEXT'', respectively. If the style .ZN XTextStyle is specified, this encoding is the encoding of the current locale. If the style .ZN XStdICCTextStyle is specified, this encoding is ``STRING'' if the text is fully convertible to STRING, else ``COMPOUND_TEXT''. .LP If insufficient memory is available for the new value string, the functions return .ZN XNoMemory . If the current locale is not supported, the functions return .ZN XLocaleNotSupported . In both of these error cases, the functions do not set text_prop_return. .LP To determine if the functions are guaranteed not to return .ZN XLocaleNotSupported , use .ZN XSupportsLocale . .LP If the supplied text is not fully convertible to the specified encoding, the functions return the number of unconvertible characters. Each unconvertible character is converted to an implementation-defined and encoding-specific default string. Otherwise, the functions return .ZN Success . Note that full convertibility to all styles except .ZN XStringStyle is guaranteed. .LP To free the storage for the value field, use .ZN XFree . .LP The .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList and .ZN XwcTextPropertyToTextList functions return a list of text strings in the current locale representing the null-separated elements of the specified .ZN XTextProperty structure. The data in text_prop must be format 8. .LP Multiple elements of the property (for example, the strings in a disjoint text selection) are separated by a null byte. The contents of the property are not required to be null-terminated; any terminating null should not be included in text_prop.nitems. .LP If insufficient memory is available for the list and its elements, .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList and .ZN XwcTextPropertyToTextList return .ZN XNoMemory . If the current locale is not supported, the functions return .ZN XLocaleNotSupported . Otherwise, if the encoding field of text_prop is not convertible to the encoding of the current locale, the functions return .ZN XConverterNotFound . For supported locales, existence of a converter from COMPOUND_TEXT, STRING, or the encoding of the current locale is guaranteed if .ZN XSupportsLocale returns .ZN True for the current locale (but the actual text may contain unconvertible characters.) Conversion of other encodings is implementation-dependent. In all of these error cases, the functions do not set any return values. .LP Otherwise, .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList and .ZN XwcTextPropertyToTextList return the list of null-terminated text strings to list_return, and the number of text strings to count_return. .LP If the value field of text_prop is not fully convertible to the encoding of the current locale, the functions return the number of unconvertible characters. Each unconvertible character is converted to a string in the current locale that is specific to the current locale. To obtain the value of this string, use .ZN XDefaultString . Otherwise, .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList and .ZN XwcTextPropertyToTextList return .ZN Success . .LP To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by .ZN XmbTextPropertyToTextList , use .ZN XFreeStringList . To free the storage for the list and its contents returned by .ZN XwcTextPropertyToTextList , use .ZN XwcFreeStringList . .LP The .ZN XwcFreeStringList function frees memory allocated by .ZN XwcTextPropertyToTextList . .LP The .ZN XDefaultString function returns the default string used by Xlib for text conversion (for example, in .ZN XmbTextListToTextProperty ). The default string is the string in the current locale which is output when an unconvertible character is found during text conversion. If the string returned by .ZN XDefaultString is the empty string (""), no character is output in the converted text. .ZN XDefaultString does not return NULL. .LP The string returned by .ZN XDefaultString is independent of the default string for text drawing; see .ZN XCreateFontSet to obtain the default string for an .ZN XFontSet . .LP The behavior when an invalid codepoint is supplied to any Xlib function is undefined. .LP The returned string is null-terminated. It is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. It may be freed after the current locale is changed. Until freed, it will not be modified by Xlib. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XTextProperty structure contains: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { unsigned char *value; /* property data */ Atom encoding; /* type of property */ int format; /* 8, 16, or 32 */ unsigned long nitems; /* number of items in value */ } XTextProperty; .De .SH "SEE ALSO" XSetTextProperty(3X11), XStringListToTextProperty(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP nteed  kꢇ"mùŒ—‰* u‰*—‰*jù ÇQ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextPerCharExtents.3y.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XmbTPCEx.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:05 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XmbTextPerCharExtents 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbTextPerCharExtents, XwcTextPerCharExtents \- obtain per-character information for a text string .SH SYNTAX Status XmbTextPerCharExtents\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_bytes\fP\^, \fIink_array_return\fP\^, .br \fIlogical_array_return\fP\^, \fIarray_size\fP\^, \fInum_chars_return\fP\^, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_bytes\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIink_array_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIlogical_array_return\fP\^; .br int \fIarray_size\fP\^; .br int *\fInum_chars_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_ink_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_logical_return\fP\^; .LP Status XwcTextPerCharExtents\^(\^\fIfont_set\fP\^, \fIstring\fP\^, \fInum_wchars\fP\^, \fIink_array_return\fP\^, .br \fIlogical_array_return\fP\^, \fIarray_size\fP\^, \fInum_chars_return\fP\^, \fIoverall_return\fP\^) .br XFontSet \fIfont_set\fP\^; .br wchar_t *\fIstring\fP\^; .br int \fInum_wchars\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIink_array_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIlogical_array_return\fP; .br int \fIarray_size\fP\^; .br int *\fInum_chars_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_ink_return\fP\^; .br XRectangle *\fIoverall_logical_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIarray_size\fP 1i Specifies the size of ink_array_return and logical_array_return. Note that the caller must pass in arrays of this size. .\" $Header: fontset.a,v 1.2 88/05/09 14:28:06 mento Exp $ .IP \fIfont_set\fP 1i Specifies the font set. .IP \fIink_array_return\fP 1i Returns the ink dimensions for each character. .IP \fIlogical_array_return\fP 1i Returns the logical dimensions for each character. .IP \fInum_bytes\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes in the string argument. .IP \fInum_chars_return\fP 1i Returns the number characters in the string argument. .IP \fInum_wchars\fP 1i Specifies the number of characters in the string argument. .ds Ov extents of the entire string .IP \fIoverall_ink_return\fP 1i Returns the overall ink \*(Ov. .IP \fIoverall_logical_return\fP 1i Returns the overall logical \*(Ov. .\" $Header: string.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:31:32 mento Exp $ .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the character string. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XmbTextPerCharExtents and .ZN XwcTextPerCharExtents return the text dimensions of each character of the specified text, using the fonts loaded for the specified font set. Each successive element of ink_array_return and logical_array_return is set to the successive character's drawn metrics, relative to the drawing origin of the string, one .ZN XRectangle for each character in the supplied text string. The number of elements of ink_array_return and logical_array_return that have been set is returned to num_chars_return. .LP Each element of ink_array_return is set to the bounding box of the corresponding character's drawn foreground color. Each element of logical_array_return is set to the bounding box which provides minimum spacing to other graphical features for the corresponding character. Other graphical features should not intersect any of the logical_array_return rectangles. .LP Note that an .ZN XRectangle represents the effective drawing dimensions of the character, regardless of the number of font glyphs that are used to draw the character, or the direction in which the character is drawn. If multiple characters map to a single character glyph, the dimensions of all the .ZN XRectangles of those characters are the same. .LP When the .ZN XFontSet has missing charsets, metrics for each unavailable character are taken from the default string returned by .ZN XCreateFontSet , so that the metrics represent the text as it will actually be drawn. The behavior for an invalid codepoint is undefined. .LP If the array_size is too small for the number of characters in the supplied text, the functions return zero and num_chars_return is set to the number of rectangles required. Otherwise, the routines return a non-zero value. .LP If the overall_ink_return or overall_logical_return argument is non-NULL, .ZN XmbTextPerCharExtents and .ZN XwcTextPerCharExtents return the maximum extent of the string's metrics to overall_ink_return or overall_logical_return, as returned by .ZN XmbTextExtents or .ZN XwcTextExtents . .SH "SEE ALSO" XmbTextEscapement(3X11), XmbTextExtents(3X11) \fI\*(xL\fP \fP\^)  kêš³F#m%È—‰*Út‰*È—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XmbTextPropertyToTextList.3.3.so man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3 ter kêD E#mÈ—‰*nu‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufChangeBufferAttributes.3.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kê~D#mÈ—‰*mu‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufChangeWindowAttributes.3.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kêR™C#mÈ—‰*ku‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufCreateBuffers.3ibut.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kêžB#mÈ—‰*ou‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufCreateStereoWindow.3s.3.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kêêøA#mÈ—‰*ku‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufDestroyBuffers.3w.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kꬷ@#mÈ—‰*lu‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufDisplayBuffers.3w.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kêÚ?#mÈ—‰*mu‰*È—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetBufferAttributes.3.3.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kê2>#mÉ—‰*nu‰*É—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetScreenInfo.3tes..so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kê|ï=#mÉ—‰*ju‰*É—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetVersion.3.3tes..so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kêÐ]<#mÉ—‰*lu‰*É—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XmbufGetWindowAttributes.3.3.3.so man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3 r kê:;#m(#É—‰*ju‰*É—‰*™—(#  L./usr/man/man3/XmbufQueryExtension.3es..\"$SCCSID( @(#)Xmbuf.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:14:05 7/17/92 .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .TH XMBUF 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "X FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XmbufQueryExtension, XmbufGetVersion, XmbufCreateBuffers, XmbufDestroyBuffers, XmbufDisplayBuffers, XmbufGetWindowAttributes, XmbufChangeWindowAttributes, XmbufGetBufferAttributes, XmbufChangeBufferAttributes, XmbufGetScreenInfo, XmbufCreateStereoWindow - X multibuffering functions .SH SYNTAX .nf .LP #include .LP Bool XmbufQueryExtension( Display *dpy, Display *dpy, int *event_base_return, int *error_base_return); .LP Status XmbufGetVersion( Display *dpy, int *major_version_return, int *minor_version_return); .LP int XmbufCreateBuffers( Display *dpy, Window window, int count, int update_action, int update_hint, Multibuffer *buffers_update); .LP void XmbufDestroyBuffers( Display *dpy, Window window); .LP void XmbufDisplayBuffers( Display *dpy, int count, Multibuffer *buffers, int min_delay, int max_delay); .LP Status XmbufGetWindowAttributes( Display *dpy, Window window, XmbufWindowAttributes *attributes); .LP void XmbufChangeWindowAttributes( Display *dpy, Window window, unsigned long valuemask, XmbufSetWindowAttributes *attributes); .LP Status XmbufGetBufferAttributes( Display *dpy, Multibuffer buffer, XmbufBufferAttributes *attributes); .LP void XmbufChangeBufferAttributes( Display *dpy, Multibuffer buffer, unsigned long valuemask, XmbufSetBufferAttributes *attributes); .LP Status XmbufGetScreenInfo( Display *dpy, Drawable drawable, int *nmono_return, XmbufBufferInfo **mono_info_return, int *nstereo_return, XmbufBufferInfo **stereo_info_return); .LP Window XmbufCreateStereoWindow( Display *dpy, Window parent, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height, unsigned int border_width, int depth, unsigned int class, /* InputOutput, InputOnly*/ Visual *visual, unsigned long valuemask, XSetWindowAttributes *attributes, Multibuffer *left_return, Multibuffer *right_return); .fi .SH STRUCTURES .nf .ta 3i \fIEvents:\fP typedef struct { int type; /* of event */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ int send_event; /* true if this came frome a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Multibuffer buffer; /* buffer of event */ int state; /* see Clobbered constants above */ } XmbufClobberNotifyEvent; .LP typedef struct { int type; /* of event */ unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ int send_event; /* true if this came frome a SendEvent request */ Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */ Multibuffer buffer; /* buffer of event */ } XmbufUpdateNotifyEvent; .LP \fIPer-window attributes that can be got:\fP typedef struct { int displayed_index; /* which buffer is being displayed */ int update_action; /* Undefined, Background, Untouched, Copied */ int update_hint; /* Frequent, Intermittent, Static */ int window_mode; /* Mono, Stereo */ int nbuffers; /* Number of buffers */ Multibuffer *buffers; /* Buffers */ } XmbufWindowAttributes; .LP \fIPer-window attributes that can be set:\fP typedef struct { int update_hint; /* Frequent, Intermittent, Static */ } XmbufSetWindowAttributes; .LP \fIPer-buffer attributes that can be got:\fP typedef struct { Window window; /* which window this belongs to */ unsigned long event_mask; /* events that have been selected */ int buffer_index; /* which buffer is this */ int side; /* Mono, Left, Right */ } XmbufBufferAttributes; .LP \fIPer-buffer attributes that can be set:\fP typedef struct { unsigned long event_mask; /* events that have been selected */ } XmbufSetBufferAttributes; .LP \fIPer-screen buffer info (there will be lists of them):\fP typedef struct { VisualID visualid; /* visual usuable at this depth */ int max_buffers; /* most buffers for this visual */ int depth; /* depth of buffers to be created */ } XmbufBufferInfo; .fi .SH DESCRIPTION The application programming library for the \fIX11 Double-Buffering, Multi-Buffering, and Stereo Extension\fP contains the interfaces described below. With the exception of .ZN XmbufQueryExtension , if any of these routines are called with a display that does not support the extension, the ExtensionErrorHandler (which can be set with .ZN XSetExtensionErrorHandler and functions the same way as .ZN XSetErrorHandler ) will be called and the function will then return. .PP .ZN XmbufQueryExtension returns .ZN True if the multibuffering/stereo extension is available on the given display. If the extension exists, the value of the first event code (which should be added to the event type constants .ZN MultibufferClobberNotify and .ZN MultibufferUpdateNotify to get the actual values) is stored into event_base_return and the value of the first error code (which should be added to the error type constant .ZN MultibufferBadBuffer to get the actual value) is stored into error_base_return. .PP .ZN XmbufGetVersion gets the major and minor version numbers of the extension. The return value is zero if an error occurs or non-zero if no error happens. .PP .ZN XmbufCreateBuffers requests that "count" buffers be created with the given update_action and update_hint and be associated with the indicated window. The number of buffers created is returned (zero if an error occurred) and buffers_update is filled in with that many Multibuffer identifiers. .PP .ZN XmbufDestroyBuffers destroys the buffers associated with the given window. .PP .ZN XmbufDisplayBuffers displays the indicated buffers their appropriate windows within max_delay milliseconds after min_delay milliseconds have passed. No two buffers may be associated with the same window or else a Matc error is generated. .PP .ZN XmbufGetWindowAttributes gets the multibuffering attributes that apply to all buffers associated with the given window. The list of buffers returns may be freed with .ZN XFree . Returns non-zero on success and zero if an error occurs. .PP .ZN XmbufChangeWindowAttributes sets the multibuffering attributes that apply to all buffers associated with the given window. This is currently limited to the update_hint. .PP .ZN XmbufGetBufferAttributes gets the attributes for the indicated buffer. Returns non-zero on success and zero if an error occurs. .PP .ZN XmbufChangeBufferAttributes sets the attributes for the indicated buffer. This is currently limited to the event_mask. .PP .ZN XmbufGetScreenInfo gets the parameters controlling how mono and stereo windows may be created on the screen of the given drawable. The numbers of sets of visual and depths are returned in nmono_return and nstereo_return. If nmono_return is greater than zero, then mono_info_return is set to the address of an array of .ZN XmbufBufferInfo structures describing the various visuals and depths that may be used. Otherwise, mono_info_return is set to NULL. Similarly, stereo_info_return is set according to nstereo_return. The storage returned in mono_info_return and stereo_info_return may be released by .ZN XFree . If no errors are encounted, non-zero will be returned. .PP .ZN XmbufCreateStereoWindow creates a stereo window in the same way that .ZN XCreateWindow creates a mono window. The buffer ids for the left and right buffers are returned in left_return and right_return, respectively. If an extension error handler that returns is installed, .ZN None will be returned if the extension is not available on this display. .SH PREDEFINED VALUES .sp Update_action field: .in +.5i .nf .ZN MultibufferUpdateActionUndefined .ZN MultibufferUpdateActionBackground .ZN MultibufferUpdateActionUntouched .ZN MultibufferUpdateActionCopied .in -.5i .fi .sp Update_hint field: .in +.5i .nf .ZN MultibufferUpdateHintFrequent .ZN MultibufferUpdateHintIntermittent .ZN MultibufferUpdateHintStatic .in -.5i .sp .fi Valuemask fields: .in +.5i .nf .ZN MultibufferWindowUpdateHint .ZN MultibufferBufferEventMask .in -.5i .fi .sp Mono vs. stereo and left vs. right: .in +.5i .nf .ZN MultibufferModeMono .ZN MultibufferModeStereo .ZN MultibufferSideMono .ZN MultibufferSideLeft .ZN MultibufferSideRight .in -.5i .fi .sp Clobber state: .in +.5i .nf .ZN MultibufferUnclobbered .ZN MultibufferPartiallyClobbered .ZN MultibufferFullyClobbered .in -.5i .fi .sp Event stuff: .in +.5i .nf .ZN MultibufferClobberNotifyMask .ZN MultibufferUpdateNotifyMask .ZN MultibufferClobberNotify .ZN MultibufferUpdateNotify .ZN MultibufferNumberEvents .ZN MultibufferBadBuffer .ZN MultibufferNumberErrors .in -.5i .fi .SH BUGS This manual page needs more work. .SH SEE ALSO \fIExtending X for Double Buffering, Multi-Buffering, and Stereo\fP  kêºj:#mÉ—‰*pt‰*É—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmCombineDatabase.3es..so man3/XrmMergeDatabases.3 nf  kê°t9#mÉ—‰*qt‰*É—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmCombineFileDatabase.3.so man3/XrmMergeDatabases.3 nf  kêf_8#mÊ—‰*Et‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmDestroyDatabase.3e.3.so man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 f  kê쟆"mÜ—‰*3t‰*—‰*1yÜ ./usr/man/man3/XrmEnumerateDatabase.33.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XEnumDB.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:16:54 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XrmEnumerateDatabase 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmEnumerateDatabase \- enumerate resource database entries .SH SYNTAX #define XrmEnumAllLevels 0 #define XrmEnumOneLevel 1 .sp Bool XrmEnumerateDatabase\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIname_prefix\fP, \fIclass_prefix\fP, \fImode\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIarg\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .br XrmNameList \fIname_prefix\fP\^; .br XrmClassList \fIclass_prefix\fP\^; .br int \fImode\fP\^; .br Bool (\^*\fIproc\fP\^)\^(\^)\^; .br XPointer \fIarg\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the resource database. .IP \fIname_prefix\fP 1i Specifies the resource name prefix. .IP \fIclass_prefix\fP 1i Specifies the resource class prefix. .IP \fImode\fP 1i Specifies the number of levels to enumerate. .IP \fIproc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is to be called for each matching entry. .IP \fIarg\fP 1i Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the procedure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XrmEnumerateDatabase function calls the specified procedure for each resource in the database that would match some completion of the given name/class resource prefix. The order in which resources are found is implementation-dependent. If mode is .ZN XrmEnumOneLevel , then a resource must match the given name/class prefix with just a single name and class appended. If mode is .ZN XrmEnumAllLevels , the resource must match the given name/class prefix with one or more names and classes appended. If the procedure returns .ZN True , the enumeration terminates and the function returns .ZN True . If the procedure always returns .ZN False , all matching resources are enumerated and the function returns .ZN False . .LP The procedure is called with the following arguments: .LP .\" Start marker code here .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i (*\fIproc\fP\^)(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIbindings\fP, \fIquarks\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIvalue\fP, \fIarg\fP\^) XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; XrmBindingList \fIbindings\fP\^; XrmQuarkList \fIquarks\fP\^; XrmRepresentation *\fItype\fP\^; XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP\^; XPointer \fIclosure\fP\^; .De .\" End marker code here .LP The bindings and quarks lists are terminated by .ZN NULLQUARK . Note that pointers to the database and type are passed, but these values should not be modified. .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmGetResource(3X11), XrmInitialize(3X11), XrmPutResource(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP Unde kê„@7#mÊ—‰*Et‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmGetDatabase.3.so man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 1  kê0£…"mÔ —‰*Ct‰*—‰*ÔTÔ uX./usr/man/man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.333.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGFDBase.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:31 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XrmGetFileDatabase 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmGetFileDatabase, XrmPutFileDatabase, XrmGetStringDatabase, XrmLocaleOfDatabase, XrmGetDatabase, XrmSetDatabase, XrmDestroyDatabase \- retrieve and store resource databases .SH SYNTAX XrmDatabase XrmGetFileDatabase\^(\^\fIfilename\fP\^) .br char *\fIfilename\fP\^; .LP void XrmPutFileDatabase\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIstored_db\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .br char *\fIstored_db\fP\^; .LP XrmDatabase XrmGetStringDatabase\^(\^\fIdata\fP\^) .br char *\fIdata\fP\^; .LP char *XrmLocaleOfDatabase\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .LP XrmDatabase XrmGetDatabase\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .LP void XrmSetDatabase\^(\^\fIdisplay\fP\^, \fIdatabase\fP\^) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP\^; .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .LP void XrmDestroyDatabase\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIfilename\fP 1i Specifies the resource database file name. .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the database that is to be used. .IP \fIstored_db\fP 1i Specifies the file name for the stored database. .IP \fIdata\fP 1i Specifies the database contents using a string. .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the resource database. .\" $Header: display.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:26:29 mento Exp $ .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the connection to the X server. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XrmGetFileDatabase function opens the specified file, creates a new resource database, and loads it with the specifications read in from the specified file. The specified file must contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine format (see section 15.1). The file is parsed in the current locale, and the database is created in the current locale. If it cannot open the specified file, .ZN XrmGetFileDatabase returns NULL. .LP The .ZN XrmPutFileDatabase function stores a copy of the specified database in the specified file. Text is written to the file as a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine format (see section 15.1). The file is written in the locale of the database. Entries containing resource names that are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, or containing values that are not in the encoding of the database locale, are written in an implementation-dependent manner. The order in which entries are written is implementation dependent. Entries with representation types other than ``String'' are ignored. .LP The .ZN XrmGetStringDatabase function creates a new database and stores the resources specified in the specified null-terminated string. .ZN XrmGetStringDatabase is similar to .ZN XrmGetFileDatabase except that it reads the information out of a string instead of out of a file. The string must contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine format (see section 15.1). The string is parsed in the current locale, and the database is created in the current locale. .LP If database is NULL, .ZN XrmDestroyDatabase returns immediately. .LP The .ZN XrmLocaleOfDatabase function returns the name of the locale bound to the specified database, as a null-terminated string. The returned locale name string is owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client. Xlib is not permitted to free the string until the database is destroyed. Until the string is freed, it will not be modified by Xlib. .LP The .ZN XrmGetDatabase function returns the database associated with the specified display. It returns NULL if a database has not yet been set. .LP The .ZN XrmSetDatabase function associates the specified resource database (or NULL) with the specified display. The database previously associated with the display (if any) is not destroyed. A client or toolkit may find this function convenient for retaining a database once it is constructed. .SH "FILE SYNTAX" The syntax of a resource file is a sequence of resource lines terminated by newline characters or end of file. The syntax of an individual resource line is: .LP .\" Start marker code here .Ds 0 .TA 1.5i 1.75i .ta 1.5i 1.75i ResourceLine = Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | Comment = "!" {} IncludeFile = "#" WhiteSpace "include" WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace FileName = ResourceSpec = WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ":" WhiteSpace Value ResourceName = [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName Binding = "\&." | "*" WhiteSpace = { | } Component = "?" | ComponentName ComponentName = NameChar {NameChar} NameChar = "a"\-"z" | "A"\-"Z" | "0"\-"9" | "_" | "-" Value = {} .De .\" End marker code here .LP Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives. Curly braces ({\&.\&.\&.}) indicate zero or more repetitions of the enclosed elements. Square brackets ([\&.\&.\&.]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional. Quotes ("\&.\&.\&.") are used around literal characters. .LP IncludeFile lines are interpreted by replacing the line with the contents of the specified file. The word "include" must be in lowercase. The filename is interpreted relative to the directory of the file in which the line occurs (for example, if the filename contains no directory or contains a relative directory specification). .LP If a ResourceName contains a contiguous sequence of two or more Binding characters, the sequence will be replaced with single "\&." character if the sequence contains only "\&." characters, otherwise the sequence will be replaced with a single "*" character. .LP A resource database never contains more than one entry for a given ResourceName. If a resource file contains multiple lines with the same ResourceName, the last line in the file is used. .LP Any whitespace character before or after the name or colon in a ResourceSpec are ignored. To allow a Value to begin with whitespace, the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fIspace\fP'' (backslash followed by space) is recognized and replaced by a space character, and the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fItab\fP'' (backslash followed by horizontal tab) is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character. To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters, the two-character sequence ``\\\^n'' is recognized and replaced by a newline character. To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file, the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fInewline\fP'' (backslash followed by newline) is recognized and removed from the value. To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes, the four-character sequence ``\\\^\fInnn\fP'', where each \fIn\fP is a digit character in the range of ``0''\-``7'', is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains the octal value specified by the sequence. Finally, the two-character sequence ``\\\\'' is recognized and replaced with a single backslash. .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmGetResource(3X11), XrmInitialize(3X11), XrmPutResource(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP abas kêà•„"mø!—‰*Ft‰*—‰*BÁø! ¢Á./usr/man/man3/XrmGetResource.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XGetRes.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:17:34 7/17/92 '\" e .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 '\" e .TH XrmGetResource 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmGetResource, XrmQGetResource, XrmQGetSearchList, XrmQGetSearchResource \- retrieve database resources and search lists .SH SYNTAX Bool XrmGetResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIstr_name\fP, \fIstr_class\fP, \ \fIstr_type_return\fP, \fIvalue_return\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .br char *\fIstr_name\fP\^; .br char *\fIstr_class\fP\^; .br char **\fIstr_type_return\fP\^; .br XrmValue *\fIvalue_return\fP\^; .LP Bool XrmQGetResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIquark_name\fP, \fIquark_class\fP, \ \fIquark_type_return\fP, \fIvalue_return\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .br XrmNameList \fIquark_name\fP\^; .br XrmClassList \fIquark_class\fP\^; .br XrmRepresentation *\fIquark_type_return\fP\^; .br XrmValue *\fIvalue_return\fP\^; .LP typedef XrmHashTable *XrmSearchList; .sp Bool XrmQGetSearchList\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fInames\fP, \fIclasses\fP, \ \fIlist_return\fP, \fIlist_length\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP\^; .br XrmNameList \fInames\fP\^; .br XrmClassList \fIclasses\fP\^; .br XrmSearchList \fIlist_return\fP\^; .br int \fIlist_length\fP\^; .LP Bool XrmQGetSearchResource\^(\^\fIlist\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ \fItype_return\fP, \fIvalue_return\fP\^) .br XrmSearchList \fIlist\fP\^; .br XrmName \fIname\fP\^; .br XrmClass \fIclass\fP\^; .br XrmRepresentation *\fItype_return\fP\^; .br XrmValue *\fIvalue_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the resource class. .IP \fIclasses\fP 1i Specifies a list of resource classes. .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the database that is to be used. .IP \fIlist\fP 1i Specifies the search list returned by .ZN XrmQGetSearchList . .IP \fIlist_length\fP 1i Specifies the number of entries (not the byte size) allocated for list_return. .IP \fIlist_return\fP 1i Returns a search list for further use. .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the resource name. .IP \fInames\fP 1i Specifies a list of resource names. .IP \fIquark_class\fP 1i Specifies the fully qualified class of the value being retrieved (as a quark). .IP \fIquark_name\fP 1i Specifies the fully qualified name of the value being retrieved (as a quark). .IP \fIquark_type_return\fP 1i Returns the representation type of the destination (as a quark). .IP \fIstr_class\fP 1i Specifies the fully qualified class of the value being retrieved (as a string). .IP \fIstr_name\fP 1i Specifies the fully qualified name of the value being retrieved (as a string). .IP \fIstr_type_return\fP 1i Returns the representation type of the destination (as a string). .IP \fItype_return\fP 1i Returns data representation type. .IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i Returns the value in the database. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XrmGetResource and .ZN XrmQGetResource functions retrieve a resource from the specified database. Both take a fully qualified name/class pair, a destination resource representation, and the address of a value (size/address pair). The value and returned type point into database memory; therefore, you must not modify the data. .LP The database only frees or overwrites entries on .ZN XrmPutResource , .ZN XrmQPutResource , or .ZN XrmMergeDatabases . A client that is not storing new values into the database or is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed back at any time until it exits. If a resource was found, both .ZN XrmGetResource and .ZN XrmQGetResource return .ZN True ; otherwise, they return .ZN False . .LP .EQ delim %% .EN The .ZN XrmQGetSearchList function takes a list of names and classes and returns a list of database levels where a match might occur. The returned list is in best-to-worst order and uses the same algorithm as .ZN XrmGetResource for determining precedence. If list_return was large enough for the search list, .ZN XrmQGetSearchList returns .ZN True ; otherwise, it returns .ZN False . .LP The size of the search list that the caller must allocate is dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers that are stored in the database. The worst case length is %3 sup n%, where \fIn\fP is the number of name or class components in names or classes. .LP When using .ZN XrmQGetSearchList followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix, only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to .ZN XrmQGetSearchList . .LP The .ZN XrmQGetSearchResource function searches the specified database levels for the resource that is fully identified by the specified name and class. The search stops with the first match. .ZN XrmQGetSearchResource returns .ZN True if the resource was found; otherwise, it returns .ZN False . .LP A call to .ZN XrmQGetSearchList with a name and class list containing all but the last component of a resource name followed by a call to .ZN XrmQGetSearchResource with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as .ZN XrmGetResource and .ZN XrmQGetResource with the fully qualified name and class. .SH "MATCHING RULES" The algorithm for determining which resource database entry matches a given query is the heart of the resource manager. All queries must fully specify the name and class of the desired resource (use of "*" and "?" are not permitted). The library supports up to 100 components in a full name or class. Resources are stored in the database with only partially specified names and classes, using pattern matching constructs. An asterisk (*) is a loose binding and is used to represent any number of intervening components, including none. A period (.) is a tight binding and is used to separate immediately adjacent components. A question mark (?) is used to match any single component name or class. A database entry cannot end in a loose binding; the final component (which cannot be "?") must be specified. The lookup algorithm searches the database for the entry that most closely matches (is most specific for) the full name and class being queried. When more than one database entry matches the full name and class, precedence rules are used to select just one. .LP The full name and class are scanned from left to right (from highest level in the hierarchy to lowest), one component at a time. At each level, the corresponding component and/or binding of each matching entry is determined, and these matching components and bindings are compared according to precedence rules. Each of the rules is applied at each level, before moving to the next level, until a rule selects a single entry over all others. The rules (in order of precedence) are: .IP 1. 5 An entry that contains a matching component (whether name, class, or "?") takes precedence over entries that elide the level (that is, entries that match the level in a loose binding). .IP 2. 5 An entry with a matching name takes precedence over both entries with a matching class and entries that match using "?". An entry with a matching class takes precedence over entries that match using "?". .IP 3. 5 An entry preceded by a tight binding takes precedence over entries preceded by a loose binding. .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmInitialize(3X11), XrmMergeDatabases(3X11), XrmPutResource(3X11), XrmUniqueQuark(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê6#mÊ—‰*Dt‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmGetStringDatabase.33.so man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 at kêIƒ"m9—‰*\t‰*—‰*%A9 ¨./usr/man/man3/XrmInitialize.3b.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XInitial.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:10 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XrmInitialize 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmInitialize, XrmParseCommand, XrmValue, XrmOptionKind, XrmOptionDescRec \- initialize the Resource Manager, Resource Manager structures, and parse the command line .SH SYNTAX void XrmInitialize\^(\|); .LP void XrmParseCommand\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP\^, \^\fItable\fP\^, \^\fItable_count\fP\^, \ \^\fIname\fP\^, \^\fIargc_in_out\fP\^, \^\fIargv_in_out\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; .br XrmOptionDescList \fItable\fP\^; .br int \fItable_count\fP\^; .br char *\fIname\fP\^; .br int *\fIargc_in_out\fP\^; .br char **\fIargv_in_out\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments and returns the number of remaining arguments. .IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1i Specifies the command line arguments and returns the remaining arguments. .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the resource database. .\" $Header: parname.a,v 1.1 88/02/26 10:30:16 mento Exp $ .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the application name. .IP \fItable\fP 1i Specifies the table of command line arguments to be parsed. .IP \fItable_count\fP 1i Specifies the number of entries in the table. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XrmInitialize function initialize the resource manager. It must be called before any other Xrm functions are used. .LP .\" $Header: XrmParse.d,v 1.7 88/08/20 10:49:05 mento Exp $ The .ZN XrmParseCommand function parses an (argc, argv) pair according to the specified option table, loads recognized options into the specified database with type ``String,'' and modifies the (argc, argv) pair to remove all recognized options. If database contains NULL, .ZN XrmParseCommand creates a new database and returns a pointer to it. Otherwise, entries are added to the database specified. If a database is created, it is created in the current locale. .LP The specified table is used to parse the command line. Recognized options in the table are removed from argv, and entries are added to the specified resource database. The table entries contain information on the option string, the option name, the style of option, and a value to provide if the option kind is .ZN XrmoptionNoArg . The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv, independent of any locale. The resource values given in the table are stored in the resource database without modification. All resource database entries are created using a ``String'' representation type. The argc argument specifies the number of arguments in argv and is set on return to the remaining number of arguments that were not parsed. The name argument should be the name of your application for use in building the database entry. The name argument is prefixed to the resourceName in the option table before storing a database entry. No separating (binding) character is inserted, so the table must contain either a period (.) or an asterisk (*) as the first character in each resourceName entry. To specify a more completely qualified resource name, the resourceName entry can contain multiple components. If the name argument and the resourceNames are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. .SH STRUCTURES The .ZN XrmValue , .ZN XrmOptionKind , and .ZN XrmOptionDescRec structures contain: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { unsigned int size; XPointer addr; } XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr; .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef enum { XrmoptionNoArg, /* Value is specified in XrmOptionDescRec.value */ XrmoptionIsArg, /* Value is the option string itself */ XrmoptionStickyArg, /* Value is characters immediately following option */ XrmoptionSepArg, /* Value is next argument in argv */ XrmoptionResArg, /* Resource and value in next argument in argv */ XrmoptionSkipArg, /* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */ XrmoptionSkipLine, /* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */ XrmoptionSkipNArgs /* Ignore this option and the next \ \ \ XrmOptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */ } XrmOptionKind; .De .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 2.5i .ta .5i 2.5i typedef struct { char *option; /* Option specification string in argv */ char *specifier; /* Binding and resource name (sans application name) */ XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Which style of option it is */ XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or \ \ \ XrmoptionSkipNArgs */ } XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList; .De .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmGetResource(3X11), XrmMergeDatabases(3X11), XrmPutResource(3X11), XrmUniqueQuark(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP XrmO kêÖ‡5#mÊ—‰*Dt‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmLocaleOfDatabase.33.so man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 e  kê–%‚"mŽ—‰*pt‰*Ž—‰*—q —./usr/man/man3/XrmMergeDatabases.333.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XMDBases.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:18:33 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XrmMergeDatabases 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmMergeDatabases, XrmCombineDatabase, XrmCombineFileDatabase \- merge resource databases .SH SYNTAX void XrmMergeDatabases(\^\fIsource_db\fP, \fItarget_db\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIsource_db\fP, *\fItarget_db\fP\^; .LP void XrmCombineDatabase(\^\fIsource_db\fP, \fItarget_db\fP, \fIoverride\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase \fIsource_db\fP, *\fItarget_db\fP\^; .br Bool \fIoverride\fP; .LP void XrmCombineFileDatabase(\^\fIfilename\fP, \fItarget_db\fP, \fIoverride\fP\^) .br char *\fIfilename\fP; .br XrmDatabase *\fItarget_db\fP\^; .br Bool \fIoverride\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIsource_db\fP 1i Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database. .IP \fItarget_db\fP 1i Specifies the resource database into which the source database is to be merged. .IP \fIfilename\fP 1i Specifies the resource database file name. .SH DESCRIPTION .\" $Header: XrmMDBase.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:46 mento Exp $ The .ZN XrmMergeDatabases function merges the contents of one database into another. If the same specifier is used for an entry in both databases, the entry in the source_db will replace the entry in the target_db (that is, it overrides target_db). If target_db contains NULL, .ZN XrmMergeDatabases simply stores source_db in it. Otherwise, source_db is destroyed by the merge, but the database pointed to by target_db is not destroyed. The database entries are merged without changing values or types, regardless of the locales of the databases. The locale of the target database is not modified. .LP .\" $Header: XrmCDBase.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:46 mento Exp $ The .ZN XrmCombineDatabase function merges the contents of one database into another. If the same specifier is used for an entry in both databases, the entry in the source_db will replace the entry in the target_db if override is .ZN True ; otherwise, the entry in source_db is discarded. If target_db contains NULL, .ZN XrmCombineDatabase simply stores source_db in it. Otherwise, source_db is destroyed by the merge, but the database pointed to by target_db is not destroyed. The database entries are merged without changing values or types, regardless of the locales of the databases. The locale of the target database is not modified. .LP .\" $Header: XrmCFDBase.d,v 1.2 88/06/11 07:54:46 mento Exp $ The .ZN XrmCombineFileDatabase function merges the contents of a resource file into a database. If the same specifier is used for an entry in both the file and the database, the entry in the file will replace the entry in the database if override is .ZN True ; otherwise, the entry in file is discarded. The file is parsed in the current locale. If the file cannot be read a zero status is returned; otherwise a nonzero status is returned. If target_db contains NULL, .ZN XrmCombineFileDatabase creates and returns a new database to it. Otherwise, the database pointed to by target_db is not destroyed by the merge. The database entries are merged without changing values or types, regardless of the locale of the database. The locale of the target database is not modified. .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmGetResource(3X11), XrmInitialize(3X11), XrmPutResource(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP IN \" kêD‚4#mÊ—‰*^t‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmOptionDescRec.333.so man3/XrmInitialize.3 cannot kê†w3#mÊ—‰*]t‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmOptionKind.3..so man3/XrmInitialize.3 cannot kêæL2#mÊ—‰*\t‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmParseCommand.333.so man3/XrmInitialize.3 cannot kê^ˆ1#mÊ—‰*ât‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmPermStringToQuark.33.so man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3 cannot kê>(0#mÊ—‰*Ct‰*Ê—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutFileDatabase.333.so man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 ot kêÀÊ/#mË—‰*‡t‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutLineResource.333.so man3/XrmPutResource.3 e.3 ot kê*è"m|Ž—‰*…t‰*Ž—‰*àg| ^./usr/man/man3/XrmPutResource.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XPutRes.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:19:14 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XrmPutResource 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmPutResource, XrmQPutResource, XrmPutStringResource, XrmQPutStringResource, XrmPutLineResource \- store database resources .SH SYNTAX void XrmPutResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIspecifier\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIvalue\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; .br char *\fIspecifier\fP\^; .br char *\fItype\fP\^; .br XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP\^; .LP void XrmQPutResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIbindings\fP, \fIquarks\fP, \ \fItype\fP, \fIvalue\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; .br XrmBindingList \fIbindings\fP\^; .br XrmQuarkList \fIquarks\fP\^; .br XrmRepresentation \fItype\fP\^; .br XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP\^; .LP void XrmPutStringResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIspecifier\fP, \fIvalue\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; .br char *\fIspecifier\fP\^; .br char *\fIvalue\fP\^; .LP void XrmQPutStringResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIbindings\fP, \fIquarks\fP, \ \fIvalue\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; .br XrmBindingList \fIbindings\fP\^; .br XrmQuarkList \fIquarks\fP\^; .br char *\fIvalue\fP\^; .LP void XrmPutLineResource\^(\^\fIdatabase\fP, \fIline\fP\^) .br XrmDatabase *\fIdatabase\fP\^; .br char *\fIline\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbindings\fP 1i Specifies a list of bindings. .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the resource database. .IP \fIline\fP 1i Specifies the resource name and value pair as a single string. .IP \fIquarks\fP 1i Specifies the complete or partial name or the class list of the resource. .IP \fIspecifier\fP 1i Specifies a complete or partial specification of the resource. .IP \fItype\fP 1i Specifies the type of the resource. .IP \fIvalue\fP 1i Specifies the value of the resource, which is specified as a string. .SH DESCRIPTION If database contains NULL, .ZN XrmPutResource creates a new database and returns a pointer to it. .ZN XrmPutResource is a convenience function that calls .ZN XrmStringToBindingQuarkList followed by: .LP .Ds XrmQPutResource(database, bindings, quarks, XrmStringToQuark(type), value) .De If the specifier and type are not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. The value is stored in the database without modification. .LP If database contains NULL, .ZN XrmQPutResource creates a new database and returns a pointer to it. If a resource entry with the identical bindings and quarks already exists in the database, the previous value is replaced by the new specified value. The value is stored in the database without modification. .LP If database contains NULL, .ZN XrmPutStringResource creates a new database and returns a pointer to it. .ZN XrmPutStringResource adds a resource with the specified value to the specified database. .ZN XrmPutStringResource is a convenience function that first calls .ZN XrmStringToBindingQuarkList on the specifier and then calls .ZN XrmQPutResource , using a ``String'' representation type. If the specifier is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. The value is stored in the database without modification. .LP If database contains NULL, .ZN XrmQPutStringResource creates a new database and returns a pointer to it. .ZN XrmQPutStringResource is a convenience routine that constructs an .ZN XrmValue for the value string (by calling .ZN strlen to compute the size) and then calls .ZN XrmQPutResource , using a ``String'' representation type. The value is stored in the database without modification. .LP If database contains NULL, .ZN XrmPutLineResource creates a new database and returns a pointer to it. .ZN XrmPutLineResource adds a single resource entry to the specified database. The line must be in valid ResourceLine format (see section 15.1). The string is parsed in the locale of the database. If the .ZN ResourceName is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the result is implementation dependent. Note that comment lines are not stored. .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmGetResource(3X11), XrmInitialize(3X11), XrmMergeDatabases(3X11), XrmUniqueQuark(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP " "X kêèÈ.#mË—‰*†t‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmPutStringResource.33.so man3/XrmPutResource.3 rce wi kê8¨-#mË—‰*Gt‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmQGetResource.3ce.33.so man3/XrmGetResource.3 rce wi kê,R,#mË—‰*Gt‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmQGetSearchList.3.33.so man3/XrmGetResource.3 rce wi kê’w+#mË—‰*Ht‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmQGetSearchResource.3.so man3/XrmGetResource.3 rce wi kê@€*#mË—‰*†t‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmQPutResource.3rce.3.so man3/XrmPutResource.3 rce wi kêÄÞ)#mË—‰*‡t‰*Ë—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmQPutStringResource.3.so man3/XrmPutResource.3 rce wi kꜚ(#mÌ—‰*ât‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmQuarkToString.3ce.3.so man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3 rce wi kêÌ*'#mÌ—‰*Et‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmSetDatabase.3.so man3/XrmGetFileDatabase.3 wi kê:&#mÌ—‰*ãt‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmStringToBindingQuarkList.3.3.so man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3 e.3 wi kê*š%#mÌ—‰*át‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmStringToQuark.3uarkLi.so man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3 e.3 wi kêx•$#mÌ—‰*ât‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmStringToQuarkList.3Li.so man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3 e.3 wi kê2€"m¶Ž—‰*àt‰*Ž—‰*p¶¶ Ѷ./usr/man/man3/XrmUniqueQuark.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XUQuark.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:21:51 7/17/92 .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xW Athena X Widgets \- C Language X Toolkit Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .\".ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XrmUniqueQuark 3X11 "Release 5" "X Version 11" "XLIB FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XrmUniqueQuark, XrmStringToQuark, XrmPermStringToQuark, XrmQuarkToString, XrmStringToQuarkList, XrmStringToBindingQuarkList \- manipulate resource quarks .SH SYNTAX XrmQuark XrmUniqueQuark\^(\|) .LP #define XrmStringToName(string) XrmStringToQuark(string) #define XrmStringToClass(string) XrmStringToQuark(string) #define XrmStringToRepresentation(string) XrmStringToQuark(string) .sp XrmQuark XrmStringToQuark\^(\^\fIstring\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .sp XrmQuark XrmPermStringToQuark\^(\^\fIstring\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .LP #define XrmStringToName(string) XrmStringToQuark(string) #define XrmStringToClass(string) XrmStringToQuark(string) #define XrmStringToRepresentation(string) XrmStringToQuark(string) .sp XrmQuark XrmStringToQuark\^(\^\fIstring\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .sp XrmQuark XrmPermStringToQuark\^(\^\fIstring\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .LP #define XrmNameToString(name) XrmQuarkToString(name) #define XrmClassToString(class) XrmQuarkToString(class) #define XrmRepresentationToString(type) XrmQuarkToString(type) .sp char *XrmQuarkToString\^(\^\fIquark\fP\^) .br XrmQuark \fIquark\fP\^; .LP #define XrmStringToNameList(str, name) XrmStringToQuarkList((str), (name)) #define XrmStringToClassList(str,class) XrmStringToQuarkList((str), (class)) .sp void XrmStringToQuarkList\^(\^\fIstring\fP, \fIquarks_return\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br XrmQuarkList \fIquarks_return\fP\^; .LP XrmStringToBindingQuarkList\^(\^\fIstring\fP, \fIbindings_return\fP, \ \fIquarks_return\fP\^) .br char *\fIstring\fP\^; .br XrmBindingList \fIbindings_return\fP\^; .br XrmQuarkList \fIquarks_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIbindings_return\fP 1i Returns the binding list. .IP \fIquark\fP 1i Specifies the quark for which the equivalent string is desired. .IP \fIquarks_return\fP 1i Returns the list of quarks. .ds Ql \ or quark list .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies the string for which a quark\*(Ql is to be allocated. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XrmUniqueQuark function allocates a quark that is guaranteed not to represent any string that is known to the resource manager. .LP These functions can be used to convert from string to quark representation. If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the conversion is implementation dependent. The string argument to .ZN XrmStringToQuark need not be permanently allocated storage. .ZN XrmPermStringToQuark is just like .ZN XrmStringToQuark , except that Xlib is permitted to assume the string argument is permanently allocated, and hence that it can be used as the value to be returned by .ZN XrmQuarkToString . .LP These functions can be used to convert from quark representation to string. The string pointed to by the return value must not be modified or freed. The returned string is byte-for-byte equal to the original string passed to one of the string-to-quark routines. If no string exists for that quark, .ZN XrmQuarkToString returns NULL. .LP These functions can be used to convert from string to quark representation. If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the conversion is implementation dependent. The string argument to .ZN XrmStringToQuark need not be permanently allocated storage. .ZN XrmPermStringToQuark is just like .ZN XrmStringToQuark , except that Xlib is permitted to assume the string argument is permanently allocated, and hence that it can be used as the value to be returned by .ZN XrmQuarkToString . .LP The .ZN XrmStringToQuarkList function converts the null-terminated string (generally a fully qualified name) to a list of quarks. Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format (see section 15.1). If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the conversion is implementation dependent. .LP A binding list is a list of type .ZN XrmBindingList and indicates if components of name or class lists are bound tightly or loosely (that is, if wildcarding of intermediate components is specified). .LP .Ds 0 typedef enum {XrmBindTightly, XrmBindLoosely} XrmBinding, *XrmBindingList; .De .LP .ZN XrmBindTightly indicates that a period separates the components, and .ZN XrmBindLoosely indicates that an asterisk separates the components. .LP The .ZN XrmStringToBindingQuarkList function converts the specified string to a binding list and a quark list. If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding the conversion is implementation dependent. Component names in the list are separated by a period or an asterisk character. If the string does not start with period or asterisk, a period is assumed. For example, ``*a.b*c'' becomes: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .75i 1.5i 2.25i .ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i quarks a b c .br bindings loose tight loose .De .SH "SEE ALSO" XrmGetResource(3X11), XrmInitialize(3X11), XrmMergeDatabases(3X11), XrmPutResource(3X11) .br \fI\*(xL\fP .b kê"##mÌ—‰*]t‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XrmValue.3ark.3.so man3/XrmInitialize.3 be used kênñ"m—‰*u‰*—‰*Ò¶ ./usr/man/man3/XtAddCallback.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAddCbk.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:16 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAddCallback 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAddCallback, XtAddCallbacks, XtRemoveCallback, XtRemoveCallbacks, XtRemoveAllCallbacks \- add and remove callback procedures .SH SYNTAX void XtAddCallback(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name, \fP\fIcallback\fP, \ \fIclient_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .br XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtAddCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name, \fP\fIcallbacks\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .br XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP; .LP void XtRemoveCallback(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcallback\fP, \ \fIclient_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .br XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtRemoveCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcallbacks\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .br XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP; .LP void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIcallback\fP 1i Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb. .IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding client data. .ds Cn \ to which the procedure is to be appended or deleted .IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i Specifies the callback list\*(Cn. .ds Cd it is invoked by XtCallbacks or NULL, \ or the client data to match on the registered callback procedures .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure when \*(Cd. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAddCallback function adds the specified callback procedure to the specified widget's callback list. .LP The .ZN XtAddCallbacks add the specified list of callbacks to the specified widget's callback list. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveCallback function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client data match. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveCallbacks function removes the specified callback procedures from the specified widget's callback list. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveAllCallbacks function removes all the callback procedures from the specified widget's callback list. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtCallCallbacks(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ed kêó"#mÌ—‰*u‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAddCallbacks.3.so man3/XtAddCallback.3 man 1.1 kêæv~"mü—‰*u‰*—‰*Ó¶ü ò•./usr/man/man3/XtAddEventHandler.3.3Li.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAddEHand.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:20 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAddEventHandler 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAddEventHandler, XtAddRawEventHandler, XtRemoveEventHandler, XtRemoveRawEventHandler \- add and remove event handlers .SH SYNTAX void XtAddEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; .br Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; .br XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtAddRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; .br Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; .br XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtRemoveEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; .br Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; .br XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; .br Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; .br XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler. .ds Em to call or unregister this procedure .IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i Specifies the event mask for which \*(Em. .ds Nm called or removed .IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether this procedure should be \*(Nm on the nonmaskable events .Pn ( GraphicsExpose , .ZN NoExpose , .ZN SelectionClear , .ZN SelectionRequest , .ZN SelectionNotify , .ZN ClientMessage , and .ZN MappingNotify ). .ds Pr \ to be added or removed .IP \fIproc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr. .ds Wi for which this event handler is being registered .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAddEventHandler function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified widget. If the procedure is already registered with the same client_data, the specified mask is ORed into the existing mask. If the widget is realized, .ZN XtAddEventHandler calls .ZN XSelectInput , if necessary. .LP The .ZN XtAddRawEventHandler function is similar to .ZN XtAddEventHandler except that it does not affect the widget's mask and never causes an .ZN XSelectInput for its events. Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it. .LP The .ZN XtAddRawEventHandler function is similar to .ZN XtAddEventHandler except that it does not affect the widget's mask and never causes an .ZN XSelectInput for its events. Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveRawEventHandler function stops the specified procedure from receiving the specified events. Because the procedure is a raw event handler, this does not affect the widget's mask and never causes a call on .ZN XSelectInput . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppNextEvent(3Xt), XtBuildEventMask(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ndit kêÒ²}"me —‰*u‰*—‰*Še ./usr/man/man3/XtAddExposureToRegion.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAddETReg.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:23 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAddExposureToRegion 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAddExposureToRegion \- merge exposure events into a region .SH SYNTAX void XtAddExposureToRegion(\fIevent\fP, \fIregion\fP) .br XEvent *\fIevent\fP; .br Region \fIregion\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIevent\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to the .ZN Expose or .ZN GraphicsExpose event. .IP \fIregion\fP 1i Specifies the region object (as defined in .Pn < X11/Xutil.h >). .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAddExposureToRegion function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure event and the specified region. Then, it stores the results back in region. If the event argument is not an .ZN Expose or .ZN GraphicsExpose event, .ZN XtAddExposureToRegion returns without an error and without modifying region. .LP This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism (see Section 7.9.3). .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP fIe kêÎV|"mO—‰*u‰*—‰*GÁO ./usr/man/man3/XtAddGrab.3eToRe.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAddGrab.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:25 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAddGrab 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAddGrab, XtRemoveGrab \- redirect user input to a modal widget .SH SYNTAX void XtAddGrab(\fIw\fP, \fIexclusive\fP, \fIspring_loaded\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Boolean \fIexclusive\fP; .br Boolean \fIspring_loaded\fP; .LP void XtRemoveGrab(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIexclusive\fP 1i Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget or also to previous widgets in the cascade. .IP \fIspring_loaded\fP 1i Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed a pointer button. .ds Wi to add to or remove from the modal cascade .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAddGrab function appends the widget (and associated parameters) to the modal cascade and checks that exclusive is .ZN True if spring_loaded is .ZN True . If these are not .ZN True , .ZN XtAddGrab generates an error. .LP The modal cascade is used by .ZN XtDispatchEvent when it tries to dispatch a user event. When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade, .ZN XtDispatchEvent first determines if the event should be delivered. It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and including the most recent cascade entry added with the exclusive parameter .ZN True . .LP This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets comprise the active subset. User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored or remapped. Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade with exclusive .ZN False . Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with exclusive .ZN True . User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal widget. .LP Regardless of where on the screen they occur, remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active subset of the cascade that has spring_loaded .ZN True , if any such widget exists. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveGrab function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget. It issues an error if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê°«!#mÌ—‰*u‰*Ì—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAddRawEventHandler.3i.so man3/XtAddEventHandler.3 1. kêT{"m¤—‰*u‰*—‰*OÁ¤ ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddActions.3er.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppAAct.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:27 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppAddActions 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppAddActions \- register an action table .SH SYNTAX void XtAppAddActions(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIactions\fP, \fInum_actions\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtActionList \fIactions\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .IP \fIactions\fP 1i Specifies the action table to register. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of entries in this action table. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppAddActions function adds the specified action table and registers it with the translation manager. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtParseTranslationTable(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP SCRI kê0z"m —‰*u‰*—‰*PÁ ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddConverter.3.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppAC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:31 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppAddConverter 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppAddConverter \- register resource converter .SH SYNTAX void XtAppAddConverter(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \ \fIconverter\fP, \fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br String \fIfrom_type\fP; .br String \fIto_type\fP; .br XtConverter \fIconverter\fP; .br XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .IP \fIconverter\fP 1i Specifies the type converter procedure. .IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter or NULL. .IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i Specifies the source type. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of additional arguments to the converter or zero. .IP \fIto_type\fP 1i Specifies the destination type. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppAddConverter registers a the specified resource converter. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtConvert(3Xt), XtStringConversionWarning(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP get kêûy"m± —‰*u‰*—‰*@Á± ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddInput.3r.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppAI.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:33 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppAddInput 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppAddInput, XtRemoveInput \- register and remove an input source .SH SYNTAX XtInputId XtAppAddInput(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIsource\fP, \fIcondition\fP, \ \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br int \fIsource\fP; .br XtPointer \fIcondition\fP; .br XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtRemoveInput(\fIid\fP) .br XtInputId \fIid\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Co that identifies the application .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context \*(Co. .ds Cd input is available .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure when \*(Cd. .IP \fIcondition\fP 1i Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition or some operating system dependent condition. .IP \fIid\fP 1i Specifies the ID returned from the corresponding .ZN XtAppAddInput call. .ds Pr \ to be called when input is available .IP \fIproc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr. .IP \fIsource\fP 1i Specifies the source file descriptor on a UNIX-based system or other operating system dependent device specification. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppAddInput function registers with the \*(xI read routine a new source of events, which is usually file input but can also be file output. Note that file should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink or source of data. .ZN XtAppAddInput also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events. When input is pending on this source, the callback procedure is called. .LP The legal values for the condition argument are operating-system dependent. On a UNIX-based system, the condition is some union of .ZN XtInputReadMask , .ZN XtInputWriteMask , and .ZN XtInputExceptMask . The .ZN XtRemoveInput function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for input from the input source. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP re alwa kê5x"m$ —‰*u‰*—‰*AÁ$ ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddTimeOut.33.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppATO.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:36 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppAddTimeOut 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppAddTimeOut, XtRemoveTimeOut \- register and remove timeouts .SH SYNTAX XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIinterval\fP, \fIproc\fP, \ \fIclient_data\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br unsigned long \fIinterval\fP; .br XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtRemoveTimeOut(\fItimer\fP) .br XtIntervalId \fItimer\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Co for which the timer is to be set .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context \*(Co. .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure when \*(Cd. .IP \fIinterval\fP 1i Specifies the time interval in milliseconds. .ds Pr \ to be called when time expires .IP \fIproc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr. .IP \fItimer\fP 1i Specifies the ID for the timeout request to be destroyed. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppAddTimeOut function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it. The timeout value is set to interval. The callback procedure is called when the time interval elapses, and then the timeout is removed. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveTimeOut function removes the timeout. Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppAddInput(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP lso  kêèÖw"m —‰*u‰*—‰*?Á ./usr/man/man3/XtAppAddWorkProc.3.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppAWP.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:39 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppAddWorkProc 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppAddWorkProc, XtRemoveWorkProc \- Add and remove background processing procedures .SH SYNTAX XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .LP void XtRemoveWorkProc(\fIid\fP) .br XtWorkProcId \fIid\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Co that identifies the application .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context \*(Co. .ds Cd it is called .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure when \*(Cd. .IP \fIproc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr. .IP \fIid\fP 1i Specifies which work procedure to remove. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppAddWorkProc function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified by app_context. .LP The .ZN XtRemoveWorkProc function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppNextEvent(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP h kêØ)v"m —‰*u‰*—‰*Ù ./usr/man/man3/XtAppCreateShell.3.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppCSh.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:42 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppCreateShell 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppCreateShell \- create top-level widget instance .SH SYNTAX Widget XtAppCreateShell(\fIapplication_name\fP, \ \fIapplication_class\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, .br \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br String \fIapplication_name\fP; .br String \fIapplication_class\fP; .br WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac. .IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1i Specifies the name of the application instance. .IP \fIargs\fP 1i Specifies the argument list in which to set in the \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 property. .ds Di \ from which to get the resources .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the display\*(Di. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. .ds Wc \ that the application top-level widget should be .IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i Specifies the widget class\*(Wc. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppCreateShell function saves the specified application name and application class for qualifying all widget resource specifiers. The application name and application class are used as the left-most components in all widget resource names for this application. .ZN XtAppCreateShell should be used to create a new logical application within a program or to create a shell on another display. In the first case, it allows the specification of a new root in the resource hierarchy. In the second case, it uses the resource database associated with the other display. .LP Note that the widget returned by .ZN XtAppCreateShell has the \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 property set for session managers (see Chapter 4). .SH "SEE ALSO" XtCreateWidget(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP n cau kê 6u"mc —‰*u‰*—‰*øc ./usr/man/man3/XtAppError.3ell..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppE.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:45 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppError 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppError, XtAppSetErrorHandler, XtAppSetWarningHandler, XtAppWarning \- low-level error handlers .SH SYNTAX void XtAppError(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImessage\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br String \fImessage\fP; .LP void XtAppSetErrorHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIhandler\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP; .LP void XtAppSetWarningHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIhandler\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP; .LP void XtAppWarning(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImessage\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br String \fImessage\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .IP \fImessage\fP 1i Specifies the nonfatal error message that is to be reported. .ds Ha fatal error procedure, which should not return, \ or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns .IP \fIhandler\fP 1i Specifies the new \*(Ha. .ds Me reported .IP \fImessage\fP 1i Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppError function calls the installed error procedure and passes the specified message. .LP The .ZN XtAppSetErrorHandler function registers the specified procedure, which is called when a fatal error condition occurs. .LP The .ZN XtAppSetWarningHandler registers the specified procedure, which is called when a nonfatal error condition occurs. .LP The .ZN XtAppWarning function calls the installed nonfatal error procedure and passes the specified message. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppGetErrorDatabase(3Xt), XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP idget kê¬nt"mB—‰*u‰*—‰*ª¹B ./usr/man/man3/XtAppErrorMsg.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppEM.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:48 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppErrorMsg 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppErrorMsg, XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler, XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler, XtAppWarningMsg \- high-level error handlers .SH SYNTAX void XtAppErrorMsg(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ \fIdefault\fP, \ \fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br String \fIname\fP; .br String \fItype\fP; .br String \fIclass\fP; .br String \fIdefault\fP; .br String *\fIparams\fP; .br Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; .LP void XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImsg_handler\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP; .LP void XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImsg_handler\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP; .LP void XtAppWarningMsg(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br String \fIname\fP; .br String \fItype\fP; .br String \fIclass\fP; .br String \fIdefault\fP; .br String *\fIparams\fP; .br Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .ds Cl .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the resource class\*(Cl. .IP \fIdefault\fP 1i Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm. .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the general kind of error. .IP \fItype\fP 1i Specifies the detailed name of the error. .ds Mh fatal error procedure, which should not return \ or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns .IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i Specifies the new \*(Mh. .IP \fInum_params\fP 1i Specifies the number of values in the parameter list. .IP \fIparams\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppErrorMsg function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified information. .LP The .ZN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler function registers the specified procedure, which is called when a fatal error occurs. .LP The .ZN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler function registers the specified procedure, which is called when a nonfatal error condition occurs. .LP The .ZN XtAppWarningMsg function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified information. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppGetErrorDatabase(3Xt), XtAppError(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP \fI\* kêÖ‘s"må ‘—‰*"u‰*‘—‰*Øå ./usr/man/man3/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.3i.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppGEDB.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:50 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppGetErrorDatabase 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppGetErrorDatabase, XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText \- obtain error database .SH SYNTAX XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(\^\fIapp_context\fP\^) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .LP void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fInbytes\fP, \fIdatabase\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br char *\fIname\fP, *\fItype\fP, *\fIclass\fP; .br char *\fIdefault\fP; .br char *\fIbuffer_return\fP; .br int \fInbytes\fP; .br XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned. .ds Cl \ of the error message .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the resource class\*(Cl. .IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i Specifies the name of the alternative database that is to be used or NULL if the application's database is to be used. .IP \fIdefault\fP 1i Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm. .IP \fIname\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fItype\fP 1i Specifies the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name of the error message. .IP \fInbytes\fP 1i Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabase function returns the address of the error database. The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the database file until the first call to .ZN XtAppGetErrorDatbaseText . .LP The .ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText returns the appropriate message from the error database or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the error database. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppError(3Xt), XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP tor kꊖ #m!Ì—‰*#u‰*Ì—‰*! ./usr/man/man3/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.33.3.so man3/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.3 AIX )  kêàjr"ml ‘—‰*$u‰*‘—‰*×l ./usr/man/man3/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.33.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppGSTO.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:53 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppGetSelectionTimeout 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppGetSelectionTimeout, XtAppSetSelectionTimeout \- set and obtain selection timeout values .SH SYNTAX unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(\fIapp_context\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .LP void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(\fIapp_context\fP, \fItimeout\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br unsigned long \fItimeout\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .IP \fItimeout\fP 1i Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout function returns the current selection timeout value, in milliseconds. The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating applications must respond to one another. The initial timeout value is set by the .ZN selectionTimeout application resource, or, if .ZN selectionTimeout is not specified, it defaults to five seconds. .LP The .ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout function sets the \*(xI's selection timeout mechanism. Note that most applications should not set the selection timeout. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtOwnSelection(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP t ar kê<¾#mÍ—‰*'u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppMainLoop.3n.so man3/XtAppNextEvent.3 man 1. kê–Zq"m;‘—‰*%u‰*‘—‰*}Y; m./usr/man/man3/XtAppNextEvent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtAppNEv.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:23:57 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtAppNextEvent 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtAppNextEvent, XtAppPending, XtAppPeekEvent, XtAppProcessEvent, XtDispatchEvent, XtAppMainLoop \- query and process events and input .SH SYNTAX void XtAppNextEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIevent_return\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP; .LP Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIevent_return\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP; .LP XtInputMask XtAppPending(\fIapp_context\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .LP void XtAppProcessEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImask\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br XtInputMask \fImask\fP; .LP Boolean XtDispatchEvent(\fIevent\fP) .br XEvent *\fIevent\fP; .LP void XtAppMainLoop(\fIapp_context\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Co that identifies the application .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context \*(Co. .IP \fIevent\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to the event structure that is to be dispatched to the appropriate event handler. .IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i Returns the event information to the specified event structure. .IP \fImask\fP 1i Specifies what types of events to process. The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of .ZN XtIMXEvent , .ZN XtIMTimer , and .ZN XtIMAlternateInput . As a convenience, the \*(tk defines the symbolic name .ZN XtIMAll to be the bitwise inclusive OR of all event types. .SH DESCRIPTION If no input is on the X input queue, .ZN XtAppNextEvent flushes the X output buffer and waits for an event while looking at the other input sources and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them. This wait time can be used for background processing (see Section 7.8). .LP If there is an event in the queue, .ZN XtAppPeekEvent fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. If no X input is on the queue, .ZN XtAppPeekEvent flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available (possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the process). If the input is an event, .ZN XtAppPeekEvent fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and .ZN XtAppPeekEvent returns zero. .LP The .ZN XtAppPending function returns a nonzero value if there are events pending from the X server, timer pending, or other input sources pending. The value returned is a bit mask that is the OR of .ZN XtIMXEvent , .ZN XtIMTimer , and .ZN XtIMAlternateInput (see .ZN XtAppProcessEvent ). If there are no events pending, .ZN XtAppPending flushes the output buffer and returns zero. .LP The .ZN XtAppProcessEvent function processes one timer, alternate input, or X event. If there is nothing of the appropriate type to process, .ZN XtAppProcessEvent blocks until there is. If there is more than one type of thing available to process, it is undefined which will get processed. Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications (see .ZN XtAppMainLoop ). .ZN XtAppProcessEvent processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks, alternate input by calling any appropriate alternate input callbacks, and X events by calling .ZN XtDispatchEvent . .LP When an X event is received, it is passed to .ZN XtDispatchEvent , which calls the appropriate event handlers and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data registered with each procedure. If there are no handlers for that event registered, the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns. The order in which the handlers are called is undefined. .LP The .ZN XtDispatchEvent function sends those events to the event handler functions that have been previously registered with the dispatch routine. .ZN XtDispatchEvent returns .ZN True if it dispatched the event to some handler and .ZN False if it found no handler to dispatch the event to. The most common use of .ZN XtDispatchEvent is to dispatch events acquired with the .ZN XtAppNextEvent procedure. However, it also can be used to dispatch user-constructed events. .ZN XtDispatchEvent also is responsible for implementing the grab semantics for .ZN XtAddGrab . .LP The .ZN XtAppMainLoop function first reads the next incoming X event by calling .ZN XtAppNextEvent and then it dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure by calling .ZN XtDispatchEvent . This constitutes the main loop of \*(tk applications, and, as such, it does not return. Applications are expected to exit in response to some user action. There is nothing special about .ZN XtAppMainLoop ; it is simply an infinite loop that calls .ZN XtAppNextEvent and then .ZN XtDispatchEvent . .LP Applications can provide their own version of this loop, which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to .ZN XtAppNextEvent . .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP RGUME kê@h#mÍ—‰*&u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppPeekEvent.3.so man3/XtAppNextEvent.3 buffer kêr#mÍ—‰*&u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppPending.33.so man3/XtAppNextEvent.3 buffer kêx#mÍ—‰*'u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppProcessEvent.3eout..so man3/XtAppNextEvent.3 buffer kêœ#mÍ—‰*u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetErrorHandler.3t..so man3/XtAppError.3 t. kê~Ý#mÍ—‰*u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.33.3.so man3/XtAppErrorMsg.3 buffer kêv#m$Í—‰*$u‰*Í—‰*$ ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.33.3.so man3/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.3 ret kêFà#mÍ—‰*u‰*Í—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetWarningHandler.3.so man3/XtAppError.3 ti kêÚ`#mΗ‰* u‰*Η‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.33.3.so man3/XtAppErrorMsg.3 nTimeou kê\Ö#mΗ‰*u‰*Η‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppWarning.3Ms.so man3/XtAppError.3 .3 kêÒ.#mΗ‰* u‰*Η‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtAppWarningMsg.3Handler.so man3/XtAppErrorMsg.3 nTimeou kê~*#m#Η‰*Pu‰*Η‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XtAugmentTranslations.3r.so man3/XtParseTranslationTable.3 ret kêØ…p"mã‘—‰*(u‰*‘—‰*…Zã ./usr/man/man3/XtBuildEventMask.3ns.3r.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtBEMask.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:00 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtBuildEventMask 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtBuildEventMask \- retrieve a widget's event mask .SH SYNTAX EventMask XtBuildEventMask(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtBuildEventMask function returns the event mask representing the logical OR of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with .ZN XtAddEventHandler and all event translations, including accelerators, installed on the widget. This is the same event mask stored into the .ZN XSetWindowAttributes structure by .ZN XtRealizeWidget and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or removed on the realized widget. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAddEventHandler(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP back  kê>o"m˜’—‰*)u‰*’—‰*Z˜ ./usr/man/man3/XtCallAcceptFocus.3s.3r.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtCallAFoc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:03 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtCallAcceptFocus 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtCallAcceptFocus \- calla widget's accept_focus procedure .SH SYNTAX Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(\fIw\fP, \fItime\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Time *\fItime\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the accept focus. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtCallAcceptFocus function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure, passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus procedure returns. If accept_focus is NULL, .ZN XtCallAcceptFocus returns .ZN False . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtSetKeyboardFocus(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêèn"m0 ’—‰*)u‰*’—‰*ˆZ0 ./usr/man/man3/XtCallCallbacks.33s.3r.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtCallCbks.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:07 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtCallCallbacks 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtCallCallbacks, XtHasCallbacks \- process callbacks .SH SYNTAX void XtCallCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .br XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; .LP typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome} \ XtCallbackStatus; .sp XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIcallback_name\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Cn \ to be executed or checked .IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i Specifies the callback list\*(Cn. .IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i Specifies a callback-list specific data value to pass to each of the callback procedure in the list. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtCallCallbacks function calls each procedure that is registered in the specified widget's callback list. .LP The .ZN XtHasCallbacks function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified by callback_name. If the callback list does not exist, .ZN XtHasCallbacks returns .ZN XtCallbackNoList . If the callback list exists but is empty, it returns .ZN XtCallbackHasNone . If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered, it returns .ZN XtCallbackHasSome . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAddCallback(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kê<‘#mΗ‰*Uu‰*Η‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackExclusive.33r.so man3/XtPopup.3 allCb kêR©#mΗ‰*Tu‰*Η‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackNone.3.so man3/XtPopup.3 allCb kêæ÷#mΗ‰*Uu‰*Η‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackNonexclusive.3.so man3/XtPopup.3 allCb kê*¤#mÏ—‰*Ru‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCallbackPopdown.3ve.3.so man3/XtPopdown.3 lCb kê ¢#mÏ—‰*Cu‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCalloc.3opdown.so man3/XtMalloc.3 lCb kê ú#mÏ—‰*,u‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCheckSubclass.33ve.3.so man3/XtClass.3 lCb kêüm"mš’—‰*+u‰*’—‰*Â&š './usr/man/man3/XtClass.3class.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtClass.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:09 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtClass 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtClass, XtSuperClass, XtIsSubclass, XtCheckSubclass, XtIsComposite, XtIsManaged \- obtain and verify a widget's class .SH SYNTAX WidgetClass XtClass(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP WidgetClass XtSuperclass(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP Boolean XtIsSubclass(\fIw\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; .LP void XtCheckSubclass(\fIw\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fImessage\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; .br String \fImessage\fP; .LP Boolean XtIsComposite(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP Boolean XtIsManaged(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i Specifies the widget class\*(Wc. .ds Me used .IP \fImessage\fP 1i Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtClass function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure. .LP The .ZN XtSuperclass function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure. .LP The .ZN XtIsSubclass function returns .ZN True if the class of the specified widget is equal to or is a subclass of the specified widget class. The specified widget can be any number of subclasses down the chain and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified widget class. Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items they contain can use .ZN XtIsSubclass to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects. .LP The .ZN XtCheckSubclass macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to or is a subclass of the specified widget class. The widget can be any number of subclasses down the chain and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified widget class. If the specified widget is not a subclass, .ZN XtCheckSubclass constructs an error message from the supplied message, the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls .ZN XtErrorMsg . .ZN XtCheckSubclass should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation. .LP .ZN XtCheckSubclass is only executed when the widget has been compiled with the compiler symbol DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string and generates no code. .LP The .ZN XtIsComposite function is a convenience function that is equivalent to .ZN XtIsSubclass with .ZN compositeWidgetClass specified. .LP The .ZN XtIsManaged macro (for widget programmers) or function (for application programmers) returns .ZN True if the specified child widget is managed or .ZN False if it is not. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt), XtDisplay(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ds xW kê  #mÏ—‰*:u‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCloseDisplay.3.so man3/XtDisplayInitialize.3 e kêxÛl"m6’—‰*.u‰*’—‰*Æ&6 «./usr/man/man3/XtConfigureWidget.3ve.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtConfWid.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:12 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtConfigureWidget 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtConfigureWidget, XtMoveWidget, XtResizeWidget \- move and resize widgets .SH SYNTAX void XtConfigureWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \ \fIborder_width\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Position \fIx\fP; .br Position \fIy\fP; .br Dimension \fIwidth\fP; .br Dimension \fIheight\fP; .br Dimension \fIborder_width\fP; .LP void XtMoveWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Position \fIx\fP; .br Position \fIy\fP; .LP void XtResizeWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder_width\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Dimension \fIwidth\fP; .br Dimension \fIheight\fP; .br Dimension \fIborder_width\fP; .LP void XtResizeWindow(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIwidth\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i Specify the new widget size. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .ds Nu new widget .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the \*(Nu x and y coordinates. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtConfigureWidget function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields are the same as the old values. Otherwise, .ZN XtConfigureWidget writes the new x, y, width, height, and border_width values into the widget and, if the widget is realized, makes an Xlib .ZN XConfigureWindow call on the widget's window. .LP If either the new width or height is different from its old value, .ZN XtConfigureWidget calls the widget's resize procedure to notify it of the size change; otherwise, it simply returns. .LP The .ZN XtMoveWidget function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields are the same as the old values. Otherwise, .ZN XtMoveWidget writes the new x and y values into the widget and, if the widget is realized, issues an Xlib .ZN XMoveWindow call on the widget's window. .LP The .ZN XtResizeWidget function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields are the same as the old values. Otherwise, .ZN XtResizeWidget writes the new width, height, and border_width values into the widget and, if the widget is realized, issues an .ZN XConfigureWindow call on the widget's window. .LP If the new width or height are different from the old values, .ZN XtResizeWidget calls the widget's resize procedure to notify it of the size change. .LP The .ZN XtResizeWindow function calls the .ZN XConfigureWindow Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width, height, and border width. This request is done unconditionally because there is no way to tell if these values match the current values. Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called. .LP There are very few times to use .ZN XtResizeWindow ; instead, you should use .ZN XtResizeWidget . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtMakeGeometryRequest(3Xt), XtQueryGeometry(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP . kê —k"mÿ ’—‰*0u‰*’—‰*Ylÿ ./usr/man/man3/XtConvert.3idget.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtConvert.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:17 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtConvert 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtConvert, XtDirectConvert \- invoke resource converters .SH SYNTAX void XtConvert(\fIw\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \ \fIto_return\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br String \fIfrom_type\fP; .br XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP; .br String \fIto_type\fP; .br XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP; .LP void XtDirectConvert(\fIconverter\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \ \fIto_return\fP) .br XtConverter \fIconverter\fP; .br XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .br XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP; .br XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Al that contains the additional arguments needed to perform \ the conversion (often NULL) .IP \fIargs\fP 1i Specifies the argument list \*(Al. .IP \fIconverter\fP 1i Specifies the conversion procedure that is to be called. .IP \fIfrom\fP 1i Specifies the value to be converted. .IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i Specifies the source type. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of additional arguments (often zero). .IP \fIto_type\fP 1i Specifies the destination type. .IP \fIto_return\fP 1i Returns the converted value. .ds Wi to use for additional arguments (if any are needed) .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtConvert function looks up the type converter registered to convert from_type to to_type, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls .ZN XtDirectConvert . .LP The .ZN XtDirectConvert function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure has been called with the specified arguments. If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache; otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache. .LP Before calling the specified converter, .ZN XtDirectConvert sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL. To determine if the conversion was successful, the client should check to_return.address for non-NULL. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppAddConverter(3Xt), XtStringConversionWarning(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP Ü kêX< #mÏ—‰*]u‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtConvertCase.3t.so man3/XtSetKeyTranslator.3 1. kê>Òj"mR “—‰*1u‰*“—‰*Ù[R ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateApplicationContext.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtCreACon.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:19 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtCreateApplicationContext 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtCreateApplicationContext, XtDestroyApplicationContext, XtWidgetToApplicationContext, XtToolkitInitialize \- create, destroy, and obtain an application context .SH SYNTAX XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext() .LP void XtDestroyApplicationContext(\fIapp_context\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .LP XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP void XtToolkitInitialize() .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .ds wi that you want the application context for .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtCreateApplicationContext function returns an application context, which is an opaque type. Every application must have at least one application context. .LP The .ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext function destroys the specified application context as soon as it is safe to do so. If called from with an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure), .ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete. .LP The .ZN XtWidgetToApplicationContext function returns the application context for the specified widget. .LP The semantics of calling .ZN XtToolkitInitialize more than once are undefined. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtDisplayInitialize(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP l argu kêž” #mÏ—‰*5u‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateManagedWidget.3x.so man3/XtCreateWidget.3 man 1. kê,·i"m| “—‰*3u‰*“—‰*G_| ./usr/man/man3/XtCreatePopupShell.3.3x.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtCrePSh.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:23 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtCreatePopupShell 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtCreatePopupShell \- create a popup shell .SH SYNTAX Widget XtCreatePopupShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \ \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br String \fIname\fP; .br WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; .br Widget \fIparent\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Al to override the resource defaults .IP \fIargs\fP 1i Specifies the argument list \*(Al. .ds Sh \ shell .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the text name for the created\*(Sh widget. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. .IP \fIparent\fP 1i Specifies the parent widget. .ds Wc \ pointer for the created shell widget .IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i Specifies the widget class\*(Wc. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtCreatePopupShell function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of .ZN Shell and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's .IN "insert_child procedure" children list, attaches the shell to the parent's pop-ups list directly. .LP A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table already must exist at the time that the translation is invoked, so the translation manager can find the shell by name. Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created ``on-the-fly'' when the pop-up actually is needed. This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up an unspecified number of pop-ups. You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtCreateWidget(3Xt), XtPopdown(3Xt), XtPopup(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP onve kêäµh"m(“—‰*4u‰*“—‰*Öf(  ƒ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateWidget.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtCreWid.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:25 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtCreateWidget 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtCreateWidget, XtCreateManagedWidget, XtDestroyWidget \- create and destroy widgets .SH SYNTAX Widget XtCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \ \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br String \fIname\fP; .br WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; .br Widget \fIparent\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .LP Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \ \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br String \fIname\fP; .br WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; .br Widget \fIparent\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .LP void XtDestroyWidget(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Al to override the resource defaults .IP \fIargs\fP 1i Specifies the argument list \*(Al. .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the resource name for the created widget, which is used for retrieving resources and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget that is a child of same parent. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. .IP \fIparent\fP 1i Specifies the parent widget. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .ds Wc \ pointer for the created widget .IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i Specifies the widget class\*(Wc. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtCreateWidget function performs much of the boilerplate operations of widget creation: .IP \(bu 5 Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a superclass-to-subclass order. .IP \(bu 5 Allocates memory for the widget instance. .IP \(bu 5 If the parent is a subclass of .ZN constraintWidgetClass , it allocates memory for the parent's constraints and stores the address of this memory into the constraints field. .IP \(bu 5 Initializes the core nonresource data fields (for example, parent and visible). .IP \(bu 5 Initializes the resource fields (for example, background_pixel) by using the resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses. .IP \(bu 5 If the parent is a subclass of .ZN constraintWidgetClass , it initializes the resource fields of the constraints record by using the constraint resource list specified for the parent's class and all superclasses up to .ZN constraintWidgetClass . .IP \(bu 5 Calls the initialize procedures for the widget by starting at the .ZN Core initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure. .IP \(bu 5 If the parent is a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass , it puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's insert_child procedure. For further information, see Section 3.5. .IP \(bu 5 If the parent is a subclass of .ZN constraintWidgetClass , it calls the constraint initialize procedures, starting at .ZN constraintWidgetClass on down to the parent's constraint initialize procedure. .LP Note that you can determine the number of arguments in an argument list by using the .ZN XtNumber macro. For further information, see Section 11.1. .LP The .ZN XtCreateManagedWidget function is a convenience routine that calls .ZN XtCreateWidget and .ZN XtManageChild . .LP The .ZN XtDestroyWidget function provides the only method of destroying a widget, including widgets that need to destroy themselves. It can be called at any time, including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed. This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling references to destroyed widgets. .LP In phase one, .ZN XtDestroyWidget performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 If the being_destroyed field of the widget is .ZN True , it returns immediately. .IP \(bu 5 Recursively descends the widget tree and sets the being_destroyed field to .ZN True for the widget and all children. .IP \(bu 5 Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be destroyed when it is safe to do so. .LP Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list then w2 is not a descendent of w1. (A descendant refers to both normal and pop-up children.) .LP Phase two occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of the current event have been called (including all procedures registered with the event and translation managers), that is, when the current invocation of .ZN XtDispatchEvent is about to return or immediately if not in .ZN XtDispatchEvent . .LP In phase two, .ZN XtDestroyWidget performs the following on each entry in the destroy list: .IP \(bu 5 Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget (and all descendants) in post-order (it calls children callbacks before parent callbacks). .IP \(bu 5 If the widget's parent is a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass and if the parent is not being destroyed, it calls .ZN XtUnmanageChild on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure (see Section 3.4). .IP \(bu 5 If the widget's parent is a subclass of .ZN constraintWidgetClass , it calls the constraint destroy procedure for the parent, then the parent's superclass, until finally it calls the constraint destroy procedure for .ZN constraintWidgetClass . .IP \(bu 5 Calls the destroy methods for the widget (and all descendants) in post-order. For each such widget, it calls the destroy procedure declared in the widget class, then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass, until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Core class record. .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XDestroyWindow if the widget is realized (that is, has an X window). The server recursively destroys all descendant windows. .IP \(bu 5 Recursively descends the tree and deallocates all pop-up widgets, constraint records, callback lists and, if the widget is a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass , children. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppCreateShell(3Xt), XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêäzg"m^ “—‰*6u‰*“—‰*ÇŒ^ ./usr/man/man3/XtCreateWindow.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtCreWin.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:28 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtCreateWindow 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtCreateWindow \- window creation convenience function .SH SYNTAX void XtCreateWindow(\fIw\fP, \fIwindow_class\fP, \fIvisual\fP, \ \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIattributes\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br unsigned int \fIwindow_class\fP; .br Visual *\fIvisual\fP; .br XtValueMask \fIvalue_mask\fP; .br XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIattributes\fP 1i Specifies the window attributes to use in the .ZN XCreateWindow call. .ds Vm attribute fields to use .IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i Specifies which \*(Vm. .IP \fIvisual\fP 1i Specifies the visual type (usually .ZN CopyFromParent ). .ds Wi that is used to set the x,y coordinates and so on .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .IP \fIwindow_class\fP 1i Specifies the Xlib window class (for example, .ZN InputOutput , .ZN InputOnly , or .ZN CopyFromParent ). .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtCreateWindow function calls the Xlib .ZN XCreateWindow function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters. Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's window field. .LP .ZN XtCreateWindow evaluates the following fields of the .ZN Core widget structure: .IP \(bu 5 depth .IP \(bu 5 screen .IP \(bu 5 parent -> core.window .IP \(bu 5 x .IP \(bu 5 y .IP \(bu 5 width .IP \(bu 5 height .IP \(bu 5 border_width .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ar kê” #mÏ—‰*:u‰*Ï—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtDatabase.3w.3.so man3/XtDisplayInitialize.3 1 kêZ #m&З‰*2u‰*З‰*& ./usr/man/man3/XtDestroyApplicationContext.3.3.so man3/XtCreateApplicationContext.3 M kê:F#mЗ‰*5u‰*З‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtDestroyWidget.3onConte.so man3/XtCreateWidget.3 onCont kêà#mЗ‰*0u‰*З‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtDirectConvert.3onConte.so man3/XtConvert.3 et. kêº?#mЗ‰*Mu‰*З‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtDisownSelection.3Conte.so man3/XtOwnSelection.3 onCont kê‚œ#mЗ‰*'u‰*З‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtDispatchEvent.33Conte.so man3/XtAppNextEvent.3 onCont kê6˜f"mÍ“—‰*7u‰*“—‰*U~Í ./usr/man/man3/XtDisplay.3ent.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtDisplay.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:32 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtDisplay 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtDisplay, XtParent, XtScreen, XtWindow \- obtain window information about a widget .SH SYNTAX Display *XtDisplay(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP Widget XtParent(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP Screen *XtScreen(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP Window XtWindow(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION .ZN XtDisplay returns the display pointer for the specified widget. .LP .ZN XtParent returns the parent widget for the specified widget. .LP .ZN XtScreen returns the screen pointer for the specified widget. .LP .ZN XtWindow returns the window of the specified widget. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtClass(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP e w kêþáe"mÑ”—‰*9u‰*”—‰*‡wÑ  •./usr/man/man3/XtDisplayInitialize.3nte.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtDisplayI.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:36 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtDisplayInitialize 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtDisplayInitialize, XtOpenDisplay, XtDatabase, XtCloseDisplay \- initialize, open, or close a display .SH SYNTAX void XtToolkitInitialize() .LP void XtDisplayInitialize(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \ \fIapplication_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, .br \fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br String \fIapplication_name\fP; .br String \fIapplication_class\fP; .br XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; .br Cardinal *\fIargc\fP; .br String *\fIargv\fP; .LP Display *XtOpenDisplay(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdisplay_string\fP, \ \fIapplication_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, .br \fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP) .br XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; .br String \fIdisplay_string\fP; .br String \fIapplication_name\fP; .br String \fIapplication_class\fP; .br XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; .br Cardinal *\fIargc\fP; .br String *\fIargv\fP; .LP void XtCloseDisplay(\fIdisplay\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .LP XrmDatabase XtDatabase(\fIdisplay\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIargc\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters. .IP \fIargv\fP 1i Specifies the command line parameters. .IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i Specifies the application context. .ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application .IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac. .IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1i Specifies the name of the application instance. .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the display\*(Di. Note that a display can be in at most one application context. .IP \fInum_options\fP 1i Specifies the number of entries in the options list. .IP \fIoptions\fP 1i Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources. The options argument is passed as a parameter to .ZN XrmParseCommand . For further information, see \fI\*(xL\fP. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtDisplayInitialize function builds the resource database, calls the Xlib .ZN XrmParseCommand function to parse the command line, and performs other per display initialization. After .ZN XrmParseCommand has been called, argc and argv contain only those parameters that were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the options argument. If the modified argc is not zero, most applications simply print out the modified argv along with a message listing the allowable options. On UNIX-based systems, the application name is usually the final component of argv[0]. If the synchronize resource is .ZN True for the specified application, .ZN XtDisplayInitialize calls the Xlib .ZN XSynchronize function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection. If the reverseVideo resource is .ZN True , the \*(xI exchange .ZN XtDefaultForeground and .ZN XtDefaultBackground for widgets created on this display. (See Section 9.6.1). .LP The .ZN XtOpenDisplay function calls .ZN XOpenDisplay the specified display name. If display_string is NULL, .ZN XtOpenDisplay uses the current value of the \-display option specified in argv and if no display is specified in argv, uses the user's default display (on UNIX-based systems, this is the value of the DISPLAY environment variable). .LP If this succeeds, it then calls .ZN XtDisplayInitialize and pass it the opened display and the value of the \-name option specified in argv as the application name. If no name option is specified, it uses the application name passed to .ZN XtOpenDisplay . If the application name is NULL, it uses the last component of argv[0]. .ZN XtOpenDisplay returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed. .LP .ZN XtOpenDisplay is provided as a convenience to the application programmer. .LP The .ZN XtCloseDisplay function closes the specified display as soon as it is safe to do so. If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure), .ZN XtCloseDisplay does not close the display until the dispatch is complete. Note that applications need only call .ZN XtCloseDisplay if they are to continue executing after closing the display; otherwise, they should call .ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext or just exit. .LP The .ZN XtDatabase function returns the fully merged resource database that was built by .ZN XtDisplayInitialize associated with the display that was passed in. If this display has not been initialized by .ZN XtDisplayInitialize , the results are not defined. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppCreateShell(3Xt), XtCreateApplicationContext(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ing\fP, kê®ã#mЗ‰*Du‰*З‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtFree.3.so man3/XtMalloc.3 difi kêfø#mЗ‰*?u‰*З‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtGetApplicationResources.33.3.so man3/XtGetSubresources.3 gc kê<‰d"m8 ”—‰*;u‰*”—‰*¡p8 ./usr/man/man3/XtGetGC.3cationR.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtGetGC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:39 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtGetGC 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtGetGC, XtReleaseGC \- obtain and destroy a sharable GC .SH SYNTAX GC XtGetGC(\fIw\fP, \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIvalues\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP; .br XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP; .LP void XtReleaseGC(\fIw\fP, \fIgc\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br GC \fIgc\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIgc\fP 1i Specifies the GC to be deallocated. .IP \fIvalues\fP 1i Specifies the actual values for this GC. .ds Vm fields of the values are specified .IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i Specifies which \*(Vm. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtGetGC function returns a sharable, read-only GC. The parameters to this function are the same as those for .ZN XCreateGC except that a widget is passed instead of a display. .ZN XtGetGC shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by .ZN XCreateGC are the same. In particular, it does not use the value_mask provided to determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant. The value_mask is used only to tell the server which fields should be filled in with widget data and which it should fill in with default values. For further information about value_mask and values, see .ZN XCreateGC in the \fI\*(xL\fP. .LP The .ZN XtReleaseGC function deallocate the specified shared GC. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP  kêʪc"mŠ ”—‰*=u‰*”—‰*ÈcŠ ./usr/man/man3/XtGetResourceList.3urces.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtGetRList.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:42 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtGetResourceList 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtGetResourceList \- obtain resource list .SH SYNTAX void XtGetResourceList(\fIclass\fP, \fIresources_return\fP, \fInum_resources_return\fP); .br WidgetClass \fIclass\fP; .br XtResourceList *\fIresources_return\fP; .br Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to where to store the number of entries in the resource list. .IP \fIresources_return\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to where to store the returned resource list. The caller must free this storage using .ZN XtFree when done with it. .ds Cl \ for which you want the list .IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i Specifies the widget class\*(Wc. .SH DESCRIPTION If it is called before the widget class is initialized (that is, before the first widget of that class has been created), .ZN XtGetResourceList returns the resource list as specified in the widget class record. If it is called after the widget class has been initialized, .ZN XtGetResourceList returns a merged resource list that contains the resources for all superclasses. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtGetSubresources(3Xt), XtOffset(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ue_mas kê‚b"mö”—‰*=u‰*”—‰*_dö &d./usr/man/man3/XtGetSelectionValue.3ces.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtGetSVal.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:44 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtGetSelectionValue 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtGetSelectionValue, XtGetSelectionValues \- obtain selection values .SH SYNTAX void XtGetSelectionValue(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, \ \fIcallback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Atom \fIselection\fP; .br Atom \fItarget\fP; .br XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .br Time \fItime\fP; .LP void XtGetSelectionValues(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItargets\fP, \ \fIcount\fP, \fIcallback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Atom \fIselection\fP; .br Atom *\fItargets\fP; .br int \fIcount\fP; .br XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .br Time \fItime\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Cb \ that is to be called when the selection value has been obtained .IP \fIcallback\fP 1i Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb. .ds Cd it is called .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure when \*(Cd. .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the client data (one for each target type) that is passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target. .IP \fIcount\fP 1i Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists. .IP \fIselection\fP 1i Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary). .IP \fItarget\fP 1i Specifies the type of the information that is needed about the selection. .IP \fItargets\fP 1i Specifies the types of information that is needed about the selection. .ds Ti value is desired .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti. .ds Wi that is making the request .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtGetSelectionValue function requests the value of the selection that has been converted to the target type. The specified callback will be called some time after .ZN XtGetSelectionValue is called; in fact, it may be called before or after .ZN XtGetSelectionValue returns. .LP The .ZN XtGetSelectionValues function is similar to .ZN XtGetSelectionValue except that it takes a list of target types and a list of client data and obtains the current value of the selection converted to each of the targets. The effect is as if each target were specified in a separate call to .ZN XtGetSelectionValue . The callback is called once with the corresponding client data for each target. .ZN XtGetSelectionValues does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection value becaues the ownership of the selection cannot change in the middle of the list, as would be when calling .ZN XtGetSelectionValue repeatedly. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(3Xt), XtOwnSelection(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ce kêFç#mÑ—‰*>u‰*Ñ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtGetSelectionValues.3es.so man3/XtGetSelectionValue.3  kêò½a"m”—‰*?u‰*”—‰*h j./usr/man/man3/XtGetSubresources.3.3es.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtGetSres.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:46 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtGetSubresources 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtGetSubresources, XtGetApplicationResources \- obtain subresources or application resources .SH SYNTAX void XtGetSubresources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtPointer \fIbase\fP; .br String \fIname\fP; .br String \fIclass\fP; .br XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .LP void XtGetApplicationResources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \ \fInum_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtPointer \fIbase\fP; .br XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Al to override resources obtained from the resource database .IP \fIargs\fP 1i Specifies the argument list \*(Al. .ds Ba written .IP \fIbase\fP 1i Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources should be \*(Ba. .IP \fIclass\fP 1i Specifies the class of the subpart. .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the name of the subpart. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. .IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i Specifies the number of resources in the resource list. .IP \fIresources\fP 1i Specifies the resource list for the subpart. .ds Wi that wants resources for a subpart \ or that identifies the resource database to search .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtGetSubresources function constructs a name/class list from the application name/class, the name/classes of all its ancestors, and the widget itself. Then, it appends to this list the name/class pair passed in. The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database, or the default values in the resource list. Then, they are copied into the subpart record. If args is NULL, num_args must be zero. However, if num_args is zero, the argument list is not referenced. .LP The .ZN XtGetApplicationResources function first uses the passed widget, which is usually an application shell, to construct a resource name and class list, Then, it retrieves the resources from the argument list, the resource database, or the resource list default values. After adding base to each address, .ZN XtGetApplicationResources copies the resources into the address given in the resource list. If args is NULL, num_args must be zero. However, if num_args is zero, the argument list is not referenced. The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure as the base argument. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtGetResourceList(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP unicati kêÐX#mÑ—‰*au‰*Ñ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtGetSubvalues.3.so man3/XtSetValues.3 l kê\J#mÑ—‰*`u‰*Ñ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtGetValues.3.3.so man3/XtSetValues.3 l kêˆ\ÿ"mÑ—‰**u‰*Ñ—‰*=./usr/man/man3/XtHasCallbacks.3.so man3/XtCallCallbacks.3 is n kêJ¯þ"m#Ñ—‰*Nu‰*Ñ—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XtInstallAccelerators.3s.so man3/XtParseAcceleratorTable.3 refer kê„Àý"m#Ñ—‰*Ou‰*Ñ—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XtInstallAllAccelerators.33.3.so man3/XtParseAcceleratorTable.3 refer kêkü"mÑ—‰*-u‰*Ñ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtIsComposite.3l.so man3/XtClass.3 elera kêH:û"mÑ—‰*-u‰*Ñ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtIsManaged.33l.so man3/XtClass.3 elera kêøíú"mÑ—‰*Xu‰*Ñ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtIsRealized.3l.so man3/XtRealizeWidget.3 Table kêæ;ù"mÒ—‰*^u‰*Ò—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtIsSensitive.3l.so man3/XtSetSensitive.3 Table kê*êø"mÒ—‰*,u‰*Ò—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtIsSubclass.3l.so man3/XtClass.3 tive. kêÚë`"m)”—‰*@u‰*•—‰*64) 7¤./usr/man/man3/XtMakeGeometryRequest.3..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtMakGReq.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:50 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtMakeGeometryRequest 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtMakeGeometryRequest, XtMakeResizeRequest \- make geometry manager request .SH SYNTAX XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIrequest\fP, \ \fIreply_return\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP; .br XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply_return\fP; .LP XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \ \fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Dimension \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP; .br Dimension *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIreply_return\fP 1i Returns the allowed widget size or may be NULL if the requesting widget is not interested in handling .ZN XtGeometryAlmost . .IP \fIrequest\fP 1i Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width, and stacking order). .ds Wi that is making the request .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i Return the allowed widget width and height. .SH DESCRIPTION Depending on the condition, .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized, it makes the changes and returns .ZN XtGeometryYes . .IP \(bu 5 If the parent is not a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass or the parent's geometry_manager is NULL, it issues an error. .IP \(bu 5 If the widget's being_destroyed field is .ZN True , it returns .ZN XtGeometryNo . .IP \(bu 5 If the widget x, y, width, height and border_width fields are all equal to the requested values, it returns .ZN XtGeometryYes ; otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure with the given parameters. .IP \(bu 5 If the parent's geometry manager returns .ZN XtGeometryYes and if .ZN XtCWQueryOnly is not set in the request_mode and if the widget is realized, .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest calls the .ZN XConfigureWindow Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location, and stacking order as appropriate). .IP \(bu 5 If the geometry manager returns .ZN XtGeometryDone , the change has been approved and actually has been done. In this case, .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest does no configuring and returns .ZN XtGeometryYes . .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest never returns .ZN XtGeometryDone . .LP Otherwise, .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager. .LP Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; thus, .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest always returns .ZN XtGeometryYes when called by a child of a primitive widget. .LP The .ZN XtMakeResizeRequest function, a simple interface to .ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest , creates a .ZN XtWidgetGeometry structure and specifies that width and height should change. The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes (position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request. If the return value is .ZN XtGeometryAlmost , width_return and height_return contain a compromise width and height. If these are acceptable, the widget should immediately make an .ZN XtMakeResizeRequest and request that the compromise width and height be applied. If the widget is not interested in .ZN XtGeometryAlmost replies, it can pass NULL for width_return and height_return. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtConfigureWidget(3Xt), XtQueryGeometery(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP is too  kꀱ÷"m!Ò—‰*Bu‰*Ò—‰*! ./usr/man/man3/XtMakeResizeRequest.33..so man3/XtMakeGeometryRequest.3 ResizeR kê\7_"mw•—‰*Bu‰*•—‰*ú£w Gd./usr/man/man3/XtMalloc.3eReque.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtMalloc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:54 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtMalloc 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtMalloc, XtCalloc, XtRealloc, XtFree, XtNew, XtNewString \- memory management functions .SH SYNTAX char *XtMalloc(\fIsize\fP); .br Cardinal \fIsize\fP; .LP char *XtCalloc(\fInum\fP, \fIsize\fP); .br Cardinal \fInum\fP; .br Cardinal \fIsize\fP; .LP char *XtRealloc(\fIptr\fP, \fInum\fP); .br char *\fIptr\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum\fP; .LP void XtFree(\fIptr\fP); .br char *\fIptr\fP; .LP \fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP); .br \fItype\fP; .LP String XtNewString(\fIstring\fP); .br String \fIstring\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fInum\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes or array elements. .ds Po to the old storage or to the block of storage that is to be freed .IP \fIptr\fP 1i Specifies a pointer \*(Po. .IP \fIsize\fP 1i Specifies the size of an array element (in bytes) or the number of bytes desired. .IP \fIstring\fP 1i Specifies a previously declared string. .IP \fItype\fP 1i Specifies a previously declared data type. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtMalloc functions returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least the specified size bytes. If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, .ZN XtMalloc calls .ZN XtErrorMsg . .LP The .ZN XtCalloc function allocates space for the specified number of array elements of the specified size and initializes the space to zero. If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, .ZN XtCalloc calls .ZN XtErrorMsg . .LP The .ZN XtRealloc function changes the size of a block of storage (possibly moving it). Then, it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block and frees the old block. If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, .ZN XtRealloc calls .ZN XtErrorMsg . If ptr is NULL, .ZN XtRealloc allocates the new storage without copying the old contents; that is, it simply calls .ZN XtMalloc . .LP The .ZN XtFree function returns storage and allows it to be reused. If ptr is NULL, .ZN XtFree returns immediately. .LP .ZN XtNew returns a pointer to the allocated storage. If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, .ZN XtNew calls .ZN XtErrorMsg . .ZN XtNew is a convenience macro that calls .ZN XtMalloc with the following arguments specified: .LP .Ds .TA .5i .ta .5i ((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type)) .De .LP .ZN XtNewString returns a pointer to the allocated storage. If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, .ZN XtNewString calls .ZN XtErrorMsg . .ZN XtNewString is a convenience macro that calls .ZN XtMalloc with the following arguments specified: .LP .Ds .TA .5i .ta .5i (strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned) strlen(str) + 1), str)) .De .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP n kêŒö"mÒ—‰*Fu‰*Ò—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtManageChild.3e.so man3/XtManageChildren.3 lloc kêÆå^"m…•—‰*Eu‰*•—‰*Dd… 3d./usr/man/man3/XtManageChildren.3.33..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtManChild.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:24:57 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtManageChildren 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtManageChildren, XtManageChild, XtUnmanageChildren, XtUnmanageChild \- manage and unmanage children .SH SYNTAX typedef Widget *WidgetList; .sp void XtManageChildren(\fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP) .br WidgetList \fIchildren\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_children\fP; .LP void XtManageChild(\fIchild\fP) .br Widget \fIchild\fP; .LP void XtUnmanageChildren(\fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP) .br WidgetList \fIchildren\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_children\fP; .LP void XtUnmanageChild(\fIchild\fP) .br Widget \fIchild\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIchild\fP 1i Specifies the child. .IP \fIchildren\fP 1i Specifies a list of child widgets. .IP \fInum_children\fP 1i Specifies the number of children. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtManageChildren function performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or if the parent is not a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass . .IP \(bu 5 Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed; otherwise, for each unique child on the list, .ZN XtManageChildren ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed and marks it if not. .IP \(bu 5 If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked, it makes some of the newly managed children viewable: .RS .IP \- 5 Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent. .IP \- 5 Calls .ZN XtRealizeWidget on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized. .IP \- 5 Maps each previously unmanaged child that has map_when_managed .ZN True . .RE .LP Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and independent of creating and deleting children. The layout routine of the parent should consider children whose managed field is .ZN True and should ignore all other children. Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call .ZN XtManageChild from their insert_child procedure. .LP If the parent widget is realized, its change_managed procedure is called to notify it that its set of managed children has changed. The parent can reposition and resize any of its children. It moves each child as needed by calling .ZN XtMoveWidget , which first updates the x and y fields and then calls .ZN XMoveWindow if the widget is realized. .LP The .ZN XtManageChild function constructs a .ZN WidgetList of length one and calls .ZN XtManageChildren . .LP The .ZN XtUnmanageChildren function performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or if the parent is not a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass . .IP \(bu 5 Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed; otherwise, for each unique child on the list, .ZN XtUnmanageChildren performs the following: .RS .IP \- 5 Ignores the child if it already is unmanaged or is being destroyed and marks it if not. .IP \- 5 If the child is realized, it makes it nonvisible by unmapping it. .RE .IP \(bu 5 Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent after all children have been marked if the parent is realized. .LP .ZN XtUnmanageChildren does not destroy the children widgets. Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment, and, some time later, you may manage the children again. .LP The .ZN XtUnmanageChild function constructs a widget list of length one and calls .ZN XtUnmanageChildren . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtMapWidget(3Xt), XtRealizeWidget(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP .i kê0¨]"m¹ •—‰*Hu‰*•—‰*5d¹ ./usr/man/man3/XtMapWidget.3en..\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtMapWid.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:00 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtMapWidget 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtMapWidget, XtSetMappedWhenManaged, XtUnmapWidget \- map and unmap widgets .SH SYNTAX XtMapWidget(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP\^; .LP void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(\fIw\fP, \fImap_when_managed\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Boolean \fImap_when_managed\fP; .LP XtUnmapWidget(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fImap_when_managed\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value of the map_when_managed field. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION If the widget is realized and managed and if the new value of map_when_managed is .ZN True , .ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged maps the window. If the widget is realized and managed and if the new value of map_when_managed is .ZN False , it unmaps the window. .ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than) calling .ZN XtSetValues and setting the new value for the mappedWhenManaged resource. As an alternative to using .ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged to control mapping, a client may set mapped_when_managed to .ZN False and use .ZN XtMapWidget and .ZN XtUnmapWidget explicitly. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtManageChildren(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP alized  kêò•õ"mÒ—‰*Zu‰*Ò—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtMergeArgLists.3.33..so man3/XtSetArg.3 pWid kê°Éô"mÒ—‰*.u‰*Ò—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtMoveWidget.3.3.so man3/XtConfigureWidget.3 1.1 kêÌ\"m•—‰*Iu‰*•—‰*£ ./usr/man/man3/XtNameToWidget.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtNameTWid.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:04 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtNameToWidget 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtNameToWidget, XtWidgetToWindow \- translating strings to widgets or widgets to windows .SH SYNTAX Widget XtNameToWidget(\fIreference\fP, \fInames\fP); .br Widget \fIreference\fP; .br String \fInames\fP; .LP Widget XtWindowToWidget(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwindow\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br Window \fIwindow\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Di \ on which the window is defined .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the display\*(Di. .IP \fInames\fP 1i Specifies the fully qualified name of the desired widget. .IP \fIreference\fP 1i Specifies the widget from which the search is to start. .IP \fIwindow\fP 1i Specify the window for which you want the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtNameToWidget function looks for a widget whose name is the first component in the specified names and that is a pop-up child of reference (or a normal child if reference is a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass ). It then uses that widget as the new reference and repeats the search after deleting the first component from the specified names. If it cannot find the specified widget, .ZN XtNameToWidget returns NULL. .LP Note that the names argument contains the name of a widget with respect to the specified reference widget and can contain more than one widget name (separated by periods) for widgets that are not direct children of the specified reference widget. .LP If more than one child of the reference widget matches the name, .ZN XtNameToWidget can return any of the children. The \*(xI do not require that all children of a widget have unique names. If the specified names contain more than one component and if more than one child matches the first component, .ZN XtNameToWidget can return NULL if the single branch that it follows does not contain the named widget. That is, .ZN XtNameToWidget does not back up and follow other matching branches of the widget tree. .LP The .ZN XtWindowToWidget function translates the specified window and display pointer into the appropriate widget instance. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ÿá kêþIó"mÒ—‰*Du‰*Ò—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtNew.3W.so man3/XtMalloc.3 meTW kêÈ‹ò"mÒ—‰*Eu‰*Ó—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtNewString.3.3.so man3/XtMalloc.3 meTW kê ñ"mÓ—‰*Ku‰*Ó—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtNumber.3.3.3.so man3/XtOffset.3 meTW kêd["m½ •—‰*Ku‰*•—‰*<£½ ./usr/man/man3/XtOffset.3.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtOffset.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:06 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtOffset 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtOffset, XtNumber \- determine the byte offset or number of array elements .SH SYNTAX Cardinal XtOffset(\fIpointer_type\fP, \fIfield_name\fP) .br Type \fIpointer_type\fP; .br Field \fIfield_name\fP; .LP Cardinal XtNumber(\fIarray\fP) .br ArrayVariable \fIarray\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIarray\fP 1i Specifies a fixed-size array. .IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i Specifies the name of the field for which to calculate the byte offset. .IP \fIpointer_type\fP 1i Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to the structure. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtOffset macro is usually used to determine the offset of various resource fields from the beginning of a widget and can be used at compile time in static initializations. .LP The .ZN XtNumber macro returns the number of elements in the specified argument lists, resources lists, and other counted arrays. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtGetResourceList(3Xt), XtSetArg(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP w r kê|>ð"mÓ—‰*:u‰*Ó—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtOpenDisplay.3.so man3/XtDisplayInitialize.3 1 kê(.ï"m#Ó—‰*Qu‰*Ó—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XtOverrideTranslations.3.so man3/XtParseTranslationTable.3 X ) M kêä"Z"m„–—‰*Lu‰*–—‰*QÁ„ >Á./usr/man/man3/XtOwnSelection.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtOwnSel.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:09 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtOwnSelection 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtOwnSelection, XtDisownSelection \- set selection owner .SH SYNTAX Boolean XtOwnSelection(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP, \ \fIconvert_proc\fP, \fIlose_selection\fP, \fIdone_proc\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Atom \fIselection\fP; .br Time \fItime\fP; .br XtConvertSelectionProc \fIconvert_proc\fP; .br XtLoseSelectionProc \fIlose_selection\fP; .br XtSelectionDoneProc \fIdone_proc\fP; .LP void XtDisownSelection(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Atom \fIselection\fP; .br Time \fItime\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIconvert_proc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever someone requests the current value of the selection. .IP \fIdone_proc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is called after the requestor has received the selection or NULL if the owner is not interested in being called back. .IP \fIlose_selection\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever the widget has lost selection ownership or NULL if the owner is not interested in being called back. .IP \fIselection\fP 1i Specifies an atom that describes the type of the selection (for example, .ZN XA_PRIMARY , .ZN XA_SECONDARY , or .ZN XA_CLIPBOARD ). .ds Ti ownership should commence or is to be relinquished .IP \fItime\fP 1i Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti. .ds Wi that wishes to become the owner or to relinquish ownership .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtOwnSelection function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that a widget believes it owns a selection. It returns .ZN True if the widget has successfully become the owner and .ZN False otherwise. The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget. Note that widgets can lose selection ownership either because someone else asserted later ownership of the selection or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection. Also note that the lose_selection procedure is not called if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place. .LP The .ZN XtDisownSelection function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection. If the widget does not currently own the selection either because it lost the selection or because it never had the selection to begin with, .ZN XtDisownSelection does nothing. .LP After a widget has called .ZN XtDisownSelection , its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection. However, its done procedure will be called if a conversion that started before the call to .ZN XtDisownSelection finishes after the call to .ZN XtDisownSelection . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(3Xt), XtGetSelectionValue(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP .\\ kêj«î"mÓ—‰*7u‰*Ó—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtParent.3ion.3.so man3/XtDisplay.3 a  kêÄáY"m* –—‰*Mu‰*–—‰*WÁ* ./usr/man/man3/XtParseAcceleratorTable.33.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtParATab.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:12 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtParseAcceleratorTable 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtParseAcceleratorTable, XtInstallAccelerators, XtInstallAllAccelerators \- managing accelerator tables .SH SYNTAX XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(\fIsource\fP) .br String \fIsource\fP; .LP void XtInstallAccelerators(\fIdestination\fP, \fIsource\fP) .br Widget \fIdestination\fP; .br Widget \fIsource\fP; .LP void XtInstallAllAccelerators(\fIdestination\fP, \fIsource\fP) .br Widget \fIdestination\fP; .br Widget \fIsource\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds So to compile .IP \fIsource\fP 1i Specifies the accelerator table \*(So. .IP \fIdestination\fP 1i Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. .ds Sr widget or the root widget of the widget tree .IP \fIsource\fP 1i Specifies the \*(Sr from which the accelerators are to come. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtParseAcceleratorTable function compiles the accelerator table into the opaque internal representation. .LP The .ZN XtInstallAccelerators function installs the accelerators from source onto destination by augmenting the destination translations with the source accelerators. If the source display_accelerator method is non-NULL, .ZN XtInstallAccelerators calls it with the source widget and a string representation of the accelerator table, which indicates that its accelerators have been installed and that it should display them appropriately. The string representation of the accelerator table is its canonical translation table representation. .LP The .ZN XtInstallAllAccelerators function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at source and installs the accelerators of each widget encountered onto destination. A common use os to call .ZN XtInstallAllAccelerators and pass the application main window as the source. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtParseTranslationTable(1) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP is wid kêX"md–—‰*Ou‰*–—‰*Xd ./usr/man/man3/XtParseTranslationTable.33.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtParTTab.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:14 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtParseTranslationTable 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtParseTranslationTable, XtAugmentTranslations, XtOverrideTranslations, XtUninstallTranslations \- manage translation tables .SH SYNTAX XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(\fItable\fP) .br String \fItable\fP; .LP void XtAugmentTranslations(\fIw\fP, \fItranslations\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP; .LP void XtOverrideTranslations(\fIw\fP, \fItranslations\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP; .LP void XtUninstallTranslations(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fItable\fP 1i Specifies the translation table to compile. .IP \fItranslations\fP 1i Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in (must not be NULL). .ds Wi into which the new translations are to be merged or removed .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtParseTranslationTable function compiles the translation table into the opaque internal representation of type .ZN XtTranslations . Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose, one can be obtained by calling .ZN XtParseTranslationTable and passing an empty string. .LP The .ZN XtAugmentTranslations function nondestructively merges the new translations into the existing widget translations. If the new translations contain an event or event sequence that already exists in the widget's translations, the new translation is ignored. .LP The .ZN XtOverrideTranslations function destructively merges the new translations into the existing widget translations. If the new translations contain an event or event sequence that already exists in the widget's translations, the new translation is merged in and override the widget's translation. .LP To replace a widget's translations completely, use .ZN XtSetValues on the XtNtranslations resource and specifiy a compiled translation table as the value. .LP The .ZN XtUninstallTranslations function causes the entire translation table for widget to be removed. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppAddActions(3Xt), XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt), XtParseAcceleratorTable(3Xt), XtPopup(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP rbÜ kê]W"m0–—‰*Ru‰*–—‰*VÁ0 MÁ./usr/man/man3/XtPopdown.3latio.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtPopdown.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:18 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtPopdown 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtPopdown, XtCallbackPopdown, MenuPopdown \- unmap a pop-up .SH SYNTAX void XtPopdown(\fIpopup_shell\fP) .br Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP; .LP void XtCallbackPopdown(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .br XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; .LP void MenuPopdown(\fIshell_name\fP) .br String \fIshell_name\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i Specifies the callback data, which is not used by this procedure. .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies a pointer to the .ZN XtPopdownID structure. .ds Ps \ to pop down .IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i Specifies the widget shell\*(Ps. .ds Sn down .IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i Specifies the name of the widget shell to pop \*(Sn. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtPopdown function performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XtCheckSubclass .\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass) to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of .ZN Shell . .IP \(bu 5 Checks that popup_shell is currently popped_up; otherwise, it generates an error. .IP \(bu 5 Unmaps popup_shell's window. .IP \(bu 5 If popup_shell's grab_kind is either .ZN XtGrabNonexclusive or .ZN XtGrabExclusive , it calls .ZN XtRemoveGrab . .\".ZN XtRemoveGrab(popup_shell) .IP \(bu 5 Sets pop-up shell's popped_up field to .ZN False . .IP \(bu 5 Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popdown_callback list. .LP The .ZN XtCallbackPopdown function casts the client data parameter to an .ZN XtPopdownID pointer: .LP .Ds 0 .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i typedef struct { Widget shell_widget; Widget enable_widget; } XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID; .De The shell_widget is the pop-up shell to pop down, and the enable_widget is the widget that was used to pop it up. .LP .ZN XtCallbackPopdown calls .ZN XtPopdown with the specified shell_widget and then calls .ZN XtSetSensitive to resensitize the enable_widget. .LP If a shell name is not given, .ZN MenuPopdown calls .ZN XtPopdown with the widget for which the translation is specified. If a shell_name is specified in the translation table, .ZN MenuPopdown tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the parent of the widget in which it is invoked. If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of that parent, it pops down the shell; otherwise, it moves up the parent chain as needed. If .ZN MenuPopdown gets to the application top-level shell widget and cannot find a matching shell, it generates an error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt), XtPopup(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP kêœV"m’——‰*Su‰*——‰*Á’ NÁ./usr/man/man3/XtPopup.33latio.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtPopup.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:21 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtPopup 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtPopup, XtCallbackNone, XtCallbackNonexclusive, XtCallbackExclusive, MenuPopup \- map a pop-up .SH SYNTAX void XtPopup(\fIpopup_shell\fP, \fIgrab_kind\fP) .br Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP; .br XtGrabKind \fIgrab_kind\fP; .LP void XtCallbackNone(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .br XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; .LP void XtCallbackNonexclusive(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .br XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; .LP void XtCallbackExclusive(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; .br XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; .LP void MenuPopup(\fIshell_name\fP) .br String \fIshell_name\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i Specifies the callback data, which is not used by this procedure. .IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i Specifies the pop-up shell. .IP \fIgrab_kind\fP 1i Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained. .IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i Specifies the widget shell\*(Ps. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtPopup function performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XtCheckSubclass .\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass) to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of .ZN Shell . .IP \(bu 5 Generates an error if the shell's popped_up field is already .ZN True . .IP \(bu 5 Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list. .IP \(bu 5 Sets the shell popped_up field to .ZN True , the shell spring_loaded field to .ZN False , and the shell grab_kind field from grab_kind. .IP \(bu 5 If the shell's create_popup_child field is non-NULL, .ZN XtPopup calls it with popup_shell as the parameter. .IP \(bu 5 If grab_kind is either .ZN XtGrabNonexclusive or .ZN XtGrabExclusive , it calls: .LP .Ds XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), False) .De .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XtRealizeWidget with popup_shell specified. .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XMapWindow with popup_shell specified. .LP The .ZN XtCallbackNone , .ZN XtCallbackNonexclusive , and .ZN XtCallbackExclusive functions call .ZN XtPopup with the shell specified by the client data argument and grab_kind set as the name specifies. .ZN XtCallbackNone , .ZN XtCallbackNonexclusive , and .ZN XtCallbackExclusive specify .ZN XtGrabNone , .ZN XtGrabNonexclusive , and .ZN XtGrabExclusive , respectively. Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list to be insensitive by using .ZN XtSetSensitive . Using these functions in callbacks is not required. In particular, an application must provide customized code for callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than desensitizing the button. .LP .ZN MenuPopup is known to the translation manager, which must perform special actions for spring-loaded pop-ups. Calls to .ZN MenuPopup in a translation specification are mapped into calls to a nonexported action procedure, and the translation manager fills in parameters based on the event specified on the left-hand side of a translation. .LP If .ZN MenuPopup is invoked on .ZN ButtonPress (possibly with modifiers), the translation manager pops up the shell with grab_kind set to .ZN XtGrabExclusive and spring_loaded set to .ZN True . If .ZN MenuPopup is invoked on .ZN EnterWindow (possibly with modifiers), the translation manager pops up the shell with grab_kind set to .ZN XtGrabNonexclusive and spring_loaded set to .ZN False . Otherwise, the translation manager generates an error. When the widget is popped up, the following actions occur: .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XtCheckSubclass .\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass) to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of .ZN Shell . .IP \(bu 5 Generates an error if the shell's popped_up field is already .ZN True . .IP \(bu 5 Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list. .IP \(bu 5 Sets the shell popped_up field to .ZN True and the shell grab_kind and spring_loaded fields appropriately. .IP \(bu 5 If the shell's create_popup_child field is non-NULL, it is called with popup_shell as the parameter. .IP \(bu 5 Calls: .LP .Ds XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), spring_loaded) .De .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XtRealizeWidget with popup_shell specified. .IP \(bu 5 Calls .ZN XMapWindow with popup_shell specified. .LP (Note that these actions are the same as those for .ZN XtPopup .) .ZN MenuPopup tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at the parent of the widget in which it is invoked. If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of that parent, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters. Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain as needed. If .ZN MenuPopup gets to the application widget and cannot find a matching shell, it generates an error. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt), XtPopdown(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP d by t kêø—U"mf ——‰*Vu‰*——‰*½•f ./usr/man/man3/XtQueryGeometry.3Table.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtQueryGeo.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:24 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtQueryGeometry 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtQueryGeometry \- query the preferred geometry of a child widget .SH SYNTAX XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(\fIw\fP, \fIintended\fP, \ \fIpreferred_return\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP\^; .br XtWidgetGeometry *\fIintended\fP, *\fIpreferred_return\fP\^; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIintended\fP 1i Specifies any changes the parent plans to make to the child's geometry or NULL. .IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1i Returns the child widget's preferred geometry. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION To discover a child's preferred geometry, the child's parent sets any changes that it intends to make to the child's geometry in the corresponding fields of the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in intended.request_mode, and calls .ZN XtQueryGeometry . .LP .ZN XtQueryGeometry clears all bits in the preferred_return->request_mode and checks the query_geometry field of the specified widget's class record. If query_geometry is not NULL, .ZN XtQueryGeometry calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the specified widget, intended, and preferred_return structures. If the intended argument is NULL, .ZN XtQueryGeometry replaces it with a pointer to an .ZN XtWidgetGeometry structure with request_mode=0 before calling query_geometry. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtConfigureWidget(3Xt), XtMakeGeometryRequest(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP P  kêd_T"m‰——‰*Wu‰*——‰*옉 ./usr/man/man3/XtRealizeWidget.3Table.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtRealize.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:26 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtRealizeWidget 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtRealizeWidget, XtIsRealized, XtUnrealizeWidget \- realize and unrealize widgets .SH SYNTAX void XtRealizeWidget(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP Boolean XtIsRealized(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .LP void XtUnrealizeWidget(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION If the widget is already realized, .ZN XtRealizeWidget simply returns. Otherwise, it performs the following: .IP \(bu 5 Binds all action names in the widget's translation table to procedures (see Section 10.1.2). .IP \(bu 5 Makes a post-order traversal of the widget tree rooted at the specified widget and calls the change_managed procedure of each composite widget that has one or more managed children. .IP \(bu 5 Constructs an .ZN XSetWindowAttributes structure filled in with information derived from the .ZN Core widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget, which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window. .IP \(bu 5 If the widget is not a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass , .ZN XtRealizeWidget returns; otherwise, it continues and performs the following: .RS .IP \- 5 Descends recursively to each of the widget's managed children and calls the realize procedures. Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing those children themselves. .IP \- 5 Maps all of the managed children windows that have mapped_when_managed .ZN True . (If a widget is managed but mapped_when_managed is .ZN False , the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed. Some people seem to like this to indicate certain states.) .RE .LP If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and mapped_when_managed is .ZN True , .ZN XtRealizeWidget maps the widget window. .LP The .ZN XtIsRealized function returns .ZN True if the widget has been realized, that is, if the widget has a nonzero X window ID. .LP Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to operate differently after the widget has been realized. .LP The .ZN XtUnrealizeWidget function destroys the windows of an existing widget and all of its children (recursively down the widget tree). To recreate the windows at a later time, call .ZN XtRealizeWidget again. If the widget was managed, it will be unmanaged automatically before its window is freed. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtManageChildren(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP .ZN Xt kêÈ’í"mÓ—‰*Du‰*Ó—‰*./usr/man/man3/XtRealloc.3get.3.so man3/XtMalloc.3 aliz kêJùì"mÓ—‰*\u‰*Ó—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtRegisterCaseConverter.33.3.so man3/XtSetKeyTranslator.3 1. kê@uë"mÓ—‰*=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtSetArg 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtSetArg, XtMergeArgLists \- set and merge ArgLists .SH SYNTAX XtSetArg(\fIarg\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIvalue\fP) .br Arg \fIarg\fP; .br String \fIname\fP; .br XtArgVal \fIvalue\fP; .LP ArgList XtMergeArgLists(\fIargs1\fP, \fInum_args1\fP, \fIargs2\fP, \ \fInum_args2\fP) .br ArgList \fIargs1\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args1\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs2\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args2\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIarg\fP 1i Specifies the name-value pair to set. .IP \fIargs1\fP 1i Specifies the first .ZN ArgList . .IP \fIargs2\fP 1i Specifies the second .ZN ArgList . .IP \fInum_args1\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the first argument list. .IP \fInum_args2\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the second argument list. .IP \fIname\fP 1i Specifies the name of the resource. .IP \fIvalue\fP 1i Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an .ZN XtArgVal or the address. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtSetArg function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example: .LP .Ds .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i Arg args[20]; int n; n = 0; XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100); n++; XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200); n++; XtSetValues(widget, args, n); .De .LP Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list and use .ZN XtNumber : .LP .Ds .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i static Args args[] = { {XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100}, {XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200}, }; XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args)); .De .LP Note that you should not use auto-increment or auto-decrement within the first argument to .ZN XtSetArg . .ZN XtSetArg can be implemented as a macro that dereferences the first argument twice. .LP The .ZN XtMergeArgLists function allocates enough storage to hold the combined .ZN ArgList structures and copies them into it. Note that it does not check for duplicate entries. When it is no longer needed, free the returned storage by using .ZN XtFree . .SH "SEE ALSO" XtOffset(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ntl kêÆ.R"m$——‰*[u‰*——‰*Ò¥$ Ð¥./usr/man/man3/XtSetKeyTranslator.3er.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtSetKTr.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:36 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtSetKeyTranslator 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtSetKeyTranslator, XtTranslateKeycode, XtRegisterCaseConverter, XtConvertCase \- convert KeySym to KeyCodes .SH SYNTAX void XtSetKeyTranslator(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIproc\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br XtKeyProc \fIproc\fP; .LP void XtTranslateKeycode(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \ \fImodifiers_return\fP, \fIkeysym_return\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP; .br Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; .br Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP; .br KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP; .LP void XtRegisterCaseConverter(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIstart\fP, \fIstop\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br XtCaseProc \fIproc\fP; .br KeySym \fIstart\fP; .br KeySym \fIstop\fP; .LP void XtConvertCase(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP, \fIlower_return\fP, \ \fIupper_return\fP) .br Display *\fIdisplay\fP; .br KeySym \fIkeysym\fP; .br KeySym *\fIlower_return\fP; .br KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Di .IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i Specifies the display\*(Di. .IP \fIkeycode\fP 1i Specifies the KeyCode to translate. .IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i Specifies the KeySym to convert. .IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1i Returns the resulting KeySym. .IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym. .IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym. .IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode. .IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1i Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used to generate the KeySym. .ds Pr \ to perform key translations or conversions .IP \fIproc\fP 1i Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr. .IP \fIstart\fP 1i Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid. .IP \fIstop\fP 1i Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtSetKeyTranslator function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator. The default translator is .ZN XtTranslateKey , an .ZN XtKeyProc that uses Shift and Lock modifiers with the interpretations defined by the core protocol. It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator can be reinstalled. .LP The .ZN XtTranslateKeycode function passes the specified arguments directly to the currently registered KeyCode to KeySym translator. .LP The .ZN XtRegisterCaseConverter registers the specified case converter. The start and stop arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms for which this converter is to be called. The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range. No interface exists to remove converters; you need to register an identity converter. When a new converter is registered, the \*(xI refreshes the keyboard state if necessary. The default converter understands case conversion for all KeySyms defined in the core protocol. .LP The .ZN XtConvertCase function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results. A user-supplied .ZN XtKeyProc may need to use this function. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP s 2  kê.OQ"mC ——‰*Zu‰*——‰*=¥C ./usr/man/man3/XtSetKeyboardFocus.3er.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtSetKFoc.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:33 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtSetKeyboardFocus 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtSetKeyboardFocus \- focus events on a child widget .SH SYNTAX XtSetKeyboardFocus(\fIsubtree\fP\, \fIdescendant\fP) .br Widget \fIsubtree\fP, \fIdescendant\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIdescendant\fP 1i Specifies either the widget in the subtree structure which is to receive the keyboard event, or .ZN None . Note that it is not an error to specify .ZN None when no input focus was previously set. .ds Wi for which the keyboard focus is to be set .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget \*(Wi. .SH DESCRIPTION If a future .ZN KeyPress or .ZN KeyRelease event occurs within the specified subtree, .ZN XtSetKeyboardFocus causes .ZN XtDispatchEvent to remap and send the event to the specified descendant widget. .LP When there is no modal cascade, keyboard events can occur within a widget W in one of three ways: .IP \(bu 5 W has the X input focus. .IP \(bu 5 W has the keyboard focus of one of its ancestors, and the event occurs within the ancestor or one of the ancestor's descendants. .IP \(bu 5 No ancestor of W has a descendant within the keyboard focus, and the pointer is within W. .LP When there is a modal cascade, a widget W receives keyboard events if an ancestor of W is in the active subset of the modal cascade and one or more of the previous conditions is .ZN True . .LP When subtree or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would now be delivered to subtree, a .ZN FocusIn event is generated for the descendant if .ZN FocusNotify events have been selected by the descendant. Similarly, when W loses the X input focus or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a .ZN FocusOut event is generated for descendant if .ZN FocusNotify events have been selected by the descendant. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtCallAcceptFocus(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP sets kêdbß"mÕ—‰*Hu‰*Õ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.3.so man3/XtMapWidget.3 o kêÒXP"mi ˜—‰*^u‰*˜—‰*Ù¥i ./usr/man/man3/XtSetSensitive.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtSetSens.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:40 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtSetSensitive 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtSetSensitive, XtIsSensitive \- set and check a widget's sensitivity state .SH SYNTAX void XtSetSensitive(\fIw\fP, \fIsensitive\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Boolean \fIsensitive\fP; .LP Boolean XtIsSensitive(\fIw\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIsensitive\fP 1i Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the widget should receive keyboard and pointer events. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtSetSensitive function first calls .ZN XtSetValues on the current widget with an argument list specifying that the sensitive field should change to the new value. It then recursively propagates the new value down the managed children tree by calling .ZN XtSetValues on each child to set the ancestor_sensitive to the new value if the new values for sensitive and the child's ancestor_sensitive are not the same. .LP .ZN XtSetSensitive calls .ZN XtSetValues to change sensitive and ancestor_sensitive. Therefore, when one of these changes, the widget's set_values procedure should take whatever display actions are needed (for example, greying out or stippling the widget). .LP .ZN XtSetSensitive maintains the invariant that if parent has either sensitive or ancestor_sensitive .ZN False , then all children have ancestor_sensitive .ZN False . .LP The .ZN XtIsSensitive function returns .ZN True or .ZN False to indicate whether or not user input events are being dispatched. If both core.sensitive and core.ancestor_sensitive are .ZN True , .ZN XtIsSensitive returns .ZN True ; otherwise, it returns .ZN False . .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP rd focu kê Þ"mÕ—‰*`u‰*Õ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtSetSubvalues.3.so man3/XtSetValues.3 n kêzÞO"m¶˜—‰*_u‰*˜—‰*d¶ B¥./usr/man/man3/XtSetValues.3.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtSetVal.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:42 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtSetValues 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtSetValues, XtSetSubvalues, XtGetValues, XtGetSubvalues \- obtain and set widget resources .SH SYNTAX void XtSetValues(\fIw\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .LP void XtSetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \ \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br XtPointer \fIbase\fP; .br XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .LP void XtGetValues(\fIw\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .LP void XtGetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \ \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) .br XtPointer \fIbase\fP; .br XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; .br ArgList \fIargs\fP; .br Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .ds Al of name/address pairs that contain the resource name \ and either the address into which the resource value is to be stored \ or their new values .IP \fIargs\fP 1i Specifies the argument list \*(Al. .ds Ba retrieved or written .IP \fIbase\fP 1i Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources should be \*(Ba. .IP \fInum_args\fP 1i Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list. .IP \fIresources\fP 1i Specifies the nonwidget resource list or values. .IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i Specifies the number of resources in the resource list. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtSetValues function starts with the resources specified for the .ZN Core widget fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the widget. At each stage, it writes the new value (if specified by one of the arguments) or the existing value (if no new value is specified) to a new widget data record. .ZN XtSetValues then calls the set_values procedures for the widget in superclass-to-subclass order. .IN "hook" If the widget has any non-NULL set_values_hook fields, these are called immediately after the corresponding set_values procedure. This procedure permits subclasses to set nonwidget data for .ZN XtSetValues . .LP If the widget's parent is a subclass of .ZN constraintWidgetClass , .ZN XtSetValues also updates the widget's constraints. It starts with the constraint resources specified for .ZN constraintWidgetClass and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class. At each stage, it writes the new value or the existing value to a new constraint record. It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from .ZN constraintWidgetClass down to the parent's class. The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments, as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint record arguments, so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based on full information about the widget. .LP .ZN XtSetValues determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the current widget to the new widget. If any geometry changes are required, it makes the request, and the geometry manager returns .ZN XtGeometryYes , .ZN XtGeometryAlmost , or .ZN XtGeometryNo . If .ZN XtGeometryYes , .ZN XtSetValues calls the widget's resize procedure. If .ZN XtGeometryNo , .ZN XtSetValues resets the geometry fields to their original values. If .ZN XtGeometryAlmost , .ZN XtSetValues calls the set_values_almost procedure, which determines what should be done and writes new values for the geometry fields into the new widget. .ZN XtSetValues then repeats this process, deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called. .LP Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned .ZN True , .ZN XtSetValues causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling the Xlib .ZN XClearArea function on the widget's window. .LP The .ZN XtSetSubvalues function stores resources into the structure identified by base. .LP The .ZN XtGetValues function starts with the resources specified for the core widget fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the widget. The value field of a passed argument list should contain the address into which to store the corresponding resource value. It is the caller's responsibility to allocate and deallocate this storage according to the size of the resource representation type used within the widget. .LP If the widget's parent is a subclass of .ZN constraintWidgetClass , .ZN XtGetValues then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested. It starts with the constraint resources specified for .ZN constraintWidgetClass and proceeds down to the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources. If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the resource lists searched, the value at the corresponding address is not modified. .IN "hook" Finally, if the get_values_hook procedures are non-NULL, they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after all the resource values have been fetched by .ZN XtGetValues . This permits a subclass to provide nonwidget resource data to .ZN XtGetValues . .LP The .ZN XtGetSubvalues function obtains resource values from the structure identified by base. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP ve kêr…N"mϘ—‰*au‰*˜—‰*£Ï ./usr/man/man3/XtStringConversionWarning.33.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtStrCW.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:45 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtStringConversionWarning 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtStringConversionWarning \- issue a conversion warning message .SH SYNTAX void XtStringConversionWarning(\fIsrc\fP, \fIdst_type\fP) .br String \fIsrc\fP, \fIdst_type\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIsrc\fP 1i Specifies the string that could not be converted. .IP \fIdst_type\fP 1i Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted. .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtStringConversionWarning function issues a warning message with name ``conversionError'', type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string ``Cannot convert "\fIsrc\fP" to type \fIdst_type\fP''. .SH "SEE ALSO" XtAppAddConverter(3Xt), XtAppErrorMsg(3t), XtConvert(3Xt) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP e kêjkÝ"mÕ—‰*+u‰*Õ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtSuperClass.3io.so man3/XtClass.3 trCW. kê\Ü"m&Õ—‰*3u‰*Õ—‰*& ./usr/man/man3/XtToolkitInitialize.3ing.so man3/XtCreateApplicationContext.3 Mo kêÑM"m> ˜—‰*bu‰*˜—‰* £> ./usr/man/man3/XtTranslateCoordinates.3.\"$SCCSID( @(#)XtTransC.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:48 7/17/92 .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics .ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface .ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface .ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual .ds Rn 3 .ds Vn 2.2 .hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get .na .de Ds .nf .\\$1D \\$2 \\$1 .ft 1 .ps \\n(PS .\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu .\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp .. .de De .ce 0 .if \\n(BD .DF .nr BD 0 .in \\n(OIu .if \\n(TM .ls 2 .sp \\n(DDu .fi .. .de FD .LP .KS .TA .5i 3i .ta .5i 3i .nf .. .de FN .fi .KE .LP .. .de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr .. .de C{ .KS .nf .D .\" .\" choose appropriate monospace font .\" the imagen conditional, 480, .\" may be changed to L if LB is too .\" heavy for your eyes... .\" .ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L .el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO .el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW .el .ft R .ps \\n(PS .ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu .el .vs \\n(VSp .. .de C} .DE .R .. .de Pn .ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3 .el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3 .. .de ZN .ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2 .el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2 .. .de NT .ne 7 .ds NO Note .if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2 .if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1 .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .TB .ce \\*(NO .ie n .sp .el .sp 5p .if '\\$1'C' .ce 99 .if '\\$2'C' .ce 99 .in +5n .ll -5n .R .. . \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85 .de NE .ce 0 .in -5n .ll +5n .ie n .sp .el .sp 10p .. .ny0 .TH XtTranslateCoordinates 3Xt "Release 3" "X Version 11" "XT FUNCTIONS" .SH NAME XtTranslateCoordinates \- translate widget coordinates .SH SYNTAX void XtTranslateCoords(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIrootx_return\fP, \ \fIrooty_return\fP) .br Widget \fIw\fP; .br Position \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP; .br Position *\fIrootx_return\fP, *\fIrooty_return\fP; .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fIrootx_return\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIrooty_return\fP 1i Returns the root-relative x and y coordinates. .ds Nu widget-relative .IP \fIx\fP 1i .br .ns .IP \fIy\fP 1i Specify the \*(Nu x and y coordinates. .IP \fIw\fP 1i Specifies the widget. .SH DESCRIPTION While .ZN XtTranslateCoords is similar to the Xlib .ZN XTranslateCoordinates function, it does not generate a server request because all the required information already is in the widget's data structures. .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br \fI\*(xL\fP s_ kêä±Û"mÕ—‰*\u‰*Õ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtTranslateKeycode.3s.3.so man3/XtSetKeyTranslator.3 .1 kêéÚ"m#Õ—‰*Qu‰*Õ—‰*# ./usr/man/man3/XtUninstallTranslations.333.3.so man3/XtParseTranslationTable.3 X ) M kê Ù"mÕ—‰*Gu‰*Õ—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtUnmanageChild.3tions.3.so man3/XtManageChildren.3 able kêÜ:Ø"mÖ—‰*Gu‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtUnmanageChildren.3ns.3.so man3/XtManageChildren.3 able kêlX×"mÖ—‰*Iu‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtUnmapWidget.3e.so man3/XtMapWidget.3 e kêÄDÖ"mÖ—‰*Xu‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtUnrealizeWidget.3ns.3.so man3/XtRealizeWidget.3 able kêøÞÕ"m&Ö—‰*2u‰*Ö—‰*& ./usr/man/man3/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.33.so man3/XtCreateApplicationContext.3 M kê RÔ"mÖ—‰*Ju‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtWidgetToWindow.3onCont.so man3/XtNameToWidget.3 onCont kê ˆÓ"mÖ—‰*8u‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XtWindow.3indow..so man3/XtDisplay.3 et. kê–®Ò"mÖ—‰*u‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XwcDrawImageString.3Cont.so man3/XmbDrawImageString.3 nt kê° Ñ"mÖ—‰*u‰*Ö—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XwcDrawString.3n.so man3/XmbDrawString.3 ng.3 nt kêxQÐ"m×—‰*u‰*×—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XwcDrawText.33n.so man3/XmbDrawText.3 3 kê$Ï"m%×—‰*Ût‰*×—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XwcFreeStringList.3Cont.so man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3 M kêø:Î"m×—‰*u‰*×—‰*./usr/man/man3/XwcLookupString.33Cont.so man3/XmbLookupString.3 roper kêfÍ"m×—‰* u‰*×—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XwcResetIC.3ng.3.so man3/XmbResetIC.3 ng kêx£Ì"m×—‰* u‰*×—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextEscapement.3Cont.so man3/XmbTextEscapement.3 per kêþ!Ë"m×—‰* u‰*×—‰* ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextExtents.3.so man3/XmbTextExtents.3 .3 per kêt©Ê"m%×—‰*Ùt‰*×—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextListToTextProperty.3.33.so man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3 M kê_É"m!Ø—‰* u‰*Ø—‰*! ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextPerCharExtents.3y.so man3/XmbTextPerCharExtents.3 y.3 M kêzÓÈ"m%Ø—‰*Út‰*Ø—‰*% ./usr/man/man3/XwcTextPropertyToTextList.3.33.so man3/XmbTextListToTextProperty.3 M kêÎ^%íAbŽ‰*ç—‰*ç—‰*¢K T./usr/man/mannX kê.¼Ç"myØ—‰*·s‰*Ø—‰*üy ÿ./usr/man/mann/XConsortium.nyTo.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Consortium.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:23 7/17/92 .TH XCONSORTIUM 1 "Release 5" "X Version 11" .SH NAME MIT X Consortium .SH SYNOPSIS Release 5 of X Version 11 is brought to you by the MIT X Consortium. .SH DESCRIPTION X Window System research began in the summer of 1984 at MIT as an informal joint undertaking between the Laboratory for Computer Science and Project Athena. Since that time, researchers and engineers at numerous other universities and companies have been involved in the design and implementation. .PP The MIT X Consortium was formed in January of 1988 to further the development of the X Window System. It is part of the Laboratory for Computer Science at MIT, and has as its major goal the promotion of cooperation within the computer industry in the creation of standard software interfaces at all layers in the X Window System environment. MIT's role is to provide the vendor-neutral architectural and administrative leadership required to make this work. The Consortium is financially self-supporting, with membership open to any organization. There are two categories of membership, Member (for large organizations) and Affiliate (for smaller organizations). A list of members as of the release of X11R5 is given below. .PP The Director of the X Consortium acts as the ultimate architect for all X specifications and software. The activities of the Consortium are overseen by an MIT Steering Committee, which helps set policy and provides strategic guidance and review of the Consortium's activities. An Advisory Committee made up of member representatives meets regularly to review the Consortium's plans, assess its progress, and suggest future directions. .PP Most of the Consortium's activities take place via electronic mail, with meetings when required. As designs and specifications take shape, interest groups are formed from experts in the participating organizations. Typically a small multi-organization architecture team leads the design, with others acting as close observers and reviewers. Once a complete specification is produced, it may be submitted for formal technical review by the Consortium as a proposed standard. The standards process includes public review (outside the Consortium) and a demonstration of proof of concept, typically established with a public, portable implementation of the specification, (although other methods are possible on a case by case basis). .PP The MIT staff of the Consortium also maintains a software and documentation collection, containing both Consortium-developed and user-contributed materials, and endeavors to make periodic distributions of this collection available to the public without license and for a minimal fee. X11R5 is the fifth such distribution. The Consortium also sponsors an annual conference, open to the public, to promote the exchange of technical information about X. .SH STAFF The Director of the X Consortium is Bob Scheifler, rws@expo.lcs.mit.edu. The MIT staff members are as follows. .nf Donna Converse, converse@expo.lcs.mit.edu Stephen Gildea, gildea@expo.lcs.mit.edu Susan Hardy, sh@expo.lcs.mit.edu Jay Hersh, hersh@expo.lcs.mit.edu Keith Packard, keith@expo.lcs.mit.edu Dave Sternlicht, dave@expo.lcs.mit.edu .fi Ralph Swick, an employee of Digital Equipment Corporation working at MIT Project Athena, also worked directly with the Consortium staff on this release. Former MIT staff members Jim Fulton and Chris Peterson contributed to the early development of the release. .SH "POSTAL ADDRESS" The MIT X Consortium can be reached by writing to .nf Bob Scheifler MIT X Consortium Laboratory for Computer Science 545 Technology Square Cambridge, MA 02139 .fi .SH MEMBERS .nf Apple Computer, Inc. Bull S.A. Control Data Corporation Convex Computer Corporation Cray Research, Inc. Data General Corporation Digital Equipment Corp. E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Company, Inc. Eastman Kodak Company Evans & Sutherland Fujitsu Limited Hewlett-Packard Company Hitachi Ltd. Hughes Aircraft Company IBM Corporation Intergraph Corp. Kubota Corp. Matsushita Electric Industrical Co., Ltd. MIPS Computer Systems Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Motorola, Inc. NCR Corporation NEC Corporation Network Computing Devices Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. Olivetti Systems & Networks OMRON Corporation Prime Computer, Inc. The Santa Cruz Operation, Inc. Sequent Computer Systems Inc. Siemens Nixdorf Informationssysteme AG Silicon Graphics, Inc. Sony Corporation Sun Microsystems, Inc. Tandberg Data A/S Tektronix, Inc. Texas Instruments, Inc. Unisys Corporation Unix Systems Laboratories/American Telephone & Telegraph Company Xerox Corporation .fi .SH AFFILIATES .nf Adobe Systems Inc. AGE Logic, Inc. ASTEC, Inc. Athenix Corporation Bitstream, Inc. CETIA - Compagnie Europeene des Techniques de l'Ingenierie Assistee Chromatics, Inc. Codonics, Inc. Computer & Communication Research Laboratories Frame Technology Corp. Gfxbase, Inc. GIPSI S.A. Institute for Information Industry Interactive Systems Corporation Integrated Computer Solutions, Inc. IXI Limited Japan Computer Corporation Jupiter Systems KAIST - Korean Advanced Institute of Science and Technology Labtam Australia Locus Computing Corporation Metro Link, Inc. University of Lowell Megatek Corporation Metheus Corporation MITRE Corporation Objectivity, Inc. Open Software Foundation O'Reilly & Associates, Inc. PCS Computer Systeme GmbH Peritek Corp. PsiTech, Inc. Quarterdeck Office Systems Ramtek Corporation Samsung Electronics Corp. ShoGraphics, Inc. Snitily Graphics Consulting Services Solbourne Computer, Inc. SOUM Corporation SPARC International Spectragraphics Corp. Stanford University Stardent Computer Strategic Research Institute Inc. Sumitomo Electric Workstation Tatung Science and Technology Template Graphics Software Tyan Computer Unipalm XTech Visix Software, Inc. Visual Information Technologies, Inc. Visual Technology, Inc. X/Open Company Ltd. .fi ng orga kêÌÿÆ"m.Ø—‰*·s‰*Ø—‰*ºZ. ./usr/man/mann/XStandards.nyTo.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Standards.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:12:33 7/17/92 .\" $XConsortium: Standards.man,v 1.6 91/09/09 16:13:44 rws Exp $ .SH NAME X Standards .SH SYNOPSIS The major goal of the MIT X Consortium is to promote cooperation within the computer industry in the creation of standard software interfaces at all layers in the X Window System environment. The status of various standards and the software in the X11R5 distribution is explained below. .SH STANDARDS The following documents are MIT X Consortium standards: .nf X Window System Protocol X Version 11, Release 5 Robert W. Scheifler Xlib - C Language X Interface X Version 11, Release 5 James Gettys, Robert W. Scheifler, Ron Newman X Toolkit Intrinsics - C Language Interface X Version 11, Release 5 Joel McCormack, Paul Asente, Ralph R. Swick Bitmap Distribution Format Version 2.1 X Version 11, Release 5 Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual Version 1.1 X Version 11, Release 5 David Rosenthal Compound Text Encoding Version 1.1 X Version 11, Release 5 Robert W. Scheifler X Logical Font Description Conventions Version 1.4 X Version 11, Release 5 Jim Flowers X Display Manager Control Protocol Version 1.0 X Version 11, Release 5 Keith Packard X11 Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Version 1.0 X Version 11, Release 5 Keith Packard X11 Input Extension Protocol Specification Version 1.0 X Version 11, Release 5 George Sachs, Mark Patrick X11 Input Extension Library Specification X Version 11, Release 5 Mark Patrick, George Sachs The X Font Service Protocol Version 1.0 X Version 11, Release 5 Jim Fulton .fi .SH "DRAFT STANDARDS" The following documents are currently draft standards of the MIT X Consortium. .nf PEX Protocol Specification Version 5.0P Sally Barry (editor) Extending X for Double-Buffering, Multi-Buffering, and Stereo Version 3.2 Jeffrey Friedberg, Larry Seiler, Jeff Vroom .fi .SH "INCLUDE FILES" The following include files are part of the Xlib standard. .nf .fi .PP The following include files are part of the X Input Extension standard. .nf .fi .PP The following include file is part of the Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension standard. .nf .fi .PP The following include files are part of the X Input Extension standard. .nf .fi .PP The following include file is part of the Multi-Buffering draft standard. .nf .fi .SH "NON STANDARDS" The X11R5 distribution contains \fIsample\fP implementations, not \fIreference\fP implementations. Although much of the code is believed to be correct, the code should be assumed to be in error wherever it conflicts with the specification. .PP At the public release of X11R5, the only MIT X Consortium standards are the ones listed above. No other documents, include files, or software in X11R5 carry special status within the X Consortium. For example, none of the following are standards: internal interfaces of the sample server; the MIT-SHM extension; the Input Synthesis extension; the Athena Widget Set; the Xmu library; the Xau library; CLX, the Common Lisp interface to X; the RGB database; the fonts distributed with X11R5; the applications distributed with X11R5; the include files , , , , and ; the bitmap files in . uP k궚Å"m‰ Ø—‰*Cs‰*Ø—‰*÷^‰ ./usr/man/mann/Xau.nard.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Xau.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 15:58:45 7/17/92 .TH XAUTH 1 "Release 5" "X Version 11" .SH NAME XauFileName, XauReadAuth, XauLockAuth, XauUnlockAuth, XauWriteAuth, XauGetAuthByAddr \- X authority database routines .SH SYNOPSIS .B "#include " .PP .nf .ta .5i 2i typedef struct xauth { unsigned short family; unsigned short address_length; char *address; unsigned short number_length; char *number; unsigned short name_length; char *name; unsigned short data_length; char *data; } Xauth; .ft B char *XauFileName () .ft B Xauth *XauReadAuth (auth_file) .ft I FILE *auth_file; .ft B int XauWriteAuth (auth_file, auth) .ft I FILE *auth_file; Xauth *auth; .ft B Xauth *XauGetAuthByAddr (\kAfamily, \h'|\nAu'address_length, address, \h'|\nAu'number_length, number) .ft I unsigned short family; unsigned short address_length; char *address; unsigned short number_length; char *number; .ft B int XauLockAuth (file_name, retries, timeout, dead) .ft I char *file_name; int retries; int timeout; long dead; .ft B int XauUnlockAuth (file_name) .ft I char *file_name; .ft B XauDisposeAuth (auth) .ft I Xauth *auth; .ft R .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBXauFileName\fP generates the default authorization file name by first checking the XAUTHROTIY environment variable if set, else it returns $HOME/.Xauthority. This name is statically allocated and should not be freed. .PP \fBXauReadAuth\fP reads the next entry from \fIauth_file\fP. The entry is \fBnot\fP statically allocated and should be freed by calling \fIXauDisposeAuth\fP. .PP \fBXuWriteAuth\fP writes an authorization entry to \fIauth_file\fP. It returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. .PP \fBXauGetAuthByAddr\fP searches for an entry which matches the given network address/display number pair. The entry is \fBnot\fP statically allocated and should be freed by calling \fIXauDisposeAuth\fP .PP \fBXauLockAuth\fP does the work necessary to synchronously update an authorization file. First it makes to file names, one with ``-c'' appended to \fIfile_name\fP, the other with ``-l'' appended. If the ``-c'' file already exists and is more than \fIdead\fP seconds old, \fIXauLockAuth\fP removes it and the associated ``-l'' file. To prevent possible synchronization troubles with NFS, a \fIdead\fP value of zero forces the files to be removed. \fIXauLockAuth\fP makes \fIretries\fP attempts to create and link the file names, pausing \fItimeout\fP seconds between each attempt. \fIXauLockAuth\fP returns a collection of values depending on the results: .nf .ta .5i 2i LOCK_ERROR A system error occurred, either a file_name which is too long, or an unexpected failure from a system call. errno may prove useful. LOCK_TIMEOUT \fIretries\fP attempts failed LOCK_SUCCESS The lock succeeded. .fi .PP \fBXauUnlockAuth\fP undoes the work of \fIXauLockAuth\fP by unlinking both the ``-c'' and ``-l'' file names. .PP \fBXauDisposeAuth\fP frees storage allocated to hold an authorization entry. .SH "SEE ALSO" xauth(1), xdm(1) .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright 1988, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. .br See \fIX(1)\fP for a full statement of rights and permissions. .SH AUTHOR Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium . .PP A kêd‹7%mŽâ—‰*™s‰*â—‰*誎 C\./usr/man/mann/Xinit.nd.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Xinit.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 20:12:31 7/16/92 .\" $XConsortium: Xinit.man,v 1.18 91/07/31 18:48:25 gildea Exp $ .TH XINIT 1 "Release 5" "X Version 11" .SH NAME Xinit \- X Window System initializer .SH SYNOPSIS .B Xinit [ [ .I client ] .I options ] [ .B \-\^\- [ .I server ] [ .I display ] .I options ] .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIXinit\fP program is used to start the X Window System server and a first client program on systems that cannot start X directly from \fI/etc/init\fP or in environments that use multiple window systems. When this first client exits, \fIXinit\fP will kill the X server and then terminate. .PP If no specific client program is given on the command line, \fIXinit\fP will look for a file in the user's home directory called \fI.xinitrc\fP to run as a shell script to start up client programs. If no such file exists, \fIXinit\fP will use the following as a default: .sp xterm \-geometry +1+1 \-n login \-display :0 .sp .PP If no specific server program is given on the command line, \fIXinit\fP will look for a file in the user's home directory called \fI.xserverrc\fP to run as a shell script to start up the server. If no such file exists, \fIXinit\fP will use the following as a default: .sp X :0 .sp Note that this assumes that there is a program named \fIX\fP in the current search path. However, servers are usually named \fIXdisplaytype\fP where \fIdisplaytype\fP is the type of graphics display which is driven by this server. The site administrator should, therefore, make a link to the appropriate type of server on the machine, or create a shell script that runs \fIXinit\fP with the appropriate server. .PP An important point is that programs which are run by \fI\.xinitrc\fP should be run in the background if they do not exit right away, so that they don't prevent other programs from starting up. However, the last long-lived program started (usually a window manager or terminal emulator) should be left in the foreground so that the script won't exit (which indicates that the user is done and that \fIXinit\fP should exit). .PP An alternate client and/or server may be specified on the command line. The desired client program and its arguments should be given as the first command line arguments to \fIXinit\fP. To specify a particular server command line, append a double dash (\-\^\-) to the \fIXinit\fP command line (after any client and arguments) followed by the desired server command. .PP Both the client program name and the server program name must begin with a slash (/) or a period (.). Otherwise, they are treated as an arguments to be appended to their respective startup lines. This makes it possible to add arguments (for example, foreground and background colors) without having to retype the whole command line. .PP If an explicit server name is not given and the first argument following the double dash (\-\^\-) is a colon followed by a digit, \fIXinit\fP will use that number as the display number instead of zero. All remaining arguments are appended to the server command line. .PP .SH EXAMPLES Below are several examples of how command line arguments in \fIXinit\fP are used. .TP 8 .B "Xinit" This will start up a server named \fIX\fP and run the user's \fI\.xinitrc\fP, if it exists, or else start an \fIxterm\fP. .TP 8 .B "Xinit \-\^\- /usr/bin/X11/Xqdss :1" This is how one could start a specific type of server on an alternate display. .TP 8 .B "Xinit \-geometry =80x65+10+10 \-fn 8x13 \-j \-fg white \-bg navy" This will start up a server named \fIX\fP, and will append the given arguments to the default \fIxterm\fP command. It will ignore \fI\.xinitrc\fP. .TP 8 .B "Xinit \-e widgets \-\^\- ./Xsun \-l \-c" This will use the command \fI\.\/Xsun \-l \-c\fP to start the server and will append the arguments \fI\-e widgets\fP to the default \fIxterm\fP command. .TP 8 .B "Xinit /usr/ucb/rsh fasthost cpupig \-display ws:1 \-\^\- :1 \-a 2 \-t 5" This will start a server named \fIX\fP on display 1 with the arguments \fI\-a 2 \-t 5\fP. It will then start a remote shell on the machine \fBfasthost\fP in which it will run the command \fIcpupig\fP, telling it to display back on the local workstation. .PP Below is a sample \fI\.xinitrc\fP that starts a clock, several terminals, and leaves the window manager running as the ``last'' application. Assuming that the window manager has been configured properly, the user then chooses the ``Exit'' menu item to shut down X. .sp .in +8 .nf xrdb \-load $HOME/.Xresources xsetroot \-solid gray & xclock \-g 50x50\-0+0 \-bw 0 & xload \-g 50x50\-50+0 \-bw 0 & xterm \-g 80x24+0+0 & xterm \-g 80x24+0\-0 & twm .fi .in -8 .sp Sites that want to create a common startup environment could simply create a default \fI\.xinitrc\fP that references a site-wide startup file: .sp .in +8 .nf #!/bin/sh \&. /usr/local/lib/site.xinitrc .fi .in -8 .sp Another approach is to write a script that starts \fIXinit\fP with a specific shell script. Such scripts are usually named \fIx11\fP, \fIxstart\fP, or \fIstartx\fP and are a convenient way to provide a simple interface for novice users: .sp .in +8 .nf #!/bin/sh Xinit /usr/local/lib/site.xinitrc \-\^\- /usr/bin/X11/X bc .fi .in -8 .sp .SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" .TP 15 .B DISPLAY This variable gets set to the name of the display to which clients should connect. .TP 15 .B XINITRC This variable specifies an init file containing shell commands to start up the initial windows. By default, \fI\.xinitrc\fP in the home directory will be used. .SH FILES .TP 15 .I .xinitrc default client script .TP 15 .I xterm client to run if \fI.xinitrc\fP does not exist .TP 15 .I .xserverrc default server script .TP 15 .I X server to run if \fI.xserverrc\fP does not exist .SH "SEE ALSO" .IR X (1), .IR startx (1), .IR Xserver (1), .IR xterm (1) .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright 1988, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. .br See \fIX\fP(1) for a full statement of rights and permissions. .SH AUTHOR Bob Scheifler, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science ge kểÄ"mR Ø—‰*¸s‰*Ø—‰*–¼R ˆ¼./usr/man/mann/Xsecurity.nyTo.\"$SCCSID( @(#)security.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:25:51 7/17/92 .nr)S 12 .TH XSECURITY 1 "Release 5" "X Version 11" .SH NAME X Security \- X display access control .SH SYNOPSIS .PP X provides mechanism for implementing many access control systems. Release 5 includes four mechanisms: .nf .br .ta 3.4i Host Access Simple host-based access control. MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Shared plain-text "cookies". XDM-AUTHORIZATION-1 Secure DES based private-keys. SUN-DES-1 Based on Sun's secure rpc system. .fi .SH "ACCESS SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS" .IP "Host Access" Any client on a host in the host access control list is allowed access to the X server. This system can work reasonably well in an environment where everyone trusts everyone, or when only a single person can log in to a given machine, and is easy to use when the list of hosts used is small. This system does not work well when multiple people can log in to a single machine and mutual trust does not exist. The list of allowed hosts is stored in the X server and can be changed with the \fIxhost\fP command. When using the more secure mechanisms listed below, the host list is normally configured to be the empty list, so that only authorized programs can connect to the display. .IP "MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1" When using MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1, the client sends a 128 bit "cookie" along with the connection setup information. If the cookie presented by the client matches one that the X server has, the connection is allowed access. The cookie is chosen so that it is hard to guess; \fIxdm\fP generates such cookies automatically when this form of access control is used. The user's copy of the cookie is usually stored in the \fI.Xauthority\fP file in the home directory, although the environment variable \fBXAUTHORITY\fP can be used to specify an alternate location. \fIXdm\fP automatically passes a cookie to the server for each new login session, and stores the cookie in the user file at login. .IP The cookie is transmitted on the network without encryption, so there is nothing to prevent a network snooper from obtaining the data and using it to gain access to the X server. This system is useful in an environment where many users are running applications on the same machine and want to avoid interference from each other, with the caveat that this control is only as good as the access control to the physical network. In environments where network-level snooping is difficult, this system can work reasonably well. .IP "XDM-AUTHORIZATION-1" For sites in the US, Release 5 contains a DES-based access control mechanism called XDM-AUTHORIZATION-1. It is similar in usage to MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 in that a key is stored in the \fI.Xauthority\fP file and is shared with the X server. However, this key consists of two parts - a 56 bit DES encryption key and 64 bits of random data used as the authenticator. .IP When connecting to the X server, the application generates 192 bits of data by combining the current time in seconds (since 00:00 1/1/1970 GMT) along with 48 bits of "identifier". For TCP/IP connections, the identifier is the address plus port number; for local connections it is the process ID and 32 bits to form a unique id (in case multiple connections to the same server are made from a single process). This 192 bit packet is then encrypted using the DES key and sent to the X server, which is able to verify if the requestor is authorized to connect by decrypting with the same DES key and validating the authenticator and additional data. This system is useful in many environments where host-based access control is inappropriate and where network security cannot be ensured. .IP "SUN-DES-1" Recent versions of SunOS (and some other systems) have included a secure public key remote procedure call system. This system is based on the notion of a network principal; a user name and NIS domain pair. Using this system, the X server can securely discover the actual user name of the requesting process. It involves encrypting data with the X servers public key, and so the identity of the user who started the X server is needed for this; this identity is stored in the \fI.Xauthority\fP file. By extending the semantics of "host address" to include this notion of network principal, this form of access control is very easy to use. To allow access by a new user, use \fIxhost\fP. For example, .nf xhost keith@ joe@mit.edu .fi adds "keith" from the NIS domain of the local machine, and "joe" in the "mit.edu" NIS domain. For keith or joe to successfully connect to the display, they must add the principal who started the server to their \fI.Xauthority\fP file. For example: .nf xauth add expo.lcs.mit.edu:0 SUN-DES-1 unix.expo.lcs.mit.edu:x.lcs.mit.edu .fi This system only works on machines which support Secure RPC, and only for users which have set up the appropriate public/private key pairs on their system. See the Secure RPC documentation for details. .SH "THE AUTHORIZATION FILE" .PP Except for Host Access control, each of these systems uses data stored in the \fI.Xauthority\fP file to generate the correct authorization information to pass along to the X server at connection setup. MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 and XDM-AUTHORIZATION-1 store secret data in the file; so anyone who can read the file can gain access to the X server. SUN-DES-1 stores only the identity of the principal who started the server (unix.\fIhostname\fP@\fIdomain\fP when the server is started by \fIxdm\fP), and so it is not useful to anyone not authorized to connect to the server. .PP Each entry in the \fI.Xauthority\fP file matches a certain connection family (TCP/IP, DECnet or local connections) and X display name (hostname plus display number). This allows multiple authorization entries for different displays to share the same data file. A special connection family (FamilyWild, value 65535) causes an entry to match every display, allowing the entry to be used for all connections. Each entry additionally contains the authorization name and whatever private authorization data is needed by that authorization type to generate the correct information at connection setup time. .PP The \fIxauth\fP program manipulates the \fI.Xauthority\fP file format. It understands the semantics of the connection families and address formats, displaying them in an easy to understand format. It also understands that SUN-DES-1 uses string values for the authorization data, and displays them appropriately. .PP The X server (when running on a workstation) reads authorization information from a file name passed on the command line with the \fI-auth\fP option (see the \fIXserver\fP manual page). The authorization entries in the file are used to control access to the server. In each of the authorization schemes listed above, the data needed by the server to initialize an authorization scheme is identical to the data needed by the client to generate the appropriate authorization information, so the same file can be used by both processes. This is especially useful when \fIxinit\fP is used. .IP "MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1" This system uses 128 bits of data shared between the user and the X server. Any collection of bits can be used. \fIXdm\fP generates these keys using a cryptographically secure pseudo random number generator, and so the key to the next session cannot be computed from the current session key. .IP "XDM-AUTHORIZATION-1" This system uses two pieces of information. First, 64 bits of random data, second a 56 bit DES encryption key (again, random data) stored in 8 bytes, the last byte of which is ignored. \fIXdm\fP generates these keys using the same random number generator as is used for MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1. .IP "SUN-DES-1" This system needs a string representation of the principal which identifies the associated X server. When \fIxdm\fP starts the X server, it uses the root principal for the machine on which it is running (unix.\fIhostname\fP@\fIdomain\fP, e.g. "unix.expire.lcs.mit.edu@x.lcs.mit.edu"). Putting the correct principal name in the \fI.Xauthority\fP file causes Xlib to generate the appropriate authorization information using the secure RPC library. .SH FILES \&.Xauthority .SH "SEE ALSO" X(1), xdm(1), xauth(1), xhost(1), xinit(1), Xserver(1) e. By kê|§Ã"mã;Ù—‰*ds‰*Ù—‰*ssã; s./usr/man/mann/Xserver.nnyTo.\"$SCCSID( @(#)Xserver.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 16:26:14 7/17/92 .TH XSERVER 1 "Release 5" "X Version 11" .SH NAME Xserver \- X Window System server .SH SYNOPSIS .B X [:displaynumber] [\-option ...] [ttyname] .SH DESCRIPTION .I X is the generic name for the X Window System server. It is frequently a link or a copy of the appropriate server binary for driving the most frequently used server on a given machine. .SH "STARTING THE SERVER" The server is usually started from the X Display Manager program \fIxdm\fP. This utility is run from the system boot files and takes care of keeping the server running, prompting for usernames and passwords, and starting up the user sessions. It is easily configured for sites that wish to provide nice, consistent interfaces for novice users (loading convenient sets of resources, starting up a window manager, clock, and nice selection of terminal emulator windows). .PP Installations that run more than one window system will still need to use the \fIxinit\fP utility. However, \fIxinit\fP is to be considered a tool for building startup scripts and is not intended for use by end users. Site administrators are \fBstrongly\fP urged to use \fIxdm\fP, or build other interfaces for novice users. .PP When the X server starts up, it takes over the display. If you are running on a workstation whose console is the display, you cannot log into the console while the server is running. .SH "NETWORK CONNECTIONS" The X server supports connections made using the following reliable byte-streams: .TP 4 .I TCP\/IP .br The server listens on port 6000+\fIn\fP, where \fIn\fP is the display number. .TP 4 .I "Unix Domain" The X server uses \fI/tmp/.X11-unix/X\fBn\fR as the filename for the socket, where \fIn\fP is the display number. .TP 4 .I "DECnet" .br The server responds to connections to object \fIX$X\fBn\fR, where \fIn\fP is the display number. This is not supported in all environments. .SH OPTIONS All of the X servers accept the following command line options: .TP 8 .B \-a \fInumber\fP sets pointer acceleration (i.e. the ratio of how much is reported to how much the user actually moved the pointer). .TP 8 .B \-auth \fIauthorization-file\fP Specifies a file which contains a collection of authorization records used to authenticate access. See also the \fIxdm\fP and \fIXsecurity\fP manual pages. .TP 8 .B bc disables certain kinds of error checking, for bug compatibility with previous releases (e.g., to work around bugs in R2 and R3 xterms and toolkits). Deprecated. .TP 8 .B \-bs disables backing store support on all screens. .TP 8 .B \-c turns off key-click. .TP 8 .B c \fIvolume\fP sets key-click volume (allowable range: 0-100). .TP 8 .B \-cc \fIclass\fP sets the visual class for the root window of color screens. The class numbers are as specified in the X protocol. Not obeyed by all servers. .TP 8 .B \-co \fIfilename\fP sets name of RGB color database. .TP 8 .B \-dpi \fIresolution\fP sets the resolution of the screen, in dots per inch. To be used when the server cannot determine the screen size from the hardware. .TP 8 .B \-f \fIvolume\fP sets feep (bell) volume (allowable range: 0-100). .TP 8 .B \-fc \fIcursorFont\fP sets default cursor font. .TP 8 .B \-fn \fIfont\fP sets the default font. .TP 8 .B \-fp \fIfontPath\fP sets the search path for fonts. This path is a comma separated list of directories which the X server searches for font databases. .TP 8 .B \-help prints a usage message. .TP 8 .B \-I causes all remaining command line arguments to be ignored. .TP 8 .B \-ld \fIkilobytes\fP sets the data space limit of the server to the specified number of kilobytes. A value of zero makes the data size as large as possible. The default value of \-1 leaves the data space limit unchanged. This option is not available in all operating systems. .TP 8 .B \-lf \fIfiles\fP sets the number-of-open-files limit of the server to the specified number. A value is zero makes the limit as large as possible. The default value of \-1 leaves the limit unchanged. This option is not available in all operating systems. .TP 8 .B \-ls \fIkilobytes\fP sets the stack space limit of the server to the specified number of kilobytes. A value of zero makes the stack size as large as possible. The default value of \-1 leaves the stack space limit unchanged. This option is not available in all operating systems. .TP 8 .B \-logo turns on the X Window System logo display in the screen-saver. There is currently no way to change this from a client. .TP 8 .B nologo turns off the X Window System logo display in the screen-saver. There is currently no way to change this from a client. .TP 8 .B \-p \fIminutes\fP sets screen-saver pattern cycle time in minutes. .TP 8 .B \-r turns off auto-repeat. .TP 8 .B r turns on auto-repeat. .TP 8 .B \-s \fIminutes\fP sets screen-saver timeout time in minutes. .TP 8 .B \-su disables save under support on all screens. .TP 8 .B \-t \fInumber\fP sets pointer acceleration threshold in pixels (i.e. after how many pixels pointer acceleration should take effect). .TP 8 .B \-to \fIseconds\fP sets default connection timeout in seconds. .TP 8 .B tty\fIxx\fP ignored, for servers started the ancient way (from init). .TP 8 .B v sets video-off screen-saver preference. .TP 8 .B \-v sets video-on screen-saver preference. .TP 8 .B \-wm forces the default backing-store of all windows to be WhenMapped; a cheap trick way of getting backing-store to apply to all windows. .TP 8 .B \-x \fIextension\fP loads the specified extension at init. Not supported in most implementations. .PP You can also have the X server connect to \fIxdm\fP using XDMCP. Although this is not typically useful as it does not allow \fIxdm\fP to manage the server process, it can be used to debug XDMCP implementations, and serves as a sample implementation of the server side of XDMCP. For more information on this protocol, see the \fIX Display Manager Control Protocol\fP specification. The following options control the behavior of XDMCP. .TP 8 .B \-query \fIhost-name\fP Enable XDMCP and send Query packets to the specified host. .TP 8 .B \-broadcast Enable XDMCP and broadcast BroadcastQuery packets to the network. The first responding display manager will be chosen for the session. .TP 8 .B \-indirect \fIhost-name\fP Enable XDMCP and send IndirectQuery packets to the specified host. .TP 8 .B \-port \fIport-num\fP Use an alternate port number for XDMCP packets. Must be specified before any \-query, \-broadcast or \-indirect options. .TP 8 .B \-once Normally, the server keeps starting sessions, one after the other. This option makes the server exit after the first session is over. .TP 8 .B \-class \fIdisplay-class\fP XDMCP has an additional display qualifier used in resource lookup for display-specific options. This option sets that value, by default it is "MIT-Unspecified" (not a very useful value). .TP 8 .B \-cookie \fIxdm-auth-bits\fP When testing XDM-AUTHENTICATION-1, a private key is shared between the server and the manager. This option sets the value of that private data (not that it is very private, being on the command line!). .TP 8 .B \-displayID \fIdisplay-id\fP Yet another XDMCP specific value, this one allows the display manager to identify each display so that it can locate the shared key. .PP Many servers also have device-specific command line options. See the manual pages for the individual servers for more details. .SH SECURITY .PP The X server implements a simplistic authorization protocol, MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 which uses data private to authorized clients and the server. This is a rather trivial scheme; if the client passes authorization data which is the same as the server has, it is allowed access. This scheme is worse than the host-based access control mechanisms in environments with unsecure networks as it allows any host to connect, given that it has discovered the private key. But in many environments, this level of security is better than the host-based scheme as it allows access control per-user instead of per-host. .PP In addition, the server provides support for a DES-based authorization scheme, XDM-AUTHORIZATION-1, which is more secure (given a secure key distribution mechanism). This authorization scheme can be used in conjunction with XDMCP's authentication scheme (XDM-AUTHENTICATION-1) or in isolation. .PP The authorization data is passed to the server in a private file named with the \fB\-auth\fP command line option. Each time the server is about to accept the first connection after a reset (or when the server is starting), it reads this file. If this file contains any authorization records, the local host is not automatically allowed access to the server, and only clients which send one of the authorization records contained in the file in the connection setup information will be allowed access. See the \fIXau\fP manual page for a description of the binary format of this file. Maintenance of this file, and distribution of its contents to remote sites for use there is left as an exercise for the reader. .PP The server also provides support for SUN-DES-1, using Sun's Secure RPC. It involves encrypting data with the X server's public key. See the \fIXsecurity\fP manual page for more information. .PP The X server also uses a host-based access control list for deciding whether or not to accept connections from clients on a particular machine. If no other authorization mechanism is being used, this list initially consists of the host on which the server is running as well as any machines listed in the file \fI/etc/X\fBn\fI.hosts\fR, where \fBn\fP is the display number of the server. Each line of the file should contain either an Internet hostname (e.g. expo.lcs.mit.edu) or a DECnet hostname in double colon format (e.g. hydra::). There should be no leading or trailing spaces on any lines. For example: .sp .in +8 .nf joesworkstation corporate.company.com star:: bigcpu:: .fi .in -8 .PP Users can add or remove hosts from this list and enable or disable access control using the \fIxhost\fP command from the same machine as the server. .PP The X protocol intrinsically does not have any notion of window operation permissions or place any restrictions on what a client can do; if a program can connect to a display, it has full run of the screen. Sites that have better authentication and authorization systems (such as Kerberos) might wish to make use of the hooks in the libraries and the server to provide additional security models. .SH SIGNALS The X server attaches special meaning to the following signals: .TP 8 .I SIGHUP This signal causes the server to close all existing connections, free all resources, and restore all defaults. It is sent by the display manager whenever the main user's main application (usually an \fIxterm\fP or window manager) exits to force the server to clean up and prepare for the next user. .TP 8 .I SIGTERM This signal causes the server to exit cleanly. .TP 8 .I SIGUSR1 This signal is used quite differently from either of the above. When the server starts, it checks to see if it has inherited SIGUSR1 as SIG_IGN instead of the usual SIG_DFL. In this case, the server sends a SIGUSR1 to its parent process after it has set up the various connection schemes. \fIXdm\fP uses this feature to recognize when connecting to the server is possible. .SH FONTS Fonts are usually stored as individual files in directories. The X server can obtain fonts from directories and/or from font servers. The list of directories and font servers the X server uses when trying to open a font is controlled by the \fIfont path\fP. Although most sites will choose to have the X server start up with the appropriate font path (using the \fI\-fp\fP option mentioned above), it can be overridden using the \fIxset\fP program. .PP The default font path for the X server contains four directories: .TP 8 .I /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc This directory contains many miscellaneous bitmap fonts that are useful on all systems. It contains a family of fixed-width fonts, a family of fixed-width fonts from Dale Schumacher, several Kana fonts from Sony Corporation, two JIS Kanji fonts, two Hangul fonts from Daewoo Electronics, two Hebrew fonts from Joseph Friedman, the standard cursor font, two cursor fonts from Digital Equipment Corporation, and cursor and glyph fonts from Sun Microsystems. It also has various font name aliases for the fonts, including \fBfixed\fP and \fBvariable\fP. .TP 8 .I /usr/lib/X11/fonts/Speedo This directory contains outline fonts for Bitstream's Speedo rasterizer. A single font face, in normal, bold, italic, and bold italic, is provided, contributed by Bitstream, Inc. .TP 8 .I /usr/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi This directory contains bitmap fonts contributed by Adobe Systems, Inc., Digital Equipment Corporation, Bitstream, Inc., Bigelow and Holmes, and Sun Microsystems, Inc. for 75 dots per inch displays. An integrated selection of sizes, styles, and weights are provided for each family. .TP 8 .I /usr/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi This directory contains 100 dots per inch versions of some of the fonts in the \fI75dpi\fP directory. .PP Font databases are created by running the \fImkfontdir\fP program in the directory containing the compiled versions of the fonts (the \fI.pcf\fP files). Whenever fonts are added to a directory, \fImkfontdir\fP should be rerun so that the server can find the new fonts. \fBIf \fImkfontdir\fP is not run, the server will not be able to find any fonts in the directory.\fR .SH DIAGNOSTICS Too numerous to list them all. If run from \fIinit(8)\fP, errors are typically logged in the file \fI/usr/adm/X*msgs\fP, .SH FILES .TP 30 /etc/X*.hosts Initial access control list .TP 30 /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc, /usr/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi, /usr/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi Bitmap font directories .TP 30 /usr/lib/X11/fonts/Speedo Outline font directories .TP 30 /usr/lib/X11/fonts/PEX PEX font directories .TP 30 /usr/lib/X11/rgb.txt Color database .TP 30 /tmp/.X11-unix/X* Unix domain socket .TP 30 /usr/adm/X*msgs Error log file .SH "SEE ALSO" X(1), bdftopcf(1), mkfontdir(1), fs(1), xauth(1), xdm(1), xhost(1), xinit(1), xset(1), xsetroot(1), xterm(1), Xdec(1), Xibm(1), XmacII(1), Xmips(1), Xqdss(1), Xqvss(1), Xsun(1), Xtek(1), X386(1) .I "X Window System Protocol," .I "Definition of the Porting Layer for the X v11 Sample Server," .I "Strategies for Porting the X v11 Sample Server," .I "Godzilla's Guide to Porting the X V11 Sample Server" .SH BUGS The option syntax is inconsistent with itself and \fIxset(1)\fP. .PP The acceleration option should take a numerator and a denominator like the protocol. .PP If .I X dies before its clients, new clients won't be able to connect until all existing connections have their TCP TIME_WAIT timers expire. .PP The color database is missing a large number of colors. .PP .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright 1984, 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 Massachusetts Institute of Technology. .br See \fIX(1)\fP for a full statement of rights and permissions. .SH AUTHORS The sample server was originally written by Susan Angebranndt, Raymond Drewry, Philip Karlton, and Todd Newman, from Digital Equipment Corporation, with support from a large cast. It has since been extensively rewritten by Keith Packard and Bob Scheifler, from MIT. ent p kê By default .I bdftopcf writes the pcf file to standard output; this option gives the name of a file to be used instead. .SH "SEE ALSO" X(1) .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright 1991, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. .br See \fIX(1)\fP for a full statement of rights and permissions. .SH AUTHOR Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium kê˜IÀ"m’[Ù—‰*qs‰*Ù—‰*]w’[às./usr/man/mann/bitmap.n.\"$SCCSID( @(#)bitmap.man 1.1 AIX ) Modified: 20:10:09 7/16/92 .TH BITMAP 1 "Release 5" "X Version 11" .SH NAME bitmap, bmtoa, atobm \- bitmap editor and converter utilities for the X Window System .SH SYNOPSIS .B bitmap [ .I \-options \&.\|.\|. ] [ .I filename ] [ .I basename ] .sp .B bmtoa [ .B \-chars \&.\|.\|. ] [ .I filename ] .sp .B atobm [ .B \-chars .I cc ] [ .B \-name .I variable ] [ .B \-xhot .I number ] [ .B \-yhot .I number ] [ .I filename ] .SH DESCRIPTION The \fIbitmap\fP program is a rudimentary tool for creating or editing rectangular images made up of 1's and 0's. Bitmaps are used in X for defining clipping regions, cursor shapes, icon shapes, and tile and stipple patterns. .PP The \fIbmtoa\fP and \fIatobm\fP filters convert \fIbitmap\fP files (FILE FORMAT) to and from ASCII strings. They are most commonly used to quickly print out bitmaps and to generate versions for including in text. .SH COMMAND LINE OPTIONS \fIBitmap\fP supports the standard X Toolkit command line arguments (see \fIX\fP(1)). The following additional arguments are supported as well. .TP 4 .B \-size\fI WIDTHxHEIGHT\fP Specifies size of the grid in squares. .TP 4 .B \-sw\fI dimension\fP Specifies the width of squares in pixels. .TP 4 .B \-sh\fI dimension\fP Specifies the height of squares in pixels. .TP 4 .B \-gt\fI dimension\fP Grid tolerance. If the square dimensions fall below the specified value, grid will be automatically turned off. .TP 4 .B \-grid, +grid ./&.B \-grid\fI on/off\fP Turns on or off the grid lines. .TP 4 .B \-axes, +axes ./&./&.B \-axes\fI on/off\fP Turns on or off the major axes. .TP 4 .B \-dashed, +dashed ./&.B \-dashed\fI on/off\fP Turns on or off dashing for the frame and grid lines. .TP 4 .B \-stippled, +stippled ./&.B \-stippled\fI on/off\fP Turns on or off stippling of highlighted squares. .TP 4 .B \-proportional, +proportional\fI ./&.B \-proportional\fI on/off\fP Turns proportional mode on or off. If proportional mode is on, square width is equal to square height. If proportional mode is off,\fI bitmap\fP will use the smaller square dimension, if they were initially different. .TP 4 .B \-dashes\fI filename\fP Specifies the bitmap to be used as a stipple for dashing. .TP 4 .B \-stipple\fI filename\fP Specifies the bitmap to be used as a stipple for highlighting. .TP 4 .B \-hl\fI color\fP Specifies the color used for highlighting. .TP 4 .B \-fr\fI color\fP Specifies the color used for the frame and grid lines. .TP 4 .B filename Specifies the bitmap to be initially loaded into the program. If the file does not exist,\fI bitmap\fP will assume it is a new file. .TP 4 .B basename Specifies the basename to be used in the C code output file. If it is different than the basename in the working file,\fI bitmap\fP will change it when saving the file. .PP \fIBmtoa\fP accepts the following option: .TP 4 .B \-chars \fIcc\fP This option specifies the pair of characters to use in the string version of the bitmap. The first character is used for 0 bits and the second character is used for 1 bits. The default is to use dashes (\-) for 0's and sharp signs (#) for 1's. .PP \fIAtobm\fP accepts the following options: .TP 4 .B \-chars \fIcc\fP This option specifies the pair of characters to use when converting string bitmaps into arrays of numbers. The first character represents a 0 bit and the second character represents a 1 bit. The default is to use dashes (\-) for 0's and sharp signs (#) for 1's. .TP 4 .B \-name \fIvariable\fP This option specifies the variable name to be used when writing out the bitmap file. The default is to use the basename of the \fIfilename\fP command line argument or leave it blank if the standard input is read. .TP 4 .B \-xhot \fInumber\fP This option specifies the X coordinate of the hotspot. Only positive values are allowed. By default, no hotspot information is included. .TP 4 .B \-yhot \fInumber\fP This option specifies the Y coordinate of the hotspot. Only positive values are allowed. By default, no hotspot information is included. .SH USAGE \fIBitmap\fP displays grid in which each square represents a single bit in the picture being edited. Actual size of the bitmap image, as it would appear normaly and inverted, can be obtained by pressing\fB Meta-I\fP key. You are free to move the image popup out of the way to continue editing. Pressing the left mouse button in the popup window or\fB Meta-I\fP again will remove the real size bitmap image. .PP If the bitmap is to be used for defining a cursor, one of the squares in the images may be designated as the hot spot. This determines where the cursor is actually pointing. For cursors with sharp tips (such as arrows or fingers), this is usually at the end of the tip; for symmetric cursors (such as crosses or bullseyes), this is usually at the center. .PP Bitmaps are stored as small C code fragments suitable for including in applications. They provide an array of bits as well as symbolic constants giving the width, height, and hot spot (if specified) that may be used in creating cursors, icons, and tiles. .SH EDITING To edit a bitmap image simply click on one of the buttons with drawing commands (\fBPoint, Curve, Line, Rectangle,\fP etc.) and move the pointer into the bitmap grid window. Press one of the buttons on your mouse and the appropriate action will take place. You can either set, clear or invert the gird squares. Setting a grid square corresponds to setting a bit in the bitmap image to 1. Clearing a grid square corresponds to setting a bit in the bitmap image to 0. Inverting a grid square corresponds to changing a bit in the bitmap image from 0 to 1 or 1 to 0, depending what its previous state was. The default behavior of mouse buttons is as specified below. .sp .nf MouseButton1 Set MouseButton2 Invert MouseButton3 Clear MouseButton4 Clear MouseButton5 Clear .fi .sp This default behavior can be changed by setting the button function resources. An example is provided below. .sp .nf bitmap*button1Function: Set bitmap*button2Function: Clear bitmap*button3Function: Invert etc. .fi .sp The button function applies to all drawing commands, including copying, moving and pasting, flood filling and setting the hot spot. .SH DRAWING COMMANDS Here is the list of drawing commands accessible through the buttons at the left side of the application's window. Some commands can be aborted by pressing A inside the bitmap window, allowing the user to select different guiding points where applicable. .TP 4 .B Clear This command clears all bits in the bitmap image. The grid squares will be set to the background color. Pressing C inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Set This command sets all bits in the bitmap image. The grid squares will be set to the foreground color. Pressing S inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Invert This command inverts all bits in the bitmap image. The grid squares will be inverted appropriately. Pressing I inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Mark This command is used to mark an area of the grid by dragging out a rectangular shape in the highlighting color. Once the area is marked, it can be operated on by a number of commands (see \fBUp, Down, Left, Right, Rotate, Flip, Cut,\fP etc.) Only one marked area can be present at any time. If you attempt to mark another area, the old mark will vanish. The same effect can be achieved by pressing\fB Shift-MouseButton1\fP and dragging out a rectangle in the grid window. Pressing\fB Shift-MouseButton2\fP will mark the entire grid area. .TP 4 .B Unmark This command will cause the marked area to vanish. The same effect can be achieved by pressing\fB Shift-MouseButton3\fP. .TP 4 .B Copy This command is used to copy an area of the grid from one location to another. If there is no marked grid area displayed,\fB Copy\fP behaves just like\fB Mark\fP described above. Once there is a marked grid area displayed in the highlighting color, this command has two alternative behaviors. If you click a mouse button inside the marked area, you will be able to drag the rectangle that represents the marked area to the desired location. After you release the mouse button, the area will be copied. If you click outside the marked area,\fB Copy\fP will assume that you wish to mark a different region of the bitmap image, thus it will behave like\fB Mark\fP again. .TP 4 .B Move This command is used to move an area of the grid from one location to another. Its behavior resembles the behavior of\fB Copy\fP command, except that the marked area will be moved instead of copied. .TP 4 .B Flip Horizontally This command will flip the bitmap image with respect to the horizontal axes. If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing F inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Up This command moves the bitmap image one pixel up. If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing UpArrow inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Flip Vertically This command will flip the bitmap image with respect to the vertical axes. If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing V inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Left This command moves the bitmap image one pixel to the left. If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing LeftArrow inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Fold This command will fold the bitmap image so that the opposite corners become adjacent. This is useful when creating bitmap images for tiling. Pressing F inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Right This command moves the bitmap image one pixel to the right. If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing RightArrow inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Rotate Left This command rotates the bitmap image 90 degrees to the left (counter clockwise.) If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing L inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Down This command moves the bitmap image one pixel down. If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing DownArrow inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Rotate Right This command rotates the bitmap image 90 degrees to the right (clockwise.) If a marked area of the grid is highlighted, it will operate only inside the marked area. Pressing R inside the bitmap window has the same effect. .TP 4 .B Point This command will change the grid squares underneath the mouse pointer if a mouse button is being pressed down. If you drag the mouse button continuously, the line may not be continuous, depending on the speed of your system and frequency of mouse motion events. .TP 4 .B Curve This command will change the grid squares underneath the mouse pointer if a mouse button is being pressed down. If you drag the mouse button continuously, it will make sure that the line is continuous. If your system is slow or\fI bitmap\fP receives very few mouse motion events, it might behave quite strangely. .TP 4 .B Line This command will change the gird squares in a line between two squares. Once you press a mouse button in the grid window,\fI bitmap\fP will highlight the line from the square where the mouse button was initially pressed to the square where the mouse pointer is located. By releasing the mouse button you will cause the change to take effect, and the highlighted line will disappear. .TP 4 .B Rectangle This command will change the gird squares in a rectangle between two squares. Once you press a mouse button in the grid window,\fI bitmap\fP will highlight the rectangle from the square where the mouse button was initially pressed to the square where the mouse pointer is located. By releasing the mouse button you will cause the change to take effect, and the highlighted rectangle will disappear. .TP 4 .B Filled Rectangle This command is identical to\fB Rectangle\fP, except at the end the rectangle will be filled rather than outlined. .TP 4 .B Circle This command will change the gird squares in a circle between two squares. Once you press a mouse button in the grid window,\fI bitmap\fP will highlight the circle from the square where the mouse button was initially pressed to the square where the mouse pointer is located. By releasing the mouse button you will cause the change to take effect, and the highlighted circle will disappear. .TP 4 .B Filled Circle This command is identical to\fB Circle\fP, except at the end the circle will be filled rather than outlined. .TP 4 .B Flood Fill This command will flood fill the connected area underneath the mouse pointer when you click on the desired square. Diagonally adjacent squares are not considered to be connected. .TP 4 .B Set Hot Spot This command designates one square in the grid as the hot spot if this bitmap image is to be used for defining a cursor. Pressing a mouse button in the desired square will cause a diamond shape to be displayed. .TP 4 .B Clear Hot Spot This command removes any designated hot spot from the bitmap image. .TP 4 .B Undo This command will undo the last executed command. It has depth one, that is, pressing\fB Undo\fP after\fB Undo\f will undo itself. .SH FILE MENU The File menu commands can be accessed by pressing the File button and selecting the appropriate menu entry, or by pressing Ctrl key with another key. These commands deal with files and global bitmap parameters, such as size, basename, filename etc. .TP 4 .B New This command will clear the editing area and prompt for the name of the new file to be edited. It will not load in the new file. .TP 4 .B Load This command is used to load a new bitmap file into the bitmap editor. If the current image has not been saved, user will be asked whether to save or ignore the changes. The editor can edit only one file at a time. If you need interactive editing, run a number of editors and use cut and paste mechanism as described below. .TP 4 .B Insert This command is used to insert a bitmap file into the image being currently edited. After being prompted for the filename, click inside the grid window and drag the outlined rectangle to the location where you want to insert the new file. .TP 4 .B Save This command will save the bitmap image. It will not prompt for the filename unless it is said to be . If you leave the filename undesignated or \-, the output will be piped to stdout. .TP 4 .B Save As This command will save the bitmap image after prompting for a new filename. It should be used if you want to change the filename. .TP 4 .B Resize This command is used to resize the editing area to the new number of pixels. The size should be entered in the WIDTHxHEIGHT format. The information in the image being edited will not be lost unless the new size is smaller that the current image size. The editor was not designed to edit huge files. .TP 4 .B Rescale This command is used to rescale the editing area to the new width and height. The size should be entered in the WIDTHxHEIGHT format. It will not do antialiasing and information will be lost if you rescale to the smaller sizes. Feel free to add you own algorithms for better rescaling. .TP 4 .B Filename This command is used to change the filename without changing the basename nor saving the file. If you specify \- for a filename, the output will be piped to stdout. .TP 4 .B Basename This command is used to change the basename, if a different one from the specified filename is desired. .TP 4 .B Quit \This command will terminate the bitmap application. If the file was not saved, user will be prompted and asked whether to save the image or not. This command is preferred over killing the process. .SH EDIT MENU The Edit menu commands can be accessed by pressing the Edit button and selecting the appropriate menu entry, or by pressing Meta key with another key. These commands deal with editing facilities such as grid, axes, zooming, cut and paste, etc. .TP 4 .B Image This command will display the image being edited and its inverse in its actual size in a separate window. The window can be moved away to continue with editing. Pressing the left mouse button in the image window will cause it to disappear from the screen. .TP 4 .B Grid This command controls the grid in the editing area. If the grid spacing is below the value specified by gridTolerance resource (8 by default), the grid will be automatically turned off. It can be enforced by explicitly activating this command. .TP 4 .B Dashed This command controls the stipple for drawing the grid lines. The stipple specified by dashes resource can be turned on or off by activating this command. .TP 4 .B Axes This command controls the highlighting of the main axes of the image being edited. The actual lines are not part of the image. They are provided to aid user when constructing symmetrical images, or whenever having the main axes highlighted helps your editing. .TP 4 .B Stippled This command controls the stippling of the highlighted areas of the bitmap image. The stipple specified by stipple resource can be turned on or off by activating this command. .TP 4 .B Proportional This command controls the proportional mode. If the proportional mode is on, width and height of all image squares are forced to be equal, regardless of the proportions of the bitmap window. .TP 4 .B Zoom This command controls the zoom mode. If there is a marked area of the image already displayed, bitmap will automatically zoom into it. Otherwise, user will have to highlight an area to be edited in the zoom mode and bitmap will automatically switch into it. One can use all the editing commands and other utilities in the zoom mode. When you zoom out, undo c